How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Published: Feb 6, 2021 · by Demeter | Beaming Baker 56 Comments · As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

this 5 ingredient no bake brownies recipe yields deliciously soft ‘n dense no bake vegan brownies that’ll satisfy your chocolate cravings!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Happy Saturday!! (Finally!) What better way to kick off the weekend than no bake brownies? Make that no bake vegan brownies. The crowd goes wild!! Why yes, I do need my very own hype machine over here. so-friggin-delish no bake vegan brownies recipe? Let’s no bake this!

How to Make No Bake Brownies

To make this no bake vegan brownies recipe, simply follow these steps:

Add Dates & Almond Butter

Add dates and almond butter to a food processor.

Blend

Blend until you get a sticky, dough-like ball. Add almonds and blend again as directed.

Add Ingredients

Then, add in the remainder of the ingredients and blend until the no bake vegan brownie mixture is well mixed.

Press, Chill & Slice

Press mixture into a pan, chill until firm and slice! You can also do a fun chocolate drizzle. Enjoy the best no bake vegan brownies!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

what kind of substitutions can i make in this no bake brownies recipe?

Can I use another dried fruit instead of dates?

Yes! Just keep in mind that the flavor of the fruit will affect the flavor of the no bake brownies.

Can I use regular unsweetened cocoa powder?

Yes! I prefer using this raw cacao powder in this no bake brownies recipe, but you may use unsweetened cocoa powder if you desire.

Can I swap the almonds for another kind of nut?

Yes, however all nuts blend & release oil differently. Just keep that in mind.

Testimonials

Brittany says, “Love this recipe. I added chocolate chips and walnuts. Thank you!”

Ellen says, “Demeter, these are fabulous! I’ve had other raw brownies, but with a different texture. This is moist and very close to seeming like it was baked—I’m not sure I would have picked up on them being raw brownies. A lot of other recipes use walnuts, which are okay and healthy, but not my favorite. And none use almond butter. So good, so easy to make. Your directions were perfect. My only tweak was to place cacao nibs on them for decoration and added nutrition and crunch.”

Mike says, “These are crazy good! The dates bring a lot of texture and flavor for sure. Curious now to try this exact recipe with other dried fruits. Looking forward to experimenting!”

easy and delicious no bake vegan brownies—all you need are 5 ingredients!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Great Tools for the Best No Bake Vegan Brownies

Click the links below to check out my favorite tools & ingredients used to make this recipe.

  • Medjool Dates – super yummy dates that stay fresh for ages!
  • My Favorite Food Processor – such a great food processor! I use it to make everything from homemade nut butters to ice cream to… no bake vegan brownies! 😉
  • Raw Cacao Powder – delightfully unrefined and a more nutrient-rich alternative to unsweetened cocoa powder. 🙂
  • Unsalted Natural Creamy Almond Butter or Raw Creamy Almond Butter
  • 8-inch Baking Pan – my favorite baking pan to use in so many recipes!

Are you ready to no bake this? Let’s do it!! It’s truly so wonderful learning all about baking & creating these tasty vegan desserts with you. I can’t wait to hear what you and your loved ones think. ‘Til the next yummy vegan adventure…

Sending you all my love and maybe even a dove, xo Demeter ❤️

☀ Click below to Pin

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

📸 Did you make this no bake vegan recipe? Take a pic and share it on Instagram with the hashtag #beamingbaker & tag @beamingbaker. I’d love to see it! 📸

Finally, a brownie with benefits that you can feel good about eating. Our no-bake treats taste ultra decadent, yet are free of added sugar thanks to naturally sweet dates. Each vegan, gluten free brownie also boasts 6g fiber (about 25% of your daily recommended goal) and 6g of plant-powered protein. Enjoy them for dessert or as pre- or post-workout snack. Store in an airtight container in the refrigerator up to 1 week, or in the freezer up to 1 month.

Ingredients

  • 3/4 cup walnuts
  • 1/2 cup raw almonds
  • 1/4 cup hazelnuts
  • 2 cups Medjool dates, pitted
  • 1/2 cup unsweetened cocoa powder
  • 1/2 cup natural peanut butter, divided
  • 1/4 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 2 tablespoons cacao nibs

Nutritional Information

  • Calories 251
  • Fat 15.5g
  • Satfat 2.5g
  • Monofat 8.1g
  • Polyfat 5.3g
  • Protein 6g
  • Carbohydrate 28g
  • Fiber 6g
  • Cholesterol 0mg
  • Iron 2mg
  • Sodium 88mg
  • Calcium 53mg
  • Sugars 19g

How to Make It

Line an 8×8-inch square pan with parchment paper. Set aside.

Place walnuts, almonds, and hazelnuts in food processor. Process until finely ground. Add dates; process until almost paste-like. Add cocoa powder, 1/3 cup of the peanut butter, and salt. Process until well combined.

Turn mixture out into prepared baking pan. Use your fingers or the back of a measuring cup to firmly press into pan, working into all edges until smooth. Refrigerate for 1 hour.

Place remaining peanut butter in a small microwave-safe bowl. Heat for 20 seconds, until softened. Spread peanut butter evenly over brownies and sprinkle with cacao nibs. Refrigerate again for 10 minutes. Slice brownies into 12 squares.

Sharing is caring!

  • Share
  • Tweet
  • Pin
  • Email

These 6 ingredient no bake vegan brownies are about to be your new best friend! You will be shocked at how easy they are to make!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Listen. Sometimes we want something sweet, but we don’t have the time or even want to go through the hassle of making it. Insert: No Bake Vegan Brownies.

Yes, you read that right! No bake. Brownies.

Do not come into the comments or DM us blaming us that you have made these every night for the past week. Nope. You not going to blame us. No siree Bob.

In all seriousness, these are the easiest brownies that you will ever make in your life. They are a little different than traditional brownies because of the fact that they are no bake, but still delicious.

They only need 6 ingredients! That’s it.

Never miss another post! Sign up for our weekly newsletter and get them all delivered easily! Plus, 15 easy recipes delivered immediately!
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Frequently Asked Questions:

Can I make these no bake vegan brownies Top 8 Allergen Free?

Yes! This recipe does have cashews in the recipe, but you can use any nut or nut butter, including sun butter for this recipe. Just be mindful that the recipe will take on the taste of whatever you use.

Some dairy free chocolate does have soy in it, so make sure you also keep that in mind. We do love Enjoy Life chocolate chips since they are both soy free and semi-sweet.

Can I prep these no bake vegan brownies ahead?

Yes! These will last at least 5-7 days if stored properly in an air tight container in the fridge.

Should these be served cold or warm?

The choice is yours! We have eaten both ways. If you do decide to warm them up, we recommend doing it for 15-20 at a time. You don’t want it to melt but just be warm.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Can I substitute the dates?

Dates are a neutral flavor that adds sweetness. However, if you are ok with the change in taste, you could substitute it for dried figs, raisins, cranberries, or cherries.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Are no bake vegan brownies healthy?

We tried to make this recipe as healthy and vegan friendly as possible. There is no refined flour or sugar in these. We are using natural sweetener from the dates and healthy fats from the cashews. We believe you can’t get much healthier brownies than these.

One note would be the vegan chocolate chips that are either folded in or melted on top. You could omit these to make healthier if desired.

Can vegan no bake brownies be frozen?

Yes. You can freeze these in an air tight freezer safe container for up to 3 months. Allow to thaw overnight in the fridge when ready to eat them.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

What other vegan no bake dessert recipes ideas could I make?

If you love no bake vegan desserts, then we have a few more that you are going to absolutely love! Here’s a few:

Easy to make, no-bake Raw Vegan Brownies are made with dates, almonds, coconut, cocoa powder, and vanilla for a delicious and healthy dessert!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

For anyone seeking a no-bake brownie that’s fudgy and chocolatey, this is it!

Why We Love This Recipe!

They’re crave-worthy and one or two is all you need to satisfy your sweet tooth.

Easy. No need to bother with baked brownies again, as these don’t require an oven and are simple to make with just 6 wholesome ingredients!

Healthy. These raw brownies contain no dairy, eggs, or butter! Plus, they are refined sugar-free, flourless, and grain-free.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Ingredient Notes

Here is everything you will need, plus substitution ideas:

  • Raw almonds – These are the base of the brownies. You may also want to add walnuts or pecans to the top of each brownie for a finishing touch.
  • Unsweetened shredded coconut – If you’re not a fan of coconut, try replacing the coconut with extra nuts.
  • Cocoa powder – Use raw cacao or regular unsweetened cocoa powder.
  • Medjool dates – Fresh is best. If the dates are dehydrated, try soaking them as noted in the recipe card.
  • Vanilla – Adds a nice layer of flavor but can be omitted.
  • Salt

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How To Make Raw Brownies

Here is a quick overview with step by step photos for reference. (Note – The full printable recipe is at the bottom of this post)

  • To the bowl of a food processor, add the nuts with the coconut and cacao, and blend until you have a coarse flour. Place mixture in a small bowl.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Make the date paste by adding the dates, vanilla and salt to the bowl of a food processor and blend until somewhat smooth, stopping to scrape down the sides as needed. (I didn’t soak my dates here, so it’s a tighter mixture. The soaked dates will yield a moister and more spread out mix.)

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Add reserved nut mixture to date paste and process until combined, stopping to scrape down the sides as needed. Mixture doesn’t have to be smooth.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Place the flourless brownie mix in a lined loaf pan (can use parchment, wax paper, or saran wrap), flatten from edge to edge.
  • Place in the refrigerator for at least 30 minutes to overnight.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Optionally, add a light dusting of cacao powder.
  • Slice into squares and enjoy!

And that’s all it takes!

Now you can feel good about indulging without feeling one ounce of guilt!

Tips For Success!

  • Roll into balls. You can also roll these into 1 inch balls, just let the dough chill for 20 minutes to stiffen before rolling. For a finishing touch, roll them in shredded coconut or cocoa/cacao powder. Yields about 18 – 24 balls.
  • Add an optional topping. Add a finishing touch such as a dusting of cacao powder, shredded coconut, or chopped walnuts or almonds.
  • Replace the coconut. If you’re not a fan of coconut, sub with nuts
  • Storage. These raw brownies can be stored in the refrigerator for up to 2 weeks or in the freezer for up to 2 – 3 months.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

More No-Bake Recipes

You can never have too many guilt-free snacks and desserts to choose from. You just may find a new favorite healthy dessert when the sweet craving hits!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

If you try this no bake brownies recipe, please let me know! Leave a comment and rate it below. I love to hear what you think, or any changes you make.

Sweetened with dates, these whole-grain bars provide energy and protein, thanks to nut butter. With just 5 ingredients you probably already have in your pantry, you can make these delicious, chewy brownies with no added sugar. Whip up a batch as a healthy dessert or for grab-and-go energy bars for a healthy snack.

Gallery

Recipe Summary

Nutrition Profile:

  • Heart Healthy
  • Low-Calorie
  • Low Carbohydrate
  • High Fiber
  • Dairy-Free
  • Diabetes Appropriate
  • Egg Free
  • Gluten-Free
  • Vegetarian
  • Vegan
  • Low Sodium
  • Soy-Free

Ingredients

Soak dates in hot water to cover in a medium bowl for 10 minutes. Drain, reserving the soaking water.

Meanwhile, line an 8-inch-square baking pan with parchment paper, leaving extra hanging over 2 sides. Lightly coat with cooking spray.

Process oats in a food processor until finely ground. Add the drained dates, nut butter, cocoa powder and salt; process until very finely chopped. If the mixture seems dry, add a little of the reserved soaking water, 1 tablespoon at a time. Spread the mixture evenly and firmly into the prepared pan. Refrigerate until cold, about 1 hour. Remove from the pan by lifting the overhanging parchment. Cut into 16 squares.

To make ahead: Refrigerate for up to 4 days.

Tip: People with celiac disease or gluten sensitivity should use oats that are labeled “gluten-free,” as oats are often cross-contaminated with wheat and barley.

Brownies are the perfect sweet treat for many people out there. Packed with chocolate and sugar it’s hard to resist – I have to be honest 😉 Today I got a recipe that works without plant-based ingredients only. Very simple Vegan Brownies. Even though the brownies are vegan – do not mistake them for being “healthy” just because they are vegan. The absence of dairy products or eggs does not mean there is not a lot of fat and carbs involved. Be aware of that ;P

How to make no‐bake vegan browniesEasy Peasy Vegan Brownies | Bake to the roots

Over the last several years we reduced our meat consumption quite a lot. For dinner, for example, we prefer making some salad over burgers or other kinds of meat dishes. Whenever we actually do crave a burger, we often use plant-based patties to make delicious burgers. If you use the right stuff and prepare it well it’s as delicious as a “real” burger 😉

When it comes to baking I am still using a lot of dairy products and eggs. That means the recipes are normally vegetarian but not that often vegan. The number of vegan recipes is still small but constantly growing. I like to bake with butter, milk, and eggs – can’t deny that ;P

How to make no‐bake vegan browniesEasy Peasy Vegan Brownies | Bake to the roots

But that doesn’t mean it won’t work without. Best example – these delicious vegan brownies!

Instead of butter, oil is used here and the eggs are replaced by some applesauce. You could work with a few other alternatives here, but the combination of oil and apple sauce works really well for these brownies here. They turned out really rich and chocolaty, sweet and compact – just like good old brownies should be 😉

How to make no‐bake vegan browniesEasy Peasy Vegan Brownies | Bake to the roots

As mentioned above… “vegan” should definitely not be mistaken for “healthy” here. These are still sweet little calorie bombs with all that sugar and fat. You could save some calories by using a sugar replacement if you want to, but to be honest – if you want good brownies you have to live with the consequences. This means doing some extra minutes on the treadmill or walking the extra mile with your doggy. If you do that you can have one of the brownies without regretting it later ;P

INGREDIENTS / ZUTATEN

  • English
  • Deutsch

1 cup (200g) sugar
1/2 cup (120ml) water
1/2 cup (120ml) vegetable oil
3 oz. (90g) apple sauce
2 tsp. vanilla extract
1 1/2 cups (200g) all-purpose flour
3/4 cup (90g) cocoa powder
1/2 tsp. baking powder
1/2 tsp. salt
3.5 oz. (100g) semi-sweet chocolate (vegan), chopped

200g Zucker
120ml Wasser
120ml Pflanzenöl
90g Apfelmus
2 TL Vanille Extrakt
200g Mehl (Type 550)
90g Kakaopulver
1/2 TL Backpulver
1/2 TL Salz
100g (vegane) Zartbiiterschokolade, gehackt

DIRECTIONS / ZUBEREITUNG

  • English
  • Deutsch

2. Add the sugar and water to a saucepan and heat up gently – stir until the sugar has dissolved completely. Remove from the heat and mix in the oil, apple sauce, and vanilla extract. Set aside.

3. In a large bowl mix the flour with cocoa powder, baking powder, and salt. Add the wet ingredients and mix until just combined. Add the chopped chocolate and fold in. Transfer the batter to the prepared baking tin and smooth out the top. Bake for about 35-40 minutes or until a wooden skewer inserted into the brownie comes out clean. Take out of the oven and let cool down completely. Lift the cooled brownie out of the tin with the baking parchment and cut into 12 or 16 pieces. Enjoy!

2. Zucker und Wasser in einen Topf geben und langsam erwärmen – so lange rühren, bis sich der Zucker vollständig aufgelöst hat. Vom Herd nehmen und Öl, Apfelmus und Vanille Extrakt einrühren. Zur Seite stellen.

3. Mehl, Kakao, Backpulver und Salz in einer großen Schüssel vermischen. Die Zutaten aus dem Topf dazugeben und nur kurz unterrühren – auf keinen Fall zu lange rühren! Die gehackte Schokolade dazugeben und unterheben. Den Teig in die vorbereitete Backform füllen und glatt streichen. Für etwa 35-40 Minuten backen – mit einem Zahnstocher testen, ob noch Teig kleben bleibt und die Brownies erst herausholen, wenn dieser sauber herauskommt. Aus dem Ofen nehmen und komplett abkühlen lassen. Mit dem Backpapier aus der Form heben und dann in 12 oder 16 Stücke schneiden.

Craving more? Keep in touch on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram and Pinterest for new post updates and more. You can also contact me with any questions or inquiries!

Here is a version of the recipe you can print easily.

cutlery cutlery icon

folder folder icon

instagram instagram icon

pinterest pinterest icon

facebook facebook icon

print print icon

squares squares icon

heart heart icon

heart solid heart solid icon

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Simple & Easy Vegan Brownies

  • Author: Bake to the roots
  • Prep Time: 00:15
  • Cook Time: 00:40
  • Total Time: 01:00
  • Yield: 1 2 1 x
  • Category: Brownies
  • Cuisine: America
  • Diet: Vegan

Description

Delicious and super-rich Vegan Brownies – packed with chocolate and flavors. It could not get better, right?! ;P

Ingredients

1 cup ( 200g ) sugar
1/2 cup (120ml) water
1/2 cup (120ml) vegetable oil
3 oz . ( 90g ) apple sauce
2 tsp . vanilla extract
1 1/2 cups ( 200g ) all-purpose flour
3/4 cup ( 90g ) cocoa powder
1/2 tsp . baking powder
1/2 tsp . salt
3.5 oz . ( 100g ) semi-sweet chocolate (vegan), chopped

Instructions

1. Preheat the oven to 350°F (180°C). Line an 8×8 inches (20x20cm) square baking tin with baking parchment and set aside. Chop the chocolate and set aside.

2. Add the sugar and water to a saucepan and heat up gently – stir until the sugar has dissolved completely. Remove from the heat and mix in the oil, apple sauce, and vanilla extract. Set aside.

3. In a large bowl mix the flour with cocoa powder, baking powder, and salt. Add the wet ingredients and mix until just combined. Add the chopped chocolate and fold in. Transfer the batter to the prepared baking tin and smooth out the top. Bake for about 35-40 minutes or until a wooden skewer inserted into the brownie comes out clean. Take out of the oven and let cool down completely. Lift the cooled brownie out of the tin with the baking parchment and cut into 12 or 16 pieces. Enjoy!

Notes

Keywords: brownies, chocolate, vegan

Did you make this recipe?

Tag @baketotheroots on Instagram and hashtag it #baketotheroots

Links marked with an asterisk (*) are affiliate links (advertising/Werbung) to Amazon Germany. If you click on one of those links and buy something via this link, I will get a commission for that sale. The price of whatever you buy is not affected in any way by this.

Last updated – July 12, 2021 ; Published – July 15, 2019 By Rhian Williams 6 Comments

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

These No-Bake Vegan Brownies are rich and fudgy, super indulgent and secretly healthy! They’re filling and satisfying, perfectly sweet and a good source of protein and fibre. They’re really easy to make and require just 5 ingredients and 15 minutes to make! They’re gluten-free, refined sugar free, grain-free, paleo-friendly, oil-free, date-sweetened and nut-free optional. Great for meal prep!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make this recipe

Scroll down to the bottom of the post for the full recipe.

  • Place the dates, walnuts, almond butter, cocoa powder and salt in a food processor.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Blend until combined but still retaining some texture – it needs to be sticky enough to be able to easily stick together.

Tip: Be careful not to over-blend, as the mixture will become very greasy as the oils will be released from the nuts.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Transfer the mixture to a one-pound loaf tinlined with baking paper.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Smooth over the top.
  • Decorate with goji berries and chopped pistachios, if desired.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Place in the fridge for at least 30 minutes for it to firm up before slicing.
  • Remove from the loaf tin and cut into pieces.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How long do these keep for?

They keep covered in the fridge for a good few days.

Substitutions you can make to this recipe

  • You can replace the walnuts with any other nuts or seeds: almonds,cashew nuts, hazelnuts, sunflower seeds etc.
  • You can replace the almond butter with peanut butter, cashew butter, sunflower seed butter or tahini.
  • You can replace the dates with raisins, prunes or dried apricots.
  • For a nut-free version, use sunflower seeds instead of walnuts, and use tahini instead of almond butter.
  • You can add 1 tablespoon of desiccated coconut for coconut flavour.
  • You can replace the cocoa powder with cacao powder.
  • You can add chocolate chips.
  • You can drizzle over melted dark chocolate.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

More vegan no-bake desserts

  • Chocolate Pudding Pots
  • Chocolate Truffles
  • Fudge
  • Strawberry Trifle
  • Key Lime Pie
  • Blueberry Cheesecake
  • Cookie Dough
  • Chocolate Peanut Butter Bars
  • Healthy Peanut Butter Balls

If you try out this recipe or anything else from my blog, I’d really love to hear any feedback! Please give it a rating, leave a comment, or tag a photo @rhiansrecipes #rhiansrecipes on Instagram! Thank you.

Fudgey raw vegan brownies, perfect for when you want an indulgent but healthier treat. You can make it with only 5 ingredients too!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Whether it’s Summer or you’re craving a quick chocolate fix, there’s always an occassion for vegan brownies! These no bake brownies are ready in no time.

In saying that, if you’re more of a ‘baked vegan brownie’ person, see my EASY recipes for beetroot brownies or sweet potato brownies!

5 ingredient vegan brownies

I carefully selected 5 common yet easily replacable ingredients to make these vegan brownies. You’ll need:

  • Pecans, walnuts OR almonds (I prefer either the first two)
  • Dried dates OR medjool dates
  • Raw cacao powder OR cocoa powder
  • Avocado
  • Maple syrup OR any other liquid sweetener

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

I tried all nuts and seeds for these brownies and prefer pecans or walnuts. These nuts are more commonly found in brownies compared to almonds or other nuts/seeds. Also, the slight bitterness and earthiness of pecans and walnuts complements the sweetness of the dates.

If you use dried dates, simply soak them in water for 2 hours before you use them. I often use dried dates because they are more AFFORDABLE than medjool dates! When combined with all the other ingredients, you can’t tell the difference.

To take your vegan brownies to the next level, you can also add a pinch of salt, a little espresso powder (to bring out the chocolate flavour) or whatever your heart desires!

How to make the chocolate avocado frosting

To minimise washing dishes, I’d highly recommend making the frosting first! That way, you’re one step closer to enjoying these vegan brownies with a cup of tea :).

Simply put all the frosting ingredients in a food processor and blend. After 1 minute or so, you’ll have a super smooth and creamy frosting!

I won’t judge if you skip the whole brownie step and eat the avocado mousse by itself (it’s THAT good). I speak from experience. OR scoop the frosting into a bowl and set aside. You don’t have to make sure your processor is fully clean – we’re using it again!

How to make the no bake brownies

To make the raw vegan brownie, simply add all the ingredients to your food processor and pulse until combined. This will take 1-5 minutes depending on how strong your food processor is!

Process the mixture for less time for a CHUNKY brownie.

Process the mixture for more time for a SMOOTHER brownie.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Assembling the raw vegan brownies

Scoop the mixture into a lined cake or loaf tin then flatten the top with a spoon or spatula. Next, spread the avocado frosting on top as desired.

You can probably cut and enjoy the brownies at this stage but they might be a little messy.

I’d recommend CHILLING the brownie in the fridge for at least 1 hour. This will firm up the mixture and make it easier to cut!

These vegan nutella brownies come together in just a few easy steps with minimal ingredients. They taste just like nutella, and are great if you’re looking for a treat that’s on the healthier side. They’re also gluten-free and no-bake so no need to turn on the oven.

These vegan nutella brownies come together in just a few easy steps with minimal ingredients. They taste just like nutella, and are great if you’re looking for a treat that’s on the healthier side. They’re also gluten-free and no-bake so no need to turn on the oven.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

This recipe was made in collaboration with Iswari Superfoods. All views are my own.

Raw vegan brownies were one of the very first dessert recipes that I created when I went vegan. They are one of the easiest but most decadent treats, and the ingredients are pretty healthy too in comparison to conventional brownies!

Although these brownies are not technically raw, being no-bake makes them incredibly easy to make. If you’re a chocolate hazelnut fan then I think you’ll also like my no-bake nutella bars.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

These no-bake vegan brownies are:

  • Quick and easy to make
  • Made using minimal ingredients
  • Decadent and rich
  • Gluten-free
  • Taste just like Nutella, but healthier!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Ingredients overview

  • Gluten-free oats: I use Iswari’s gluten-free hazelnut cacao oats. If these aren’t available to you, you can use regular gluten-free oats and some extra cacao powder (exact amounts are in the notes of the recipe card at the end of this page).
  • Medjool dates: These dates are perfect for no-bake brownie recipes as they are usually juicy and soft. If your dates are a little on the dry side, try soaking them in some hot water for 30 minutes, drain well and use.
  • Cacao powder: If you want to make this extra chocolatey you can use Dutch-processed cocoa powder. For a more bitter taste, use raw cacao powder.
  • Hazelnut butter: You can use store-bought or make your own. My favorite is Iswari super vegan hazelnut butter.
  • Plant-based milk: You can use any plant milk of your choice here, just opt for a GF one such as coconut if you want to keep these Nutella brownies gluten-free.
  • Sea salt: A pinch of salt helps to bring out the flavors and balances the sweetness of these brownies.
  • Dark chocolate: This is used for the 2-ingredient homemade Nutella topping along with some more hazelnut butter.
  • Hazelnuts: These are completely optional but add a really nice crunch on top of the brownies!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make this recipe (with step-by-step images)

(Full ingredient quantities and instructions can be found in the recipe card at the end of this post)

  1. Add the gluten-free oats and salt to your food processor and blitz for a minute until finely ground. Add the dates and hazelnut butter and blend again for a minute or two until the ingredients have broken down.
  2. Add the cacao powder and plant-based milk and blend until the mixture forms a dough. (If the dough is already sticky before this step add less plant milk)

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Pin How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Pin
Press the mixture into the base of an 8×8” pan lined with parchment paper. Use a spatula to flatten it out. Set aside.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Pin How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Pin
Melt the chocolate and hazelnut butter together over a double boiler. Spread the chocolate over the brownies and top with chopped hazelnuts. Chill for 1 hour, slice, and serve. How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Storage instructions

These vegan date brownies need to be stored in the fridge in an airtight container. They’re best when consumed within 5 days. You can also freeze them in an airtight container and defrost them before serving.

Variations

  • Hazelnut butter: If you’re not a fan of hazelnuts you can make these with any nut butter of your choice. Cashew butter or peanut butter work really well.

Recommended tools to make these hazelnut brownies

  • Food processor
  • 8-inch square pan

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

More vegan chocolate hazelnut recipes

  • How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Love this recipe? Please leave a 5-star ★★★★★ rating in the recipe card below and consider leaving a comment as well, thanks!

Stay in touch with me through social media @ Instagram, Pinterest, TikTok, and Facebook. And if you like one of my recipes, tag me

Published on February 12, 2019 by Kelly | Last updated February 14, 2022 | 6 Comments
This post contains affiliate links. Please read my policy page.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Published on February 12, 2019 by Kelly | Last updated February 14, 2022 | 6 Comments
This post contains affiliate links. Please read my policy page.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Easy & healthy no-bake walnut protein brownies made with dates, walnuts, protein powder, & cacao with a simple chocolate protein frosting. Vegan, gluten-free, & dairy-free!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Question! Do you guys have any plans for Valentine’s Day?! It’s Michael and I’s first Valentine’s Day as husband and wife and we have zero plans at the moment. Except I want to make some kind of dessert. And what would be easier than a no bake walnut protein brownie?! Nothing that I can think of ha!

But really I’m thinking it’s going to be a laid back night with an easy dinner and maybe start a new series on Netflix now that we finished You (so good, but so creepy). We never really do much on Valentine’s Day – Michael has made dinner a few years, but that is about it. We are celebrating this weekend though! It is our 3 month wedding anniversary so we want to do something fun. Plans to be decided 😋

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

But let’t to this recipe! An easy, no bake, raw walnut protein brownie! Y’all know I don’t bake, although I have been working on it (kind of), so this is the next best thing to a warm and gooey brownie. They definitely fill the need of the brownie craving and you don’t have to turn on your oven! You only need a food processor and about 10 minutes. These walnut protein brownies are rich and decedent, while being a healthy dessert or snack at the the same time. I added some protein for some extra nutritional benefits too! It’s a win win!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to Make No Bake Walnut Protein Brownies

This recipe is just as easy as it sounds – it’s a no bake raw brownie! The main two ingredients are dates and walnuts, which when processed in your food processor with a few other ingredients, make a rich and nutty raw brownie. You only need 9 basic ingredients and in 10 minutes you will have walnut protein brownies! Here is what you need:

  • walnuts
  • dates
  • chocolate protein powder – I used Ka’Chava
  • cacao powder
  • almond milk
  • maple syrup
  • cinnamon
  • coconut oil
  • salt

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

First you add the dates and walnuts to your food processor and pulse until they are brown down – you still want texture to it as you will be adding in more things. Then add the cacao, maple syrup, protein powder, almond milk, cinnamon, and a pinch of salt. Pulse until combined, but still has some texture (see picture above). You want a texture that is sticky and will hold together when you press it together. Line a small 7×5 glass dish with parchment paper and press mixture into the bottom in a single layer.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Now the fun part, making the icing!! Did you know you could make icing from protein powder with only a few ingredients?! It’s so good and so easy!! The icing is definitely optional, but who doesn’t love icing on a brownie. To make the chocolate protein icing, just mix together the protein powder, almond milk, coconut oil, and cinnamon. You should be left with a thick, but spreadable, consistency.

Then you just spread it all over the walnut brownies and let it set for a few minutes (or eat right away cause they are that good)!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Can I use a different kind of Nut?

Yes! While I haven’t tried it, I would think that pecans would be the best substitute. You could try almonds or cashews as well!

Can I use a different kind of Protein Powder?

I have only tried this recipe using Ka’Chava Chocolate Protein Powder. While I think another kind of vegan protein (maybe even whey) would work, I can’t be certain. Ka’Chava has a thicker consistency which helps bind the ingredients together. It also makes a delicious frosting. If you are looking to try it, use this link to save 15% off your first order – I love and use the chocolate and vanilla on the regular!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

I hope y’all enjoy these walnut brownies as much as we did! Michael and I ate them up so fast and he isn’t even a huge chocolate fan! If you are looking for a healthy treat that is EASY to whip up, these should be it. Each one only has 5g of fat, 13 grams of carbs, and 4g of protein! Make them to fill a sweet craving or whip them up on Sunday during meal prep to have on hand during the week. They store in the fridge for a week, or you can freeze them!

Published: Mar 29, 2020 · Modified: Mar 17, 2022 · By: Janelle Hama

Seriously the best fudgy oil-free, gluten-free, dairy-free brownies that will help you kick those cravings. Made with sweet potato, maple syrup, and cacao. A healthier treat for the whole family to enjoy.

This website receives a commission/fee for each purchase bought through the affiliate links on this website

😋Why You’ll Love This Recipe

  • Super moist, fudgy and the right amount of chocolateyness.
  • A naturally sweetened vegan dessert
  • Ticks a few free-from boxes – dairy-free, gluten-free, refined sugar free, corn free, nut free, soy free and oil free.
  • A crowd-winning dessert – seriously everyone will be eating these!
  • Healthier – hidden veggies are always a bonus!

✔️Ingredients You’ll Need

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

The full list of ingredients, quantities and cooking methods can be found in the recipe card at the end of this post.

Sweet potato puree is easily made by either boiling or steaming orange sweet potato.

Once they are cooked through, remove the skin and mash them with a fork or puree them in a food processor.

Maple syrup – use a good grade and organic syrup.

Tahini is a sesame paste, now generally found at any supermarket or your local ethnic grocer, e.g., Middle Eastern.

Pure vanilla extract helps to boost the chocolate flavor.

Sorghum flour is a gluten-free flour that is great for baking. It’s usually found in your gluten-free aisle or online. Sorghum is an ancient grain boasting a good amount of nutrients.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Raw Vegan Brownies! With dates, cocoa, nuts, easy chocolate frosting. Fudgy, healthy whole food unbaked raw brownie recipe that tastes DELICIOUS! No added sugar, gluten free.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Say hello to your new favourite guilt free raw vegan dessert!! These vegan brownies are amazing!! and take minutes to make in the food processor! Chocolatey, nutty brownie bites your whole family will love! And they’re healthy too with no refined sugar!! Go crazy guys and dig in!!

I first made this recipe back in March and am just now getting around to sharing them!!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Be the first to receive mouth watering FREE new vegan recipes and more… straight to your inbox!!

My family are huge brownie lovers. So when I can create a plant based healthy version that isn’t laden with sugar and butter and taste every bit as good, and there’s no baking involved! then I’m definitely a happy camper! These raw chocolate brownies are a win win !

For a tasty baked brownie recipe check out my Black Bean Brownies here!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make Raw Vegan Brownies:

Add dates to a bowl and cover with boiling water for five minutes, this softens the dates. Drain and set aside

While dates are softening add the pecans, almonds, sesame seeds, salt and instant coffee to the food processor. Process until completely broken down.

Now add the dates and vanilla and process again until the dates are completely blended in.

Lastly mix in the cocoa, stopping to push the mixture around a few times until the cocoa powder is mixed in. This will take a few minutes.

Pour the mixture into a non stick 8×8 brownie pan and spread evenly in the pan with your fingers while pushing down firmly. Place brownies in the freezer to chill while making frosting.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

To make the frosting: add coconut oil to a medium microwave safe bowl and melt in the microwave until just melted. Whisk in the rest of the ingredients until smooth. Pour over the brownies. Tilt the pan a little to evenly distribute the icing.

Place uncovered in the fridge for 40-60 minutes until the chocolate frosting has set. Slice and enjoy! Makes 16 bars.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

OK GUYS LET’S MAKE SOME VEGAN NO BAKE BROWNIES, THEY’RE:

ready in minutes

a great kids treat

Enjoy guys! Happy day to you! feel free to leave a comment and a rating below. I would love to hear from you.

Follow me on PINTEREST and INSTAGRAM for more tasty Vegan Recipes❤️

These homemade vegan shortbread brownies are like the gourmet version of box mix brownies, along with the most delicious and buttery shortbread imaginable. They are rich, chewy and buttery, filled with chocolate. You’re going to love them!

Vegan shortbread fudge brownies

When it come’s to desserts, we’re normally forced to choose between two desires, but why not go all out and combine both?! A light, buttery and vanilla shortbread, paired with the most incredible chocolatey and rich brownie makes for the ultimate treat. They’re a game changer!

I’m extremely indecisive when it comes to what to choose for dessert. I love cakey treats, but i am also a cookie girl. The idea of combining shortbread and brownie is genius! The magic is in the texture. The base is light and melts in your mouth, and the brownie on top is rich, chocolatey with a paper thin crinkly top. It’s in its own league.

What makes these the best shortbread brownies?

When I recipe tested these brownies for the first time, I was blown away. They were the exactly as i desired.

My brownies are not only vegan and scrumptious, but they are really easy to make! You only need a handful of ‘easy to find’ ingredients to make this recipe. Not only that, but you’ll need a few simple techniques as-well. This is mainly due to three steps in this recipe:

  • Whipping the aquafaba and sugar together for the brownie which helps with the super smooth, crinkly top. Whipping the aquafaba helps create a light texture, while giving your that classic crinkle brownie top.
  • Melting the butter and chocolate together for pouring over the aquafaba mixture. Adding melted chocolate (along with the melted butter) into the brownie makes them insanely delicious! It makes them even more fudgey.
  • Rubbing cold butter into the dry mixture for the shortbread. Doing this will result in a melt in your mouth shortbread which is irresistible! Always use cold butter for this!

How to make the best vegan shortbread brownies?

These brownies have 3 layers – a shortbread base, brownie middle and a chocolate ganache topping. They’re too tasty not to make, here’s how to make them:

Shortbread

  1. Pour dry ingredients into a bowl along with the vanilla. Add in the cold butter, rub everything together with your fingertips until a dough forms.
  2. Press dough into the lined pan, bake until golden.

Brownie

  1. Sift dry ingredients into a bowl.
  2. Melt chocolate and butter together until smooth.
  3. Add aquafaba and sugar into a mixing bowl and whizz up until smooth and glossy. Use an electric mixer with balloon whisk attachment for best results.
  4. Pour chocolate mixture over the aquafaba and fold together to combine, making sure not to over mix / don’t deflate the aquafaba mixture.
  5. Sift in the dry ingredients and fold to combine.
  6. Add in chocolate chunks.
  7. Pour over the shortbread, return back to the oven and bake until ready. Allow to cool fully before adding on the ganache.

Chocolate Ganache

  1. Melt cream and chocolate then pour over the brownie. Allow to set then slice brownies into bars and serve. Top with chunks of chocolate.

Helpful tips and tricks for the best shortbread brownies:

Allow the brownies to cool:

I say this with many of my recipes, it’s always so important to allow bakes like cupcakes, cakes and brownies to cool before tucking into them. This is especially the case for these brownies as the chocolate needs to settle and solidify before digging in (unfortunately) – haha! Don’t worry, they’ll be worth the wait…. trust me!

If you try to cut these brownie when they’re still warm, it will be extremely sticky and gooey …unless that’s what you’re going for! The brownies won’t hold their shape and you would probably have to eat them with a spoon, which isn’t a bad thing but it’s not what were going for with bars. Allowing the brownies to cool fully gives the chocolate and butter time to return back to a more solid consistency.The texture once ready is incredible. Again, they’re worth the wait!

Cut the brownies with a sharp, warm knife:

You always see bars with perfectly clean and neat edges and wonder ‘ how can I achieve that?!’. Well, there are a few tricks and believe it or not, anyone can do them! Before slicing the brownies, submerge a sharp knife in warm water for around 3-5 minutes allowing it to heat up. When you slice the brownie now, the heat from the knife will ever so slightly melt the chocolate making the knife slide right through.

Make sure to wipe the knife with some kitchen paper towels in-between each cut. Doing this will remove any excess brownie or crumb stuck to the knife so when you make the next cut, it wont lead to a messy edge.

How to keep the brownies fresh:

Luckily these brownies keep their moisture and fudgeyness, but to keep them as perfect as the day you made them, make sure to store them in a tightly sealed container in the fridge. Make sure to leave them our of the fridge for an hour before enjoying. This gives the chocolate and butter time to come back to room temperature, making for a chewy brownie.

Published: Mar 5, 2019 · Updated: Apr 13, 2022 · by Nicole · This post may contain affiliate links.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

A batch of these freshly baked homemade vegan brownies will satisfy your inner chocoholic! They’re just like the brownies you remember from childhood – but veganized! Plus they’re simple to make in just 30 minutes.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Can vegans eat brownies?

Is that what you’re asking yourself right now?

A really good brownie is dense, fudgy and soft, just like the ones our grandmothers baked for us while growing up. But, traditional brownie recipes are laden with eggs and butter which are needed to emulsify and bind, and give brownies their dense texture.

The challenge with vegan brownies is getting that same dense, fudgy texture and rich chocolate flavor without the eggs and dairy products.

So with a bit of brownie science, and a twist on a few simple ingredients, I’ve figured out this dairy-free vegan brownie that you can binge on – without the guilt!

(P.S. Make sure you grab this free printable cheat sheet – it’s packed with all my favorite substitution tricks to make just about any recipe vegan!)

This vegan brownie recipe is:

  • 100% vegan, vegetarian, and dairy-free
  • Gluten-free (when made with gluten free baking flour)
  • Quick & Easy
  • Rich, chocolatey, and totally delicious.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to Make Vegan Brownies from Scratch

Start by preheating the oven to 350 degrees Fahrenheit.

In a mixing bowl, cream together your sugar, oil, and water.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Next, add in your dry ingredients – flour, salt, applesauce, vanilla, cocoa, and baking soda.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Mix very well to combine.

Pour the brownie batter into a greased 8×8 baking dish.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Bake at 350 degrees for 20 to 30 minutes, or until baked through.

Allow to cool on a wire rack before cutting into 9 squares.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

And dig in. How easy is that?

I hope these chewy, chocolaty vegan brownies take you back to your childhood!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

FAQs about Making Vegan Brownies

Can You Make Brownies Without Eggs?

Yes! I make vegan brownies without eggs by swapping in applesauce for a moist (and slightly sweet) binder. It replaces all the eggs and butter, which also helps cut down on calories and fat.

If you run out of applesauce, you can also try pureed prunes or apple butter. No joke!

(This is also a good time to mention that I have a free printable cheat sheet full of handy substitutions that you can use to vegan-ize your favorite recipes. Grab a copy here!)

Don’t worry about their flavors competing, you’ll hardly notice they’re even in these vegan brownies, because the chocolate flavor of the raw cocoa powder will easily overpower the flavor of the applesauce (or the pureed prunes or apple butter, whichever you swap in).

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Is Pure Cocoa Powder Healthy?

This brownie recipe uses raw cocoa powder, which is naturally vegan. And it’s also easy to work with – no mess with melting chocolate! But no worries, I promise you, it’s still fudgy and still dangerously chocolatey!

Cocoa powder is very healthy! In fact, it’s an antioxidant superfood packed with polyphenols. So, we have even more reasons to gobble up the whole pan, don’t we?! 🙂

How long do vegan brownies last?

Freshly baked vegan brownies will last for about 3 to 4 days at normal room temperature. Make sure to store them in a covered airtight container to prevent drying out.

Can you freeze vegan brownies?

Yes! You can freeze them for 4 to 6 months if you wrap them tightly in aluminum foil or plastic freezer wrap.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Tips for Perfect Vegan Brownies

Get creative with the mix-ins! Use this as a base recipe for your vegan brownies, and add your own twist. Toss in some dark chocolate chips, your favorite candies, or a swirl of caramel sauce for a whole new flavor!

Pick the perfect pan. I like to make my brownies in one of these silicone brownie pans. Nothing sticks and it’s flexible, so it’s easy to get the cooked brownies out without breaking them.

Use your favorite oil. I used coconut oil for this brownie recipe because I love that little bit of coconut scented flavor. But you can use regular vegetable oil or even olive oil if that’s what you have on hand. In fact, these olive oil brownies are one of my most popular desserts.

Grab the handy cheat sheet. I get asked about vegan baking substitutions all the time- so I’ve created this free printable cheat sheet that you can use to make any recipe vegan!

Make them gluten free. Just use a gluten-free baking flour in place of the all-purpose flour to make this recipe 100% gluten free. I like this one from Bob’s Red Mill – because it’s easy to swap out 1:1 for regular flour.

Serve it with milk! Almond milk that is. or your favorite dairy-free milk. It’s the perfect match for this chocolatey treat.

More Vegan Desserts:

If you love these vegan brownies, be sure to check out these other amazing vegan dessert recipes:

Published: Nov 19, 2020 · by Demeter | Beaming Baker 36 Comments · As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

the best super moist chocolate vegan banana brownies: melt-in-your-mouth fudgy & rich with a soft, tender crumb.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Super fudgy banana brownies with a soft, tender crumb and deep, deep chocolate flavor and a comforting banana taste. Thick squares of super moist chocolate banana brownies that are melt-in-your-mouth moist and rich.

Have I got your attention? Or at least, your mouth watering? 🙂

A few months ago, Erik and I got to thinking about how many banana recipes are on the blog… I mean, there are A LOT. See:

And you love them. And you always, always want more.

But one thing we didn’t have on Beaming Baker? Banana Brownies! I mean, what’s not to love? Chocolate: check! Bananas: check! Brownies: double check.

So why not create one that would make you forget all other vegan banana brownies recipes ever even existed? That’s what today’s banana brownie recipe is all about. It’s decadent, it’s rich, and it’s unbelievably delicious.

Plus, it’s vegan. Made with simple, whole ingredients. And it’s gluten free. What more could ya need?

You ready for the best vegan banana brownies ever? Let’s bake this!

Thick, super moist chocolate banana brownies that are melt-in-your-mouth moist and rich.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to Make Vegan Banana Brownies

Preheat

Preheat the oven to 350°F. Line an 8-inch square baking pan with parchment paper.

Prep the Wet Ingredients

Peel, then mash bananas using a pastry cutter (I highly recommend this) or a fork (which will drive you crazy lol) in a large bowl. Add the rest of the wet ingredients: coconut oil, maple syrup, flax egg and vanilla. Whisk everything together until well mixed.

Sift the Dry Ingredients

Sift the dry ingredients together in a medium bowl: oat flour, cacao powder, almond flour, baking powder, baking soda and salt.

Combine

Add the dry ingredients to the wet ingredients and whisk it all together until well incorporated. Fold in vegan chocolate chips.

Pour Batter

Pour your vegan banana brownie batter into the prepared pan. Smooth into an even layer and top with chocolate chips.

Bake, Cool and Enjoy

Bake for about 35 minutes. Cool banana brownies until completely cool for clean slicing. Slice and enjoy the best vegan banana brownies ever!

The Taste & Texture of these Banana Brownies

Texture: thick squares of super moist chocolate banana brownies. Melt-in-your-mouth moist and rich. Super fudgy, but still a little fluffy with a soft, tender crumb.

Taste: Deep, deep chocolate flavor that satisfies your chocolate cravings with a subtle, comforting banana taste.

Super fudgy banana brownies with a soft, tender crumb and deep, deep chocolate flavor and a comforting banana taste.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Ready to blow the banana peels off of all the other banana brownie recipes? Let’s do it! 😉 Thank you for stopping by and sharing in these wonderful kitchen adventures with me and your loved ones. ‘Til the next one…

Sending you all my love and maybe even a dove, xo Demeter ❤️

☀ Click below to Pin

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

📸 Did you make this banana brownie recipe? Take a pic and share it on Instagram with the hashtag #beamingbaker & tag @beamingbaker. I’d love to see it! 📸

  • Eat
    • Recipe Index
      • Breakfast
      • Drinks
      • Snacks
      • Plates & Bowls
      • Salads
      • Sweets
      • Staples
      • Holidays
      • Dressings, dips, sauces
  • Live
    • Self-Care
    • Wellness
    • Motherhood
    • Natural Beauty
    • Routines
    • Fitness / Yoga
  • Oils
    • Essential Oils
    • Oily FAQ
  • Cookbooks
    • HealthNut Cookbook (CAD)
    • HealthNut Cookbook (USD)
    • Baby Cookbook
  • Meal Prep
  • Shop
    • HealthNut Shop
    • HealthNut Pup
    • Amazon Shop
    • Natural Beauty
  • About
    • We’re Hiring
    • Work With Me
    • Press
    • Contact
    • FAQ

Healthy Chocolate Brownies | Vegan, No Bake

If you’re like me and have the biggest sweet tooth ever than I know you’re going to love these no bake vegan chocolate brownies. I love them because they take little time to make, hardly any clean up and best of all they completely satisfy my sweet tooth cravings without the guilt.

Energy balls are such a great snack to make ahead of time to store in the fridge or freezer so they’re ready when you need them. I can’t tell you how many times I’ve been so grateful to have these premade waiting for me as I’m rushing out the door or just get home from work and need a grab n go snack.
How to make no‐bake vegan brownies
I wanted to feature Nomz energy bites because they are not only AMAZE-BALLS but contain simple ingredients and in my opinion are literally just as good as homemade. Nomz energy bites are paleo, vegan, and gluten free. The ingredient that makes Nomz bites so good are the addition of pecans. I’ve never made my own energy balls with pecans and man have I been missing out.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Because I love this brand so much I reached out to the Owner Jana, and asked if she would participate in a giveaway for you guys. Well she graciously said yes and is giving away all 4 flavours to 3 lucky winners in North America. Enter into the giveaway box below for a chance to win these guilt free treats. This giveaway will be running for 2 weeks starting today.

This post may contain affiliate links, which means that I make a small commission off items you purchase at no additional cost to you. Please read my policy page.

What happens when a bunch of my favorite superfoods: healthy nuts, dates and cocoa powder come together? Magical, no bake brownies that are vegan and gluten free, packed with superfoods, and taste just like regular, fudgy brownies!

I made these babies about 5 years ago and the AK community became obsessed, so I knew I had to give them a little makeover with new photos (but the same amazing taste).

All I can say is YOU NEED THEM IN YOUR LIFE! BADLY.

They’re impossible not to love and nutritious enough to enjoy for an afternoon snack. I love storing a batch in the freeze to munch on whenever those chocolate cravings hit. Trust me when I say you’re going to LOVE these slightly crunchy, perfectly sweet, and absolutely delicious no bake superfood brownies.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

What are “superfoods?”

Scientifically speaking, there’s really no such thing as a “superfood.” BUT the term is a great way to identify ingredients that are super nourishing on their own because they’re packed with nutrients like healthy fats, antioxidants, vitamins, minerals, fiber and protein! Some examples of superfoods are leafy greens, berries, legumes, avocado, fish, nuts & seeds, and more.

So, can you guess what makes up these amazing no bake brownies?

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Ingredients in these no bake brownies

As their name suggests, these no bake brownies are packed with nutrition-rich ingredients, AKA superfoods! All of the ingredients give these vegan & gluten free brownie energy bars healthy fats, fiber, protein and even antioxidants. Here’s what you’ll need to make them:

  • Medjool dates: the base of these brownies is made from Medjool dates, which actually give them a natural sweetness!
  • Nuts: you’re getting tons of wonderful healthy fats, protein, and delicious crunch from walnuts, pecans, pistachios.
  • Coconut: some unsweetened shredded coconut adds wonderful texture, healthy fats, and delicious flavor.
  • Chia seeds: hello, extra fiber, protein and omega 3s!
  • Dried cranberries: a little chew, tartness and sweetness from dried cranberries is amazing in these bars!
  • Cacao powder: I like to use unsweetened cacao powder for rich chocolate flavor and antioxidants, but you can use unsweetened cocoa powder as well.
  • Coconut oil: you’ll need a little melted coconut oil to give the brownies moisture.
  • Vanilla: some vanilla extract adds lovely flavor to the energy bars.
  • Sea salt: add a little to the “batter” and sprinkle some on top for sweet and salty goodness.
  • Chocolate: I love to drizzle a layer of melted dark chocolate on top because it creates an amazing chocolate shell. SO GOOD.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Customize these brownies

Because these no bake superfood brownies don’t require any baking, I recommend sticking with the recipe ratios as closely as possible so that they hold up well. Here are some easy ways to customize, too:

  • For the nuts: feel free to use slightly different ratios of each of the nuts depending on what you have on hand. For example, you can use fewer pistachios and more pecans or walnuts if that’s what’s accessible to you!
  • For the cranberries: you can also use dried cherries or get a little fancy with goji berries.
  • For the chocolate: feel free to use a vegan and dairy free chocolate bar or chocolate chips, or simply omit the chocolate layer. The bars will still be delicious!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make fudgy no bake brownies

  1. Process the nuts. Start by adding the dates, walnuts, pecans and 1/4 cup of the pistachios to your food processor and process until nice and chunky.
  2. Form the “batter.” Add the coconut, chia seeds, cacao powder, coconut oil and vanilla extract and process everything until the “batter” is slightly clumping. If it’s dry, simply add 1-2 tablespoons of warm water.
  3. Add mix-ins and shape. Finally, add the rest of the pistachios and dried cranberries and pulse just a few times until the pistachios are a little chunky. Add the mixture to a loaf pan lined with parchment paper and press it in evenly towards the sides of the pan.
  4. Melt the chocolate. Add your dark chocolate bar or chips to a saucepan and melt over low heat, or melt it in the microwave until smooth.
  5. Finish & freeze. Pour the melted chocolate all over the bars and tilt the pan so that it creates and even coating. Garnish with some more pistachios, dried cranberries and crushed pecans, then place the bars in the freezer for 20-45 minutes until hardened.
  6. Serve and devour. I like to sprinkle the tops with Maldon sea salt, then cut into 8 bars and serve!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Storing & freezing tips

  • To store: these no bake superfood brownies should be kept covered in the fridge until you’re ready to serve them. They will stay good in your fridge for about 1 week.
  • To freeze: feel free to keep them in a freezer-safe container in your freezer for up to 1 month. If you do keep them in your freezer, be sure to leave them out on the counter for a few minutes before serving so that they soften up a bit.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Recommended tools

  • Food processor
  • 8×4 inch loaf pan
  • Saucepan
  • Parchment paper

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

More no bake treats you’ll love

  • Peanut Butter Cup Freezer Fudge
  • Birthday Cake Rice Krispie Treats
  • Crispy Toasted Quinoa Chocolate Peanut Butter Truffles
  • Tahini Chocolate Chip Cookie Dough Bites
  • Vegan No Bake Chocolate Peanut Butter Oatmeal Bars

I hope you love these no bake superfood brownies! If you make them be sure to leave a comment and a rating so I know how you liked them. Enjoy, xo!

You’re craving something chewy and chocolaty, but you’re also trying to stay on the healthy path. You win with these no-bake brownies! Made with medjool dates, pecans, cocoa powder, and a few mini dairy-free chocolate chips, these are sure to satisfy your dessert cravings.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

This luscious, caramel-chewy treat comes together in 10 minutes, so you can quickly whip up a batch to keep in your fridge when you need a little something sweet. The soft texture and decadent, fudgy flavor will satisfy dessert cravings, and since indulging a little each day can often prevent overeating later, you’ll love having these in your kitchen.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

The pecans offer healthy fats that satiate you for longer, so if you’re less hungry, you’ll consume fewer daily calories. Each bite offers two grams of fiber, which also helps you feel full. And because they’re grain-free, vegan, and Paleo, they’re perfect for those with diet restrictions.

By Khushboo 8 Comments December 10, 2019 December 10, 2019

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Would you like to sink your teeth into these ultimately chocolaty & fudgy no-bake brownies? Yes, you read it right, these brownies are made without baking and requires less than 5 ingredients found in your pantry.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

It’s time I share my Best No-Bake Brownie recipe with you too.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

This brownie recipe is a chocolate lovers dream! It is the easiest brownie recipe that you will ever make. These rich chocolate brownies are all fudge, chewy and eggless too.

Two layers of chocolaty goodness –

The bottom layer is 100% fudge brownie.

The top layer is rich and decadent chocolate ganache with marbled white chocolate swirls.

The design might look complicated but I promise you it is one easy and impressive way to frost your bakes.

A great baking activity to do with kids during the holidays. I love making these with my son. Believe me, it is so much fun when you include kids.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

My Secret for making fudgy brownies without baking –

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • While baked brownies need a lot of ingredients, I make these with only 3 main ingredients –
  • All you need is graham crackers or any sweet crackers of your choice.
  • Cocoa Powder for the rich chocolaty taste &
  • Condensed Milk for binding everything together.
  • It is exactly like a graham cracker fudge.
  • Now you could stop right here or top it with some chocolate chips, walnuts or toppings of your choice.
  • Or you can add an extra layer of chocolate goodness by topping the brownie with an easy ganache frosting.
  • You can make it more appealing with a simple marble swirl using melted white chocolate.

Step by step instructions to make unbaked brownies –

The first thing I do is break graham crackers roughly and process in a Food Processor until sand-like.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Then I place condensed milk in a big bowl and microwave for 30 seconds to loosen up.
  • In the next step, I add in the cocoa powder and vanilla and stir until smooth and lump-free.
  • I fold in the cracker crumbs & stir until the cracker crumbs are coated well & come together like a sticky dough.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Then I double line an 8” square pan with parchment paper for easy removal of brownie layer on.
  • Dab some oil on your finger before pressing the crumb mixture into the pan to avoid the brownie mixture to stick on my fingers.
  • Blob the mixture into the pan and press it down with my fingers until leveled.
  • Cover it with a lid or foil (so that it doesn’t dry out) and place it in the fridge (not freezer) to chill.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

You may just top the brownie layer with nuts and chocolate chips or add an extra chocolate layer like I did.

It’s now time to work on the frosting layer-

  • Now prepare the marble ganache layer mentioned in the recipe below.
  • Melt the white chocolate with cream for making marble swirls.

Adding ganache to the no-bake brownies –

  • I take out the brownie from the fridge.
  • Top it with chocolate ganache and spread evenly.
  • Put blobs of white chocolate over the ganache.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Pass a toothpick or a knife on the top layer to create a marble effect, not cutting through the brownie.
  • Just swirl randomly on the top as shown in the photo.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Put it back in the fridge and let it sit for 8 hours or overnight before cutting through.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How do the unbaked brownies taste?

These chocolate brownies are all fudge and not at all cake-like. Every piece is chewy and decadent.

How to store no-bake brownies?

These brownies keep well in the fridge for a week.

Published: Jul 6, 2021 · Modified: Jun 28, 2021 by Daniela Apostol · This post may contain affiliate links · Leave a Comment

  • Share
  • Tweet
  • Pin

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

3-Ingredient Banana Brownies made with mashed bananas, peanut butter and cocoa powder; delicious vegan brownies that are flourless, no refined-sugar added, low carb, low calorie, and pretty perfect as a healthy snack for every occasion. The prep is minimal, and they are ready in well under 30 minutes. My kind of snack!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

I have finally found my perfect snack/dessert that doesn’t make me feel too bad about having a second helping. These brownies are absolutely brilliant! They are sweet, like any dessert should be, but it doesn’t come with the hundreds of calories a decadent dessert does. How amazing!

I always have bananas around just staring at me and begging me to do something before they turn sad. First choice would be a delicious Honey Banana Bread, which is not too bad, given that is has no refined sugar added either. But then you get bored of the same things baked over and over.

And when I feel like low-carbing, I’d rather stay away from anything even remotely carb loaded. I have made countless brownies before, from Creme Egg Brownies that go down a treat at Easter, to Fudgy Vegan Brownies that come without eggs and butter, or the yummy scrummy Cakey Walnut Brownies.

Or, for the 4th of July celebrations, these Red Velvet Cheesecake Swirl Brownies with Blueberries are the way to go. But they all have flour added, where these peanut butter banana brownies don’t have. Let’s see how to make them!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

HOW TO MAKE PEANUT BUTTER BANANA BROWNIES WITH ONLY 3 INGREDIENTS

The 3 ingredients needed are:

  • bananas – make sure they are proper ripe, if they look kind of brown and sad, that’s perfect. They are really sweet, and the right texture for these brownies
  • peanut butter -either smooth or crunchy, it doesn’t matter much. This can be replaced with almond butter or any other nut butter of your choice
  • cocoa powder – your regular baking cocoa powder would do

Optionally, you can top them or mix in the same composition any nuts or seeds or your choice, chocolate chips, dried fruit, or anything else you fancy. I topped mine with chopped hazelnuts and dark chocolate chips, but that’s optional

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

THE BAKING

Once you have the ingredients ready, add to them a food processor and blitz until you get a smooth paste. Alternatively, you can mash the bananas using a fork, mix in the peanut butter and cocoa powder, and mix well until you get the right consistency.

I must say, a food processor does a quick job, and I much prefer that, but if you don’t have any, it’s not a big deal. That’s the beauty of the home baking, you can tweak everything, and that includes ingredients or the whole process itself.

I chose to bake the brownies in a 6-hole muffin tray, but you can use a small square baking tin too. With the ingredients used you get 6 muffin-shaped brownies, so adjust the amounts needed if you use a bigger tray.

NOTE! Make sure you grease your baking tray well wither with oil or butter, depending if you want them vegan or just vegetarian, otherwise they will stick to the edges and won’t come out easily.

Bake at 180 degrees Celsius (350 Fahrenheit) for 20-25 minutes until the top and edges are set and the brownies are well risen. Once they come out of the oven they will deflate a bit, but that’s fine. Leave them to cool down completely before serving.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

If you’ve tried my 3-INGREDIENT BANANA BROWNIES or any other recipe on the blog then don’t forget to rate the recipe and let me know how you got on in the comments below, I love hearing from you! You can also FOLLOW ME on FACEBOOK, and PINTEREST to see more delicious food and what I’m getting up to.

You can’t go wrong with classic brownies.

But you know what’s better than brownies? Vegan brownies.

And you know what’s better than vegan brownies? Double Chocolate No-Bake Vegan Brownies. (Mic drop).

This vegan brownie recipe only has four ingredients and you can assemble it in 10 minutes.

Pop them in the fridge to set for an hour, and you’ll have yourself a batch of brownies that blow that baked box stuff out of the water.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Double Chocolate No-Bake Vegan Brownies

These vegan brownies are going to be your new favorite treat!

Keyword Chocolate Shakeology

Prep Time 10 mins

Cook Time 0 mins

Total Time 10 mins

Servings 16 servings, 1 each

Calories 85 kcal

Author Jazmine May Graza

Ingredients

  • ½ cup mashed ripe banana about 1 medium
  • ½ cup all-natural smooth peanut butter
  • ¼ cup unsweetened cocoa powder
  • 2 scoops Chocolate Plant-Based Vegan Shakeology

Instructions

Serve immediately, or store in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to three days.

Recipe Notes

The Nutrition Facts box below provides estimated nutritional information for this recipe

2B Mindset Plate It!
Enjoy this treat as an occasional snackional.

If you have questions about the portions, please click here to post a question in our forums so our experts can help. Please include a link to the recipe.

Related Articles

Recipes

Cinco de Mayo Smoothie Bowl

Recipes

Mint Chip Energy Bites

Recipes

Ricotta Pound Cake Birthday Bites

The information provided on this website (including the Blogs, Community pages, Program Materials and all other content) was originally intended for a US audience. Regulations in your country may vary.

+Results vary depending on starting point, goals and effort. Exercise and proper diet are necessary to achieve and maintain weight loss and muscle definition. The testimonials featured may have used more than one Beachbody product or extended the program to achieve their maximum results.

*These statements have not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. These products are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure, or prevent any disease.

Consult your physician and follow all safety instructions before beginning any exercise program or using any supplement or meal replacement product, especially if you have any unique medical conditions or needs. The contents on our website are for informational purposes only, and are not intended to diagnose any medical condition, replace the advice of a healthcare professional, or provide any medical advice, diagnosis, or treatment.

Posted on Published: July 30, 2018 – Last updated: April 6, 2022

Sharing is caring!

These Healthy No-Bake Vegan Brownies are a perfect guilt-free treat you have been looking for. They are raw, refined sugar-free, gluten-free, flourless, loaded with probiotics and made with just 4 simple ingredients. These make an awesome lunchbox treat.

[avatar user=”Anvita” size=”thumbnail” align=”right” link=”https://thebellyrulesthemind.net/about-us/” target=”_blank”]Anvita[/avatar]

How to make no‐bake vegan browniesDon’t you want to grab a bite? Especially when these are healthy and guiltfree. I don’t think I’ve had Brownies as healthy as these. I mean they are

  • Raw
  • Vegan
  • No-Bake
  • Gluten-Free
  • Flourless
  • Refined Sugar-Free
  • Nutrient Rich
  • Packed with dietary fiber

Since when did Brownies get so healthy? Well ever since we made them using Mariani Probiotic Pitted Prunes. Well yes, these healthy no-bake vegan brownies are made with Mariani Probiotic Pitted Prunes. We all know that prunes are an awesome dietary supplement but when we found these probiotic prunes at Food Lion the other day we wanted to explore all about them. So here is a video (click here) I found explaining all the health benefits of Probiotic Prunes.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Mariani Probiotic Prunes support overall wellness and digestive health, so you can feel better and be your best!
  • Mariani prunes are a prebiotic, which the probiotic needs to feed off of. Prunes also have additional vitamins that are great for your health & wellness.
  • The Ganeden BC 30 probiotic in Mariani Probiotic Prunes is unique. They are designed by nature to survive and thrive in conditions other probiotics cannot. By surviving, Ganeden BC 30 delivers active probiotics ten times more effectively than the probiotics in yogurt.
  • Probiotic Prunes from Mariani are made using California grown prunes!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

On my way back home I was thinking of all the goodness that will come with these Probiotic Prunes. So I decided to make a healthy treat to satisfy those sweet cravings. With just 3-4 handy ingredients, these healthy no-bake vegan brownies come together so easily. Mariani Probiotic Prunes, cocoa powder, and nuts of your choice. All you need to do is just give them a blitz, first just the nuts and then with the ground nuts, cocoa powder, and probiotic prunes. Then tightly pack the mixture in a tray. For an extra element of nutrition, you could spread some peanut butter over these but it’s totally optional. I also shaved some vegan chocolate in the end, but again it’s up to you.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

These healthy no-bake vegan brownies are perfect to pack in lunchboxes as a treat of snack. He was bored of the energy balls I typically make so these healthy brownies were a good twist. Once the school year starts, I know I will be making these healthy no -bake vegan brownies more often, as this would be an awesome way to get Little A his daily dose of dietary fiber and other nutrients.

Published: Feb 13, 2021 Updated: Jun 28, 2021 by Alison Andrews This post may contain affiliate links

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

These vegan brownies are the fudgiest, most delicious, best brownies ever! Super easy to make, loaded with chocolate and soon to be your new favorite recipe.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Say hello to the fudgiest vegan brownies, ever.

They are rich, chocolatey, thick, chewy and simply perfect. All this and they’re easy too. Really, really easy.

So easy and so totally divine, that you will never bother with store-bought brownie mix again.

If you want the blonde version of these then check out our awesome vegan blondies!

Ingredients You Need For Brownies:

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Ingredient Notes

  • Flax eggs – this is a simple mix of ground flaxseeds and hot water. However to make these brownies super fudgy but NOT wet, we reduced the water slightly so we used 3 tablespoons of ground flaxseed mixed with half a cup of hot water. It’s also best to make up your batch of flax eggs right at the start so that it can become very thick and gloopy before you add it to your other ingredients.
  • Chocolate chips – are both melted up with the vegan butter for this recipe and mixed into the batter with more on top. You can use any chocolate chips, or chop up a couple of bars of vegan chocolate and use that instead.
  • Vegan butter – any brand of vegan butter, whether salted or unsalted will work great. I would NOT substitute this for coconut oil. We have other brownie recipes that use coconut oil and are designed around that, but for these brownies, vegan butter is king.
  • Baking powder – this recipe uses just 1 teaspoon of baking powder. This is because we don’t need much of a rise here and want the brownies to be dense and fudgy the way brownies are supposed to be.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How To Make Vegan Brownies

You will find full instructions and measurements in the recipe card at the bottom of the post. This is a summary of the process to go along with the process photos.

  • Before you start making your brownies, add 3 tablespoons of ground flaxseeds to a bowl and then pour over ½ cup (120ml) hot water from the kettle. Leave it to sit while you prepare your other ingredients.
  • Sift all purpose flour and cocoa powder into a mixing bowl and add baking powder and salt. Mix together.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Add vegan butter and chocolate chips to a microwave safe bowl. Microwave in 30-second intervals, bringing it out to stir every 30-seconds until melted.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Now add the flax eggs, white sugar and vanilla extract to the melted vegan butter and chocolate and whisk it in with a hand whisk.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Pour this out over your dry ingredients in the mixing bowl and mix into a thick brownie batter.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Add chocolate chips and mix in.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Transfer the brownie mix to a 9×9 square baking dish (sprayed with non-stick spray and lined with parchment paper so that there is overhang on either side) and smooth down.
  • Add more chocolate chips directly to the top of the brownies.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

  • Place into the oven and bake at 350°F for 35-40 minutes.
  • The brownies are done when they are dry and shiny on top and a toothpick inserted into the center of the brownies comes out with moist crumbs (or melted chocolate) but not wet batter.
  • Let the brownies cool and firm up for 15 minutes in the pan before using the parchment paper overhang to remove them from the pan and place onto a wooden board. Let them cool completely before slicing.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Recipe Tips

  • Measure the flour correctly. Use the spoon and level method – spoon the flour into the measuring cup and level off the top with a knife. Don’t scoop it and don’t pack it into the cup. If you have a food scale then just weigh the flour on the food scale for total accuracy.
  • Don’t substitute ingredients. Substituting ingredients doesn’t work well in this recipe. Everything works together in this recipe and any substitutions could throw out the balance.
  • Let them firm up in the fridge for ultra fudginess. When the brownies have cooled at room temperature, place them into the fridge for an hour or two before serving.
  • Don’t slice them when they’re still warm. I understand the impatience I really do! But if you slice them when they’re still warm, they can crumble. Make sure they are completely cooled before slicing.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Recipe FAQ

Fudgy brownies are the result of a higher ratio of oil (in this case vegan butter) to flour, as well as a fairly large amount of sugar. There is also only a small amount of baking powder used which prevents the brownies from becoming more like cake.

We have not tested these brownies as gluten-free but my best guess would be that a gluten free all purpose blend would work great in place of the regular flour in this recipe. Alternatively, take a look at our vegan gluten free brownies.

Leftover brownies can be stored in an airtight container at room temperature or in the fridge for up to a week.

These brownies are freezer friendly for up to 3 months. Thaw them overnight in the fridge and let them come up to room temperature on the counter before serving.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

More Vegan Chocolate Desserts

  1. Best Vegan Chocolate Cake
  2. Vegan Chocolate Ganache
  3. Vegan Chocolate Pudding
  4. Vegan Chocolate Muffins
  5. Vegan Chocolate Tart
  6. Vegan Chocolate Cupcakes

Did you make this recipe? Be sure to leave a comment and rating below!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Have you ever wanted to try weed brownies but were vegan ? Have you ever just wanted to try vegan weed brownies for fun ? Well you came to the right place! This is the most straight forward pot brownie recipe for you vegan lovers. This recipe also includes a potency calculator at the bottom so you can estimate the power of your edibles before you take them!

This recipe requires the use of cannabis-infused cooking oil. If you don’t have any or want to learn how to make it, check out our article on How to Make Cannabis-Infused Cooking Oil Here. We also have a comprehensive guide in our cannabis cookbook, along with over 130 other edible recipes, you can learn more about our cookbook here!

What you need to make vegan weed brownies

Before we give you the recipe, there’s a few things you need to get:

Again, if you don’t have cannabis-infused cooking oil – we have a Comprehensive Guide to Making it Found Here

Infusion Machines Make Edibles For You!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Decarboxylating and infusing your cannabis edibles can take a lot of time and effort. Luckily, there are great infusion devices to make this process as easy and seamless as possible. Cannabis-infusion machines are countertop devices that decarboxylate and infuse your butter, oils, and other ingredients for you. With just a few clicks you will have cannabis edibles at your disposal!

We recommend LEVO Infusion Machines and Ardent Cannabis Infusion Machines, which are two of the most widely used devices on the market. Use code CANNASCHOOL at checkout for 10% OFF!

Vegan Weed Brownies Recipe

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Vegan Weed Brownies

Prep Time: 15 minutes

Cook Time: 25 minutes

Total Time: 50 minutes

Keyword: cannabis recipes, edibles, marijuana, vegan pot edibles, vegan weed brownies

Ingredients

  • 2 cups Unbleached all-purpose flour
  • 2 cups White sugar
  • 1 teaspoon Baking powder
  • 3/4 cup Unsweetened cocoa powder
  • 1 teaspoon Salt
  • 1 cup Water
  • 1 teaspoon Vanilla extract
  • 1 cup Cannabis-Infused Cooking Oil

Instructions

Nutrition

Tried this recipe? Mention @TheCannaSchool or tag #thecannaschool!

This recipe is going to require on average about 45 – 55 minutes.

Potency Guide to Vegan Pot Brownies

Ever wondered how potent your edibles really are ? Use this potency calculator to better estimate how many milligrams of thc are in each brownie.

It’s important to know if you make an error with your calculation at the beginning it will be carried through and will give you a wrong measurement. Get your numbers right!

When it comes to the potency of your homemade edibles, it’s hard to determine just how potent they really are. We have created a dosage calculator to help estimate the potency of the homemade vegan pot brownies. To get an accurate measurement, you will need to know the potency of the cannabis-infused coconut oil first. You can find the dosage calculator for the coconut oil at the bottom of that recipe – click here to find that calculator.

Once you know the potency of your cannabis-infused coconut oil, you can input it into this dosage calculator below. Keep in mind, this is just a rough estimate. Also if you make an error in the calculation at the start, it will carry through until the end.

Leave a comment on a recipe you would like on the website! This helps us better tailor our content to you 🙂

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Jake Randall is a journalist, author, and student with expertise in all things cannabis (especially edibles), along with knowledge in economics, the environment, and everything in between. Originally from Canada, Jake has taken on the role of a senior cannabis correspondent at The Cannabis School.

Everyone loves brownies, right? They are Cheryl’s favorite dessert and she has been asking me to make her some with walnuts for ages. My new gluten-free vegan teff brownies have her seal of approval. She never suspected that they were gluten-free!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

This past year I was diagnosed with a gluten allergy. While it did make me a little sad, I have been experimenting with teff flour the past few years.

I already knew that I could make gluten-free teff oat rolls, teff crepes with a sweet or savory filling, and even pizzelles.

If you are someone in your family can’t have gluten, tell me in the comments what you miss the most. I’ll see if I can come up with a gluten-free option for you!

This post is sponsored by The Teff Company, the makers of Maskal Teff™ products . It’s my go-to gluten-free flour, and I think you’ll love cooking with it too. If you can’t find them in your local store, you can order Maskal Teff™ products on Amazon.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

What is Teff?

It’s a tiny whole grain that originates from Ethiopia. If you’ve ever had Ethiopian food, you ate teff in the spongy sourdough flatbread called injera.

While teff is used in that bread, it’s the fermentation process that gives it the traditional sour taste. You won’t find any of that in these gluten-free vegan teff brownies or other baked goods made with teff flour.

I think the fine grind of the teff flour really makes it easy to bake with. It doesn’t have the bits of bran that you expect from whole wheat flour. It feels a little like extra-fine ground cornmeal.

It’s also a good source of protein, calcium, and vitamin C.

The Different Kinds of Teff: Ivory and Brown

Brown can be found in bread or used for cereal, while ivory is mostly used for the sweet, spongy Ethiopian bread called injera. The grain can be a tricky one to cook with because it’s so small. If you don’t have the right equipment, it can be almost impossible.

The brown teff flour has a flavor that’s a little earthy and nutty. It’s perfect for anything chocolate. The ivory flout has a milder taste and does well in recipes where a lighter color and flavor matters.

Why use teff flour?

Teff is gluten-free, which makes it easier to digest than whole wheat or other types of flour.

In these vegan brownies, teff flour works perfectly in place of the normal whole wheat pastry flour that I usually use.

That’s because teff is high in protein. It creates a moist brownie that you would never guess is gluten-free!

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Can You Taste That These Brownies are Gluten-Free?

I was amazed at how well teff flour worked in these brownies. They turned out fudgy and moist in the middle and slightly crispy on top, just the way I like them.

You really can’t tell these moist brownies are gluten-free.

Can I Make Gluten-Free Vegan Teff Brownies in My Instant Pot?

You can and they will be extra fudgey! I cook them in egg bite molds or mini-muffin silicone pans that fit into my 6-quart Instant Pot.

I get about 10 to 12 (2 tablespoon-sized) mini brownie bite out of this recipe.

You will need to use spray oil to easily remove the bites. Add 2 tablespoons of batter to each bite, then cover the mold with foil.

Also, you will put the egg bite molds on a rack over about 1 1/2 cups water for a 6-quart Instant Pot.

Cook on high pressure for 20 minutes, release the pressure manually. Remove the molds and rack, let the brownies cool until you can touch them.

Normally I bake them in the oven in a 9-inch brownie pan.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Is Teff Flour Like Wheat Flour?

It is a gluten-free flour, but I think it behaves closer to wheat because it is a high-protein flour.

In most recipes, you will still not be able to substitute teff for wheat flour 1 to 1, but it works with these gluten-free vegan teff brownies.

You can see in the photo below that teff is grainier than regular wheat flour.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

What you need to make these vegan brownies

In addition to brown teff flour and cocoa powder, you’ll need ground flax seeds, coconut sugar and other vegan sugar, avocado or coconut oil, vanilla, and salt.

You can add in any add-ins that you like. Cheryl insists on walnuts, but you could add any nut, chocolate chips, cocoa nibs, or even dried fruit if you wanted to.

How to make teff brownies?

Line a brownie pan with parchment paper to make the brownies easy to lift out of the pan after they are baked..

Just mix the wet ingredients together in one bowl and the dry ingredients in another one. Then mix the two together.

The batter is very thick, so I suggest that you scrape it out of the bowl into a pan and spread it as evenly as possible.

Top with add-ins and bake for 30 minutes at 350 degrees.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

Ultimate is not something that I throw around lightly, especially for vegan brownies. I’ve had my share of vegan and regular brownies and been baffled by how lacking vegan versions are. Growing up on my Grandmother’s brownies, I learned that a good brownie should be dense, fudgy and soft; not light, cakey and dry. Why is it so hard to emulate a traditional brownie recipe that simply consists of a few simple ingredients? Hint: it’s due to the egg, which emulsifies, binds, slightly leavens then bakes up as part of the actual base of the brownie itself. To emulate this takes an expedition deep into the innards of brownie science, oh and for me, about seven years of failing until figuring this out.

Vegan brownies need extra special attention paid to flavor and texture

I started by emulating two eggs with water and golden flax meal. I then added some baking soda to the flour to emulate egg’s subtle leavening tendencies. Cocoa powder along with semi-sweet chocolate and espresso powder allows the complex chocolate flavors to truly shine. I tested these brownies with canola oil but later settled on Vegan Butter or margarine because it allowed the flavor to mingle and slightly evolve along the flavor profile, rather than diminishing in a downward spiral which was the case with canola oil. This is why chocolate baked goods with canola oil rarely match up to chocolate baked goods with Vegan Butter or margarine. In order to make dense, soft vegan baked goods like brownies and cookies that are similar to their egg-laden counterparts, the dough must be extremely thick because the egg is not going to be there to act as a structure builder as flour does. Thus, you have to add extra flour so it can take over for the egg. The result of this vegan brownie R&D is a dense, fudgy, soft brownie with a complex chocolate flavor.

Update: I originally developed this recipe to call for 35 minutes of baking on the lowest oven rack position in your oven. Many commenters came forward with their results and it started to become clear that a shorter baking time on the middle oven rack position could actually improve the flavor and texture of the brownies. After some additional testing, I’ve confirmed that baking on the middle rack for 25 minutes actually yeilds softer, chewier, fudgy, more flavorful brownies with fruitier chocolate notes! It looks like the longer baking time I originally called for was cooking off some of these more volatile chocolate flavors. I’m thrilled that your helpful input was able to help me make this recipe even better!

Find more Chocolate recipes on Veganbaking.net

Ultimate Vegan Brownie Recipe

3 Tablespoons water
2 Tablespoons golden flax meal

1 ¾ cups all-purpose flour
¼ teaspoon baking soda

7 Tablespoons cocoa powder
4 ounces semi-sweet chocolate, chopped into ¼ inch pieces
1 teaspoon instant espresso powder
¾ teaspoon salt

¼ cup boiling water

1 ½ cups sugar
6 Tablespoons (80 grams) Regular Vegan Butter or non-hydrogenated stick margarine, melted (not tub margarine)
1 ½ teaspoons vanilla extract

½ cup walnuts, chopped (optional)

1) Prepare the flax meal, your oven and your baking dish

In a small mixing bowl whisk together the water and flax meal. Let it sit for about 10 minutes so the mixture gets goopy. Ensure your oven rack is in the middle rack position. Preheat your oven to 350F (177C). Line an 8 x 8 inch baking dish with parchment paper allowing excess parchment paper on opposite sides so you can pull the brownies out of the baking dish later.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

2) Whisk together the four and baking soda

3) Mix the vegan brownie dough

4) Transfer the brownie batter to a baking dish and bake to perfection

5) Allow the vegan brownies to cool completely

Transfer the brownies to a cooling rack by lifting them out of the baking dish by taking hold of the exposed parchment paper on each side. Allow them to cool completely before slicing into squares.
This recipe makes one 8 x 8 inch baking dish of Ultimate Vegan Brownies.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

A big thanks goes out to (never home)maker for the above picture.

How to make no‐bake vegan brownies

How to make no‐bake vegan browniesThese are by far the BEST Vegan Brownies I’ve ever tested. This tasty recipe for brownies is super gooey and full of tasty chocolate and made with NO milk, eggs or butter!

Using vegan substitutes to replace butter and eggs, these brownies are decadent and sweet, the perfect dessert. SO MUCH CHOCOLATE! I hope you’re ready.

Tasty posted “How to Make the Best Brownies”, so in classic Edgy Veg fashion, I improved it by making them into the Best Vegan Brownies without the use of animal products. These tasty vegan brownies are easy to make, despite requiring 12 ingredients you probably already have at home.

Most ingredients from this recipe are already vegan! To make these tasty vegan brownies, I’ve replaces replaced the butter and made sure the chocolate is dairy-free, and using aquafaba in place of eggs. To have the perfect vegan brownies, we will be adding a little baking soda for the cakey lift.

We’ll be adding espresso powder to these chocolatey brownies. If you cannot find espresso powder, instant coffee will do. I recommend doubling the instant coffee to compensate for the strength of espresso flavour.

How to make no‐bake vegan browniesINGREDIENTS FOR THE BEST VEGAN BROWNIES

  • 1 cup unsalted vegan margarine, plus more for greasing
  • 8 oz good-quality dairy-free semisweet chocolate chips, or bittersweet chocolate, 60-70% cacao, roughly chopped
  • ¾ cup unsweetened dutch process cocoa powder, divided & sifted
  • 1 tbsp espresso powder (use instant coffee if espresso powder isn’t accessible)
  • 2 cups organic white sugar
  • ½ cup packed brown sugar
  • 2 tsp vanilla extract
  • 2 tsp salt
  • ½ cup aquafaba
  • 1 cup all-purpose flour, sifted
  • ½ tsp baking soda
  • flaky sea salt, for sprinkling

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE BEST VEGAN BROWNIES

  1. Grease a 9×9-inch dark metal pan with softened vegan butter, then line with parchment paper, leaving an overhang on all sides.
  2. In a heatproof liquid measuring cup or medium bowl add the chocolate chips, ¼ cup cocoa powder, and espresso powder and set aside.
  3. In another heatproof bowl, add vegan butter and cook in the microwave until bubbling about 2 1/2 mins. Pour the hot vegan butter over the chocolate mixture and let sit for 2 minutes until the chocolate starts to melt.
  4. Whisk the mixture until it is completely smooth. Set aside.
  5. In a large bowl with a hand mixer or in the bowl of your stand mixer, combine the white sugar, brown sugar, vanilla extract, salt, and aquafaba and beat on high speed until light and fluffy, about 10 minutes. It will begin to look like a thick pancake batter.
  6. Position a rack in the middle of the oven and preheat to 350°F.
  7. Slowly drizzle in the chocolate mixture while beating the egg mixture, until smooth. Gently fold in the remaining cocoa powder, flour and baking soda until just combined.
  8. Pour the batter into the prepared baking pan and smooth the top with a spatula.
  9. Bake for 20 mins, or until the brownie has lightly puffed on top.
  10. Remove the baking pan from the oven using oven mitts, and gently drop the brownies on a flat surface 1-2 times until the brownies deflate slightly.
  11. Sprinkle with flaky sea salt.
  12. Return the pan to the oven and bake until a wooden skewer inserted into the center of the brownies comes out fudgy but the edges are cooked, roughly another about 20 minutes. The center of the brownies will seem under-baked but will continue to set as they cool. Leave the brownies in the pan and set on a cooling rack. Allow to cool completely.
  13. Lift the cooled brownies out of the pan and cut into squares. Serve on their own or with a dollop of vegan ice cream.

I’ve created easy-to-follow instructions below! You can also watch me on YouTube show you how to make it!

How to make no‐bake vegan browniesHi, I’m Candice & welcome to The Edgy Veg! I veganize popular food recipes for vegans, plant-based diets, eco-conscious eaters & people who are trying to eat more plants over… y’know animals or by-products of animals. I hope you enjoy this tasty vegan recipe!

Now, here’s how you can make my vegan version of The BEST Brownies!

If you want to view or print the recipe card, just scroll down for the full list of ingredients & simple instructions on how to make these tasty vegan brownies.

Because we are not using raw eggs in this recipe, feel free to lick the spoon… and the bowl…

If you love brownies, you’ll love these recipes:

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

When I was in my late 20s, my parents put my stocking at the end of my bed on Christmas Eve. This is the same thing that happened when I was six. And when I was 16. It was the same thing that happened every year.

And every year, I’d pretend to be asleep as they did it. Because I, like many others of you out there, have never been able to sleep on December 24.

This condition is both a blessing and a curse. I loved listening to my parents clean up after our Christmas Eve party. I loved listening to Christmas shows from my room as they busied themselves arranging gifts. I loved the challenge of pretending to be asleep enough that they’d venture into my room to put a stocking on my bed.

But I hated the hours that followed the facade. Because those hours were absolutely unbearable.

As an “adult” I’m still unable to sleep on Christmas Eve. I’ve done a decent job convincing myself this is because I “can’t wait to see the looks on my children’s faces” when they run downstairs themselves to look at gifts, but deep down I know I’m still five-years-old.

And I know there are more of you out there, and I know I can help get you through the hours of 1 to 5 a.m., the hours researchers have determined to be the most difficult to get through for kids and parents alike on Christmas morning.

Set a time you’re allowed to wake up

This is foundational work that will come in hand as you try to push buttons throughout the night to hit that exact time. Take their first offering as a jumping off point and try to get down an hour. So if they say 7 a.m., fight for 6 a.m. Don’t get too greedy though or they’ll take it all back and make it 8 a.m.

Try to get an hour of sleep

I know you don’t want to but thinking straight requires sleep. Get an hour if you can.

Buy your partner an inexpensive watch and give it to them Christmas Eve before you go to bed

More importantly, make sure that watch is set AT LEAST two hours ahead. People who aren’t used to getting up early on Christmas are so easily fooled. And people in general love getting gifts. So, combine the two things and as they start to doze off on Christmas eve, casually roll over in bed, give them your romantic eyes and give them a box with a dollar store watch in it. Whether they like the gift or not is irrelevant. Even if they throw it in the garbage, it’ll still be close enough to wake them up when the alarm goes off at fake 7 a.m.

OK, you’re up, it’s 1 a.m.

You’ve prepared for this. You’re going to worry that waking up your partner too early will make them mad at you for the whole day. You’re still waking up and your brain is a bit muddled. Spend some time thinking about the smiles on the faces of your children when they see Santa came. They’ll get over waking up early. The anger won’t last all day.

Read the books that have so thoughtfully been put in your stocking

If you whine about not having anything to do on Christmas morning for long enough, eventually your partner will realize you need reading material in your Christmas stocking or on the end of your bed, or however you do your Christmas tradition gift-giving.

So, read your book, but remember, the concept of time and space doesn’t apply the same way on Christmas morning. You need about five books to fill the time one page would cover at any other time of the year.

You know the intricacies of your house, use the strange noises to your advantage

Yeah, this means finding ways to wake up your kids without your partner knowing you’re actively waking up your kids. This could mean hitting that squeaky floorboard on the way to the bathroom or rolling over on the side of the bed you’d normally try to avoid at all costs.

It’s 4:30 a.m., waking up is now “relatively normal”

If you were about to fly south on a vacation, this would be an acceptable time to wake up with the kids. Why should today be any different? Well, other than the fact that you earlier negotiated an earliest case wake up time. Still, be bold, there are many other adults awake around the world, be a leader not a follower.

And now the coffee maker turns on

Most important piece of your elaborate puzzle. What rational adult would turn down a freshly brewed coffee?

And you fry bacon

Can be as little as one piece of bacon but the smell must waft. Catch some smell in a bottle and put it outside the bedroom door if you must but get the bacon smell to your partner’s nose. They’ll be horrified when they realize there’s but one piece of bacon to share amongst the family, but they’ll be up.

And so will your kids because you’ll make sure they’re up as your partner walks to the bacon

By this point it’s too late. There are now multiple family members jumping up and down with excitement and even though your partner looks back towards the stairs that lead to their bed, they know they’ll never get there.

So here I am. 32 years old and re-starting life in a way.

Here’s the basic back story to catch you up:

My grandma raised me since my parents divorced in 1990/91 ish. I remember living with her in first grade and studying my spelling words with her while sitting on the floor. I remember sleeping between her and grandpa when I’d get scared at night. And then I moved out to Whitehall with my mom again and her new husband beat on her and me and my brother. Grandma and grandpa always came out to rescue me. I remember times during second grade that my step dad ripped out the phone and I had to cross the road by myself many times just to call the cops to stop her from getting beat by him when he was drunk and then call my grandparents so cps or the cops wouldn’t take me and my brother. What a life.. At least I had my grandma & grandpa.

Then in third grade I got to live back with them again. And I remember being in Girl Scouts and going to camp missing my grandparents and grandma always taking me to Girl Scouts and helping me sell my cookies.

Then in fourth grade I had to move in with my mom and I remember that year the most. I had to take care of my brother that year a lot. I had to dress him or try to, get him on the bus, and protect him from the bullies on the school bus. I remember always going to my grandparents still though when my mom wanted to party. And I was ok with that. Because I always had a home there.

Then in 5th & 6th grade I lived there too. I always walked down to my friends house, rode bikes, played at the park, drank sweet tea on the porch, climbed the tree, played with my cousins next door, and so much more. I had a good life there.

Then in 7th grade I lived on and off with my mom and grandma both. I started acting act too. I’d get into fights and cuss – grandma and me would always fight. I’d always not answer those beeps and get chewed out later for it when her friends told her they’d called. It’s funny to look back now lol.. The thing I remember the most of that year was every day she made my lunch. I had a can of mountiain dew, a napkin, Doritos 6 pack of cheese crackers, a pb&j, and a treat of her choice. Usually a small candy bar.

Then in 8th grade I lived there too and just got worst. I’d skip school, steal things, go out with guys, smoke cigarettes and such, got in with the wrong crowd, etc etc. me and grandma would fight and I’d throw the biggest fits towards her.. Ugh. I wish I’d treated her better now.. :,(

Then the summer of 98 happened. I was horrible. My grandma and grandpa caught me sneaking out to my boyfriends house. And all hell broke lose. They told me I couldn’t see him anymore and I said I’ll show you! So I asked my mother knowing she was basically incompetent and desired my love and acceptance since I always told her I hated her, and there it was. I was on my way out of their house and on my way to myrtle beach to live with my mom and boyfriend. I wasn’t down there too long before I missed home though..so I came back and lived with my boyfriend at his parents house. And we found out I was pregnant. At 14. Boy did I know I was in trouble – even not living with them. I knew I’d get a stern talking to. They were definitely upset. But they still loved me. And helped me. Grandma too me to my doctor appointments. Helped through me a baby shower. Helped buy things for my baby. And was in the room when I delivered him. She was so supportive of me. She helped me with a ton. At one point I even left him (my ex) and I moved back in with my son to my grandmas. But I ended up quitting school and went back.. I shouldn’t have I know now but I did. And not too long later I was pregnant again. I was told my many I’d never go back or amount to anything. And I believed them But I still knew that I needed and wanted to be closer to my grandparents so they could see my babies and I could see them. I was only 16 so I couldn’t get “hud” so I had my boyfriend since he was 18. And we moved to a trailer park on 73 near the 4t arena. It was a much easier ride for them. I deliver my second baby. I remember calling them to take me in during the middle of the night. Grandma was there for it too.& They always came out and bought me diapers and things I needed. And then even a car! It wasn’t a great car- but it got me to then a lot more often. See I was living there basically by myself because my boyfriend was always out partying and they knew I needed a way to leave if I needed to. I had transportation to highschool for me & the boys. I went to east Fairmont with both boys on the daycare. And my grandparents supported me through my entire 3 remaining years at highschool .

I graduated in 2003 (a year late) and they were sooo proud! I went onto college even! I talked my “boyfriend” into moving back to Fairmont because I was going to go to college and that’s when they were able to start helping and seeing me more. I started going over a lot and I let my boys stay there since they enjoyed them while I went and tried out being a kid for the first time I could remember. I always took care of myself or my brother since I was in 2nd grade- it was nice to go out. For 2 years I focused on college and my organizations like student government freshman orientation counseling chi alpha and more. I was very involved in college. They supported me through all of it. during the college years I wrecked my car by hydro planing and rolling 3x across the highway and landing and sliding across the lanes.. And walking out. – but they were there to pick me up from the wreckage. I met my husband during that period. They were there. Grandpa took me to Pittsburgh to buy my dress for me and they helped throughout the wedding. They have always been there for me. They were both so proud of me for graduating college in 2009 with not only 1 bachelor but 2! Plus having 2 more babies during college!

They both came to every birthday party, every holiday, every gathering, everything. We’d always wait Christmas morning on them to arrive to open presents. They’d help picking kids up from school. They were both always there for me- my number 1 fans- my entire life. I am who I am today because of them.

So so now back to current time. I just lost my grandma. And it’s hitting me hard as you should assume if you read that above. So I decided to write to blog so I don’t have to make statuses of my thoughts. Or talk to anyone. I could just type my thoughts and get it out. Thanks for reading my first post. My next post will be more about what happened and my feelings. Thanks for reading!

It’s been another busy year at Woolerina and we are all looking forward to a little break over Christmas to celebrate and enjoy some family time.

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Here is what everyone is looking forward to and some photos from our Christmas Party!

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Penny: “Making delicious food and spending time with my family.

Charlene: “My favourite part of Christmas is having breakfast with my husband and children before the busy-ness of the day hits and we are visiting family.”

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Rosemary: “I am looking forward to seeing the grandchildren opening their presents”

Ashlee: “Christmas morning with my kids and watching them opening their presents and with their Nan and Pop, it really is a very special time.”

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Warwick: “Watching my grandchildren opening their presents.”

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Delia: “Being together with my family, December for me is really just a fun month as I celebrate my wedding anniversary, birthday and Christmas!”

Pippa: “The excitement of Christmas Eve and the anticipation of Santa’s arrival, I just love all the joy that Christmas brings to my family.”

Melissa: “Eating pavlova and I will enjoy watching my kids open their presents.”

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Merry Christmas everyone and enjoy this special time of the year.

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Christmas is almost here, shopping is just about done and presents are anxiously waiting to be unwrapped. But wait…Christmas isn’t just about the presents under the tree, or how much you spent on them. Nor is it about the new iPhone on your wish list, or the Zara dress you’ve had your eye on. This holiday season, remember what Christmas is *really* about: giving back and making others happy. Here’s what you can do to embrace the true spirit of the holidays:

Volunteer at a homeless shelter or soup kitchen. Grab some friends, and make a day out of helping those in need. Unfortunately, there are a lot of people right in our communities who are hungry or without a place to live for the holidays. Remember how lucky you are, and make someone’s day by serving and giving them your time. They will appreciate it so much.

Bake cookies for a lonely neighbor. Sometimes even our neighbors need a little pick-me-up this holiday season. Their family could be out of the state, or they may live alone. Let them know that you’re thinking about them too with a simple gesture that you care. Try this recipe.

Write letters to the elderly. At your next girls’ night in, have all your besties make sweet cards for senior citizens who may not have anyone to share the holidays with. Once you’re done, ask Mom or an older sib to drive you to a local assisted living area or veterans’ home to hand deliver your letters to the residents and make their Christmas something merry.

Donate to someone who may not have presents under their tree this year. The holidays are great when you have something to look forward to on Christmas morning but keep in mind that not everyone has that privilege. So instead of throwing out the gifts you never used, or the clothes you never wore, give them to a reputable organization that will ensure another kid has a happy holiday.

What do the holidays mean to you? Comment below.

Contributed by Derrick Tuper on Dec 28, 2010 (message contributor)

Scripture: Luke 2:22-38

Summary: It’s obvious why kids look forward to Christmas. But today we’re going to look at two people who were looking forward in eager anticipation for a much different reason.

  • 1
  • 2
  • Next

INTRODUCTION: Remember when you were a kid and you couldn’t wait until Christmas arrived? When my brother and I were young, my Mom would have this Christmas calendar with cotton balls stuck to each of the squares. Each day we took turns taking a cotton ball off. We were excited to do so knowing that each one we took off meant we were one more day closer to Christmas. The anticipation of walking into the living room Christmas morning and wondering what you were going to find. It was exciting because my parents would leave certain things wrapped but the cool toys they always put together and set up. We would walk in and be thrilled with that first glimpse. It’s obvious why kids look forward to Christmas. But today we’re going to look at two people who were looking forward in eager anticipation for a much different reason.

1) Simeon (vs. 25-35): Vs. 25, “Waiting for the consolation of Israel…” Simeon was waiting in eager anticipation. It had been nearly 400 years since the last prophet was in Israel. The Jews hadn’t heard the voice of God for several generations and I’m sure many were wondering if the deliver that God had promised them would ever arrive. Another word for consolation is comfort. Simeon was waiting for the comfort that the birth of Jesus would bring to him and his people. That’s what Jesus brings. How about you? Would you like some comfort, some relief, some support? Jesus is our consolation. Perhaps you’ve been grieved for a long time and you’ve been waiting like Simeon. Maybe you’re wondering if that comfort will ever come. What you’re waiting for is found in Jesus. Some Scholars believe that Simeon was 113 years old when he saw the baby Jesus. Perhaps there were times when Simeon himself may have wondered if God was going to fulfill his promise to him that he wouldn’t die before seeing the Messiah. But Simeon was a devout man who hadn’t given up on God fulfilling his promise. So when that promise materialized in the baby Jesus Simeon was overjoyed (vs.28-32). Vs. 33-35. That’s not really a joyful Christmas greeting, is it? But here’s the truth: since Jesus has entered the world, He has divided the human race. Jesus will cause the falling and rising of many. Because of who Jesus is and what He came to do, He forces people to make a decision about Him. Jesus is either a rock that you build your life upon (that’s the sense of rising) or he’s the rock that you stumble over (that’s the meaning of falling). Simeon realized that when he saw Jesus he had seen the savior. He got what he was waiting for.

2) Anna (vs. 36-38): Anna was a prophetess. There aren’t very many recorded prophetesses in scripture so Anna was a special woman. Her name means ‘grace’. She was from the tribe of Asher which means, ‘happy’ or ‘blessed’. We also know that Anna was a widow. She lost her husband seven years into her marriage. She had experienced the pain and devastation of losing her husband. And it was undoubtedly something dramatic that happened to him since he was probably relatively young. So chances are it was a sudden loss. It doesn’t speak of her having any children so one might conclude that Anna was left alone; no husband, no children. Being a widow was devastating enough but being a widow in those days was even more trying. The only support Anna would’ve received was from the kindness of strangers. Therefore, if you were to go by this, you might think that she was anything but happy and blessed. This type of situation might have caused many a widow to move away from God. Instead, she moved closer to him. She moved into the temple. The temple grounds had various rooms where one could live. She not only moved in; she never left! She spent all her time there serving God. God became her husband. She became totally devoted to Him. We minister to many single people here at Cornerstone. Is your time spent looking for and wishing for that special someone to come into your life? Is this your priority? Anna probably could’ve gotten remarried. And no one would’ve blamed her if she had. But she made a different choice. She chose to fully devote herself to God. No one should blame you for hoping to find a godly husband or wife. But what if that’s not God’s will for you? If God’s will for you is to serve him single would you be content with that? Anna lived and served many years at the temple. I don’t think God would’ve chosen someone who was miserable to be a prophetess. Anna embraced God’s will for her as a widow and despite her circumstances, found plenty of reasons to call herself happy and blessed. She was able to see Jesus. She gave thanks. She knew the source of joy was God. What is our source of joy? Is this a joyous time of year because of parties and presents or is our source of joy the same as Anna’s-Jesus? And she didn’t keep that joy to herself. She went around telling others about the redemption and the redeemer. What about us? If you’ve experienced the joy of redemption do you joyfully tell others about it? What greater joy could there be? What greater word could there be but redemption? To be saved, to be delivered, to be rescued, to be released. The freedom, the liberation, the emancipation; the joy. Anna was looking forward to seeing her redeemer and now she had found what she had been waiting for.

Happy Thursday friends!! How are you all doing this winter’s day? Are you finished all of your holiday shopping? I’m THRILLED to say that I am FINISHED with all of my shopping—YAY. The only things left to get are some candy & stocking stuffers–now for the wrapping. My hubby and I wrap all the presents in one night before Christmas—it’s like a wrapping extravaganza, LOL! We have snacks, watch movies & wrap until we’re all done–it’s a tradition for us & then we get up off of the floor and we’re sore as heck!! But we always have fun :o)

I love having traditions–something to look forward every year ya know. Like on Christmas Eve, we always go out to dinner–just the 4 of us. It’s a bit of a relaxation present for me since I always fix a huge Christmas dinner for the whole family. Then we come home and the kids open 2 presents–1 is always new pajamas and the other is a small toy or game–then we get our jammies on, sack out on the couch & watch some Christmas movies and read a new Christmas story before bed! Then hopefully the kids don’t get us up until 7 am, they have to wait upstairs until I’ve turned on all the Xmas tree lights (all 10, hee hee), turned the Xmas music on and James sets up the video camera. Then an unwrapping frenzy occurs, James is the lucky “plastic toy getter-outter” (they package stuff like it’s gonna go thru a tsunami) and I get breakfast ready which always includes some gigantic, yummy sticky rolls! YUM! Just a peek into our world during the holidays for ya, hee hee!

What is your favorite holiday tradition? (If you leave a comment with an answer—some lucky commenter will win a few & new yummy goodies from me that I like to use all the time)!!

-I am happy & so thrilled to announce that I accepted a fabulous position on Gina K’s new Card Club Kit’s DT! It will be a fun & creative dt full of inspiring ideas for you, and I can’t wait to get started alongside all those talented ladies!!

-You are not seeing spots on my blog, LOL! That is snow falling (the only kind I like to have around me is the fake kind, hee hee) on my blog :o) If you too want snow on your blog it’s super easy to do– go HERE to get instructions on how to do it (these instructions are for blogger blogs only)

So today I’ve created a fun little gift set for the holidays using a fabulously cute new Holiday Magnolia stamp called ” Christmas Eve Tilda” from Magnolia-licious . There are so many wonderful, new holiday stamps from Magnolia–that it’s hard for me to figure out which one’s I want to use first, hee hee! I really like this Tilda though because she can be used for so many other occasions other than the holidays (birthdays, weddings, showers, etc) which makes her uber-versatile! To go with the card I also made this fun stocking-gift-card holder (you can find the instructions & printable template right HERE)–they’re so much fun to make & easy too! My papers are from Little Yellow Bicycle (red/cream dp), Melissa Frances (brocade ornaments) and SU cs.

For the card I used alot of distressing on this card to go along with the vintage feel—when distressing I use my Tonic Distress Tool (it makes the job very quick & easy) and then I add Ranger Distress Ink (in old paper) to the edges. Tilda was colored with copics and I added Stickles to her shirt & hairbands. The music background behind her is a CB embossing folder as is the embossing on the red cs. I used one of my brand new Fancy Tag Nestabilities for the swirls (I just cut it in half & added it to the edges of my image). I added some pearls and the sentiment is from PTI’s “Stocking Prints” set.

(COPICS USED: Dress-B97,B95,B93,B91/Sash & Cuffs R24,E08,R22,R20/SleevesE41,E42/Hair-E27,E33,E53) Tip for making NEW Copic Colors–I needed a brick red which copic doesn’t make, so to create it I colored with R24 and then added E08 on top to create the red I needed–don’t be afraid to layer colors & try color combos out!! You can add W2/3 to reds also to make them deeper in tone.

This cute lil stocking is actually a gift card holder (see open below) but it also makes a great Christmas ornament. I like to hand lil gift card holders on the tree for Christmas morning for my kids & hubby and these will look fabulous this year. So quick & easy to make–just print the template out on your cs (get template HERE), decorate and put together. I just added all the same elements that I used on my card to the stocking, only change I made to the template was to punch a hole in the corner & thread some cording thru so I can hang it on the tree.

View of it open with the gift card nestled inside—isn’t it cute? The sentiment on the inside is from PTI’s “Stocking Prints” set. So if you’re looking for some fun ways to pack up your gift cards–I would highly recommend making these :o) Easy, quick & fun!!

Today is James’ grandmother’s funeral so I will be out most of the day–thank you again for all your sweet comments & support over the past few days. I’ll see you back here tomorrow!

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

The French verb ouvrir means “to open.” It is an irregular ir verb. Conjugating irregular French verbs can difficult for most students, but there is some good news: There are distinct patterns in the conjugations of irregular ir verbs, which French grammarians have anointed le troisième groupe (“the third group”). So while there are roughly 50 irregular French -ir verbs, these shared patterns mean that you will only have to learn about 16 conjugations.

Conjugating Irregular “-ir” verbs

There are three groups of irregular -ir verbs. The verb ouvrir falls into the second group, which consists of verbs that end in llir, frir, or vrir. Almost all are conjugated like regular French er verbs. In addition to ouvrir, this group includes the following verbs, plus their derivatives:

  • Couvrir > to cover
  • Cueillir > to pick
  • Découvrir > to discover
  • Entrouvrir > to half-open
  • Offrir > to offer
  • Recueillir > to collect
  • Recouvrir > to recover, conceal
  • Rouvrir > to reopen
  • Souffrir > to suffer

Conjugating “Ouvrir”

With regular -ir verb conjugations, the stem remains intact; in irregular -ir verb conjugations, by contrast, the stem does not remain intact throughout. The conjugations below include the passé composé, meaning the perfect tense, and the passé simple, the simple past.

The passé composé is the most common French past tense, often used in conjunction with the imperfect. The passé simple, which can also be translated into English as the “preterite,” is also used alongside the imperfect. You will probably never need to use the passé simple, but it is important to recognize it, especially if you read many French fiction or nonfiction works.

Who says you need to leave the house to have a day full of cozy, creative activities?

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

As the old song goes, “there’s no place like home for the holidays.” This year, those heartfelt lyrics have added significance. Amid the coronavirus pandemic, many families have decided to celebrate individually, instead of in large groups. Some folks might even find themselves celebrating alone. If that’s the case for you or your family, have no fear — there are so many fun quarantine Christmas ideas you can do while social distancing.

Ahead, we’ve found the best ways to celebrate the holidays at home. As soon as you unwrap the presents, you can dive into a hearty brunch or bake some cute Christmas treats. After that, you could complete a puzzle, sing Christmas karaoke, or make custom salt-dough ornaments to commemorate 2020. It’s all up to you to decide, but we think the old song is true: “For the holidays, you can’t beat home sweet home.” And for even more ideas to keep you busy, don’t miss the best Christmas activities to make your day even merrier.

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Opening presents takes a lot of energy, and so you’ll want to refuel afterward with a hearty breakfast. Try one you can prep the night before so all you have to do on Christmas morning is pop it in the oven.

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Baking cookies is a great daytime activity to make your home smell delicious. Before you get started, make sure you have some fun cookie cutters, frostings, and decorations on hand.

Happy Thursday friends!! How are you all doing this winter’s day? Are you finished all of your holiday shopping? I’m THRILLED to say that I am FINISHED with all of my shopping—YAY. The only things left to get are some candy & stocking stuffers–now for the wrapping. My hubby and I wrap all the presents in one night before Christmas—it’s like a wrapping extravaganza, LOL! We have snacks, watch movies & wrap until we’re all done–it’s a tradition for us & then we get up off of the floor and we’re sore as heck!! But we always have fun :o)

I love having traditions–something to look forward every year ya know. Like on Christmas Eve, we always go out to dinner–just the 4 of us. It’s a bit of a relaxation present for me since I always fix a huge Christmas dinner for the whole family. Then we come home and the kids open 2 presents–1 is always new pajamas and the other is a small toy or game–then we get our jammies on, sack out on the couch & watch some Christmas movies and read a new Christmas story before bed! Then hopefully the kids don’t get us up until 7 am, they have to wait upstairs until I’ve turned on all the Xmas tree lights (all 10, hee hee), turned the Xmas music on and James sets up the video camera. Then an unwrapping frenzy occurs, James is the lucky “plastic toy getter-outter” (they package stuff like it’s gonna go thru a tsunami) and I get breakfast ready which always includes some gigantic, yummy sticky rolls! YUM! Just a peek into our world during the holidays for ya, hee hee!

What is your favorite holiday tradition? (If you leave a comment with an answer—some lucky commenter will win a few & new yummy goodies from me that I like to use all the time)!!

-I am happy & so thrilled to announce that I accepted a fabulous position on Gina K’s new Card Club Kit’s DT! It will be a fun & creative dt full of inspiring ideas for you, and I can’t wait to get started alongside all those talented ladies!!

-You are not seeing spots on my blog, LOL! That is snow falling (the only kind I like to have around me is the fake kind, hee hee) on my blog :o) If you too want snow on your blog it’s super easy to do– go HERE to get instructions on how to do it (these instructions are for blogger blogs only)

So today I’ve created a fun little gift set for the holidays using a fabulously cute new Holiday Magnolia stamp called ” Christmas Eve Tilda” from Magnolia-licious . There are so many wonderful, new holiday stamps from Magnolia–that it’s hard for me to figure out which one’s I want to use first, hee hee! I really like this Tilda though because she can be used for so many other occasions other than the holidays (birthdays, weddings, showers, etc) which makes her uber-versatile! To go with the card I also made this fun stocking-gift-card holder (you can find the instructions & printable template right HERE)–they’re so much fun to make & easy too! My papers are from Little Yellow Bicycle (red/cream dp), Melissa Frances (brocade ornaments) and SU cs.

For the card I used alot of distressing on this card to go along with the vintage feel—when distressing I use my Tonic Distress Tool (it makes the job very quick & easy) and then I add Ranger Distress Ink (in old paper) to the edges. Tilda was colored with copics and I added Stickles to her shirt & hairbands. The music background behind her is a CB embossing folder as is the embossing on the red cs. I used one of my brand new Fancy Tag Nestabilities for the swirls (I just cut it in half & added it to the edges of my image). I added some pearls and the sentiment is from PTI’s “Stocking Prints” set.

(COPICS USED: Dress-B97,B95,B93,B91/Sash & Cuffs R24,E08,R22,R20/SleevesE41,E42/Hair-E27,E33,E53) Tip for making NEW Copic Colors–I needed a brick red which copic doesn’t make, so to create it I colored with R24 and then added E08 on top to create the red I needed–don’t be afraid to layer colors & try color combos out!! You can add W2/3 to reds also to make them deeper in tone.

This cute lil stocking is actually a gift card holder (see open below) but it also makes a great Christmas ornament. I like to hand lil gift card holders on the tree for Christmas morning for my kids & hubby and these will look fabulous this year. So quick & easy to make–just print the template out on your cs (get template HERE), decorate and put together. I just added all the same elements that I used on my card to the stocking, only change I made to the template was to punch a hole in the corner & thread some cording thru so I can hang it on the tree.

View of it open with the gift card nestled inside—isn’t it cute? The sentiment on the inside is from PTI’s “Stocking Prints” set. So if you’re looking for some fun ways to pack up your gift cards–I would highly recommend making these :o) Easy, quick & fun!!

Today is James’ grandmother’s funeral so I will be out most of the day–thank you again for all your sweet comments & support over the past few days. I’ll see you back here tomorrow!

AN EARLY Christmas morning delivery proved to be the perfect present for hard-working Rochdale Infirmary staff when Abigail Millin came dashing into the world in the hospital’s accident and emergency department.

  • 21:53, 13 AUG 2007
  • Updated 23:32, 12 JAN 2013

AN EARLY Christmas morning delivery proved to be the perfect present for hard-working Rochdale Infirmary staff when Abigail Millin came dashing into the world in the hospital’s accident and emergency department.

In fact, Abigail was in such a rush she only narrowly missed being born in the hospital car park.

Mother Alison Thompson was unaware of the drama waiting to unfold as she wrapped presents on Christmas eve with partner Simon Millin.

The couple, from Hill Top Drive, Kirkholt, were looking forward to spending a quiet festive family Christmas with their three-year-old daughter Chloe. But Abigail had other ideas.

Alison, aged 23, said: “The pain was getting worse, but I thought I could hold on a bit longer because I really wanted to see Chloe open her Christmas presents.

“I got my wish, but by 10am on Christmas morning I had to call my mum as well as an ambulance because I knew there was no way I could hold on.”

She was rushed to the Infirmary but, just yards away from the building, she shouted to the ambulance driver that she was in danger of giving birth there and then.

With no time to take her to the maternity ward, Ms Thompson was wheeled straight into A&E, where a crash team, more used to dealing with emergencies of a more serious kind, brought Abigail into the world weighing in at seven lbs at 10.22am.

Alison said: “It was literally a case of three pushes and she was out, but it was a great moment for everyone.

“The hospital staff were in tears, including some of the men, because it is not something the ward usually has to deal with.

“Everyone at the Infirmary was absolutely fantastic and couldn’t have been more helpful. I think it really made their Christmas as well as ours.”

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

The French verb ouvrir means “to open.” It is an irregular ir verb. Conjugating irregular French verbs can difficult for most students, but there is some good news: There are distinct patterns in the conjugations of irregular ir verbs, which French grammarians have anointed le troisième groupe (“the third group”). So while there are roughly 50 irregular French -ir verbs, these shared patterns mean that you will only have to learn about 16 conjugations.

Conjugating Irregular “-ir” verbs

There are three groups of irregular -ir verbs. The verb ouvrir falls into the second group, which consists of verbs that end in llir, frir, or vrir. Almost all are conjugated like regular French er verbs. In addition to ouvrir, this group includes the following verbs, plus their derivatives:

  • Couvrir > to cover
  • Cueillir > to pick
  • Découvrir > to discover
  • Entrouvrir > to half-open
  • Offrir > to offer
  • Recueillir > to collect
  • Recouvrir > to recover, conceal
  • Rouvrir > to reopen
  • Souffrir > to suffer

Conjugating “Ouvrir”

With regular -ir verb conjugations, the stem remains intact; in irregular -ir verb conjugations, by contrast, the stem does not remain intact throughout. The conjugations below include the passé composé, meaning the perfect tense, and the passé simple, the simple past.

The passé composé is the most common French past tense, often used in conjunction with the imperfect. The passé simple, which can also be translated into English as the “preterite,” is also used alongside the imperfect. You will probably never need to use the passé simple, but it is important to recognize it, especially if you read many French fiction or nonfiction works.

“And behold, you will conceive in your womb and bear a son, and you shall name Him Jesus. He will be great and will be called the Son of the Most High; and the Lord God will give Him the throne of His father David; and He will reign over the house of Jacob forever, and His kingdom will have no end” (Luke 1:31-33).

Well, it’s Christmas afternoon. First thing this morning the kids rustled you out of bed to play Christmas. While drinking coffee and eating leftover cookies, the gifts were passed around and everyone celebrated their favorite Christmas tradition – opening presents. Then, while someone was appointed to clean the mess, mom made her way to the kitchen to prepare the Christmas dinner. About noon, a few family guests arrived, and everyone shared Christmas joy and the Christmas meal. Everyone is gone now. The kids are busy playing with their new X-box, and after cleaning the kitchen and dining room you are settled down to watch an afternoon ball game, or take a nap. Christmas is over.

NO! Christmas is not over; it’s just beginning. This is the first day of Christmas. In the Christian tradition there are twelve days of Christmas. During these twelve days we are encouraged to reflect about the rest of the story. Luke tells us that the infant Jesus was presented in the Temple to be circumcised

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

During this visit to the Temple, the priest Simeon declared, “For my eyes have seen Your salvation, which You have prepared in the presence of all peoples, a Light of revelation to the Gentiles, and the glory of Your people Israel” (Luke 2:30-32 NASB). The child of Mary reveals to all humanity the glory of God. A later Christian preacher explained, “… He is the radiance of His glory, and the exact representation of His nature” (Hebrews 1:3 NASB). Christmas is about theology. We celebrate Christmas so that we may be reminded that Jesus is “eternally begotten of the Father, God from God, light from light, true God from true God, begotten, not made, of one being with the Father.” On the day of the presentation “he was called Jesus,” that is Yahweh saves.

There is another story on which we should reflect upon during the days of Christmas – Herod’s slaughter of the sons of Bethlehem (Matthew 2:13-18). The joyful singing of the angels on Christmas was followed by “wailing and loud lamentation” as the mothers of Bethlehem grieved over their murdered sons. These “holy innocents” are the first martyrs for the Gospel.

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

It’s a horrible story that reminds us of the corruption of powerful men and women in this present age. If we will listen carefully, we can still hear the voices of lamentation in the world. Paul wrote, “…the whole creation groans and suffers the pains of childbirth together until now… even we ourselves groan within ourselves, waiting eagerly for our adoption as sons, the redemption of our body” (Romans 8:22-23). We should remember that Jesus means “Yahweh saves” and the salvation of those who lament is the reason for Christmas. Our Nicene confession of faith says that For us and for our salvation he came down from heaven, was incarnate of the Holy Spirit and the Virgin Mary and became truly human.” In Christ, God has embraced the suffering of humanity. Even as we sing the songs of Christmas, we should be moved with compassion for those who suffer in this present age.

The persecution of Christ continued. Because of Herod’s threat, Joseph was told by the angel to move the holy family to Egypt. Ancient Christian tradition tells us that the family lived in Alexandria for a few years. The tradition refers to this period as “the exile.” As the personification of Israel’s hopes, the divine-human son identified with their exilic experiences – Egyptian and Babylonian. But there is more here. The Incarnation itself was an exile of sorts for the Son. Paul wrote, “although He existed in the form of God, did not regard equality with God a thing to be grasped, but emptied Himself, taking the form of a bond-servant, and being made in the likeness of men” (Philippians 2:6-7 NASB). The exile motif is important for believers. Because we have believed, Jesus warned us that the world will hate us (John 15:19). Peter writes that Christians are “aliens and strangers” in this present world (1 Peter 2:11). This present age is not home. Because we are exiles, we should be careful to embrace the exiles (and immigrants) among us (Exodus 22:21).

No, Christmas is not over. Gabriel prophesied: “His kingdom will have no end.” Advent begins with apocalyptic readings from the Gospels. Christmas is an eschatological event. Again, let’s consider the words of our Nicene confession of faith: “He will come again in glory to judge the living and the dead, and his kingdom will have no end.” Christmas began with the angel Gabriel’s annunciation to the Virgin Mary and will be consummated with “the voice of the archangel” (1 Thessalonians 4:16). The eschatological vision of Christmas is presented in the Revelation of John:

A great sign appeared in heaven: a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and on her head a crown of twelve stars; and she was with child; and she cried out, being in labor and in pain to give birth. Then another sign appeared in heaven: and behold, a great red dragon having seven heads and ten horns, and on his heads were seven diadems. And his tail swept away a third of the stars of heaven and threw them to the earth. And the dragon stood before the woman who was about to give birth, so that when she gave birth he might devour her child. And she gave birth to a son, a male child, who is to rule all the nations with a rod of iron; and her child was caught up to God and to His throne (Revelation 12:1-5).

The Apocalypse tells the redemptive story in one paragraph. The seed of this vision is found in Genesis 3:15: “And I will put enmity between you and the woman, and between your seed and her seed; He shall bruise you on the head, and you shall bruise him on the heel.” We must understand that Christmas is not one event in the story of salvation – Christmas is the story of salvation. From Genesis to Revelation the redemptive narrative is fulfilled in Jesus Christ. The apocalyptic vision of Revelation 12 puts Christmas in a context of cosmic warfare (the cross) and ultimate victory (the resurrection and ascension). In this present age, there are many Herods (antichrists); and there are many persecuted believers. The battle rages. As we sing the song of the angels – “Glory to God in the highest…” – let us also listen carefully for the sound of the trumpet.

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Each year we, the human race spend 37 billion hours waiting in line somewhere. We spend approximately 6 months of our lives waiting in line for things, which means something like 3 days a year of queueing up.

The Christmas season also involves a lot of waiting. From the 1st of December, we open the first day of our advent calendars and the countdown beginnings. Each day children count how many sleeps are left. Until we arrive at last night, the longest night of the year for Children, waiting to wake up and open their gifts.

But if you think our wait for Christmas is long, think of the people in the Old Testament. Luke 2 announcing Jesus birth begins with “ At that time the Roman emperor, Augustus, decreed that a census should be taken throughout the Roman Empire.” But it could also have read:

  • In the year five-thousand one-hundred and ninety-nine from the Adam and Eve.
  • In the year two-thousand nine-hundred and fifty-seven from Noah’s Ark and the flood;
  • In the year two-thousand and fifty-one from the birth of Abraham;
  • In the year one-thousand five-hundred and ten from the going forth of the people of Egypt under Moses;
  • In the year one-thousand and thirty-two from the anointing of David as king;
  • In the year seven-hundred-fifity since Micha wrote, “ Micah 5:2– “But you, O Bethlehem Ephrathah, are only a small village in Judah. Yet a ruler of Israel will come from you, one whose origins are from the distant past.”

The great news for us today is, that as we open the New Testiment we discover the wait is over. We no longer need to wait for Jesus, He has come. Christmas reminds us that, “God loved the world so much that he gave his one and only Son, so that everyone who believes in him will not perish but have eternal life.” John 3:16

Simeon said after meeting Jesus,

“ Sovereign Lord, now let your servant die in peace, as you have promised. I have seen your salvation, which you have prepared for all people. He is a light to reveal God to the nations, and he is the glory of your people Israel!”

Simeon’s wait was over and today your’s can be also.

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Do you want tostudy the Old Testament with me in 2020?

If so, why not to sign up to receive future devotions directly by email. It’s totally free, just enter your detail below and starting tomorrow you will receive a devotional each day directly by email.

Follow along with the Official Easter Bunny Tracker and make this year’s Easter Sunday even more memorable.

When it comes to Easter, there’s certainly no shortage of fun ways you can celebrate with the family. Of course, there are the classic Easter egg hunts, but there are also a slew of fun Easter games, kid-friendly Easter crafts, family-friendly Easter movies, and delicious Easter desserts to cap off the celebratory day.

But if you’re looking for yet another way to make Easter 2022 just a touch more memorable, bring some high-tech magic to the holiday by learning how to track the Easter Bunny in the days leading up to Easter. After all, Santa Trackers have long been a favorite leading up to Christmas morning. So of course, it makes sense that the Easter Bunny would also have a tracker so kids can keep tabs on when the Easter Bunny will come in 2022.

Although modern technology has allowed us to track the Easter Bunny, there is much mystery behind the Easter Bunny’s backstory. Before Christianity became an established religion, there was a pagan holiday celebrated around the vernal equinox, when Easter is also celebrated. The festival honored the fertility goddess Eastre or Eostre, whose symbols were the hare and egg. It is believed that Christian missionaries aligned these traditions with that of Easter to convert Anglo-Saxons to Christianity.

Others believe that the Easter Bunny arrived in America in the 1700s. German immigrants settled in Pennsylvania, bringing with them the tradition of an egg-laying rabbit called “Osterhase” or “Oschter Haws.” Children made nests for the rabbit to lay his colored eggs, and eventually the tradition became more widespread in other parts of the country.

Regardless of how he got here in the first place, tracking the Easter Bunny as he makes his deliveries can become a fun new tradition for your family. Read on to learn how to track the Easter Bunny’s movements to find out when he will visit your home this year.

How to track the Easter Bunny

There is an official website for following the Easter Bunny’s journey: Track Easter Bunny. In the event of high traffic, however, there’s also a backup Easter Bunny Tracker site. Social media-savvy kids can check up on the Bunny on Twitter and Facebook as well.

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

When does the Easter Bunny come in 2022?

According to the Easter Bunny Tracker website, the bunny will take off at 5 a.m. EDT on April 16, 2022. While he’s on the move during Easter, you and the kids can follow his location as it updates in real time. You’ll be able to track him online, or using the app, which is available for download on Google Play or the Apple App Store. The tracker also shows how many deliveries the bunny makes, how many carrots he has eaten, the last stop he visited, and his speed.

If your kids just can’t wait for Easter Sunday, they can open the Easter Bunny Tracker countdown, play any of the games offered on the website, such as Easter Egg Hunt and Find the Butterflies, or look through these entertaining FAQs to pass the time. For example, did you know that the Bunny’s first stop after leaving his home on Easter Island is Christmas Island, or Kiritimati?

Is the Easter Bunny coming this year?

Although the pandemic is ongoing, the Easter Bunny has been cleared for travel. In December 2020, one of the world’s leading infectious disease experts visited Easter Island to vaccinate the Easter Bunny so he would be able to enter families’ homes during the pandemic. So, put out some carrots for the Easter Bunny on Easter Eve as he will return in 2022 to deliver your favorite Easter candy.

Today it snowed in London.

Snowed in London. A few flakes descended from the sky and actually touched down in London. I could hardly contain my excitement.

Christmas is definitely on it’s way and despite having a cold for about the past month (meh), I’m seriously getting into the festive spirit. And I’ve got a good reason to. Much like Maria in the Sound of Music, I’ve got too many favourite things.

So without further ado, here’s 10 favourite things that I can’t wait for this Christmas (and by wait, I mean I’ve already started all of these things *shrugs*):

1) The tunes

I have about seven Spotify playlists going on right now depending on my daily mood. Expect that Last Christmas by WHAM! is on every single one.

2) The London style

The lights have all been officially switched on and it makes the absolute hell of going into central London that much better with all the festive decor. It even makes me like the Oxford street crowds. Well, at the very least, tolerate.

3) All the Christmas films

Home Alone, White Christmas, Miracle of 34th Street, The Grinch, Love Actually, The Sound of Music (it counts), It’s a Wonderful Life, The Holiday…

The best thing about Christmas movies is that they’re mostly uplifting at the very end. No dramatic horrible endings. They all end on a cheery note. And to be honest, at the end of the year, that’s what we all need a bit more of, don’t you think?

4) Making those Christmas plans with literally everyone you know

OK. Chances are we’ll all spread ourselves a little too thin over the holidays with promises of plans. But the odds are, you’ll actually manage to achieve 50% of the meet ups you want to go to. Which in my eyes is actually a massive success.

I’ve got girls nights planned, bloggers nights, family nights, date nights. It’s about to be a busy, but great month. It’s always lovely to end the year with everyone you care about.

5) Christmas cookies

I’m not talking about mince pies (although, I’m fairly accustomed to those now). Actual proper Christmas sugar cookies. Full of buttery, sugary goodness and topped with food coloring sugar frosting and sprinkles. I’m planning to make my mom’s recipe over the weekend, so stay tuned to my Insta stories.

6) Winter Wonderland

We went on their opening weekend to Hyde Park and well, it’s something that you have to do if you live in London. I avoid all of the rides and head straight to the Bavarian Village where we order German sausages with mustard and tankards of beer. It’s amazing and instantly puts you into the spirit of Christmas. We’ll be back for sure.

7) The festive tipple

Eggnog is one of my favourite holiday drinks. My grandpa always makes this incredible recipe loaded with rum, even though he always says doesn’t have much rum in it. (Spoiler alert, it really does). But I’ve even gotten into mulled wine and hot cider as well since moving to the UK. Any warming drink is welcome from December 1st.

8) Everyone’s nicer

Have you noticed that in December everyone gets that little bit nicer? Unless you’re shopping on Oxford Street, I think everyone gets that feeling that we want to be put on the nice list.

9) Christmas pajamas

This year my mom and I bought matching plaid sets (and even one for Joe!!). When I was younger, every Christmas eve, we’d get to open one gift. A new set of fancy pajamas. Clever because the next morning we’d look like all stars opening our gifts and smiling for the camera, instead of whatever ratty things we’d been wearing previously.

Last but not least…

10) The Christmas tree!

For the past two years we haven’t gotten a tree for our London flat. Not because I wasn’t absolutely desperate to. More so, we spent the past two Christmas’ stateside with my family, where we ended up getting Christmas trees there instead. But I always crave having a real tree in our place.

So I was excited, no giddy, when Fantastic Services offered to send a tree** to our flat this Christmas season. I couldn’t wait. Having a real Christmas tree makes the flat feel that much more festive, warming, and welcoming. Waking up in the morning every day and walking into our living room feels like the day is starting off in a much more magical way. It’s brilliant.

Our tree arrived on Wednesday morning bright and early and a lovely man named Jordan came to set it up for us. Literally, we didn’t have to do anything at all except open the front door. Wahoo! So we danced to Christmas tunes, strung up the lights, decorated our tree with ornaments, sipped on egg nog, and toasted to the new pine addition in the flat.

Tomorrow is December 1st and today it snowed.

I think this is shaping up to be a brilliant holiday season already.

**PS. Our Christmas tree was delivered courtesy of Fantastic Services. I’ve also got a sneaky little £10 off code* (kellyprince10) for you if you’re in the market for any home services. They have things like cleaning, gardening, home improvements, etc. I’d spring for the one-off cleaning! Especially before Christmas…

(*T&Cs: £10 off first booking. Does not apply for regular domestic cleaning and Christmas services. Cannot be combined with other deals and promotions. Min charges apply. Subject to availability and area coverage.)

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Because I still believe it is worth waiting for “happily ever after”, as well as the smaller things, like homemade bread and fresh brewed coffee. Who wants half-baked bread and half-brewed coffee?

Because I still believe it’s empowering to be the only one standing waving your flag about something you believe in.

Because love is just SO much better waited on.

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Because Christmas is NOT in July…

”Sleeping together” is an oxymoron type of expression. Right in the very expression, the careless misconception of the whole experience can be seen. Giving yourself away sexually should be represented by much more than the climb into a bed. I realize so much of this topic falls to opinion, personal conviction, and morals. Yet, I also think if it is NEVER discussed it makes for lack of knowledge and understanding. It can be as simple as not being aware that there is another choice to make.

Sex. When heard, the word itself elicits a visceral reaction. It either perks up your ears or you cringe. Some people are afraid of it, others don’t understand it, and even more think it is a free-for-all. It is meant to be the ultimate expression between two people who love each other. Sadly, so much of its value is lost in its distribution process. Here’s a little for you, a little for you, a lot for you…and so on.

What if just for a moment, you stop and consider sex as a GIFT?

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Let’s take it from the angle of one of our favorite holidays – Christmas! Aside from the heart of what Christmas is really about (“Jesus IS the reason for the season”), what is the pull and the appeal of the holiday? If it isn’t so special, then why do people have countdowns of how many Fridays till Christmas? Why do we start thinking and planning, in utter anticipation of a day months away? We start saving our money for gifts for our loved ones. Christmas is NEVER about making a list for yourself – okay, it IS when you believe in Santa. However, for an adult – we make lists of what we will give to someone else. Why?

Gifts are a reflection of our love. What is more satisfying than the look of joy on a child’s face that just received the much-wished-for toy? Oh the sheer fun of the preparation and the shopping and the secrets and the fun of hiding that special gift till the BIG day. What if SEX could also be viewed from this perspective? What if your one true love was the ULTIMATE Christmas gift? Let’s remember that one Christmas where you peeked, or even unwrapped one of your gifts under the tree, or you found gifts stashed in your parent’s closet (Oh please – I am NOT the only one who did this). You were SO excited – YES! They got me what I wanted! Woohoo! Then your excitement was quickly downplayed by the fact you had to wrap it back up, put it back under the tree, and wait till Christmas morning. Sure, you’d still be excited, it would still be special, it would still be what you wanted, BUT the thrill of the wait is gone.

The anticipations and the mystery of sex is what it is all about! Someone waits to give you their most prized possession. IF you are truly looking for your one true love, let’s assume he or she is out there looking for YOU. Match made in Christmas heaven! It is so much more about love and less about lust, in the real deal. You can go to the dollar store for cheap trinkets any time of the year, but if you want to present a meaningful gift it has to come with a price. Too often sex is brought to just the surface level of what it actually is. Everyone has an opinion and is entitled to it. It, however, is NOT the worst idea, to scope out the landscape before you take a journey. Right? (Map it out so you don’t go down a dead end…) The “majority rules” does NOT mean the majority is right. Guess what? If one sheep jumps off a cliff, others WILL follow. That is a TRUE statement.

So when it comes to morals….does the majority rule in what is perceived as right or wrong?

When you say “morals”, THAT is another word that makes people cringe. It is basically just a code of ethics. Whether you look at sex in a positive light, a negative light, or in no light at all – it will always come down to what YOU think is okay or not. It is good to take your time and see what your options are. Do you HAVE to have sex on a first date? Should you? Should you open your Christmas gifts in July? Would you have been pleased if your parents had bought you gifts, threw them in your room in September and said – “Here, this is what you wanted. Wrap it up yourself.” (BAM! Killjoy!) Figure it out for yourself. What does sex mean/represent to you? If it is something you view as special, precious, and to be cherished – then treat it as such. If your one true love is special, precious, and to be cherished – treat him or her as such.

Wouldn’t it be amazing to feel the thrill of the wait? Some things are so much better when waited on. Think about that homemade bread again – who wants it half-baked? Who would rather have a half-brewed cup of coffee? (Not I, coffee addict that I am.) Let’s go to the movies but leave before the riveting ending! (THAT’S a great plan!) Oh, and the list could go on and on for the things that are SO much better if we would wait on them. The joy is in the preparation, the anticipation, and the expectation of the final unveiling. The top of the waiting list would be Christmas, only to be followed in a close second – by sex. Whatever you decide, just know there is ALWAYS a choice.

Just for an extra bonus here: there is NOTHING cooler than how you feel when you can NOT be moved to do what you really do NOT want to do. It feels like Leonardo DiCaprio in the movie, Titanic, at the helm of the ship with the wind blowing in his hair, “I’m the King of the WORLD!”

Start your day together with God and the GOD TV team. Get a daily devotional and encouraging 2-3minute video direct to your inbox.

For the first 8-10 years of their lives, children are told lies by the very people they should grow to trust.

One of the lies is Christmas.

They are told that Santa is all knowing and that if they are good little boys and girls they will receive presents. What children soon realise is that, try as they might, they can’t be good. Yet they still receive presents. This instils in them a knowledge that they will be rewarded for being bad. Parents then wonder why children are disobedient and obstinate?

Most of the questions being asked on TSR should be put to parents, but they can’t be trusted.

When the Christmas bubble bursts they then begin with the education and ambition bubble. Work hard and you’ll be rewarded. Study and you’ll fulfil your dreams? Be competitive and become a winner. If you can believe it, you can achieve it. But, at what cost?

This goes on for a number of years but at varying times this bubble is also burst.

Young people are then left in the midst of devastating and fearful realities with nobody to turn to. Who can they trust? The praise bubble instils pride and ambition. These are presented as good attributes. They are the opposite of good and leads to all manner of confusion.

I don’t have anything to do with this season of lies because I don’t lie to children and I have no intention of perpetuating the lie.

Bloody brilliant Christmas 🤶 🎅 🎄

(Original post by Huw M Thomas)
For the first 8-10 years of their lives, children are told lies by the very people they should grow to trust.

One of the lies is Christmas.

They are told that Santa is all knowing and that if they are good little boys and girls they will receive presents. What children soon realise is that, try as they might, they can’t be good. Yet they still receive presents. This instils in them a knowledge that they will be rewarded for being bad. Parents then wonder why children are disobedient and obstinate?

Most of the questions being asked on TSR should be put to parents, but they can’t be trusted.

When the Christmas bubble bursts they then begin with the education and ambition bubble. Work hard and you’ll be rewarded. Study and you’ll fulfil your dreams? Be competitive and become a winner. If you can believe it, you can achieve it. But, at what cost?

This goes on for a number of years but at varying times this bubble is also burst.

Young people are then left in the midst of devastating and fearful realities with nobody to turn to. Who can they trust? The praise bubble instils pride and ambition. These are presented as good attributes. They are the opposite of good and leads to all manner of confusion.

I don’t have anything to do with this season of lies because I don’t lie to children and I have no intention of perpetuating the lie.

Not really.
When I was like 7/8 I found out Santa wasn’t real, but I still looked forward to Christmas – getting presents for people, decorating the tree and waking up on Christmas morning excited.

14-08-2020 | 5 min read

  • facebook
  • twitter
  • whatsapp
  • linkedin

For almost everyone in the West, Christmas is the most important day of the calendar. It is a wonderful time when your thoughts, on their own, turn nostalgic and go back to your home and you feel like meeting your family which you usually don’t. It is the right time for everyone to visit their families. Domestic helpers who help you in your work also need the love and attention which others need. They also have the urge to visit their families during the holidays and especially on Christmas. The families for which these helpers work very hard should understand that they must be thanked and must feel special during Christmas. It totally depends on you how you are going provide happiness to your domestic helper.

Let us help you suggest the perfect Christmas gift for your wonderful helpers this Christmas. Christmas is just the appropriate time to give and receive. It is therefore the right occasion to give back to these amazing helpers and show them that we have lots of love for them and that we care for them and appreciate what they do for us. It is not a must to award them a bonus or to give them expensive gifts only, rather it is just the perfect moment to show them gratitude and to tell them that they mean a lot to by saying even only a “thank you”. Here are some ideas to let you domestic helper know that he or she means a lot to you and that you too care for her or him just like they care for your family. This simple act of gratitude not only makes you feel very good but can mean so much to your helper and can uplift the person and bring tears of joy to their eyes. We have tried incorporating some useful and pragmatic gifts which are going to delight your domestic helper and might not also burn a hole in your pocket. Read them below and apply it in your life to make your helped feel special.

Practical Christmas Gift Ideas

  • You may gift your helper winter garments like scarves or gloves, sweaters or jackets to keep them warm
  • You can buy those branded cold creams and lotions which they won’t consider buying for themselves.

Gift them experiences

  • Gift your helper a ticket to an Amusement Parks where she would love to go with her friend or take her to a restaurant and toast to her brilliant service.
  • You may also gift her massage in a spa or couple of movie tickets or even a haircut in an expensive salon.
  • Your helper is cooking like a chef? She will appreciate a cooking training to learn new recipes.

Intangible Christmas Gift Ideas

  • Give your helper a position of respect and love, ask the kids to draw something for her or frame a photo of the helper with the other members of the family.
  • Make a Christmas card for her with her pictures and make her feel special.

Give her Christmas bonus

A bonus is for sure the most welcome gift for your helper! Money is always helpful to improve their condition or to allow them to make some gift to their family. There is also a lot of way to reward your domestic helper.

Ideas without spending a pennys

  • Make it a habit of appreciating the good deeds of your helper. Simply her into the eyes and say a smiling “Thank you” once every day. This once can be anytime you like, maybe when she brings in your morning coffee or tea, when the helper does the works efficient or simply before going to bed every night. This simple act of kindness is not a Christmas gift but an act of love which will make your helper feel special.
  • If your life becomes very busy and you do not remain home most of the times to acknowledge the errands and the tasks your helper has done most efficiently, send the helper a well-written text to let her know that what she has done is remarkable and you love her work.
  • If you are hosting any kind of dinner parties or even overnight guests at your place, you may send your helper the photos of the event. This would surely make her feel like a family. Also if your guests pay you complements on the delicious food or the prim and proper arrangement of your rooms then do not forget to let her know that her work is being appreciated by one and all.

We, at Helperplace, realise that like with several decisions about the treatment of the domestic helpers, there is hardly any strict rule, apart from treating your domestic helper with dignity and respect. For many of the domestic helpers, Christmas is very important because of several issues including their nostalgic influence, their extreme religious beliefs and so on and so forth. You can learn more about Christmas in the Philippines here. To understand this, you must show your domestic helper that you honour, respect and value the contribution which they make to your beautiful household.

Christmas time!

So, if you are celebrating Christmas at your home, we would want you include and indulge your domestic helper too in the festival. To make them happy and elated you can gift them too certain things just like you gift things to the members of your family. A gift is always appropriate if it is given with love. The gift doesn’t necessarily have to be an expensive one; it can be inexpensive but must have a practical use and should be given with love. A small, handy, personal gift gifted to your domestic helper on the auspicious Christmas day will show your helper that you simply acknowledge all the service he or she provides to your family. Just put yourself into the helper’s shoes and realise how bad you would feel if all the people at your workplace received handy gifts and a beautiful thank you note for appreciation from the employer, but you for some unknown reason, received nothing? So always take the necessary step and keep the people around you happy and especially your helper who leaves no stone unturned to keep your family happy.

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

With the Holidays fast approaching, I know many of you are probably looking the perfect gift for that special lady in your life. Though I can offer some general guidance, like head over to Net-A-Porter, The Outnet, Shopbop, or Rue La La, I’m unfortunately not going to be very helpful with specifics. But wouldn’t it be great to know what women want? To help with that question, I’ve invited four of my favorite female fashion bloggers to share a few tips on shopping for your lady as well as some things they’d love to see under the tree. Take it away, ladies!

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents
Meet Doina, the lovely woman behind the blog, The Golden Diamonds. One thing I love about Doina’s style is her incredible ability to seamlessly combine luxury pieces with budget, or fast fashion, items, proving that it’s not what you wear but how you wear it that makes you look like a million bucks.

December is such a beautiful time of the year! Lights everywhere, joy in peoples’ hearts, carols in cafes, snow on the empty streets, everyone seems so happy and peaceful waiting for Christmas to finally arrive. Oh wait, Christmas, and Christmas means gifts! I’m sure for many of you, when it’s time to visit the shops and buy gifts for your loved ones, the whole “holidays are coming” idea sounds like hell. Don’t get me wrong, it’s not because we don’t like spending money on those we love, but because we usually don’t know what to spend the money on. I think it’s particularly hard when you have to buy a gift for your “other half.” So guys, I’m here to help you! 🙂

I’ve always considered Christmas gifts different from any others you usually buy for birthdays, Valentine’s Day, anniversaries, and so on. The difference is that for other occasions we tend to buy something fancy—maybe even expensive—that we know the person has been dreaming about for a long time. However, Christmas requires a bit more thought, personality, and intimacy. As a girl, I think lingerie, shoes and beauty products are the best presents… after a Ferrari of course, haha!

So here is a list of some nice things I’ve found for you, my dear men. I hope you find something for your beloved one and also wish you Merry Christmas and Happy Shopping!

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents
Meet Shai from Drunk on Shoes. Shai introduced herself to me earlier this year in Dallas saying, “Hi, I’m Shai.” I, of course, heard ‘shy,’ which I quickly discovered couldn’t be further from the truth! I can’t figure out whether I love her style or her personality most. Luckily, I don’t have to chose.

Women can be exceedingly complex and yet oh so simple all at the same time… Sooooo… that basically makes us IMPOSSIBLE to shop for. The trick is to plan ahead, pay attention, and ask their friends! Almost every girl out there has a giant list of items they want and they usually talk about it with their besties. For me, when it comes to getting a gift from my special someone, (hi hubby!) I always hope for something in the form of jewelry. Probably because I don’t really trust him to pick out clothes or shoes for me. LOL.

Jewelry is the safest bet but you have to know her style. That part is easy to figure out. Pay close attention to what she already has and likes to wear. If there’s something she wears all the time, maybe upgrade it to a fancier piece. Also anything personalized is a winner. And NO, I don’t mean a necklace that spells out her name! I’m talking about taking a piece and getting it engraved in some sort of hidden way so that it’s like a secret between the two of you. This gives us women all the feels and swoony swoons.

But no matter what your budget is, make sure the gift is thoughtful and shows that you had some sort of thought process about who she is and what she likes. And if you are REALLY stuck, get her one of these items from my list and tell her Drunk On Shoes made you do it. Happy Holidays to all you He Spoke Style readers! xoxo, DOS

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Super cute, super smart, and super fun. That’s the best way I can describe Lynsey from Law of Fashion. If Lynsey and I are attending the same event we will find each other, we will have a drink, and we will have a great conversation. If I were you, I’d listen to this girl.

There are two kinds of gifts I love to receive: (1) unique items I would never splurge on myself, or (2) something thoughtful that shows the giver was listening to me. First off, finding something worth splurging on doesn’t have to mean spending thousands of dollars. It could be something as simple as Frends headphones or a set of Rablabs coasters (both killer items I would love to have but not necessarily things I would fork the cash over for on a normal day). That being said, if you are looking for the wow factor, I would be pretty stoked if on Christmas morning I woke up to a Givenchy bag. Just saying.

As for No. 2, finding something thoughtful sounds hard but is really easy (I promise, you can do it). For example, perhaps your lady just got a new phone and could use a new case. Easy. Combine this with factor one (i.e., pick one she would never splurge on herself) and you’ve got a killer gift. Even something as simple as the perfume she always uses but is running out of or a clutch because, like me, she is constantly complaining about not having one on hand. I once had a guy give me a keychain. It sounds silly and unromantic but, at the time, I was constantly losing my keys. After all of these years, these are the gifts I remember.

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents
I first got to know Ahn from 9to5 Chic last month when we both collaborated with Banana Republic on their Open For Joy campaign. I was immediately drawn to her super classy, understated, and very polished style.

My best advice for guys looking to surprise their special lady for the holidays is to listen! My husband overheard me saying one day that my favorite lipstick color was discontinued and surprised me with three tubes of that same lipstick! It wasn’t about the price of the item—the fact that he listened to what was a remark made in passing and then tracked down a few remaining tubes of that exact color blew me away. It’s truly the thought that counts. Happy holidays!

A big thank you to Doina, Shai, Lynsey, and Ahn for offering up so many great tips and gifts.

Good luck with your Holiday shopping and thanks for reading.

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Grammar and Christmas
  • Share on Facebook
  • Share on Twitter

No media source currently available

  • 128 kbps | MP3
  • 64 kbps | MP3

Many Americans experience surprise (or disappointment) when they wake up on Christmas Day.

They might be surprised or disappointed by a family member’s actions. They might be happy or unhappy about a Christmas gift.

Imagine a child expects to get an Xbox or PlayStation for Christmas. On Christmas morning, they quickly open their gift …. Inside is an English grammar book.

They might feel disappointed.

The Everyday Grammar team would prefer the new English grammar book. But if you are like most young people, you would probably rather have a new videogame system.

Today, we are going to explore those feelings – feelings of surprise and disappointment. In other words, we are going to explore how speakers show that reality was better or worse than their expectations.

Counter expectation

Many languages use words to express expectation. Speakers also use words to express how events are not happening as expected. This idea is known as “counter expectation.”*

Do not worry about the term. Just remember that it means that speakers use words to show that reality is going against (or countering) their expectations.

English has many words that serve this purpose. Three of the most common are the words “even,” “still,” and “actually.” You will often hear them in casual, everyday speech.

Speakers use these words to show surprise or disappointment. The pitch of their voice tells you what they mean.

Let’s study examples of each word.

#1 Even

Speakers often use the word “even” to show disappointment or surprise.

Imagine a young child that expects a phone call from a family member – perhaps an uncle or grandparent. The phone call never comes. The child might say the following:

“What’s wrong with him? He didn’t even call me on Christmas day.”

Here, the child is expressing disappointment. She could have expressed the same idea in a much longer statement, such as: “I was expecting him to call on Christmas Day, but I didn’t hear from him. Why didn’t he give me a call?”

“Even” highlights the child’s disappointment because it emphasizes that the family member did not try to call.

“Even” does not always have a sad meaning. It can have a happy meaning too.

Imagine a man named Ted. Ted is a forgetful man. He forgets to send letters or gifts to his parents.

Ted’s parents might have the following talk after they get a Christmas letter from him:

“Did you see Ted’s letter?

Yeah – he even sent us a gift!”

Here, the word “even” shows a pleasant surprise. Ted’s mother did not expect a gift from him. By saying “he even sent us a gift” she is suggesting that Ted has gone beyond her expectations.

#2 Still

Americans sometimes use “still” for showing how reality does not quite meet their expectations.

Consider this example, from the 1986 film, Ferris Bueller’s Day Off. At the end of the film, Ferris says the following lines. A different speaker might say similar lines after a lengthy, tiring, and disagreeable family Christmas party:

You’re still here? It’s over! Go home. Go!”

In the film, you can see the surprised look on Ferris’ face. When he says, “You’re still here,” you can tell he did not expect people to still be around. He is a little disappointed.

Now, imagine a different situation. A family is having a Christmas dinner. They are looking for one family member, Uncle Bob. They wonder if he left without saying goodbye.

“-Have you seen Uncle Bob?

-No. Did he leave? Wait! There he is! He’s still here!”

The way the final speaker says “still” shows that she is surprised to learn he was still at the dinner. She expected otherwise.

#3 Actually

A third common word that shows surprise or disappointment is “actually.”

“Actually” suggests something is true – even when it differs from what might have been thought or expected.

Remember Uncle Bob? Bob has always been a nice guy.

Imagine Uncle Bob sees a Christmas present he likes, and then runs away with it. A speaker might say:

“I can’t believe it! Uncle Bob actually stole her Christmas gift.”

Here, the speaker uses “actually” to emphasize the unexpectedness of a happening – Uncle Bob stealing the present. She does not sound very happy!

Speakers can use “actually” to show positive feelings, too.

Think back to our character Ted – the guy who always forgets to give gifts for Christmas.

His parents could have shown their surprise at receiving a gift from Ted by saying the following:

“Ted actually gave us a gift!”

Here, the word “actually” shows that they are pleasantly surprised at this strange happening: Ted remembered Christmas!

What can you do?

The next time you are listening to an English speaker, try to find examples of words that show “counter expectation.” Is the speaker expressing surprise or disappointment? How does the speaker change the pitch of their voice?

By answering these questions, you will start to learn how English speakers communicate emotions in subtle ways.

-“Excuse me, John, are you still recording your show?”

-“You’re still recording? We have to go to the Christmas party!”

-“Oh no! I had actually forgotten about that! And that’s Everyday Grammar.”

I’m John Russell.

And I’m Ashley Thompson.

John Russell wrote this story for Learning English. Caty Weaver was the editor.

We want to hear from you. Write to us in the Comments Section.

*John McWhorter. Why English Won’t – and Can’t – Sit Still (Like, Literally). Picador. 2016 pgs. 37-41

Words in This Story

prefer – v. to like (someone or something) better than someone or something else​

rather – adv. used to indicate what you want or prefer to do, have, etc.​

pitch – n. the highness or lowness of a sound​

emphasize – v. to give special attention to (something) : to place emphasis on (something)​

disappointment – n. a feeling of sadness or displeasure when one’s hopes or expectations are not fulfilled

casual – adj. not formal

positive – adj. thinking about the good qualities of someone or something : thinking that a good result will happen: hopeful or optimistic​

subtle – adj. hard to notice or see : not obvious

Grab a cup of tea, pull up a chair, and let’s chat!

How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

Welcome to High Five for Friday – hosted by me, Tif, Della, and Caitlin! If you want to know more, read about it here!

Some Housekeeping! First, there will be NO link up next week – Christmas Day. Enjoy that day with family and friends, please! We’ll all meet back up here on January 1 for a New Year’s celebration! I expect an extra big recap from everyone!

Second, our next H54F Hangout will be January 14! Mark your calendars now 😉

Our featured blogger this week is Tabitha from A Hundred Tiny Wishes! She’s joined me in the 30s club (hooray! welcome) with a birthday recently, but I really loved her post of lessons learned in her 20s. All truth! And she gathered the most delicious collection of Christmas cookies and treats! Swing over and say hello.

This week, instead of sharing some highlights, I’m sharing my top 5 favorite Christmas traditions, past and present! Can’t wait to check out yours too!

I’m such a traditions girl! I have such sweet, fun memories of all the traditions of my youth! And now that we have our own family, I am adamant about us being home on Christmas Eve and Christmas morning, so we can start establishing our own traditions. Now that Elizabeth is a little older, she is super into the excitement of Christmas. I feel like NOW is the perfect time to get into our traditions.

  1. Christmas Cookies! I have always been the cookie lady in my family. My mom always said she lacked the patience for cookies, so she gladly passed the task off to me when I showed an interest. Ironically, I don’t make any special cookies for Christmas. Just standard favorites like chocolate chip, ginger snaps, oatmeal and then a wild card cookie (sometimes biscotti, sometimes peanut butter). We so rarely have cookies through the year that baking standard cookies at Christmas feels like a special treat! Next week my cookie baking begins! I plan on doing a batch of sugar cookies just so Elizabeth can help me cut and decorate.
  2. The Perfect Christmas Songs! My sister and I were tasked with setting up our tree every year, and for that set up, we always pulled out the Neil Diamond Christmas album (a cheesy classic that must be listened to!), and to this day, it’s my MUST LISTEN to music when I decorate the tree. If you’ve never heard this gem, allow me to indulge you!

    On Christmas morning, my dad always cued up the Mannheim Steamroller cds for present opening. I can’t listen to a Mannheim song without imagining wrapping paper everywhere 🙂 But nowadays, I love any traditional Christmas carol sung by a choir OR those delightful songs from the 40s and 50s.
  3. Christmas Eve Oranges and Music! Christmas Eve is chucked full of tradition for me. For whatever reason, when we got a little older, my sister and I ate buckets of clementine oranges during the day of Christmas Eve. We also played car racing games… no doubt to keep out of my mom’s hair as she tried to finish loose ends. I still eat buckets of oranges (in fact, my sister and I usually text each other our haul each year) and I might just race a car or two for old times sake.And then, the Christmas Eve Concert. When my sister and I were first learning piano, my dad requested on Christmas Eve that we play a few Christmas carols on the piano, and then he read the Christmas story from Luke. Every year after that, our “Christmas Eve Concerts” got more elaborate and planned. My sister and I would retreat to the office, computer on and Bibles out, planning our own version of Festivals and Carols – a mix of Bible texts and corresponding songs. We printed out programs. We practiced. We got serious about that. Even though Elizabeth isn’t playing instruments yet, I plan this year to start back up that tradition! She’ll grab her little maracas and recorder and we’ll sing songs. It will be a gas!
  4. Christmas Jammies! Anyone else do the Christmas Jammies? It was the only thing we were allowed to open on Christmas Eve. My parents never had festive gear. It was just my sister and me. And I’m happily carrying on this tradition now! In fact, this year I bought 2 pairs of festive jammies for Elizabeth. One set she started wearing December 1, and then another pair for opening on Christmas Eve. I can’t wait!

  • Christmas Movies! This is a tradition I savor each year. I have a few must watch movies – Christmas Vacation, A Christmas Story, Home Alone, Muppet’s Christmas Carol, and The Christmas Carol (with Patrick Stewart). I try not to watch them all right away. I used to watch Home Alone over Thanksgiving weekend, but recently that hasn’t been the case. Now I save some of the movies for Christmas wrapping… My poor husband can only watch Christmas Vacation every year. Otherwise, he’s a one and done movie watcher. But I’ve seen these movies SO many times. Bottom line – if you want to enjoy Christmas Vacation, don’t watch it with me. Otherwise you’ll have me quoting lines in your ear the entire. time.
  • Traditions! I love them! I have to know what yours are. Let me know in the comments below what your: Favorite Christmas song, your favorite Christmas cookie or treat, and when you traditionally open Christmas presents!

    Fellow bloggers – ready to join in the link up? Just write a blog post about 5 things that made this week awesome! Add your link to your blog post down below (make sure it’s your blog post, not your blog home page!). And then grab the H54F button to add to your post! And go visit at least 3 fellow link uppers AND this week’s featured blogger! It’s just the nice thing to do.

    And be sure to tag your posts/pics on social media with #H54F! We really do try to make the rounds and like, comment, retweet, etc! It’s so much fun to support one another, isn’t it?

    As an Old Testament scholar and a lover of all things Christmas, the Advent season holds a special place in my heart. I’m not from a particularly liturgical background, so I’m not thinking of the purple candles or days of fasting or anything like that. Rather, Advent is the one time of year when one has an excuse to actively re-enter the world of the community of faith as it was before the advent (coming) of the Messiah; a time when we, who eagerly and expectantly pray for the second coming of Christ, may pause to reach across the millennia and share a sense of fellowship with those who eagerly and expectantly prayed for the first coming of the Messiah.How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

    And yet, aside from the lighting of the Advent candles (and even that is going by the wayside in some contexts), most church-going Christians (Protestants especially) will hardly even notice that the weeks leading up to Christmas are anything other than “the holidays,” or the “Christmas season.” In particular, few churches or Christians will spend much time reflecting directly upon the relationship between the Old Testament and the coming of the Messiah, let alone the connection between their own situation and that of the people in the community of faith living before the advent of the Messiah.

    The question that I want to address is simple: So what? Who cares? I mean, we Christians confess that the arrival of Jesus is the center-point of history; why not just skip the arcane, liturgical mumbo-jumbo, forget about ancient, pre-Christian history, and just start celebrating the birth of Jesus with full force, beginning the day after Thanskgiving? What’s the point of waiting?

    Well, there are many very good reasons for intentionally creating a sense of anticipation during the Advent season by doing little things that will help us to actively and imaginatively re-enter the world of the ancient, expectant, faithful “Old Testament” believer. Here are just a few of them:

    1) A heightened sense of anticipation. Creating a sense of delay and eager expectation (by, for example, studying from Isaiah 7-9 rather than Luke 1-3 in your daily devotional time) can actually heighten the sense of celebration that we feel on Christmas Day. Often by Christmas the regular churchgoer is ready to be done with the Christmas story, having had their fill of songs on the radio, four consecutive sermons on the Christmas story in a row, and one or more Christmas pageants (usually poorly performed by 5 year old actors who can’t remember their lines anyway). Doing little things to re-focus upon the OT sense of anticipation might take the edge off of this feeling of burn-out and revive our feelings of awe and thankfulness as we celebrate the first coming of the Messiah on Christmas morning.

    2) Getting comfortable with the OT. It can be a good excuse to become more literate about the first 75% of the Bible, and it might help some of us to get over our feeling of overwhelmed puzzlement and intimidation at the Old Testament. When we do little things to consider how the Law, the Prophets, and the Writings point to the magnificent arrival of the Messiah, our sense of estrangement and alienation from the Hebrew Scriptures lessens.

    3) Connecting with the ancients. Actively attending to Advent in this way can help us to feel a deep connection with ancient individuals who otherwise seem foreign and strange to us. This sense of connection can deepen our sense of cosmic purpose and help us to see our place in history.

    4) Fresh life through new traditions. By looking for ways to intentionally and imaginitively recreate that period of expectation, you can reconfigure your experience of Christmas in a new and exciting way. Chances are you find at least one Christmas tradition old and tiresome. Or, perhaps there are traditions that you enjoy, but you don’t stop to think about where they came from or what they mean anymore–you just do them mechanically. In order to bridge that gap between yourself and the world of the pre-Messiah faithful, you will have to thoughtfully and reflectively develop some new traditions. This will breathe new life into your Christmas celebrations, and it will help you to see the true meaning of Christmas in a fresh, exciting way

    Well, then, how can one be more intentional about doing Advent in this way? After all, today was the last Sunday of Advent; perhaps I am a day late, and more than a dollar short. In a future post, I’ll address the how in more detail, possibly returning to this topic next November. For now, though I’ll make this one modest, simple suggestion: This week, in your own devotional prayer time, pick an OT passage containing verses cited in the Christmas story to read and study (see below). Then, on Christmas Eve, if you have a family gathering (as many of us do), offer to read one of these passages to everyone gathered there. This will be one simple way that you can heighten the sense of anticipation, become more familiar with the Old Testament Scriptures, and breathe new life into your holiday traditions.

    Have a blessed Advent, and a very merry Christmas!

    Some key OT passages cited in the Christmas stories: Isaiah 7:14; Jeremiah 31:15; Micah 5:2. See also Isaiah 9:2-7; 11.

    Maybe you are like me. For as long as you could remember, you have always wanted to be married. All of your friends were married in their early 20’s so naturally, you thought you would be too. You thought that marriage would be the answer to all the problems that you had in life, specifically the problems that single women face

    Once you got married you would have a stronger devotional life

    Once you got married it would be so much easier than your single life

    Once you got married you would get more involved in church

    Once you got married you would have a constant friend (aka, your husband)

    All of these thoughts and more floated around in your head on a regular basis. Marriage just seemed like the perfect answer to all of the problems that you are facing as a single girl. Never again would you have to hear the dreaded words, “So, do you have boyfriend yet?” or “When are you going to get married?” Nope! You wouldn’t have to worry about any of that anymore. Marriage just seemed like the perfect answer to all of the worries and cares in life.

    Why Marriage Isn’t The Real Answer

    I have always thought of marriage as this picture perfect present underneath the Christmas tree. Anxiously waiting to open it, you imagine what is inside of the perfectly wrapped gift. The way it’s wrapped in the Christmas print wrapping paper with holly, birds, and leaves gracing the front of the paper. Then how it has the brightest red bow on top of the rough brown twine. The longer the present sits underneath the tree, the more your anticipation grows. As much as you want to open the gift on Christmas Day, sometimes the wait becomes far too great and you think if you just take a peek at what’s inside that it would satisfy your curiosity. But, you choose to wait.

    Christmas Day is finally here and you can unwrap the gift you have been waiting for! But, much to your dismay all the expectations you have for the gift come tumbling down. It’s not even close to what you thought it would be. In fact, it’s not even something that you remotely wanted.

    Marriage is kind of the same way. The longer that I have been single the more that I realize the depth of my expectation for marriage. Regardless of the marriages that you have witnessed in your own life, you have a specific level of expectations that you foresee in your marriage. Maybe you anticipate your marriage to be like the picture perfect ones that you see all over social media. The ones where nothing appears to be out of place and their pictures are the essences of sweet love. As much as you and I want to believe the relationships that we see in our lives and on social media are 100% perfect, where no problems exist and where marriage is the answer to all of their single problems, the truth is there will still be some of the same problems that you face as a single women in your marriage.

    Let’s talk about the two major problems that we see in our singleness that we think marriage will fix.

    Myth #1: Your Devotional Life

    I wish that I could say that I was super dedicated in my devotional walk with God. That I got up super early every morning and had my quiet time with Him. But the truth is that I am often missing more days than I am reading and doing my devotions at night instead of early in the mornings sometimes. Some days just get the best of me. But regardless of when I spend time with the Lord, the outcome is always a sweet time of cultivating a relationship with my Savior.

    Marriage is not the answer to having a stronger devotional time with the Lord. Darling, you are still the same person whether you are single or married. Who you are in the Lord will not change once you get married.

    Cultivating a strong devotional life and relationship with the Lord is not something that you should be waiting until you are married to do. As a wife, you will have more responsibilities than you have as a single woman. If you are not spending time with the Lord now, then why will it change once you are married?

    Instead of waiting until you are married to have a thriving devotional life, start right now. The habits that you set in your life, as a single woman, will definitely carry into your marriage. I used to be easily discouraged because I so desired to be a bible study but it was impossible to do before I went to work, so instead, I started reading the One Year Bible. It’s set up so it takes about 15 minutes in the morning to read. It has a portion of the Old Testament, the New Testament, Psalms, and Proverbs every day! At the end of the year, you will have read through the entire Bible! How awesome is that?! You can do this in the morning or just pick a chapter or two from a book in the Bible and journal a little about what you have learned.

    Darling, I want to challenge you to start cultivating a devotional life right now in the exact season of life that you are in! Don’t wait until you are married to have a strong relationship with the Lord! Start right now and allow Him to work and speak to your life!

    Myth #2: Marriage Is Easier Than Singleness

    I don’t know the types of marriages that you have seen in your life or the type of marriage that your parents have.

    Maybe your parents have the type of marriage where nothing ever appears to be wrong.

    Maybe your parents have the type of marriage that ended in divorce when you were little.

    Maybe your parents have the type of marriage where hear and see every argument.

    I am so thankful that my parents have been open and honest about the trials of marriage. Being single, it’s easy to think that marriage will solve every single problem that you face as a single woman. It’s easy to think that marriage will be far easier than your singleness because there are no problems.

    It’s easy to view marriage through a pair of rose-colored glasses because you and I are not married. But one thing I know, marriage is a lot of work. It’s not easy and it takes a husband a wife who are following the Lord and want to work through their problems in order for a marriage to “look” like its easy.

    Marriage involves continually dying to yourself. It’s not just about you but now it’s about your husband, your marriage, and your family. There are a whole set of problems that are completely different than the ones that you face in your season of singleness. But, marriage, just like singleness, is a beautiful gift in God’s timing.

    Your Season Of Life Is Perfect

    God knows exactly what you are going through as a single woman and He knows exactly all the issues that you will have as a married woman. But, each season that He gives you is a blessing! Darling, don’t waste your years as a single woman just waiting to be married! Marriage is not the answer to all of your problems.

    He is the only One who can solve any issue that you might be facing. He is the only One who is able to see what lies ahead. Don’t wait until you are married to be cultivating a relationship with your Savior! He is waiting for you to open your Bible and start a devotional life with Him right now!

    Darling, your season is life is such a beautiful one. All you have to do is choose to see the beauty in the season that He has placed you in. Don’t be so focused on the future that you miss all the blessings that He has placed right in front of you. Remember, that marriage is not the answer to all of the problems that you face as single women. God is!

    Waiting, wishing and hoping for light, warmth and love.

    How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

    As we count down the remaining days of fall, we’ll miss the beauty of this season, the crunch of the leaves under foot, and the smell of pumpkins scorched by Halloween candles.

    With the end of this season comes the north wind with its ice, and cold. The snowflakes as they began to cover the earth remind us that the season of Christmas is almost within reach. But wait. Christmas never comes without the season of Advent. The season of waiting. and waiting. and waiting.

    Close to 20 years ago a good friend gave me a large, almost sick looking Christmas cactus. She said it was going to be thrown away as it was much too large for the space available. I hated to see that happen, so I took it home and gave it some TLC.

    Find out what’s happening in Woodbury with free, real-time updates from Patch.

    After many years it seemed like all the love and care I gave, wasn’t enough for it. I could never get it to bloom for Christmas or any other time, for that matter. After many years of trying and trying to force it to bloom, I picked it up and moved it into a room that was rarely used. A room that was as cold and dark as the season. I shut the door!

    To my surprise, after waiting all those years and finally giving it the cold shoulder, it bloomed! When I opened the door I found beautiful red flowers blooming all over its hanging branches. It was such a lovely sight and to this day it still produces a beautiful display of red blooms every Christmas. I had found the secret. “The secret is in the waiting, it needed to go through a period of darkness and cold in order for me to see the true beauty of the flowers.”

    Find out what’s happening in Woodbury with free, real-time updates from Patch.

    In Advent it is also the waiting, we need to wait to see the true beauty of the Christ child that God has sent to us on Christmas morning.

    May your time of cold, darkness, and waiting, bring you to a Christmas of light, warmth and love.

    How to wait on christmas morning to open presents

    What the heck is Christmas? Maybe you have seen the special decoration, the wonderful market in front of the town hall and the tall tree which stands in the middle of this market. Here in Germany, we love celebrating Christmas. It is the feast of love, family and being nice to other people. But of course, it has another more historic background.

    So why exactly are we celebrating Christmas? Officially (or as the Christians believe), it is the birthday of Jesus Christ. This is why we sing songs like “Silent Night” (you can find the text in the next article, if you want to sing along). Maria and Joseph, the parents of Jesus, had to leave their home to go to Bethlehem – sometimes they are called refugees but actually, they weren’t. They had to go to the birthplace of Joseph for a census of population. But nevertheless, they had no place to sleep. So they knocked on many doors but no one was willing to let them in. Just one man was nice and gave them a place to sleep – a place in a barn. Maria was advanced in pregnancy with a very corpulent belly and in this night, Jesus Christ was born. It is said that a star rose above the stable and a handful of shepherd were waked by an angel who told them to visit the new born Messiah.

    Actually, the story is much longer. But nevertheless, why are we still celebrating Christmas – even irreligious people? As I told you, Christmas is the celebration of love and family. We are celebrating together. And for a celebration you need light – a lot of glittering and splendid light. Therefore, we decorate our home, our streets and even ourselves with candles and electronic light (so-called “Lichterkette” or in English “fairy light”). It looks very beautiful when you walk in the streets and every window is illuminated with “Schwippbögen” (no, there is no English translation for that). “Schwippbögen” are typical Saxon and you can find them in nearly every window. A “Schwippbogen” is a wooden semi-circle with about seven candles and beautiful figures carved in it. It’s a non-religious sign, it’s just beautiful.

    But nevertheless, of course we have more things to decorate our houses with. More than everything else we love our Christmas trees. They are fir trees or spruces – trees with needles. We love to decorate them with colourful Christmas tree balls and tinsel (some shiny and shimmering plastic strips – yeah, sounds less great than it actually is). Under the Christmas tree we place some presents for the people we celebrate with. And here, the interesting and stressful part of Christmas starts.

    Presents! Everyone loves them. Christmas is the time to make a gift to the people you like. It doesn’t have to be something absolutely special. Sometimes, all you get are handmade sockets from your grandma. It doesn’t matter how great the gift is – it is something you receive from someone you love. That’s the real magic of Christmas. Stressful? Of course, because everyone wants to find the best presents. Therefore, we are running through the streets looking for the best thing to give away. Should it be stressful? Of course not. Sometimes, all your loved ones want, is you by their side. Christmas is the time to call distant relatives and sometimes to give strangers one smile more. Christmas is not about finding the best presents – because the best present to the world is you.

    Okay, so much for that – but who are these creepy guys walking through the streets with their long white beards and red clothing with a red jelly bag cap and black boots? It is Santa Claus! Why do we have Santa Claus? Well, actually he has nothing to do with real Christmas. He is an invention of Coca Cola. Disaffected? Yeah, me too. Originally, the Christ Child brings the presents to the children and lays them under the tree. A few decades ago, the Christ Child was replaced by a guy who loves to fly around in his reindeer sleigh and brings the presents to the children – Santa Claus. Some children send their wishes to Santa and sometimes he makes them come true. Magical? Well, that’s Christmas.

    You want to know what we eat on Christmas Eve? “Kartoffelsalat” (potato salad) and “Würstchen” sausages (they don’t have to contain pork, sometimes they are made with other meat or they’re vegetarian). Some people like it more expensive. Therefore, they prepare a dinner with roast duck or goose, “Kartoffelknödel” (dumplings) and some vegetables like beans, peas or “Sauerkraut” (sauerkraut, it’s the same word in English).

    But wait – when exactly is Christmas? It starts … well, in late November. The 29 th of November, the fourth Sunday before Christmas, was first advent. Advent is the time four weeks before Christmas until Christmas day. Every Sunday, we illuminate one candle more – hence, we have four candles to illuminate on Christmas. Some children have an Advent calendar where they’re allowed to open one door every day from the 1 st of December to Christmas. Christmas Eve is on December 24 th . The two days after (25 th and 26 th of December) are holidays, too. Please remember that all official buildings will be closed on these three days.

    Christmas is a quite important time in Germany. It is the feast of family, love and being nice to other people. It is the time of magic and light. Just try to calm down and enjoy the time. It’s just once a year.

    Ein Gedanke zu „ Merry Christmas! Wait – Christmas? “

    I’ll immediately grab your rss as I can’t to find your e-mail subscription link or e-newsletter service.
    Do you have any? Please permit me recognise so that I may
    subscribe. Thanks.

    How to take care of ducks

    Caring for ducks in winter is easy because ducks are cold hardy and resilient birds. Although the ducks need some special care once winter rolls around.

    Provide your ducks such an environment that can protect them from the cold and snow. Like most other waterbirds, ducks are well adapted to low temperatures.

    They are fine down to temperatures around 20° F. They can suffer frostbite on their feet below this temperature which could lead to amputation or lost limbs.

    Table of Contents

    Caring for Ducks in Winter

    There are a couple of things that you can do for your ducks to help prevent the frostbite and make them comfortable during the freezing cold season.

    Shelter

    Ducks are very strong and hardy birds. But they require suitable shelter for protecting them from the cold weather. Ducks generally don’t mind being out in the rain.

    They are capable of being outside even in the harsh winter months. But high winds, sleet and ice storms, and also heavy snowfall are very stressful for ducks.

    The best way of caring for ducks in winter is to provide them the heat source which will allow them to get warm.

    You should either provide a shelter that the ducks can freely move in and out, or you should bring them in every night into a shed or other secured place.

    Shelter Size

    Exact size of the shelter depends on the size of your flock. If you raise a minimum number of birds, then the size of the shelter should be small enough so that the collected heat of the ducks will warm it.

    But the shelter should be large enough to provide the birds with freedom of movement and the ability to escape the heat.

    Insulation

    The shelter for your ducks should be well insulated. It should have adequate duck bedding, waterproof and windproof.

    The doorway should not be open if you have a pen or shelter that the ducks will have free access to.

    A rubber flap or something in line with a doggie door works great stop heat loss due to draftiness.

    Heat Lamp

    Artificial heating source such as a heat lamp will be good for providing the ducks with warming spot. A 75-100 watt standard variety (ceramic type) is recommended for the mature ducks.

    Ensure that the heat lamp is out of all animal’s reach, and is not near any flammable materials.

    Also ensure that the ducks can escape from the heat lamp area without going outside when they get too warm.

    Dryness

    It is very important that the ducks are capable of drying themselves to stay alive, even though they are inherently waterfowl.

    Clean and dry bedding will be good for them. Change their bedding often, once per day will be good.

    This will help to prevent mold buildup which is especially hazardous during the winter.

    Ventilation

    Proper ventilation system is a must for the ducks. Ensure that the air inside the shelter doesn’t become trapped or stagnant. This can be hazardous if you are using a smaller shelter.

    Small air holes combined with good insulation are the key for achieving the right balance of heat and fresh air.

    Breed Hardiness

    There are some duck breeds which are very winter hardy. For example, the Rouen or Pekin ducks are large enough and they will survive during harsh winters quite well.

    But you may need to take extra precaution if you have smaller sized breed such as Mallard or Call duck.

    Feeding

    Adequate feeding is another major part of caring for ducks in winter. During the winter time feed your duck with proper amount of protein.

    During this season ducks generally require more nutrients to thrive despite the cold. You can either purchase ready-made commercial feeds from the pet store or order online.

    Protein is very essential for duck’s health, especially during winter. Check the percentage of protein in the food, and the protein percentage should be between 16 and 18 percent.

    Adding some greens in the food will be good. Cabbage, chard and kale etc are generally good greens for the ducks. And if possible provide high-fat and high-calorie treats before bedtime.

    Generally corn and peanuts are good option for this purpose. If possible opt for peanuts, because peanuts are a lot more healthy than corn.

    Water

    Provide your ducks with as much fresh water as possible. Keeping a bowl of fresh water out for your ducks for all times will be good.

    Keeping the water inside the heated shelter during the winter will be good.

    And if possible check the water each time you check on your ducks. Replace the water immediately if it has become dirty or it has frozen.

    Proper care and management can protect your ducks form excessive cold during the winter season. Always try to provide your ducks with sufficient fresh water and nutritious foods. Allow your ducks to bathe on sunny days.

    Phone Numbers

    Routine and Emergency Care

    Companion Animal Hospital in Ithaca, NY for cats, dogs, exotics, and wildlife

    Equine and Nemo Farm Animal Hospitals in Ithaca, NY for horses and farm animals

    Ambulatory and Production Medicine for service on farms within 30 miles of Ithaca, NY

    Animal Health Diagnostic Center New York State Veterinary Diagnostic Laboratory

    General Information

    Questions?

    How to take care of ducks

    Improving the health of animals, animal populations and wildlife

    Business Hours – Monday-Friday: 8:00am to 5:00pm; Saturdays: 9:00am-1:00pm

    In this section :

    Duck Research Laboratory

    • About Duck Research
    • Basic Duck Care
    • Domestic Ducks
    • Duck Health Care
    • Duck Housing and Management
    • Duck Nutrition
    • Hatching Duck Eggs
    • Publications
    • CVM
    • Animal Health Diagnostic Center
    • Programs
    • Duck Research Laboratory

    How to take care of ducksDucks are raised under a wide variety of conditions, ranging from a backyard coop for a few ducks to modern housing for large flocks on a commercial duck farm. Duck farming systems around the world vary from the very extensive herding system of the Orient, to the highly intensive modern commercial duck producing systems of the West, which are becoming much more common in the East as well. Regardless of the category of duck keeping, there are certain basic requirements that must be met if ducks are to remain healthy. Several of the pages on this site are intended to educate duck caretakers with regard to meeting these basic requirements.

    Ducks adapt well to a wide range of systems of care provided they receive essential basic care. Except for the early brooding stage, when ducklings require a higher temperature and special attention by the caretaker (see brooding), the basic requirements of ducks are as follows.

    With knowledge and the right care these darlings make fun pets!

    • Facebook
    • Twitter
    • Bookmark

    How to take care of ducks

    With the Easter holiday approaching, baby ducklings often find their way into gift baskets, but with some forethought, knowledge, and planning these little darlings can become treasured members of the family. Here is some useful information for those who might be considering a duck as a pet. Ducks are wonderfully hardy, inexpensive, and easy to care for. They can live up to 20 years and make gentle and amusing pets.

    Important Points to Remember

    1. Please DO NOT keep a duck as a “house” pet. They are NOT suited to an indoor lifestyle. Although it may make you happy to keep your duck indoors, understand that you are being cruel to the duck, as they need to live outdoors.
    2. Ducks are social animals that get along very well with each other and seldom fight. They are not solitary creatures and will become depressed and lonely quite easily; which will make it difficult for them to survive or thrive. Because they do feel loneliness, isolation, and grief much like humans; leaving a duck alone or caged for long periods of time is not emotionally healthy. NEVER keep just one duck; this is cruel. Ducks are highly social animals and this means they need other ducks to live with. While it is possible to keep just one duck, it is strongly recommended that you have at least one other duck for company, while having three or four would be best.
    3. Don’t get a duck, or any other unusual animal for that matter, just to be different. Think about the animal’s needs, and how to give it the life it needs and deserves; not the life you want it to have.

    Personality Traits

    Ducks are highly intelligent and emotional creatures. They can understand commands, play with toys, play games, give kisses, and beg for snuggles like other birds if you take the time to work with them. If handled frequently and gently from an early age, ducks will become quite sociable with people. It may take some getting used to, but eventually you will figure out what types of activities your duck enjoys. The more you interact with your duck, the quicker you will bond with one another.

    Fun Facts

    • Contrary to popular belief, ducks do not require a pond or other open water in which to swim.
    • Ducks do not smell or have odor like chickens.
    • Ducks are not subject to parasites, fleas or ticks.
    • Sexing ducklings is tricky, and so they are usually sold unsexed. When grown, the sexes may be distinguished by secondary characteristics. For example, in some breeds the males have a mainly green head, whereas the females do not. The rules for sexing by color are dependent on the breed. Ducks can also be sexed by their voices from the time they are about 6 weeks old. The females will begin to quack while the males’ voices sound hoarse, like they have laryngitis.

    Caring for Pet Ducks

    Ducklings must be kept warm and dry for the first three to four weeks. Put a box or cage in a warm place (about 80-85oF, or 30oC), or supply heat with a light bulb. They must be allowed to move into or out of the heat as they choose, so place the lamp in a corner of the cage instead of in the center.

    DO NOT leave them with water they can climb into when unsupervised as they could become chilled and possibly drown.

    At about 4 or 5 weeks when the ducklings’ breasts are covered with feathers, they can be put safely outdoors if it is not too cold. Try to get them used to the outdoors slowly by placing their box or cage outside for longer periods each day. If the weather is nice, they can be outside even when very young.

    Where can I keep my pet duck?

    • Ducks need minimal shelter. They should have the option of getting out of the rain, sun, and wind if they choose.
    • For up to four ducks, a good sized dog house is quite sufficient (2 feet by three feet for 2 ducks; 3 feet by 4 feet for four ducks).
    • Make sure that the opening faces away from the prevailing winds.
    • The house can be insulated, bit this is not really necessary. If it gets very cold, try to arrange that the door can be closed. This is a good idea especially if predators might be a problem (this includes the local dogs and cats).
    • If there are other pets around (yours or anyone else’s), make sure the birds are well protected.
    • The house should always be bedded with clean straw or wood shavings.
    • Fencing requirements are also minimal: a three foot (one meter) high chicken wire enclosure will do, as would a nylon garden fence. Try to arrange at least ten square feet per bird. If dogs are a hazard, the fence must be at least 4 feet high. Remember to keep the fence flush with the ground. If your yard is well fenced already, you may opt to just let the ducks run loose in it.

    Nutrition

    Waterfowl should be fed unmedicated feed always. For the first two weeks the ducklings should be fed duck starter, which is a special ration for young birds. For weeks 3-7 they should be fed duck grower which is optimal for growth and development. From then on you can feed pullet grower, which is a lower protein, unmedicated chicken feed.

    The birds should also have access to GRIT. This is simply ground up stone which they must have to help grind up food in their gizzards (they have no teeth and cannot chew). A bag of #2 grit will last a very, very long time.

    Ducks love greens to eat; they will keep your yard free of weeds if you allow them free access. Ducks also love other vegetables and grains, and will happily eat your dinner leftovers if they are not spiced too heavily. This includes breads, pasta, and vegetables cut into small bit-sized pieces. Please make sure that ALL fresh food is free of herbicides and pesticides.

    The birds require a constant supply of clean water, deep enough to allow them to submerge their head. If you wish to supply water for swimming, try using a plastic wading pool found in toy stores. Just make sure they can get in and out of the pool by themselves. Don’t allow the water to get too dirty too. You can use leftover swimming water in your garden or on the lawn for fertilizer so you’re not wasting it.

    Other Things to Consider

    Feces … is a BIG issue to consider. If you are familiar with other exotic birds then you probably have heard of bird diapering. While the typical bird diaper system sold is suitable for many types of bird, it will not fit ducks or geese. There is a harness similar to the diaper system that will hold a diaper on a duck or goose — yet not interfere with swimming or preening. Diapers on ducks should be changed on average of every 4 hours and it is relatively easy to do. For those interested in organic gardening, the bulk of the feces tends to ball up and can be easily separated from the diaper and be used for composting or worm farming.

    Many local ordinances and homeowner associations prohibit poultry of any sort, and ducks can spread salmonella and avian flu to humans. Salmonella and avian flu can be avoided with the proper precautions. At a minimum, cleanliness and avoiding exposure are paramount in prevention.

    If you are considering a duck as a household (indoor exotic) pet, please do your homework and ensure it is the right choice for you. Ducks can live a long time and deserve a happy, healthy home for the duration. As with all pets, remember to contact your veterinarian when you have questions and to schedule checkups on a regular basis to keep your pet healthy and happy.

    All you need is enough space for them to dabble and preen, a pond and a simple duck house

    How to take care of ducks

    Find out everything you need to know about keeping ducks for beginners, including the best duck breeds, what equipment you’ll need and where to house ducks in your garden. We also look at what to feed ducks, what to do with duck eggs and how to protect them from foxes.

    Ducks are the comedians of the poultry world. All you need to start keeping ducks is enough space for them to dabble and preen, a pond with access to a simple duck house and a run to protect them from predators. Some breeds of duck lay a large number of eggs, their droppings will turn your compost into top-grade fertiliser, while their slug hunting prowess is legendary.

    How to start keeping ducks

    Before buying your first team of ducks, check that your neighbours won’t mind a raucous dawn chorus in spring and then charm friends for surplus stock or scour poultry magazines. The British Waterfowl Association or Call Duck Association can also help. Keep the ratio of ducks to drakes at around five to one (or frisky drakes can give the ducks a hard time).

    How to take care of ducks

    It’s also important to know how keeping ducks differs to keeping chicken. Chickens are well-behaved school prefects – bright, reliable but prone to bossiness. Ducks, in contrast, are rowdy teenagers – noisy, messy and lots of fun. Chickens and ducks might stick together during the day, wandering around as a gang, but come the evening the chickens and ducks part ways and head for their separate huts.

    Putting them in the same house doesn’t work – chickens need to roost on a perch while ducks sleep at ground level. Having one above the other would be a recipe for disaster. And, like children, bedtime routines are different for both types of birds. Chickens, good as gold, put themselves to bed, while the ducks would carry on the party given half the chance and need shooing indoors.

    4 of the best duck breeds for smallholders

    FOR EGGS: CAMPBELL DUCKS – First-rate egg layers, Campbells (khaki, below) are a favourite of commercial egg producers, but have a gentle temperament, making them ideal for smallholders with children.

    How to take care of ducks

    FOR MEAT: MUSCOVY DUCKS – Bred primarily for the table but also good egg-layers, Muscovy ducks are big birds but very quiet. Better for a larger pen or, if it’s safe, left to free-range forage.

    How to take care of ducks

    FOR GARDENERS: CALL DUCKS – The smallest domestic duck, Calls are very pretty, easy to handle and great for gardens, as they’re least likely to nibble seedlings. They do, however, have a loud quack, so avoid if you have close neighbours.

    How to take care of ducks

    FOR PETS: INDIAN RUNNER DUCKS – These are flightless so don’t need their wings clipping. Good layers, they will keep you endlessly entertained as they rush around at speed.

    How to take care of ducks

    Where to keep ducks in your garden or smallholding

    No one who has seen how ducks take to water would deny them a pond. The Domestic Fowl Trust supplies a basic pond, but ducks are messy, so the bigger it is, the better. They will also need a netted run (£295, Amazon – or make your own), but try to let them wander as much as possible – bearing in mind their security and how fussy a gardener you are. Make sure your breeder supplies newcomers with wings already trimmed, because they need to be curtailed until they know their address.

    Ducks are hardy and great fun to keep. Allow plenty of space, keep bedding clean and dry, offer shade in summer and shelter in winter, and your flock will repay your efforts a hundredfold.

    How to fox-proof a duck pen

    Foxes help to keep wild pest populations, such as rabbits, under control but can devastate a hen or duck enclosure. When it comes to keeping poultry safe from predators, fencing needs to be at least 2m high with an extra 30cm overhang, and dug into the ground at least 30cm to prevent a fox burrowing underneath.

    ‘Chain link’ fencing is tougher than normal chicken wire, which foxes have been known to chew through. Flexible electric fencing is another effective option – you can get a kit with a 50m roll of netting, poles and battery pack for around £250, but it isn’t always suitable if you have small children and other pets. Hedgehogs can also get frazzled trying to climb through electric netting, so choose a net with a small grid size to avoid this happening. If a fox does visit and kill a few birds, but knows there are more left alive, be extra vigilant for a repeat attack.

    What to feed ducks

    Ducks need water, grit to digest food, plus grain and feed. An omnivorous diet of grain, in the form of mixed corn with a little protein, bought as pellets (Allen & Page and Marriage’s are good brands) will satisfy. This can be supplemented with garden insects and leftover rice, bread and pasta. Feed your birds from a hopper in their house in the morning and then again in the evening to lure them to bed. Ducks can see in the dark and will not head to bed without bribery.

    How to take care of ducks

    What to do with duck eggs

    Duck eggs are underrated. However, their shells are more porous than those of other poultry, so bacteria can pass into the egg easily, especially if the flock is kept in mucky conditions. With scrupulous hygiene and prompt collection – their shelf life is a mere eight days – your duck eggs will be safe and brilliant for baking, though less likely to whip up to a peak (so no meringues or soufflés). You don’t need a drake for your ducks to lay. Store them in an airtight container.

    How to care for ducklings

    As an experienced duck keeper, you may decide you want to increase numbers. Fertile eggs take 28 days to hatch. Ducklings are enchanting to raise, although with more ducks comes extra mess. It can be hard to contemplate, but excess drakes are best killed young for meat (with expert attention) – though having had a good life, they will be very tasty.

    Always try to take good care of your birds and animals who are producing nutritious foods for us. You must have to fulfill all their needs or demands and keep them happy.

    Ducks also a good creature of nature. They produce tasty and nutritious meat and eggs for us.

    For proper growth and production from ducks, you must have to take good care of them. Your laying ducks will live happily and produce higher quality eggs, by proper care and management.

    There are some duck breeds are available that can produce eggs like chickens throughout the year.

    Table of Contents

    How to Care For Laying Ducks

    For better egg production, you have to manage them well and take good care of them. You have to apply the same rules in caring for your ducks for both in your own backyard flock or if you run a large scale duck egg production business.

    Here we are describing about how to care for laying ducks. Follow all the process and your ducks will be happy, healthy and produce their maximum.

    Feeding

    Regular feeding habit of duck affects it’s health. Egg production and egg quality of an egg laying duck are greatly influenced by the food that she is eating.

    So, it’s very important to feed your laying ducks balanced diet feed containing sufficient amount of necessary vitamins and minerals.

    A feed mixture of laying ducks should contain about 16% to 18% protein. But the amount of protein can vary according to the breeds of duck.

    Generally, an egg laying duck consume about 6 to 8 ounces of feed daily. And she will supplement her diet by scavenging for bugs or other types of insects, grasses etc.

    You can also serve her small treats like fruits, vegetables, greens or mixed corn. Always provide sufficient amount of clean and fresh water to your ducks.

    How to take care of ducks

    Keep watering pot directly next to the feeder and make it available for almost all time. Because without water, the ducks could choke.

    Housing

    Good and comfortable housing is also another important factor for raising egg laying ducks. Overcrowding environment is certainly not an ideal and comfortable environment for laying ducks because this situation can lead to peckish ducks.

    Proper ventilation system is a must. So, ensure proper ventilation system in your coop.

    You have to ensure a minimum floor space of 3 square feet per laying ducks. Keep some large sized nesting boxes inside the coop. Keep one nesting boxes for each 3 to 5 ducks. Ensure good protection for your ducks from various types of predators.

    Lighting

    Proper lighting is another important component for caring your laying ducks. The ability of producing eggs is mostly dependent on how much light is present during the day. The amount of sunlight decreases from July to December and increases from January to June.

    When the days become shorten, increase the amount of artificial light gradually in in half hour increments at the beginning and end of each day, until the ducks are exposed to 14 hours of total light daily.

    At the same way decrease the amount of using artificial light slowly when the sun stays for long time. This help the ducks for producing more eggs and also warm them during cold winter season.

    Other Caring Tips

    An egg laying duck will produce her maximum if she feel less stress that means sticking to a routine. Complete the feeding and egg collecting process by the same person and same time daily.

    Check the bedding of your laying ducks daily and always keep it clean and dry. If you are in need of fertilizing duck’s eggs, then keep one drake for every 5 to 6 laying ducks.

    Keeping sufficient number of drakes is very important. It will help you preventing aggression and injury. Swimming water is a must while mating of ducks. But water is not so necessary for your laying ducks.

    Swimming water is only necessary during mating or breeding period. You can use small pool or pond for making suitable swimming place for your ducks. They will enjoy swimming there very much.

    However, I think you have learned something about how to care for laying ducks. For producing good quality and fresh eggs you must have to take good care of your ducks and provide them good housing, nutritious feeding and good care. Enjoy!

    Hi everyone! If you happened to stumble upon this article then thanks! This article is about Pekin ducks and how to take care of them! Please have fun reading my short but informative article.

    Pekin ducks are the worlds most well known duck. They need lots of attention and care. A lot of people buy ducks thinking it will be easy, it won’t!
    Pekins need lots of care, attention and love.
    Pekins need about 1 liter a day of water, and plenty of food, but not to much. Just enough so that they won’t go hungry.

    Pekin’s also need enough water that they can dip there eyes and nostrils in. Since they don’t have tear ducts they need to dip there eyes in CLEAN water so they can stay moist. If you don’t then you will see there eyes watering a lot because of how dry they are.
    You will know if your Pekin needs more water if they seem very wobbly when walking around and taking a lot of breaks when walking. You should always have enough fresh drinking water.
    Pekins should also have enough bathing water so they can stay clean. No one would like mud mixed with poop all over them. If you can’t provide a pool so they can swim in you should have a deep enough tray they can at least cover there feet so they can lay down and wash off the mud on there stomach. That’s one of the most common places you will see mud.

    Also, especially Pekins need a lot of room. If they are kept in an small area/coop they will become lazy, depressed, and fat.
    A lot of Pekins can over eat also and gain weight. If they gain weight then they will have trouble walking and getting around which could cause them health problems and shorten there lifespan.
    You want to make sure to give them enough food but not to much. Make sure they have plenty of healthy fruits and veggies that are good for them.
    You can do research on what is good and what is bad for him or her.
    Pekins also need lots of niacin because they are such big birds.
    If your Pekin doesn’t have enough nician it will be pretty easy to tell. The bird will start becoming very lazy and possibly could develop a limp.

    Also the Pekin will take a couple of steps and stop to rest because they won’t have very much energy.
    Pekins, will also need another duck companion, as most ducks do. Pekins should be with it’s own kind, ducks. Some people just have one Pekin or Duck and is causes depression in some cases.

    Ducks like to socialize with other ducks. Especially ducks like Pekins! You should always be careful and check out your Pekin to make sure they don’t have any health problems suck as bumble foot (common in Pekins) and other health issues that are obvious to spot.
    Pekins are also very playful ducks. You could for fun put some worms in there kiddy pool for them to go “fishing” for worms! You could also get water and throw in some healthy chopped up fruits for then to eat! It’s eating and drinking together!

    An interesting thing about Pekins is something MOST people don’t expect. Pekin hens don’t usually go broody! They will lay eggs but MOST Pekins won’t hatch there own eggso if you want to breed your Pekin make sure you have an incubator ready just in case!
    So please, make sure you take very well care of your Pekin and all of your ducks and follow my article.

    Raising ducks is very interesting and enjoyable. You can also think about raising some ducks on your farm or backyard with other poultry birds or farm animals. Ducks are also awesome as companion pets.

    Some people love to keep some chickens, on the other hand some people love to keep the mild-mannered ducks on their own backyard for some fresh eggs and quality meat production.

    On an average, ducks are usually raised for their meat and egg production. There are numerous duck breeds available throughout the world. You can easily choose any breed depending on your area and according to the available duck farming facilities in your area.

    Here we are describing more about how to raise ducks and always keep the flock happy, healthy and productive.

    Table of Contents

    How to Raise Ducks?

    Raising ducks is very easy and they don’t require too much. They will live and produce happily as long as you provide them good shelter and quality feeds.

    For keeping a healthy duck flock, you have to maintain and go through some step by step process. Follow the duck raising steps very carefully.

    Choose Breeds

    Before choosing best breed for you, consider your reasons for raising ducks. You can raise ducks for fresh eggs, quality meat and just as pets. After determining your purpose, look for the desired breed in your area.

    How to take care of ducks

    Usually Indian Runner and Khaki Campbell ducks are considered as the best egg laying duck breeds. Aylesbury, Muscovy and Pekin are some popular meat duck breeds. For raising ducks as pets, you can choose any breeds.

    But for raising ducks as pets, most people consider the nature and beauty of the duck breeds. If you want to raise ducks for only egg production, then consider purchasing only female ducks.

    Because male ducks are pretty aggressive in nature and they might fight with the females. If you want to hatch eggs, then keep one male duck with every six to nine girls.

    For raising ducks as pets and for meat production purpose, the ratio of male and female ducks can be any.

    Housing

    Good housing or shelter is not only important for ducks, but also very important for every farm animals. So try to ensure good housing facilities for your ducks.

    A good duck housing system will keep your lovely birds safe from predators as well as from adverse weather conditions and harmful elements.

    Ducks need shade from the sun, good ventilation system during summer season and insulation during winter. Try to make their house on a higher ground rather than in flood-prone areas.

    Add proper lighting system and a heat lamp inside their house. This will add extra warmth for them during cooler weather, and also encourage them for laying more eggs (as presence of light influence egg production highly).

    Usually ducks don’t require too much room space for themselves. Allowing them 2 to 3 square feet of floor space per duck will be sufficient enough. Keep nesting boxes for laying ducks inside the house. Setup a lockable door with their house.

    This will give you access to clean the house and collect eggs while keeping the predators out. You can make the litter on the floor by using dry absorbent materials (such as wood shavings or straw).

    If you use soiled bedding, then clean the litter frequently and add additional dry litter. In a word, make the house comfortable enough for your ducks.

    Food & Water

    Keep adequate number of feeders and waterers for your ducks so that they can eat sufficient amount of food and drink water according to their demand.

    Keep 16 percent protein in the feed of adult ducks, add 2 percent calcium for breeder ducks. And 18 percent protein is suggested for the meat ducks.

    You can give fruits and vegetables to your ducks. In case of providing them fruits or vegetables, chop it finely. Ducks usually forage for bugs, so they also work as pest controller.

    If you don’t allow your ducks outside, then supplement their diet with grit. As the ducks are toothless bird, so they require grit for grinding the consumed food.

    Always try to provide them sufficient amount of clean and fresh drinking water according to their demand and replace it daily. Ducks usually love to take bathe. So if possible, make a water source for them to bathe.

    You can use small sized pond or children’s pool for making bathing facilities for your ducks. Ducks require water and bathing for cleaning their bills and eyes.

    Breeding

    You will need additional items for breeding purposes. You have to keep a brooder indoor, keep the brooder free from drafts and keep an adjustable heat management system to keep the ducklings warm.

    Keep the brooder temperature 85° Fahrenheit for the first time and decrease it at the rate of 5° each week until reaching 70° Fahrenheit. Provide the ducklings with starter feed till they reach 2 weeks of age.

    After that they will need 18 percent protein enriched food. At the age of 5 weeks switch to 16 percent protein.

    You can allow the ducklings to outside by their age of 3 weeks. After 3 weeks, you can introduce the ducklings with other older ducks in your flock.

    If any problems arise while keeping the ducklings with the older ducks, then keep the ducklings separate from the adults for a few days or weeks.

    Health Care

    Always try to take good care of your ducks. Look over their health on a regular basis to keep them free from all types of duck diseases. Look over the feather condition and ensure that the feathers are in clean condition.

    Both the nostrils on their bills and their eyes should be clear of dirt and debris.

    Ducks are more resistant to diseases than chickens and any other poultry birds. Pay extra attention to the smooth webbed feet which can easily become injured from rough surfaces.

    Vaccinate your ducks for fowl cholera and avian flu. Both of these are dangerous to humans, so be very careful and never delay to vaccinate your ducks for these diseases. Keep good relation with the vet in your area and call him/her in case of an emergency.

    By Ike Desy Asmarina
    Post date

    Ducks is one of all animals which included on Aves. This animal usually has yellow feather when they were young and that yellow will transform into dark brown when they growth. Actually duck is so similar as poultry animal which raise in million

    For beginners who just want to take care of ducks, it is better for you to pet a baby ducks or young ducks. That’s because you can monitor over their growth and basically it can built the stickiness between you and the duck. Beside, during the time flies both you and your duck can be close each other and it would be easier to getting used. Even the treatment for baby or young duck is more complicated than the older because of their weakness, literally if you can prove and care it well it would be great and become your precious experience. And for your bonus, the baby duck is still cutie and it is suitable for you who really love for something like that.

    Here are some simple steps to take care of ducks for beginners.

    • Build the cage

    First of all, all you can do for your ducks are prepare the cage. For you beginners who really put baby ducks as your pet you can place them over something like plastic container or big aquarium. The strong box of cardboard are can also your next option to make a cage. Make sure that the box that you choose is must be tight. That’s because ducks needs warm temperature so don’t using the box which has many holes over the box. After that, use the old towel which is unused by you as their base cage. Please, don’t using paper or newspaper or another slippery ingredients. Actually the baby duck can’t walk properly yet so if you use slippery ingredients as the base, your ducks would be hard to walk or just stand.

    • Install the lamp

    As mentioned before, ducks need warm temperature. As their heater you can install the lamp on the top of their cage. As beginning, use the 100 watt light bulb. This light bulb usually use for a newborn ducks which is enough to warm them. Make sure that there is space that is the most far of the cage which un-reach by lamp. This area used for cooling down their body if they needed. The point when you install the lamp is made sure to don’t install the lamp too close with the ducks. The heat from the lamp will make ducks over-heating and moreover burned. If you used the black cage that not too tall, lift the lamp with a stand to make it more far. The heat of the lamp should change during the duck’s behavior. As we know that the duck is getting bigger, they are growth day by day. During their growth time, maybe the lamp or the heater isn’t needed anymore. And when the ducks are often to make a group under the lamp that means that the ducks are cold. By this situation you better put the lamp closer over the duck. And when the duck is spread in the whole cage and their breath is seems like hard, that means that they are hot so you must put the lamp little bit far from them.

    • Giving food and drinking water

    Put a small bowl which contained the drinking water. Don’t use the big or deeper bowl will make them drowned into the bowl. Usually, when the duck drinking they are also clean their nose or beak. So giving a deeper bowl isn’t safe for them. Change the bowl and clean it every day to avoid some disease attacked the ducks. Talk about food, you can give yolk for the baby duck. Usually the baby duck which won’t to eating because the food is too big and hard to be eat. So if you find this case, you better add some water over the food to make it easier to eat. After 10 days, the baby duck begin to getting used to eat the pallet food. The pallet food as we know contained some nutrition which same as powder food but the size is bigger. And when the duck is sixteen weeks old, you can give them the adult duck food. Don’t feed your duck with another food duck or human food like bread. Even your duck loves some kind of food like bread, still that food isn’t compatible for them. The baby duck can eat fruit which cut into pieces but make sure that their main food is duck food. Don’t give the chicken pallet for your duck because the nutrition isn’t same with what duck needed. And the last, don’t feed the duck with something which contained medicine because it would stimulate some system disorder.

    • Build a small pool for them

    As we know the habit of the duck is swimming. To not erase their natural habit even they are as our pet, we need to teach them how to swim. Naturally the baby duck can learning how to swim a day after come out the cracked but still don’t let them swim alone. The body of newborn duck is still soft and not waterproof and their body is still weak. To facilitate their natural habit, you can make a small pool which made from used paint tray. This used paint tray is a smart choice because the shape isn’t deeper and it is like something lower so the baby duck can enter or out safely. Even the pool is safe, don’t let they swim too long because it can stimulate for flu. Put the ducks straightly on their cage to help them warmth their body. And when they are adult, let them swim without any help. That’s because when they are grow adult, their feather are totally waterproof so you can let them swim without any monitor. Usually their waterproof feathers will comes when they are 9-12 weeks old and depend on the kind.

    • Put your some attention over older duck

    Don’t let the baby ducks swim alone together with older duck. The older duck may kills or drowned the baby duck. So by this case, don’t let the baby duck swim alone and if you needed separate the baby to their own pool.

    • Stay it away from their predator

    The duck moreover the baby can be prey some predators. You can let the duck after it getting older. If you pet a baby duck in garage or some space outside the home, make sure to make it away from another animal like wolves, foxes, and birds of prey. If you pet the baby duck inside the home, please take it away from dog or cat which can be danger for them.

    • Move the cage

    After the duck is getting older until the cage isn’t enough, take the ducks to the dog cage or container which has door. Feed the older dog and let them spend the time with swim and plays water everyday.

    How to take care of ducks

    Ducklings are baby ducks and they can be acquired many ways. You can have a duck hen raise and hatch them, you can hatch them yourself in a brooder, or you can purchase ducklings, sometimes at a day old but usually a week old. Young ducklings require special care. Much of this information will also apply to goslings, baby geese.

    Duck Raised Ducklings

    The ducklings that are raised with their mother require the least amount of care on your part. They will be walking around within a short time, often heading to the water which is a source of concern. Ducklings have feathers called down which is very water absorbent and will drown the youngsters. As such it is very important that you restrict them from getting into water. If you keep them in an enclosure with a pool, remove it. They will still need water for drinking and eating.

    When the ducklings have lost their down you can give them shallow cat litter box, or other container with shallow water for swimming, making sure the ducklings can get out easily on their own. If you have a large pond the mother may not take them to it for a few days but you can fence it off with snow fencing just in case.

    As they mature and lose their down you can give them more water.

    For food it is important they have duck starter. Do not give them, or adult ducks, chick starter as it contains medication which is toxic to ducks.

    It is fine to leave the drake with them as he will help guard and protect them.

    You may want to speak to your veterinarian about vaccinations and disease concerns in your area.

    How to take care of ducks

    ©by author, baby call ducks – one is itching

    Care of Other Newly Hatched Ducklings

    When not raised by their parents, ducklings require more care on your part.

    The ducklings need to be kept in a brooder as they require warmth that they would otherwise get by cuddling with their mother. If you have four or fewer they can be kept in a large guinea pig cage.

    Above the cage you need to hang a heating lamp (with reflective cone). If you notice the ducklings tending to cuddle under the lamp it means the lamp may be too high and not giving enough heat, if they move far from it, the lamp is too low and the ducklings are too hot. As they get older you can raise the lamp, and eventually (after a few weeks) will not need it. Of course they need food, and water in their brooder. Again the water must be shallow, and ideally in a no-spill container.

    If you have several ducklings you will need more space for them, and may prefer to keep your brooder in the barn or garage. The brooder should be fully enclosed if you have cats, dogs, or other predators (mink, rats), otherwise tall walls are all that is needed. The simplest brooder can be made out of cardboard enclosing an area roughly 6 ft x 6 ft for 30-40 ducklings (15 – 25 goslings). The heat lamp must be hung at an appropriate height.

    Bedding for the Duckling Brooder

    If your ducklings are under a week old you will want to have a layer of newsprint on the ground and no other bedding material, as they may try to eat it. Newspaper is slippery to walk on so adding a layer of paper towel over top is a good idea. Ducklings have week legs for the first few days, so the paper towel will help them stand correctly, as the legs may slip apart on the newspaper or other plain surface. After they are a week old shavings (not cedar) work well, but straw can be used too.

    Cleaning the brooder while in use is not a good idea as disturbing the litter actually sends pollutants into the air, instead you can add a few more shavings every few days to cover dirty ones.

    Feeding and Watering

    As mentioned the ducklings need proper duckling starter, not chick starter. It should be in a proper feeder that will keep feces out but you may want to only fill it half full as they will make a mess and waste some if it is too full. Water should be provided, again remembering that ducklings with down can drown. The water must be in something that will not spill. They really do not need to swim at this stage and mostly need the water for drinking and eating (see below). If they can get into their water it will become soiled with feces so most producers use water systems that do not allow the ducklings to swim until they are older and outdoors.

    An important issue with ducks is that they need to get their food wet before eating it. They often take a mouth full of food, walk to their water, soak it, eat it, and walk back to the food. This can be very messy. Some producers compensate by feeding smaller amounts of food, already slightly wet. Putting the water too close to the food will make an additional mess. So others lay paper towels between the food and water, and change the paper towels regularly.

    As the Ducklings Get Bigger

    As they get bigger they need more room, and less heat. The ducklings will be ready to go outside at around 6 weeks of age. They can have water for swimming in, be sure they can get out of the water easily by adding rocks as needed. Once the ducklings are out of the brooder it should be cleaned, and the bedding discarded (or even burnt). If you used cardboard to form your brooder it should be discarded and not used for another batch of ducklings.

    Taking Care of Fully Grown Ducks:

    How to take care of ducks

    Ducks are a productive and intelligent bird and that’s why; they considered one of the best domestic birds ever. people, who tame duck as their domestic pet, always keep them in a group or in a pair, as they couldn’t thrive vigorously while keeping alone.

    Hence, things get tougher or a little laborious when it comes to the matter of taking care of a duck clan. However, fortunately, these pretty birds don’t need any additional caring method to be raised yet a few basic concerns are mandatory to take, like feeding, providing enough nutrients, giving protection, allowing them to ramble, etc. So, note down quickly these easy caring methods of this peaceful creature to get more productivity from a fully grown duck, take a look-

    • Making a shelter is the very first thing you need to provide a fully grown duck for its protection and solitude.
    • Build a duck pen and try to cover the edges with high fences to keep them protected under the limited territory, as duck have a bad habit of flying away from one side to another.
    • Due to their wide wings, ducks could fly really up than your expectation, so try to keep the fences long to make sure that they wouldn’t escape or fly easily.
    • Try to cover the pen with partial shade, so then they can take shelter when they need and at the same time come out under direct sunlight as well.
    • Ducks usually like to sleep under shade, so a complete open pen could give them a little difficulty when they want to sleep in that pen.
    • Though duck is a flexible animal and could adjust in every survival condition effortlessly, providing some luxurious caring method would help to grow your domestic bird more vigorously, and offering some comfortable bed under shelter is one of the best endeavors of them.
    • Try to spread a layer of straw or rice hulls at that place to make the bed of your duck warm enough laying eggs more easily and getting sleep more quickly.
    • If you have an open pen or house for your ducks then try to keep the barricade high enough to keep them protected enough from any attack of predator animals.
    • If you have chicken-wire made protected house then, try to keep the door of that pen house close when you are not around, or in the night.
    • After validating their protection part, you need to take care of their nutrition segment very carefully to make your petting process triumphant.
    • To provide adequate nutrients give them enough food with high nutrient value, like rice grains, readymade poultry foods, chicken feed, edible seeds, other edible grains, etc. are some preferable food for ducks, but try to authenticate a food quality by some pet experts or a vet near you before giving it to your duck regularly.
    • Try to keep a water source near the shelter of your duck, as ducks need to humidify their throat often throughout the whole day and drink almost 1-1.5 liter water in a day.
    • Always provide them clean and germ-free fresh water for their drinking supplements for their healthy growth.
    • It is seen that ducks often fly away to get near of water and food sources from their sheltered area, so try to arrange two proper sources of these two elements to keep them busy under their protected area.
    • If you use straw or hulls to make the duck shade area cozy then, try to change the stuff daily and replace the material with some new ones to keep the shelter absolutely pests-free.
    • According to the vets, ducks grow more vigorously when they socialize more, so try to keep your duck active with lots of socialization activities throughout the whole day. Rambling, flying, swimming, playing with their companions, etc. are some recommendable activities you can try here.
    • Try to take your duck a monthly checkup near a veterinarian to keep yourself assured that there is no health disorder growing in your bird.
    • Inspect your duck vigilantly every single day of petting and never underestimate a single part if health disorder ever during this validation.
    • Take your duck for bathing once a week as they take a bath by themselves regularly while swim on water, but to make them clean thoroughly from beak to legs and from feathers to rear a clean bathing process is required.
    • If there is no pool or pond near your backyard or the pen house or duck, try to make an artificial one to keep your ducks heartily healthy.
    • One more tip we should mention here that never keep any injury of your bird untreated for long, especially when it occurs on their wings, as sometimes infection in some injuries acts deadly to a duck.

    Related Video

    How to take care of ducks

    Ducklings are baby ducks and they can be acquired many ways. You can have a duck hen raise and hatch them, you can hatch them yourself in a brooder, or you can purchase ducklings, sometimes at a day old but usually a week old. Young ducklings require special care. Much of this information will also apply to goslings, baby geese.

    Duck Raised Ducklings

    The ducklings that are raised with their mother require the least amount of care on your part. They will be walking around within a short time, often heading to the water which is a source of concern. Ducklings have feathers called down which is very water absorbent and will drown the youngsters. As such it is very important that you restrict them from getting into water. If you keep them in an enclosure with a pool, remove it. They will still need water for drinking and eating.

    When the ducklings have lost their down you can give them shallow cat litter box, or other container with shallow water for swimming, making sure the ducklings can get out easily on their own. If you have a large pond the mother may not take them to it for a few days but you can fence it off with snow fencing just in case.

    As they mature and lose their down you can give them more water.

    For food it is important they have duck starter. Do not give them, or adult ducks, chick starter as it contains medication which is toxic to ducks.

    It is fine to leave the drake with them as he will help guard and protect them.

    You may want to speak to your veterinarian about vaccinations and disease concerns in your area.

    How to take care of ducks

    ©by author, baby call ducks – one is itching

    Care of Other Newly Hatched Ducklings

    When not raised by their parents, ducklings require more care on your part.

    The ducklings need to be kept in a brooder as they require warmth that they would otherwise get by cuddling with their mother. If you have four or fewer they can be kept in a large guinea pig cage.

    Above the cage you need to hang a heating lamp (with reflective cone). If you notice the ducklings tending to cuddle under the lamp it means the lamp may be too high and not giving enough heat, if they move far from it, the lamp is too low and the ducklings are too hot. As they get older you can raise the lamp, and eventually (after a few weeks) will not need it. Of course they need food, and water in their brooder. Again the water must be shallow, and ideally in a no-spill container.

    If you have several ducklings you will need more space for them, and may prefer to keep your brooder in the barn or garage. The brooder should be fully enclosed if you have cats, dogs, or other predators (mink, rats), otherwise tall walls are all that is needed. The simplest brooder can be made out of cardboard enclosing an area roughly 6 ft x 6 ft for 30-40 ducklings (15 – 25 goslings). The heat lamp must be hung at an appropriate height.

    Bedding for the Duckling Brooder

    If your ducklings are under a week old you will want to have a layer of newsprint on the ground and no other bedding material, as they may try to eat it. Newspaper is slippery to walk on so adding a layer of paper towel over top is a good idea. Ducklings have week legs for the first few days, so the paper towel will help them stand correctly, as the legs may slip apart on the newspaper or other plain surface. After they are a week old shavings (not cedar) work well, but straw can be used too.

    Cleaning the brooder while in use is not a good idea as disturbing the litter actually sends pollutants into the air, instead you can add a few more shavings every few days to cover dirty ones.

    Feeding and Watering

    As mentioned the ducklings need proper duckling starter, not chick starter. It should be in a proper feeder that will keep feces out but you may want to only fill it half full as they will make a mess and waste some if it is too full. Water should be provided, again remembering that ducklings with down can drown. The water must be in something that will not spill. They really do not need to swim at this stage and mostly need the water for drinking and eating (see below). If they can get into their water it will become soiled with feces so most producers use water systems that do not allow the ducklings to swim until they are older and outdoors.

    An important issue with ducks is that they need to get their food wet before eating it. They often take a mouth full of food, walk to their water, soak it, eat it, and walk back to the food. This can be very messy. Some producers compensate by feeding smaller amounts of food, already slightly wet. Putting the water too close to the food will make an additional mess. So others lay paper towels between the food and water, and change the paper towels regularly.

    As the Ducklings Get Bigger

    As they get bigger they need more room, and less heat. The ducklings will be ready to go outside at around 6 weeks of age. They can have water for swimming in, be sure they can get out of the water easily by adding rocks as needed. Once the ducklings are out of the brooder it should be cleaned, and the bedding discarded (or even burnt). If you used cardboard to form your brooder it should be discarded and not used for another batch of ducklings.

    Sunday, February 15, 2015

    how to raise ducklings

    How to Take Care of Ducklings

    Ducklings that have just hatched from their shells need a warm, safe environment to grow up strong and healthy. If you create a home free of hazards and provide them with plenty of food and water, your curious, playful baby ducks will be able to waddle and swim on their own before you know it. Learn how to make ducklings feel at home, feed them what they like to eat, and keep them safe from harm.

    Find a brooding box. After ducklings have hatched from their shells and spent about 24 hours getting used to their new surroundings, they’re ready to move to a brooder.[1] A plastic storage container, sturdy cardboard box, or large glass aquarium can all work for this purpose.The box should be well-insulated, since the ducklings need to stay warm. Don’t choose a box with too many holes in the sides or the bottom.Line the bottom of the box with wood shavings or old towels. Avoid using newspaper or other slippery material. Ducklings are still wobbly on their legs for the first few weeks after they hatch, and they can slip easily and hurt themselves on surfaces like plastic or newspaper.

    Install a brooding lamp. Baby ducks need to be kept very warm in the first few weeks after they hatch, to give them the chance to get used to the chilly air outside their eggs. Buy a brooding lamp at a feed store or hardware store and affix it to the top of the brooder.Use a 100-watt bulb to start. For very young ducklings, this should create the right amount of heat.Make sure part of the brooder is located away from the heat, so they have a place to cool off if they need to.Make sure the bulb isn’t too close to the ducklings. This may cause them to overheat, or if they touch the bulb, they could get burned. If you’re using a shallow brooder, prop the lamp up higher using blocks of wood or another sturdy prop

    Check the placement of the brooding lamp.Periodically check the lamp’s placement, ensuring that the ducklings are getting an appropriate amount of warmth.The heat and wattage of the lamp should be altered based on your ducklings’ behavior as they get older.If the ducklings tend to huddle close together under the lamp, they may be too cold and you should move the lamp closer or get a higher wattage bulb.If the ducklings are scattered out and breathing heavily, they’re most likely getting overheated, and you need to move the lamp further away or use a lower wattage bulb. Comfortable ducklings should be warm and settled.

    Check the brooding lamp to see if they are still using it if there not sleeping under it and not being right under it then you can move it up some untill they no longer need it thanks and i hope this helps

    how to raise ducklings

    How to Take Care of Ducklings

    Ducklings that have just hatched from their shells need a warm, safe environment to grow up strong and healthy. If you create a home free of hazards and provide them with plenty of food and water, your curious, playful baby ducks will be able to waddle and swim on their own before you know it. Learn how to make ducklings feel at home, feed them what they like to eat, and keep them safe from harm.

    Find a brooding box. After ducklings have hatched from their shells and spent about 24 hours getting used to their new surroundings, they’re ready to move to a brooder.[1] A plastic storage container, sturdy cardboard box, or large glass aquarium can all work for this purpose.The box should be well-insulated, since the ducklings need to stay warm. Don’t choose a box with too many holes in the sides or the bottom.Line the bottom of the box with wood shavings or old towels. Avoid using newspaper or other slippery material. Ducklings are still wobbly on their legs for the first few weeks after they hatch, and they can slip easily and hurt themselves on surfaces like plastic or newspaper.

    Install a brooding lamp. Baby ducks need to be kept very warm in the first few weeks after they hatch, to give them the chance to get used to the chilly air outside their eggs. Buy a brooding lamp at a feed store or hardware store and affix it to the top of the brooder.Use a 100-watt bulb to start. For very young ducklings, this should create the right amount of heat.Make sure part of the brooder is located away from the heat, so they have a place to cool off if they need to.Make sure the bulb isn’t too close to the ducklings. This may cause them to overheat, or if they touch the bulb, they could get burned. If you’re using a shallow brooder, prop the lamp up higher using blocks of wood or another sturdy prop

    Check the placement of the brooding lamp.Periodically check the lamp’s placement, ensuring that the ducklings are getting an appropriate amount of warmth.The heat and wattage of the lamp should be altered based on your ducklings’ behavior as they get older.If the ducklings tend to huddle close together under the lamp, they may be too cold and you should move the lamp closer or get a higher wattage bulb.If the ducklings are scattered out and breathing heavily, they’re most likely getting overheated, and you need to move the lamp further away or use a lower wattage bulb. Comfortable ducklings should be warm and settled

    Adjust the brooding lamp as the ducklings grow. As the ducks grow older, they will need less heat. Raise the lamp or change the bulb to a lower heat when they stop sleeping under it.

    Looking for an answer to the question: Can you keep a duck as a house pet? On this page, we have gathered for you the most accurate and comprehensive information that will fully answer the question: Can you keep a duck as a house pet?

    Your dog, cat, and other pets still have strong instincts. Never leave your duck alone with your dog or cat until you know that they get along and they get along very well. Even then, it is not a good idea to leave your duck alone with other animals. Ducks are prey animals and have a strong, very strong prey instinct .

    Please DO NOT keep a duck as a “house” pet. They are NOT suited to an indoor lifestyle. Although it may make you happy to keep your duck indoors, understand that you are being cruel to the duck, as they need to live outdoors. Ducks are social animals that get along very well with each other and seldom fight.

    Even though it can be a challenge to raise ducks indoors, you can keep ducks as indoor pets if you make proper accommodations for their care and the cleanliness of your home. Even if you have other pets in the house, remember that your duck will need company and are best raised with other duck friends.

    Why you shouldn’t get a pet duck?

    Ducks Are Stinky And Smelly And Messy. There is a reason the word fowl is used for things that are dirty, stinky, and smelly. If you want nice clean and pristine, don’t get a duck! They poop everywhere!

    Do you need a pond to keep ducks?

    Ducks need water. They do not need big ponds or lakes, but they do need enough water to at least dunk their heads in fully and to have a little swim in. Small hard plastic paddling pools or a small pond will suffice, along with buckets of water for them to have a good dunk in.

    Will backyard ducks fly away?

    Will My Pet Ducks Fly Away? Most domesticated duck breeds cannot fly. . Other breeds of ducks, such as Runner ducks, are able to fly for short distances, but cannot achieve sustained flight. Thus for all these types of domesticated ducks, it isn’t necessary to clip their wings in order to keep them from flying away.

    How do you take care of a duck at home?

    Duck are at home on the water so providing a small pond is ideal. Provide shelter from the weather and safety from predators. Clean water and nutritious food need to be provided daily. Vegetables and trimmings from fruit are good sources of nutrients for your duck.

    Do ducks make good house pets?

    Ducks are most commonly kept as egg and meat birds on homesteads or even in large backyards, but they can also be raised as entertaining and affable pets, as well. These adorable poultry birds can make great pets, as long as keepers do not expect them to behave like a pet store bird or a cuddly kitten.

    Always try to take good care of your birds and animals who are producing nutritious foods for us. You must have to fulfill all their needs or demands and keep them happy. Ducks also a good creature of nature. They produce tasty and nutritious meat and eggs for us.

    For proper growth and production from ducks, you must have to take good care of them. Your laying ducks will live happily and produce higher quality eggs, by proper care and management. There are some duck breeds are available that can produce eggs like chickens throughout the year.

    How to Care For Laying Ducks

    For better egg production, you have to manage them well and take good care of them. You have to apply the same rules in caring for your ducks for both in your own backyard flock or if you run a large scale duck egg production business. Here we are describing about how to care for laying ducks. Follow all the process and your ducks will be happy, healthy and produce their maximum.

    Feeding

    Regular feeding habit of duck affects it’s health. Egg production and egg quality of an egg laying duck are greatly influenced by the food that she is eating. So, it’s very important to feed your laying ducks balanced diet feed containing sufficient amount of necessary vitamins and minerals. A feed mixture of laying ducks should contain about 16% to 18% protein. But the amount of protein can vary according to the breeds of duck.

    Generally, an egg laying duck consume about 6 to 8 ounces of feed daily. And she will supplement her diet by scavenging for bugs or other types of insects, grasses etc. You can also serve her small treats like fruits, vegetables, greens or mixed corn. Always provide sufficient amount of clean and fresh water to your ducks. Keep watering pot directly next to the feeder and make it available for almost all time. Because without water, the ducks could choke.
    How to take care of ducks

    Housing

    Good and comfortable housing is also another important factor for raising egg laying ducks. Overcrowding environment is certainly not an ideal and comfortable environment for laying ducks because this situation can lead to peckish ducks. Proper ventilation system is a must. So, ensure proper ventilation system in your coop.

    You have to ensure a minimum floor space of 3 square feet per laying ducks. Keep some large sized nesting boxes inside the coop. Keep one nesting boxes for each 3 to 5 ducks. Ensure good protection for your ducks from various types of predators.

    Lighting

    Proper lighting is another important component for caring your laying ducks. The ability of producing eggs is mostly dependent on how much light is present during the day. The amount of sunlight decreases from July to December and increases from January to June.

    When the days become shorten, increase the amount of artificial light gradually in in half hour increments at the beginning and end of each day, until the ducks are exposed to 14 hours of total light daily. At the same way decrease the amount of using artificial light slowly when the sun stays for long time. This help the ducks for producing more eggs and also warm them during cold winter season.

    Other Caring Tips

    An egg laying duck will produce her maximum if she feel less stress that means sticking to a routine. Complete the feeding and egg collecting process by the same person and same time daily. Check the bedding of your laying ducks daily and always keep it clean and dry. If you are in need of fertilizing duck’s eggs, then keep one drake for every 5 to 6 laying ducks. Keeping sufficient number of drakes is very important. It will help you preventing aggression and injury. Swimming water is a must while mating of ducks. But water is not so necessary for your laying ducks. Swimming water is only necessary during mating or breeding period. You can use small pool or pond for making suitable swimming place for your ducks. They will enjoy swimming there very much.

    However, I think you have learned something about how to care for laying ducks. For producing good quality and fresh eggs you must have to take good care of your ducks and provide them good housing, nutritious feeding and good care. Enjoy!

    If you’ve ever watched the show Friends, you probably remember that Chandler and Joey kept a chicken and a duck as pets in their New York apartment. Now, the city is NOT the place for a duck – ducks prefer to be waddling around inside, sleeping in the sunshine and paddling on a crystal-blue lake with their duck friends. But if you ever find yourself having to take care of a duckling like Chandler and Joey did, we’ve got some tips for you.

  • Keep ducklings in a warm and safe environment. A plastic tote works great for the first few weeks.
  • Use a heat lamp with a 100 to 200 watt bulb. Adjust the height and wattage according to your ducklings behavior. If they seem warm and settled, not huddling under the lamp, they are probably warm enough. If they are scattered out, away from the lamp, take care of ducklings panting, etc., they are too warm. Common sense will tell you to lower the heat.
  • Hay can be used if available for bedding. Never use newspaper or a smooth surface, as it could cause leg problems or a condition called “splay leg.”

    Make sure heat lamps are secured and the area is large enough for the ducklings to get closer if they are cold and further away if too warm.

    Ducklings that sleep together in a clump are too cold or if they have their mouths open (panting like a dog) they are too hot.

    Feed game bird starter, chick starter , or a commercially prepared waterfowl starter for the first 4-6 weeks. Never feed medicated chick starter or poultry feed, as this is fatal to your ducklings. Also anything moldy is fatal to your ducks of all ages! Bread, although thought of as the ideal “duck food,” is also dangerous to ducklings, because it expands in their crop and chokes them.

    Bread should never be fed to ducks of any age, especially those in parks and ponds. Use a plastic or galvanized feeder. Always provide clean, fresh drinking water. Use a shallow bowl to which you have added a few clean, small pebbles. This will prevent the ducklings from drowning.

    You can also put clean pebbles in a store bought waterer if it is too deep ducks need to be able to submerge their heads to clear their sinuses. Do not let them swim unattended. They must be able to get out of the water quickly. Ducklings can and will drown if they get too wet or too cold.

    Ducklings will eat on their own immediately. You can add a small amount of sugar in their water for the first couple of days to help them get off to a good start.

    Learn that ducklings should be fully feathered before allowing them to swim. Depending on the type of duck, full feathers should be in place by 9-12 weeks of age.

    Know that if you have other adult ducks in your pond/water source, be advised the older adult ducks can be fatal to your younger ducks. Older ducks may drown the younger ducks.

  • After ducks are in the pond or water source, you may feed floating fish food or dog food in very small amounts. Switch their basic diet to a good quality unmedicated waterfowl or poultry ration, usually available at most feed stores.
  • Generally, ducks will eat more during autumn and winter months, than in spring and summer months.
  • As ducklings will eventually grow into full sized ducks, a large dog kennel should make a splendid pen for your waterfowl, but a shed with a latchable door is best in terms of room and space.
  • Always put your ducklings in a safe cage at night, because they are very vulnarable to predators.

  • NEVER let your ducklings swim unattended, as they may drown!
  • NEVER feed your ducklings medicated poultry feed!
  • Bread is bad for them, and anything moldy can be FATAL.
  • Always have clean water near food source, as ducks cannot swallow food properly without water.
  • Ducklings IMPRINT on people immediately. They look to you as their Mom. Be prepared to teach and train them, and to care for them properly.
  • Ducklings are very social animals, so never get just one. They need at least one companion, but preferably three or four.

    Keeping a duck as a pet is no easy task and knowing what you’re getting yourself into is what matters. If you’re ready to take on this responsibility, then the following article will give you tips on how to care for pet ducks.

    How to take care of ducks

    Keeping a duck as a pet is no easy task and knowing what you’re getting yourself into is what matters. If you’re ready to take on this responsibility, then the following article will give you tips on how to care for pet ducks.

    When you decide to get a pet, there’s a lot of thinking that goes into whether you can handle it, and if you’ll be able to undertake the responsibility of caring of one. Be it a dog, cat, bird, fish, rabbit, turtle, or any other kind of creature or animal that can count as a pet, keeping one, and of course caring for them, is as big a job as any. You have to make sure they have all they need, that they’re safe in the environment you put them in, that their health is kept in check, and so on. Therefore, be prepared to know how to care for pet ducks, because if you’re not, you’ll be backing out of it in no time and wallowing in regret.

    Breeds

    It is important to also know which breeds make for a good pet. From the following breeds, you can find out which one is available in your town or elsewhere, and accordingly make arrangements in your home before getting him/ her.

    Names

    The ecstatic part during the new pet phase is naming the animal that you have bought, and are ready to bring up. So before you take care of this little one I’ve put together a few suggestive pet names, that you may like.

    You’ll find here all you need to know about how to raise a duck as a pet of your very own, and what is involved in the process. Keep these precautionary tips and guidelines in mind and you’ll do just fine.

    Lifespan is a Non-issue

    Wild ducks are known to live for a period of about 20 years or more in some cases. Mallard ducks are known to be good as pets, since they can live up to 27 years at a stretch. Ducks that are domestic in nature, can live to about 15 years, and for a minimum of 10 years. Ducks cannot live on their own, since their dietary needs aren’t supervised and call for random eats that either they find on their own, or those that passersby throw. These ducks when not fed properly, live for not more than three years since their systems aren’t designed to handle all kinds of food when given by strangers.

    Quick Care Tips

    When taking care of a pet duck there are certain things that need to be taken into consideration like.

    1. Making sure that they have clean drinking water at all times.
    2. Enough of light stimulation.
    3. Dry shelter which is kept clean on a regular basis, which they can return to after they’ve been outdoors. This gives them time to clean and preen themselves, and also waterproof their plumage to help keep skins free from harm.
    4. Protection from any diseases that they can fall prey to.
    5. Foods that contain all the important and vital nutrients that they require for good health.
    6. Get more than one duck, since when kept together they can be quite social, and won’t pose as a threat to one another.
    7. Make sure you have a water source close by, like a small pond or swimming pool that is safe for them to swim in. They require this in order to clean their beaks, and wash their food down with. Water that is chlorinated is safe for ducks, so don’t worry about that part. Just make sure they don’t get sucked into any vents underwater.
    8. Use straw or hay when laying down their sleeping area, it works well for ducks. Also, make sure that the shelter you put them in, is spacious and big enough for them to walk around and stretch in.
    9. Make sure you supervise ducks around kids, and don’t leave them alone without adult supervision. They can be harmless, but it is better to make sure that nipping at them doesn’t become an issue.
    10. Feed ducks only good foods that pertain to their kind, since anything that is foreign to their system, will be rejected and pose as a threat to them. Bird feeders make for good feeding sources, and should be erected since that way you can keep it clean, and provide adequate food in one place.
    11. Shower a lot of love and attention on your duck, since they feed off this and like it when owners and others openly show their affection.

    Big No-nos and Safe Foods for a Duck Diet

    There are certain foods that are all right for ducks to consume, including treats (controlled amounts), but there are some that are absolutely not safe for your duck to ingest.

    Pet Duck Diet
    Good Not Good
    Shredded carrots Ice cream
    Slugs Seeds
    Hard-boiled eggs with shell Preservative based foods
    Chopped lettuce Nuts
    Snails Chocolate
    Earthworms Cakes
    Cottage cheese Crackers (painful
    reaction if eaten)
    Green vegetables Popcorn
    Worms Sugary snacks
    Tomatoes Garlic
    Pellets Cookies and other junk
    foods (human food to be specific)

    A pet duck can be a real treat to have around, especially when watching them wobble on their two webbed feet, with their furry bottoms bobbing from side to side. I hope that your duck doesn’t give you too much trouble, although over the long haul they’ll quieten down and won’t be such a nuisance; all animals need time adjusting to their new owners and surroundings after all.

    A house is not a home without a pet.” – Anonymous

    Ducks are not hard to take care of if you know what you are doing. You need water, food, shelter (a house for them), and fencing (to keep predators out). Ducks like to eat worms, crickets, fish food flakes, bugs, clover and grass.

    How to take care of ducks

    People feed ducks bread because it is cheap but bread is not good for ducks. It makes them overweight and can give them diarrhea. Ducks need about an inch of water to swim in. They like to play in the water and take baths.

    How to take care of ducks

    You can put a little bit of vinegar in their water to keep it clean. Ducks need a place to shelter from the sun and rain. You can make them a house out of wood and hay. Ducks like to roost (sleep) in trees but they cannot fly up high so they need a shelter on the ground. To take care of ducks you need water for them to swim in, food to eat, shelter from the sun and rain, and fencing to keep predators out. If you put these things together for the ducks, they will be happy and healthy.

    How to take care of ducks

    Keeping predators out is very important because ducks are an easy target for them. They have no defense against a fox, coyote, raccoon, crow or blue jay. To protect them you need a fence around the entire area where they live. The fence needs to be at least six foot but eight foot is better.

    How to take care of ducks

    To keep small predators out you can use chicken wire and stretch it vertically about three feet from the ground and bend it out so predators cannot crawl under it. If your ducks get sick or hurt there are things you can do to help them. For example, you can give them electrolytes to help them recover and you can give them antibiotics if they have an infection.

    Ducks are a lot of fun to watch and they are easy to take care of if you know what you are doing. So, if you are thinking about getting some ducks, go ahead, you won’t regret it.

    Table of Contents

    Why ducks need care:

    How to take care of ducks

    Ducks need care because they can’t take care of themselves. They need water to swim in, food to eat, a place to shelter from the sun and rain, and a fence to keep predators out. If you don’t provide these things for them, they will die.

    What ducks like:

    How to take care of ducks

    Ducks like to eat worms, crickets, fish food flakes, bugs, clover and grass. They also like to take baths in water and you can put a little bit of vinegar in their water to keep it clean. Ducks like to roost (sleep) in trees but they cannot fly up high so they need a shelter on the ground.

    The consequence of not taking care of ducks:

    If you don’t provide water, food, shelter and fencing for the ducks they will die.

    Ducks make great pets:

    How to take care of ducks

    Ducks make great pets because they are easy to take care of and they are a lot of fun to watch. If you provide them with water, food, shelter and fencing, they will be very happy. You won’t regret getting some ducks as pets.

    The importance of predators:

    How to take care of ducks

    Predators are very important because they can kill ducks. Ducks have no defense against a fox, coyote, raccoon, crow or blue jay so it is very important to keep them away from the ducks. You can do this by using a fence around the area where they live. The fence needs to be at least six foot tall but eight foot is better. You can also use chicken wire to keep small predators out. Chicken wire should be stretched vertically about three feet from the ground and bent out so predators cannot crawl under it.

    What scares ducks:

    How to take care of ducks

    Ducks are scared of predators. Predators can kill ducks so it is very important to keep them away from the ducks. You can do this by using a fence around the area where they live. The fence needs to be at least six foot tall but eight foot is better. You can also use chicken wire to keep small predators out. Chicken wire should be stretched vertically about three feet from the ground and bent out so predators cannot crawl under it.

    How to take care of ducks

    Pet and domestic ducks can suffer injury from accidents, animal attacks and misadventure. If you have an injured duck, you will need to catch it and place it in a container so you can transport it to a veterinarian or avian care center. An injured duck can be stressed by being caught. Keep family pets and young children out of the way and keep her in a quiet and dark environment.

    Video of the Day

    What Type of Injury?

    Visually determine whether the duck is bleeding, limping or has a drooping wing. If it has a cut of less than ВЅ inch, you may not have to take it to a vet. If there is a possibility of a broken bone, it will need treatment. Small cuts can be treated with water and antiseptic solution after speaking to a professional. Sometimes ducks can get tangled in fishing line, wire or string. You will need a helper to hold the duck while you cut the tangle away before deciding if any serious injury has been caused.

    Catching the Duck

    A pet or domestically raised duck who is accustomed to humans may allow you to pick her up, even though she is injured. A frightened duck may require a net to catch her. You must be steady and gentle when using a net and be careful not to hit the duck with the metal rim. Remove her from the net as quickly as possible. When you pick up a duck, you should cradle it close to your body with the wings tucked in, and with a hand around the neck.

    Containing the Duck

    Use a pet carrier or a cardboard box big enough to hold your duck comfortably. The container should be well-ventilated and have a lid. You can punch air holes in the box before you place the duck inside. Have newspaper on the floor and cover the container with a towel or blanket as ducks will quieten down and be more relaxed in the dark. Place the container somewhere quiet.

    Contact a Professional

    Contact your veterinarian or avian caregiver and describe the type of injury. For minor injuries that do not need bandaging, they may suggest you cleanse and treat the wound yourself. In most cases you should take her to a veterinarian to be treated as soon as possible. Keep the cover over the box while you transport her. The sooner the duck receives treatment, the better the chances of a good outcome for her.

    How to take care of ducks

    This article sets out easy and simple tips or steps to take in preparing your chickens so they stay safe and well for when you go away on holidays or as they say in the USA, vacation. Everyone needs a break sometimes and no matter how much you love being around your chickens there comes a time when you have to leave them for a short period.

    Leaving chickens on their own whilst you go away on a short holiday or break (say no longer than a week) is perfectly fine. Their eggs will pile up in the nesting boxes and their litter will get a little dirty etc but essentially there’s no problem with that.

    How to take care of ducks

    If you plan to leave your chickens or ducks (and other poultry) for a longer period, then I would recommend asking a family member or a friend to pop in about every 3 to 4 days just to check on your flock, collect the eggs, and top up feeders/drinkers.

    In my opinion, chickens and other poultry (like ducks) are some of the easiest pets to leave on their own – definitely easier than dogs or cats. Chickens are very independent animals, they don’t fret when you go, they don’t get too upset if their routine is slightly adjusted, and they will generally go about their “business” whether you are around or not. For many people chickens and other poultry make the perfect pets!

    But just because chickens will aptly adapt to conditions and hardly miss you when you’re gone away, don’t mistake this for a second and think they are dumb egg laying machines without any emotion. Quite the opposite, chickens are very smart birds and they’ll notice your absence. They can also be very emotional – just not about you though.

    Main points to consider

    When I go away on holidays there are four main points I take into consideration to ensure my chickens and ducks will be left able to competently fend for themselves whilst I’m away and they are: food, water, shelter, and security.

    Food – A chicken typically eats about 400 grams of feed per day and a duck a little more than that; therefore, ensuring there is enough feed in the feeders to cater for the amount of birds is obviously essential.

    I like to go overboard and always have plenty of feed available when I go away. My feeders are all topped up and if necessary I will pull out a spare feeder or two just to make sure no one goes hungry here at home whilst I’m living it up in the Bahamas.

    My poultry are used to free-ranging daily and eating a lot of grass etc but when I go away I lock my birds in their pen so to compensate for the lack of free-ranging I throw in two or three iceberg lettuces. This variety of lettuce has a tight heart and I have found if the lettuce is placed in the pen whole or sometimes cut in half it keeps the chickens occupied trying to peck them apart.

    Water – A chicken drinks between 250 – 500 mils (1 to 2 cups) of water per day. Ducks constantly need a water source (at least a bucket) but I have gone further and installed a small poly duck pond in my pen for the ducks to play in and drink from when they can’t get access to their dam.

    These extra duck water sources within the pen can double as emergency drinkers for my chickens if in the unlikely event their drinking containers fail. I recommend using enclosed containers for chickens with either cup or nipple attachments because these tend to be a safer option than other drinkers such as the standard bell drinkers which are susceptible to being tipped over and get soiled quickly.

    You can get specific drinkers which connect to a mains water supply and whilst they are convenient they are expensive and I’ve found the best containers to be standalones 20 – 25 litres. I have several in my pen at different locations and this ensures a water source is always nearby, if one fails there’s another available, and all up I have enough water to last my flock several weeks.

    How to take care of ducks

    Image above shows some feeders in action with my poly duck pond in the background (doubles as emergancy water source)

    Shelter – Obviously, chickens need a good shelter to roost for the night but since going away means no one will be there each morning to tidy the nesting boxes and pen I add some extra litter around to help cope with any build-up of poop etc.

    The eggs will be better off also with some extra straw or hay as this will give extra padding for when the eggs collect in the laying boxes.

    Security – This last point is as important as all the rest because chickens are vulnerable to attack from predators in particular dogs and foxes. Both dogs and foxes have a cunning knack to know when you have gone away and this is when they’ll test your perimeter fence line or chicken pen.

    I have a dog proof perimeter fence around a free-range area where my chickens and ducks get out from their pen each day and roam around in complete safety. However, my perimeter fence is not fox proof (because foxes can climb and are far superior diggers than dogs) so whilst I am away I ensure my birds stay in their fox and dog proof inner pen.

    Keeping poultry like chickens and ducks “cooped up” for a short period of time (even several weeks) is no real problem at all. Domestic poultry are well adapted to small areas and will be perfectly fine locked up whilst you’re away.

    Naturally, having a large secure pen is desirable but it isn’t always practical because not everyone has the room to dedicate a large portion of their property to a chicken pen when for the most part the chickens are usually out and about and only go into their coop at night.

    So when it comes time to going away for a short period you shouldn’t feel guilty about keeping your birds in a smaller environment because at the end of the day it’s in their best interest. We can make it up to them when we get back from holidays!

    Video

    Here’s a short video I knocked up about caring for your chickens or ducks when you’re away on holidays/vacation.

    Conclusion

    Keeping poultry (especially chickens) is not only productive but it’s also easy and needn’t be a problem if you go away on holidays.

    In my opinion, chickens and ducks are much easier to leave alone than most other popular pets. Plus, what dog or cat could lay a whole bunch of eggs whilst you’re away as a welcome back home gift for when you return!

    If you would like to ask a question or make a comment you can do so below or join our forum and we can discuss this subject at length.

    Mark Valencia – Editor SSM

    Look, and see the Earth through her eyes…

    How to take care of ducks

    Have you ever seen some ducks swimming contentedly in a park pond and wondered to yourself whether you can keep ducks as pets? Well, you are not alone. More and more people are bringing ducks home to be part of their daily lives.

    If you think pet ducks might be the right fit for you, here are some tips for duck care and issues to consider before adopting a duck as a pet.

    Check Your Local Laws

    If you are considering adding pet ducks to your family, the first step is to see if your local municipality allows you to keep ducks as pets.

    Some areas won’t permit any poultry to be kept as pets (e.g., no ducks or chickens). Some cities will allow only chickens, and some are more flexible.

    Other areas will allow only a certain number of birds, or they will restrict the hours that they may be allowed outside.

    Be sure you know what your town permits; there is certainly nothing worse for you (or your birds!) to be bonded, attached and then forced to give them up because you didn’t obey the local guidelines.

    Benefits of Having Ducks as Pets

    So, what are some reasons why you should consider having ducks as pets? They are feathered balls of personality! Each one is different, and it is really fun getting to know them as individuals.

    They also lay eggs and are more regular about it than chickens. They are relatively long-lived pets—it’s possible for them to live 10-15 years when well cared for.

    Keep in mind that they produce LOTS of manure. So, they are great pets if you have a garden. They are also less damaging on your yard and landscaping than chickens are. And, they consume lots of insects in the process!

    Things to Consider Prior to Adopting Pet Ducks

    Ducks are pretty high maintenance compared to chickens. They need lots of fresh water, which they soil frequently—so that will need to be cleaned quite regularly.

    There is a lot of cleanup to be done with ducks—and it is often a wet, stinky mess.

    Since pet ducks usually are unable to fly, they are a big target when it comes to local wildlife predators. That means that you will need to provide them with hawk covers, which should be placed over their pens. When outside, your pet ducks will also need to be supervised and protected from potential coyote attacks.

    Also, in my experience, ducks do not tend to do well in colder climates. In fact, if it is below 30 degrees Fahrenheit (and I live in Maine)—my ducks only want to spend a short period of time outside each day, preferring to live in my basement. And, what is a moderate mess to clean up outside is a bit more extensive when it’s in the house.

    Lastly, pet ducks can be pretty noisy, especially when they want something or someone. Neighbors may not appreciate the enthusiastic quacks as much as you do.

    How to Take Care of Pet Ducks

    If all of this sounds like a good fit for you and your lifestyle, and the adorable little faces of ducklings are calling your name, then you will want to take some time to set up your yard before bringing your new family members home.

    Preparation is key. Finding pet duck supplies can be a lot more challenging than chicken supplies, so a little more time and planning is needed. Here are a few basic duck supplies that you will need to get before adopting ducks as pets:

    Duck Coop

    You will need a completely enclosed, predator-proof coop for the ducks.

    They do not tend to fly up and perch like chickens, so height is not important. What you do need to consider when it comes to duck coops is the amount of floor space.

    Since you will likely want to leave water in the coop with them, be sure to have waterproof flooring and bedding material. You can use linoleum, tarps or a rubberized floor coating to protect your floors from water damage.

    On top of that flooring, I have a layer of soft wood chips, but you can also use recycled paper. You will want this bedding to be absorbent.

    Ducks can’t “jump” well into coops, either. So, the coop you choose should have a low opening or a wide, stable ramp to get through the entry.

    Enclosed Yard

    You will want to have a safe place for your pet ducks to play when they are not in the coop. Having a fenced-in yard is the best solution. This “free time” should be supervised because of the risk of predators.

    In addition to a fenced-in yard, pet ducks should have a secure, enclosed area that can serve as a safe place to be when you can’t watch them. I strongly recommend surrounding it with an electric fence and covering it with hawk netting—even if you live in an urban area. Many species of predators find pet ducks very appealing.

    Swimming Tub

    Ducks LOVE to swim. And splash. And drink. And bathe. Everything in their life revolves around water, which means the bigger the tub, the better.

    But remember that ducks will soil their water with amazing speed, so the tub needs to be changed regularly. In fact, I change mine several times per day. You will want to find a tub that has enough room to swim but is small enough to clean easily.

    A moderately large dog swimming pool, like the Cool Pup Splash About dog pool, works for most birds. Be sure that they can both get in and get out of it easily, particularly if you are raising young ducklings that aren’t quite coordinated yet.

    Duck Food

    Believe it or not, there is such a thing!

    Many people choose to feed their pet ducks chicken food, and I do NOT recommend this. There are different nutritional needs that ducks have (such as needing more niacin than chickens) that will not be met by feeding chicken food.

    You wouldn’t consider feeding your dog exclusively cat food or your cat exclusively dog food, right? In the same way, ducks shouldn’t be fed exclusively chicken food.

    Yes, I will occasionally slip them a snack of chicken chow, but that is the exception rather than the rule. More than likely, you will not be able to find waterfowl food in your local stores. So, you will have to order it online. I feed Zupreem waterfowl food, and I have had very good luck feeding my birds with it.

    Duck Treats

    Ducks love treats! Healthy treats that complement their diet are the best option.

    Foods like fresh, leafy green vegetables are always favored. Carrots, ripe tomatoes, pumpkin, squash, oats, berries, bananas—the sky is the limit here! I will also offer snacks such as corn, green beans and brussels sprouts.

    For the most part, anything that is in season at the local farmer’s market or grocery store is probably fair game for the ducks.

    And of course, remember that the pests that an exterminator may remove from your lawn and garden are probably amongst the best and healthiest snacks that your pet ducks could possibly find.

    Are You Ready for Some Pet Ducks?

    Ducks can be amazingly fun and interesting pets. They do require more work—and more expense—than chickens, but the payback certainly can be worth every bit.

    Ducks tend to be more consistent about laying eggs, and duck eggs are alleged to be healthier than chicken eggs and are prized by bakers everywhere.

    So, if you are ready for lots of baked goods as well as plenty of manure for your garden, pick up a good book or two on keeping ducks, find a source for waterfowl food, and get ready to start on a great adventure!

    How to take care of ducks

    The good news is that ducks do great in cold weather. They don’t have a very hard time keeping warm. Their weak spot, however, is their feet. Their feet can get frost bitten when they stand on ice or frozen ground for long periods of time. Winter duck care will be easy with these helpful tips.

    This post may contain affiliate links.

    There are ways you can help your ducks keep their feet from freezing. Even something as simple as keeping a dry layer of straw on the ground for them will help keep their feet dry during the winter. We have a thick layer of straw in the little shed they sleep in, and I also placed straw around the outside of the shed.

    Provide Your Ducks With Shelter

    Ducks don’t mind the snow and the cold, but they don’t like wind so much. That is why it’s important for them to have some type of shelter to keep them out of the wind. I’m not sure that our ducks even use their shelter that much, but it at least is there for them if they want to use it.

    One of the things I was wondering is if ducks need to have a pond to swim in during the winter. If they can have access to one, then they would definitely prefer that! It would be too hard, however, for us to provide a place for them to swim during the winter so I was worried if they would be okay.

    How to Keep Your Ducks’ Water from Freezing

    I did a lot of reading and most people agree that ducks don’t have to have access to a pond during the winter. They like being able to wash off their beaks and faces though, so I am going to take out a large container of water for them on days that it isn’t going to freeze in 5 minutes.

    I’ll get their wading pool back out in the spring. In the mean time, we make sure our ducks have water to drink by providing them with a heated water like this one. We have the same heated waterer for our chickens and they work great. No more worrying about frozen water!

    If you have a pool for your ducks that you want to keep out all winter or you are using a stock tank for water, you can buy an inexpensive stock tank de-icer that will keep your water from freezing. They even work in plastic kiddie pools.

    Before you purchase ducks, it is important to find out if the breed of duck you are getting can withstand the winters where you live. As I said, most ducks can handle cold temperatures, even below zero temperatures. But it does really depend on the ducks. We have Indian Runner ducks and where we live, it rarely gets down to zero in temperature. Recently our temperatures have been in the teens and the ducks seem to be doing great.

    15 Answers

    Baby ducks must be kept in a warm environment. At first they should be kept at 90 degrees Fahrenheit, but that’s right after they hatch. They should have access to heat (perhaps a relatively low watt heat lamp) and a place to get away from it.

    They need a lot of attention if imprinted, and will peep and cry all night and day if they aren’t close to you. If you raise one alone, it will think you’re its mother and imprint on the human species – therefore the duck will always believe that it’s a human and make an amazing pet. Ducklings hatched or kept together are already imprinted on their own species and always will be. Ducklings will not be the best pets they can be unless they are hatched, alone, by the owner.

    Ducklings must be fed a gamebird or chick starter (preferably gamebird) with 16 – 20 per cent protein. The protein percentage can be no lower or higher without consequences. After about 2 weeks, you should start mixing in scratch with the starter, making the protein percentage less. It’s extremely important not to feed them a medicated feed because it can kill ducklings very quickly. They always overdose on the medicine.

    Ducklings also need fresh water to drink- always fresh, and a clean place to walk around on. They need flooring that’s got good grip on it, or they’ll slip and get splayed legs. That is, legs that stick out to the side and can get so bad that they need an operation. It’s not advisable to let them swim in anything deeper than a few inches if they’re not hatched under a mother. Their mothers give them oils from their feathers that are needed for them to be waterproof. Without them, they can drown and die easily, and will chill easily, too. After letting a duckling bathe, for not more than a few moments, they must be held close to you and dried off very well.

    Ducklings can make great pets, but are companion animals when raised by humans. They can’t be dumped at ponds, because domestic ducks cannot survive in the wild, like wild ducks can. Most of them can’t fly (muscovies, calls and mallards are the exceptions). Ducks can live 10 – 20 years, and must be cared for until they die. Prepare to be responsible when you buy/hatch a duckling. They are fully grown at only 30 days.

    November 27, 2018 by Kim Irvine

    Table of Contents

    How to take care of ducks
    Welsh Harlequin ducks are one of the most gorgeous breeds of ducks. Not only are they a nice medium sized breed that is good for most gardens. They are also a good allrounder being good egg layers and have excellent quality lean meat.

    But these beautiful ducks also have a very unique personality all of their own. They are inquisitive, friendly, gently and quite calm.

    They are a great addition to any flock of ducks and are a really good starter duck for the first-time duck owner. Anyone with children who want their kids to get involved with raising and caring for ducks this is a good starting breed.

    GENERAL INFORMATION

    APPEARANCE / IDENTIFICATION

    Adult Female: 5 lbs.
    Adult Male: 5.5 lbs.
    Mature: ** 5.5 lbs. @ 16 weeks old

    USE/PURPOSE

    Females/Hens

    Eggs⇒
    Color: White
    Qty/Yr: 240 – 330
    Size: Large
    They will start to try hatch eggs from their first lay
    Start to lay around 25 to 30 weeks old. They lay consistently through the year
    You may Also Like: 10 BEST DUCK BREEDS FOR EGG PRODUCTION
    Broody: Yes They can become quite broody
    Mothers: Yes They make really good mothers
    Meat: Yes They have a very lean and deliciously delicate flavored meat
    You may Also Like: 10 BEST DUCK BREEDS FOR MEAT PRODUCTION
    Pets: Yes They love to see what their human are up to
    Show: Yes TThey are exquisitely beautiful show birds with their soft feminine coloring
    Prime: 7 yrs They lay right up to between 8 to 9 years of age if they stay healthy

    Males/Drakes

    Breed: Yes Should only start to breed them at 6 months old
    Start: Start to get fertile at around 3 – 4 months
    No. Females 5 For every 1 drake in a flock
    Aggressive No They are quite gentle drakes except if they have to defend their hen’s nest(s)
    Meat Yes They have a lovely lean and tasty meat
    You may Also Like: 10 BEST DUCK BREEDS FOR MEAT PRODUCTION
    Pets: Yes Their quiet, calm yet curious nature makes them delightful pets
    Show: Yes They are exceptionally beautiful birds with their own unique style
    Prime: 4 yrs It is best to mate the younger drakes of up to about 4 years old

    TEMPERAMENT

    IDEAL ENVIRONMENT

    GOOD TO KNOW

    HISTORY

    The Welsh Harlequin was developed in Wales in 1949 by Leslie Bonnet. He had a flock of Khaki Campbell in which he discovered a color mutation. He selectively bred his flock for this trait to create the Welsh Harlequin breed.

    The Welsh Harlequin is a lot calmer and more friendly than the Khaki Campbell and has the most beautiful plumage patterns. This and the fact that they were an excellent utility bird as they laid a great number of eggs. Their meat was a delectable flavor and known to be pleasantly lean. The bird soon becomes a very popular utility breed until the late fifties’ early sixties. Sadly, their number dropped quite considerably around this time.

    In 1968 the first hatching eggs were imported to America by John Fugate from Tennessee. Then in 1981 live Welsh Harlequins were imported to the United States of America. The Silver variety of the Welsh Harlequin was accepted into the Standard of Perfection by the American Poultry Society in 2001.

    These birds make excellent show birds with their beautiful plumage, the way they carry themselves and their calm temperaments.
    They have also been known to be one of the most highly adaptable duck breeds that adapt to most environments as if they were born to it.

    Welsh Harlequin are very active birds that are excellent foragers, lay a high amount of large white eggs a year. Their lean meat is of the highest quality and their carcasses pluck really easily and almost as clean as any white variety of duck.

    Health

    They have no known health issues and a lot fewer pests than most other breeds of birds

    Video

    First contact a wildlife rehabilitator . While you are waiting to hear back, the following instructions will keep the duckling or gosling safe and comfortable.

    What to do while you wait

    A dark, quiet place

    Keep the duckling or gosling in a dark, quiet place indoors, in an enclosed or covered container. For most species, a cardboard box is perfect. If your home is small, a closet or a bathroom is an excellent spot. A basement, heated garage, or spare bedroom will also work.

    Keep children, pets, and people away from the room the duckling or gosling is in. Remember that it is injured and frightened, and we want to keep its stress down as much as possible. Unlike our pets, wild animals are not comforted by people talking to them, petting them, or looking at them.

    A heat source

    Once you’ve determined a baby duck or goose is orphaned, getting it a heat source is one of the most important things you can do. Babies may have been without their mother days. Keeping them warm will reduce stress on their system, once their body doesn’t have to fight to keep its temperature up. Some examples of an appropriate heat source:

    • a clean sock filled with dry, uncooked rice, and microwaved for one minute
    • a plastic bottle from the recycling bin filled with hot tap water
    • an electric heating pad set to “LOW” and placed under half of the box.

    Re-heat water bottles and rice socks as necessary. Once they have something warm to snuggle up to, most orphaned baby ducks and geese will go right to sleep.

    No food or water

    This is a tough one, because our first instinct is often to try to give food or water to an animal we’ve found. Until you’ve spoke to a wildlife rehabilitator, there are some really good reasons not to give the baby duck or goose food or water.

    Why shouldn’t I feed it?

    • If the duckling or gosling is dehydrated, starving, or suffering from trauma, its body may not be strong enough to digest food. Trying to feed it can cause bloating, shock, or death.
    • Trying to force-feed food or water can accidentally end up with the liquid in the animal’s lungs. This can cause pneumonia, and death.
    • If you feed the wrong food to the wrong species, it can cause serious digestive problems.
    • Once you get the baby duck or goose to a wildlife rehabilitator, they will need to assess its condition and maybe run some medical tests. These are a lot easier to do if the animal hasn’t been eating. It’s just like when your doctor or veterinarian asks you or your pet not to eat the night before an appointment.

    Once you’ve spoken to a wildlife rehabilitator, if they ask you to give the baby duck or goose some food please follow their advice.

    Why shouldn’t I give it water?

    • If the duckling or gosling is injured and having trouble standing, or if it panics trying to get out, it could fall into the water dish. This can cause hypothermia, or even drowning.
    • Trying to force-feed water can accidentally end up with the liquid in the animal’s lungs. This can cause pneumonia, and death.
    • Ducklings and goslings are naturally drawn to water, and will try to sit in it or swim in it. That’s normal for them, but without their mother to keep them warm they can become hypothermic. Best to keep them dry until you can find them help.
    • Once you get the baby duck or goose to a wildlife rehabilitator, they will need to assess its condition and maybe run some medical tests. These are a lot easier to do if the animal hasn’t been drinking. It’s just like when your doctor or veterinarian asks you or your pet not to eat or drink the night before an appointment.

    Once you’ve spoken to a wildlife rehabilitator, if they ask you to give the baby duck or goose some water please follow their advice.

  • How to figure out which ds to buy

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    Johnstone M. Kim, MD, is a board-certified ophthalmologist and a practicing physician at Midwest Retina in Dublin, Ohio.

    If you need eyeglasses, you might be confused by the numbers, terms, and symbols on your prescription. However, there are important reasons why it’s written the way it is.

    Eyeglasses prescriptions use the same standard format and common notations. This makes them universal, meaning that they can be read anywhere in the world.

    The article will use a sample eyeglasses prescription to walk you through how to read your own.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    Latin Abbreviations

    Providers who write eyeglasses prescriptions may Latin abbreviations. While they have been used for a long time, Latin abbreviations are becoming less common.

    On your prescription, you might see abbreviations for specific terms instead.

    For example, the word “power” is sometimes written as “PWR.” Another common term is “sphere” which is sometimes abbreviated as “SPH” on a prescription.

    Example Prescription

    OD: -2.00 – 0.50 x 180

    OS: +1.00 DS

    ADD: +1.75 OU

    Here’s what the Latin abbreviations on the example prescription mean:

    • OD stands for “oculus dexter” and refers to the right eye.
    • OS stands for “oculus sinister” and refers to the left eye.
    • OU stands for “oculi uterque” and refers to both eyes.

    What Do The Numbers Mean?

    In addition to terms and abbreviations, eyeglasses prescriptions also include a lot of numbers.

    You’ll also see some mathematical symbols like the plus sign (+) and minus sign (-).

    Sphere

    In the example prescription, the first number to the right of OD is -2.00. This is the “sphere” part of the prescription, which may be abbreviated as “SPH.”

    The sphere number indicates whether you have nearsightedness or farsightedness.

    Nearsighted people have trouble seeing things that are far away. Farsighted people have trouble seeing things that are up close.

    You’ll also see a plus sign or minus sign before the number.

    • A minus sign (-) means you need a negative-powered lens. These lenses are used to correct nearsightedness.
    • A positive sign (+) means you need a positive-powered lens. These lenses correct farsightedness.

    Cylinder

    The next number in the sample prescription is -0.50. This is the “cylinder” measurement. On your prescription, “cylinder” might be abbreviated as “CYL.”

    The cylinder measures the degree of astigmatism in your eye. The number shows how much lens power will be needed to correct astigmatism.

    The next number is x 180, which is read as “axis 180.” On your prescription, “axis” is sometimes abbreviated as “X” or “AX.”

    This number is an angle in degrees from 0 to 180. If you have astigmatism, this number points to where it is in your eye.

    The cornea is the clear covering of your eye. It is the part of your eye that does most of the focusing.

    Placeholders

    It is common to write SPHERE or DS as a placeholder where the astigmatism number goes.

    This helps make sure that the reader knows the provider did not forget to record the cylinder or astigmatism correction.

    In the example, the left eye’s “sphere” number is plus one (+1.00) DS.

    The letters DS mean “diopters sphere.” This number means the left eye’s correction is spherical with no astigmatism.

    In other words, the right cornea probably has a slightly oblong shape while the left cornea is very close to being perfectly round.

    ADD Number

    In the example, the ADD number of +1.75 notes how much power needs to be “added” to the distance prescription. This addition helps a person see better for reading and other activities that they do up close.

    Younger people’s prescriptions usually do not have an ADD number. While some young people can have near-focusing problems, it usually develops as you approach 40.

    ADD vs. Powers for Readers

    Some people think the ADD number is the power needed for over-the-counter (OTC) reading glasses (or “readers”), but it’s not the same thing.

    To get the right number, you need to do a little math.

    To find the right reading glasses, add the sphere number to the ADD number.

    In the above example, for the right eye, this would be -2.00 and +1.75, which equals -0.25. For the left eye, add +1.00 and +1.75 to get +2.75.

    Next, look at the cylinder measurement and the axis measurement.

    In the example, the correct number for the right eye is -0.25 -0.50 x 180 while the correct number for the left eye is simply +2.75.

    The example was chosen to show the difference between nearsighted and farsighted prescriptions. For most people, the numbers are usually similar in power for both eyes.

    Other Abbreviations

    You may also see a few other words or abbreviations on your eyeglasses prescription:

    • SVD: This means you only need glasses for single vision distance (for distance vision correction only)
    • SVN: This means you only need glasses for single vision near (for reading glasses only)
    • PD (pupillary distance): This is how much space there is between the centers of the two pupils of your eyes. This measurement is how your provider makes sure that your glasses are comfortable to wear and optically perfect.
    • Prism: This measurement usually only applies to people with crossed eyes (strabismus) or other eye muscle or focusing disorders. In glasses with this measurement, the image in the lens is displaced in a certain direction.

    Summary

    Your eyeglasses prescription may include Latin abbreviations, numbers, and mathematical signs. These numbers are used to describe the shape of your eye and the correction you need in your glasses.

    • OD and OS refer to the right and left eye.
    • SPH shows if you have nearsightedness or farsightedness.
    • CYL and AX/X numbers note if you have astigmatism .
    • ADD indicates the amount of correction that will need to be “added” to your prescription for reading.
    • PD is the distance between your pupils; this number ensures that your glasses are the right fit for your face.

    If you’re confused about what the words and numbers on your prescription mean, ask your eye health care provider to explain them to you.

    Chris Hoffman is Editor-in-Chief of How-To Geek. He’s written about technology for over a decade and was a PCWorld columnist for two years. Chris has written for The New York Times and Reader’s Digest, been interviewed as a technology expert on TV stations like Miami’s NBC 6, and had his work covered by news outlets like the BBC. Since 2011, Chris has written over 2,000 articles that have been read nearly one billion times—and that’s just here at How-To Geek. Read more.

    Justin Duino is the Reviews Director at How-To Geek (and LifeSavvy Media as a whole). He has spent the last decade writing about Android, smartphones, and other mobile technology. In addition to his written work, he has also been a regular guest commentator on CBS News and BBC World News and Radio to discuss current events in the technology industry. Read more.

    Secure Digital (SD) cards are used in digital cameras, music players, smartphones, tablets, and even laptops. But not all SD cards are created equal—you’ll find different speed classes, physical sizes, and capacities to consider.

    Some devices, like cameras, may require an SD card for their primary storage area. Other devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and even computers, may offer the ability to use an SD card to increase storage or make it mobile. However, different devices require different types of SD cards. Here are the differences you’ll need to keep in mind when picking out the right SD card for your device.

    Speed Classes

    Not all SD cards offer the same speeds. This matters for some tasks more than others. For example, if you’re a professional photographer taking photos in rapid succession on a DSLR camera and saving them in a high-resolution RAW format, you’ll want the fastest SD card you can get. This’ll allow your camera to save images as quickly as possible.

    A fast SD card is also important if you want to record high-resolution video and save it directly to the SD card. If you’re just taking a few photos on a typical consumer camera or using an SD card to store some media files on your smartphone, the speed isn’t as important.

    Manufacturers use “speed classes” to measure an SD card’s speed. The SD Association that defines the SD card standard doesn’t actually define the exact speeds associated with these classes, but they do provide guidelines.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    SanDisk 128GB SD Card

    You don’t need to spend a lot of money to get an SD card with tons of storage. This $23 card gets you 128GB of space and fast read/write speeds.

    There are four different speed classes: 10 (10MB/sec read/write speed), 6 (6MB/sec), 4 (4MB/sec), and 2 (2MB/sec). Class 10 is the fastest, suitable for “full HD video recording” and “HD still consecutive recording.” Class 2 is the slowest, suitable for standard definition video recording. Classes 4 and 6 are both deemed suitable for high-definition video recording.

    There are also two Ultra High Speed (UHS) speed classes, 1 (10MB/sec read/write speed) and 3 (30MB/sec). These markers are mainly intended for devices designed for professional use, but you’ll find them on most of today’s SD cards.

    And lastly, there are Video Speed classes. These classes include V90 (which supports up to 8K video recording), V60 (4K recording), V30 (HD/Full HD video), and V10 and V6 (standard video).

    Here are the associated SD class speed logos:

    How to figure out which ds to buySD Association

    You’ll probably be okay with a class 4 or 6 SD card for typical use in a digital camera, smartphone, or tablet. Class 10 cards are ideal if you’re shooting high-resolution videos or RAW photos. Class 2 cards are a bit on the slow side these days, so you may want to avoid them for all but the cheapest digital cameras. Even a cheap smartphone can record HD video, after all.

    An SD card’s speed class is identified on the SD card itself—just look for the logo. You’ll also see the speed class on the online store listing or on the card’s packaging when purchasing it. For example, in the below photo, the SD card has markers for speed class 10, UHS speed class 3, and video speed class 30.

    How to figure out which ds to buyJacob.OFC/Shutterstock.com

    If you see no speed class symbol, you have a class 0 SD card. These cards were designed and produced before the speed class rating system was introduced. They may be slower than even a class 2 card.

    Physical Size (SD, MiniSD, and microSD)

    SD cards also come in different sizes. You’ll find standard SD cards, miniSD cards, and microSD cards.

    Standard SD cards are the largest, although they’re still pretty small. They measure 32x24x2.1mm and weigh just two grams. Most consumer digital cameras for sale today still use standard SD cards. They have the familiar “cut corner” design.

    miniSD cards are smaller than standard SD cards, measuring 21.5x20x1.4mm and weighing about 0.8 grams. This is the least common size today. miniSD cards were designed to be especially small for mobile phones, but now that we have an even smaller size—microSD—miniSD cards aren’t too common.

    microSD cards are the smallest size of SD card, measuring 15x11x1mm and weighing just 0.25 grams. These cards are used in most cell phones, smartphones, and drones that support SD cards. They’re also used in many other devices, such as tablets.

    Choosing a size is really just about what fits into the device you have. SD cards will only fit into matching slots. You can’t plug a microSD card into a standard SD card slot. However, you can purchase adapters that allow you to plug a smaller SD card into a larger SD card’s form and fit it into the appropriate slot. Below, you can see an adapter that lets you use a microSD card in a standard SD card slot.

    How to figure out which ds to buyVitalii Stock/Shutterstock.com

    Capacity (Storage Size)

    Like USB flash drives, hard drives, solid-state drives, and other storage media, SD cards can have different amounts of storage.

    But the differences between SD card capacities don’t stop there. SD Standard Capacity (SDSC) cards range in size from 1MB to 2GB (and sometimes even 4GB—although that’s not standard). The SD High Capacity (SDHC) standard was created later, and allows cards 2GB to 32GB in size. An even more recent standard, SD Extended Capacity (SDXC) that allows cards 32GB to 2TB in size.

    To use an SDHC or SDXC card, you’ll need to make sure your device supports those standards. At this point, the vast majority of devices should support SDHC. In fact, the SD cards you have are probably SDHC cards. SDXC is newer and less common.

    How to figure out which ds to buyNor Gal/Shutterstock.com

    When buying an SD card, you’ll need to buy the right speed class, size, and capacity for your needs. Be sure to check what your device supports and consider what speed and capacity you’ll actually need.

    Applies to: New Nintendo 3DS, New Nintendo 3DS XL, New Nintendo 2DS XL, Nintendo 3DS, Nintendo 3DS XL, Nintendo 2DS, Wii U Deluxe, Wii U Basic

    As of late March 2023, it will no longer be possible to make purchases in Nintendo eShop for the Wii U system and the Nintendo 3DS family of systems. It will also no longer be possible to download free content, including game demos. Furthermore, as this date draws closer, related services will cease to function:

    • As of May 23, 2022, it will no longer be possible to use a credit card to add funds to an account in Nintendo eShop on Wii U or the Nintendo 3DS family of systems.
    • As of August 29, 2022, it will no longer be possible to use a Nintendo eShop Card to add funds to an account in Nintendo eShop on Wii U or the Nintendo 3DS family of systems. However, it will still be possible to redeem download codes until late March 2023.

    Users who link their Nintendo Network ID wallet (used with Wii U and the Nintendo 3DS family of systems) with their Nintendo Account wallet (used with the Nintendo Switch family of systems) can use the shared balance to purchase content on any of these systems until late March 2023. After that, the balance can only be used to purchase content for the Nintendo Switch family of systems.

    No changes are planned for Nintendo eShop on the Nintendo Switch family of systems.

    The changes to Nintendo eShop on Wii U and the Nintendo 3DS family of systems will simultaneously take effect in software on these platforms where it is possible to make purchases, such as StreetPass Mii Plaza, Theme Shop and Nintendo Badge Arcade.

    Even after late March 2023, and for the foreseeable future, it will still be possible to redownload games and DLC, receive software updates and enjoy online play on Wii U and the Nintendo 3DS family of systems.

    We thank you for supporting Nintendo eShop on Wii U and the Nintendo 3DS family of systems. While we hope that you will continue to enjoy using these systems, we have taken this opportunity to prepare a website where you can look back on your time with them via various play statistics. Please visit https://my-nintendo-3ds-wiiu-memories.nintendo.com/.

    • Why is this happening?
    • Why are you announcing this now?
    • Are any other services or functions of Wii U or the Nintendo 3DS family of systems going to be discontinued, such as online play?
    • How long will it still be possible to redownload previously purchased content in Nintendo eShop for Wii U or the Nintendo 3DS family of systems? How long will those systems still support online play?
    • There are still Nintendo eShop Cards at retailers that show the Wii U and Nintendo 3DS logos. What will happen to them?
    • If someone visits Nintendo eShop and wants to download something on Wii U or the Nintendo 3DS family systems after late March 2023, what will they able to do?

    Why is this happening?

    This is part of the natural lifecycle for any product line as it becomes less used by consumers over time.

    Why are you announcing this now?

    We are providing this notice more than a year in advance of the end of purchases so users will have plenty of time to prepare.

    Are any other services or functions of Wii U or the Nintendo 3DS family of systems going to be discontinued, such as online play?

    There are no plans to make any further changes at this time.

    How long will it still be possible to redownload previously purchased content in Nintendo eShop for Wii U or the Nintendo 3DS family of systems? How long will those systems still support online play?

    For the foreseeable future, it will still be possible to redownload games and DLC, receive software updates and enjoy online play on Wii U and the Nintendo 3DS family of systems.

    Knowing how to read an eyeglass prescription is essential! While you likely know whether you’re nearsighted, farsighted or have astigmatism, determining that from your prescription slip is another thing entirely. That’s why we’ve put together a short guide to help you learn how to read a glasses prescription so you can get to ordering your new set of eyeglasses as quickly as possible.

    If you complete an eye exam and find your eyes’ needs have changed, you need to order a new prescription as soon as possible. That’s where your new prescription from your optometrist or ophthalmologist comes in.

    Most online retailers ask you to read and input your prescription into their order form, but if you don’t know how to read your prescription, that process can get complicated.

    What do all these letters and numbers mean?

    The numbers on your eyeglass prescription describe precisely how your glasses lenses should be cut. Keep your prescription up to date so these numbers can accurately reflect your visual needs. Typically, you’ll see several abbreviations and words labeling all of the important data on your prescription. See below to learn the meaning of SPH, CYL Axis, Prism, PD, and more.

    OD vs. OS Eye

    OD is short for the Latin term oculus dexter which means right eye.

    OS is an abbreviation of the Latin oculus sinister which means left eye. You’ll often see this terms on eyeglass prescriptions.

    Sphere, Cylinder, and Axis on Eye Prescriptions

    Sphere: The sphere (SPH) on your prescription indicates the lens power you need to see clearly. A minus (-) symbol next to this number means you’re nearsighted, and a plus (+) symbol means the prescription is meant to correct farsightedness.

    Cylinder: The cylinder (CYL) number indicates the lens power needed to correct astigmatism. If this column is blank, it means you don’t have an astigmatism.

    Axis: An axis number will also be included if you have an astigmatism. This number shows the angle of the lens that shouldn’t feature a cylinder power to correct your astigmatism.

    Nearsighted prescriptions

    A nearsighted prescription will feature a number with a minus (-) symbol in the ‘sphere’ box. This means your lenses will be shaped to improve your distance vision.

    Calculate the amount you will save with this discount.

    Discount Calculator Online

    Have a discount code but not sure how much money you will actually save by using it? Use the online discount calculator for finding out exactly what your savings will be.

    As a shopper, you can use the discount rate formula to:

    • • Find the final price of your purchase by calculating the percentage discount on any transaction and the sales tax with the calculator
    • • See the amount off on any one discounted item, or a group of items with the same percentage discount
    • • Check what the average cost of one item on a 2 for 1 sale, the amount you pay, and the amount you save when you have two items with the same price or different prices
    • • Calculate the sales tax on your total purchase without any manual math
    • • Use it to negotiate a better price on the item by calculating the discount you want for the amount you are willing to pay

    As a dropshipper, you can use online discount calculator to:

    • • As a dropshipper, you can use the discount formula for finding the original price after a discount when you make bulk purchases
    • • When buying in bulk, you may need to know what the discount would be if you tripled your inventory purchase. You can use the calculator to find the percentage increase or decrease on double or triple discounts
    • • You can use the tool as a reverse discount calculator to find and verify the true cost of an item
    • • Offer a buy one, get one sale and find out the final price if offering two of the same items or two different items with the 2 for 1 calculator

    As a merchant or store owner, you can use the discount calculator to:

    • • Customize a discount you want to create based on the amount of cash you want for a specific item
    • • Find your profit margin on any sale by factoring in your cost and the percentage savings you want to offer your customers
    • • Discount a group of items, and find out how much money you will be discounting on multiple sales with a promotional offer. Use the fixed amount off calculator and add the multiple items together, or add all the items together before using the calculator and use the percentage increase/decrease tool
    • • Use the sales tax calculator to help with your accounting

    How to calculate a discount?

    There are three most common types of discount that you can calculate online.

    • 1. Discount off one item
    • 2. Fixed amount off
    • 3. 2 for 1 discount

    Select the setting on the calculator for the discount offer you see to find out the correct discount.

    How to calculate a discount?

    You can calculate the percentage discount on an item by using the ‘discount off one item’ setting on the calculator, or calculate it manually using the following formula:

    Discounted_price = original_price – (original_price * discount / 100)

    How to find the original price after a discount?

    To find the original price, use the discount calculator to enter the price you paid and the discount percentage applied. Then once you find the amount saved, add it to the amount paid to find the original price.

    What are the types of discounts?

    There are several different types of discounts that the calculator can compute for you.

    • 1. Percentage discount: how much you can save on one item with a discount
    • 2. Fixed amount off: enter the amount of the original price and the discount dollar value to find the new price and the amount you will save on an item
    • 3. 2 for 1 discount: If the items are of a different amount, the cheapest item would be free, so enter the price for both items to find the amount you will pay in the transaction

    How do I take $20 off a price?

    Use the fixed amount tool to enter the original price and the new discount amount, and the calculator will find you the new price automatically.

    When you buy something in the US, you almost always pay more than the sticker price.

    That’s because of sales tax, which can vary by state or city but is generally about 4% to 8% of the item’s retail price, imposed when you check out of brick and mortar stores, online retailers, and restaurants.

    Sales tax in the US is determined at the state level. There are five states that do not impose a sales tax: New Hampshire, Oregon, Montana, Alaska, and Delaware. The remaining 45 states and Washington DC all have a sales tax, which varies depending on the product and service for sale.

    If you’re shopping in most US states and you want to know how much you’ll be paying in total before you check out, here are steps you can take to calculate the sales tax.

    How to calculate sales tax

    1. Determine whether you’ll even be paying sales tax

    First of all, if you’re shopping in New Hampshire, Oregon, Montana, Alaska, or Delaware, the sticker price will be the total price. No sales tax needed.

    Another way to avoid sales tax completely is to shop on a tax holiday, which individual states periodically announce to try and boost consumer spending. “Some states also allow for an exemption from sales tax for certain items. Typically, this is medicine, food, or other life essentials, but can also be items like clothing in some cases,” says Dennis Shirshikov, financial analyst at FitSmallBusiness.com.

    The Federation of Tax Administrators keeps an updated calendar of which states are issuing tax holidays (and exceptions) and when, so you can plan ahead.

    2. Find out how much sales tax your state charges

    Because sales tax can vary by state and by item, it can be difficult to predict exactly how much you’ll pay, but not nearly as hard to get a general idea.

    The Sales Tax Institute keeps an updated list of the range of sales taxes in every US state. While you can go down an online rabbit hole trying to figure out whether you’ll owe 3% or 3.5% sales tax, you might want to just use the high end of the tax range. No one is ever disappointed to pay less than they expected.

    It can be much more complicated to calculate sales tax for national retailers that operate across multiple states. Amazon, for instance, clearly lists the factors that go into determining sales tax: It will be the “combined state and local rates of the address where your order is delivered to or fulfilled from.”

    However, that statement is followed by a laundry list of exceptions and caveats, like whether the order is delivered to a residential or business address. Amazon does present an estimated tax amount right before you check out, and in that case, you might just want to wait for your estimated tax to be presented to you instead of trying to do the math yourself.

    3. Multiply retail price by tax rate

    Nailing down the rates is much more complicated than the actual math used to determine how much sales tax you’ll be paying — that’s just a simple percentage.

    Let’s say you’re buying a $100 item with a sales tax of 5%.

    Your math would be simply: [cost of the item] x [percentage as a decimal] = [sales tax].

    That’s $100 x .05 =$5.

    Since you’ve figured out the sales tax is $5, that means the total you’ll pay is $105.

    How to figure out which ds to buySales tax is a tax levied on the sale of retail goods and services. Sometimes, a sales tax is already factored into the price of the product, and you won’t need to calculate any additional fees when trying to determine the full price. Most of the time, though, the list price of an item is pre-tax, and if you want to figure out how much you’ll be charged once you bring that item to the check-out line, you’ll need to know how to find sales tax.

    Luckily, calculating the final price of an item with sales tax included isn’t hard at all. The only thing you need to know is basic arithmetic, and what the sales tax of your specific state or region happens to be. We can’t help you with the second part, but we can offer a basic arithmetic course if you need some extra guidance.

    How to Find Sales Tax In Your Area

    To find the sales tax in your city, you can go to your state’s official government website, locate the page for its department of revenue or revenue services, and search for tax rate information. Sales tax can vary by country, county, state, and city, plus they can change often.

    Make sure to keep up to date on important things like taxes! Being aware of your past, present and future finances is important in managing a functional budget. To learn more, check out this course on personal finance.

    How to Calculate Final Price With Tax

    Taxes are calculated by percentages. If you have an item that’s selling for $100, and you live in a region with a 7% sales tax, what that means is the sales tax takes 7% of the price of the product and adds it to the final sale price. For an item that costs $100, a 7% sales tax would add an additional $7, because $7 is 7% of $100. This means the final sale price, with sales tax, will be $107. That’s an easy example though. Let’s look at some tougher ones.

    Example

    Say you’re purchasing a huge flat screen TV that’s priced that $849.99. The sales rate in your area is 6.5%. Obviously, nobody needs to try to do this calculation in their head – unless they can – and even a pen and paper is obsolete with calculators. But even with a calculator, you need to understand how percentages work to accurately calculate this. You’re not going to enter in 849.99 × 6.5. That equals 5,524.935, which is a ridiculous amount to pay in taxes for just one TV. Remember, a percentage is actually a fraction, or a decimal. Move the decimal point over two times to the left, and 6.5% becomes 0.065.

    So, multiply 849.99 × 0.065 = 55.249. Rounded up, that’s about $55.25. Add that much to $849.99 and you get $905.24. That’s how much you’ll end up paying for your TV. Remember the math!

    Pre-tax price: $849.99

    Sales tax rate: 6.5%

    849.99 × 0.065 = 55.25

    Sales tax: $55.25

    $849.99 + $55.25 = $905.24

    Final price: $905.24

    Are you feeling a little insecure about your arithmetic? You can take a look at this guide to learn more about calculating percentages, or check out this course on advanced math skills made easy for more.

    How to Find Sales Tax From Final Price

    So determining what the sales tax is going to be is easy enough once you know your region’s sales tax, but how do you go about finding what your regional sales tax rate is just by looking at your receipt? There’s a way to calculate that as well! If a receipt doesn’t already display your area’s sales tax, you can look at the dollar amount that the sales tax added to the price of the item and determine what the sales tax percentage is.

    You do this by taking the final, post-tax sales price of an item, subtracting the pre-tax price of the item from it, and dividing the whole thing by the pre-tax price of the item. So, say your final sale cost $107, and the item you bought was $100. That’s 107 – 100, which is 7, divided by 100, which is 0.07. So that’s a 7% sales tax.

    Example

    Now for the tougher example. Let’s say you paid $3,780 total for an item that cost $3,500. First, you would take the total price and subtract the pre-tax item price from it.

    (3,780 – 3,500) / 3,500 =

    Then you would divide the whole thing by the pre-tax item price.

    And you’ll find that your sales tax is…

    So if you paid $3,780 for an item that was $3,500, then you bought that item in a region with an 8% sales tax rate. Congrats! Now you know how to find sales tax both ways.

    Want to get great at solving sales tax problems in your head, without having to whip out your cellphone calculator in the middle of the store? Check out this course on mental math for some tips!

    Right after my used Club Car golf cart was purchased and in the garage, I set about looking for accessories and tune-up kits for it. First, I had to figure out what the model and year of my golf cart was by reading the serial number.

    The year of a Club Car Golf Cart is the first two numbers following the model letters on the serial tag. Since 1981 this tag is located just below the glove box on the passengers side of the vehicle.

    It turns out that Club Car was pretty consistent with their serial numbers over the years and if you can read the first six digit on the serial plate, you can find the year and model of your cart.

    Club Car Golf Cart Serial Number Location

    The serial number is located in one of two locations:

    • Inside or under the passenger side glove box – Club Car 2004-present Precedent models
    • Under the passenger side glove box – Club Car DS 1982-present ds models
    • Under the driver’s side seat on the frame – Club Car Pre-DS (1975-1980) Note: The1975-1980 model has two brake pedals and one accelerator pedal.

    Compare The First 1 or 2 Letters To The Golf Cart Model Chart

    For a list of all models including the remanufactured ones please visit the Complete Club Car Model Prefix Chart.

    The first letter and second letter at the beginning of the serial number indicate the vehicle model. The following four digits are the digits of the year of manufacture and production week during which the vehicle was built. The last six digits after the hyphen ion the serial number plate will be the unique sequential number assigned to each vehicle built within a given model year.

    Note: The Precedent has 2 models – the “Champion” and “Professional” models. If the steering wheel has a square center it is the Professional. If it has a round center, it is a Champion model.

    Copy to Clipboard

    Companies offer discounts to customers for a variety of reasons. A business may be trying to attract a new customer demographic, or it may be trying to increase customer demand for a certain product or service. Whatever the reason for offering a discount, companies must make sure they can either break even or make a profit at a lower price. For some companies, a small initial loss in revenue can be worth the increased customer base.

    There are two main ways to offer a discount: The first is a percentage off the original price, and the second is a specific dollar amount off of the original price. In this article, we explain how to calculate a discount and provide examples.

    How to calculate a discount

    Determining a discount is a straightforward calculation. Follow the steps below:

    1. Convert the percentage to a decimal

    Represent the discount percentage in decimal form. Calculators have a function for this, or you can simply move the decimal point two places to the left.

    Example: Shoe Mart wants to offer a 25% discount off winter boots. 25% in decimal form is 0.25.

    2. Multiply the original price by the decimal

    Take the original price of the item and multiply it by the decimal determined in step one.

    Example: Winter boots originally sold for $147. Multiply $147 by 0.25 to find the amount of the discount. $145 x 0.25 = $36.75, so the boots are discounted by $36.75.

    3. Subtract the discount from the original price

    Take the discounted dollar amount from step two and subtract it from the original price.

    Example: $147 – $36.75 = $110.25. The discounted price of the winter boots is $110.25.

    How to use estimation to calculate a discount

    Sometimes it is not practical to spend time calculating the exact discount to the penny. In these instances, it is useful to know how to quickly estimate a discount:

    Round the original price

    Estimate the discount

    Calculate the sale price

    1. Round the original price

    Take the original price of the product and round it to the nearest 10s place.

    Example: Let’s use the Shoe Mart example from above to estimate the discount. Winter boots were originally sold for $147. That rounds to $150.

    2. Find 10% of the rounded number

    To find 10% of the rounded original price, move the decimal point one place to the left. This is 10% of that number.

    Example: The rounded price of the winter boots is $150. If we move the decimal from the right side of the zero over one place to the left, we find that 10% of $150 is $15.

    3. Determine “10s”

    Figure out how many 10s are in the discount. Do not worry about any 5s at this point.

    Example: There are two 10s in 25%. We know this by looking in the 10s place and seeing the number 2.

    4. Estimate the discount

    Use the number of 10s determined in step three with the 10% dollar amount from step two to estimate the discount. Multiply the 10% dollar amount by the number of 10s in the discount.

    Example: The rounded price of the winter boots is $150. 10% of $150 is $15. The discount is 25%. There are two 10s in 25%. $15 x 2 = $30.

    5. Account for 5%

    Some discounts may have a 5 in the hundreds place. If this is the case, find the dollar amount for the remaining 5% by dividing the dollar amount for 10% by two.

    Example: The Shoe Mart discount on winter boots is 25%. We need to account for the remaining 5%. 10% of the original rounded price of $150 is $15. $15 divided by 2 is $7.50. 5% of $150 is $7.50.

    6. Add 5%

    Take the 5% dollar amount and add it to the number found in step four.

    Example: We need to add the remaining 5% to our 20% discount. In step four, we found that 20% of $150 is $30. In step five we found 5% of $150 is $7.50. $30 + $7.50 = $37.50. 25% of $150 is $37.50.

    7. Calculate the sale price

    Take the discount found in step six and subtract it from the rounded original price. This is your estimated discounted price.

    Example: The winter boots at Shoe Mart were rounded from $147 to $150. 25% of $150 is $37.50. $150 – $37.50 = $112.50. The estimated sale price of the winter boots is $112.50.

    Discount examples

    Here are more examples of how to find the discounted price:

    Example 1

    Abbott’s Clothiers wants to have a season’s end sale on winter sweaters. The original price of the sweaters is $80. They would like to discount the sweaters by 15%. How much will the sweaters cost if they are discounted by 15%?

    First, Abbott’s Clothiers converts 15% into a decimal of 0.15. Then, they multiply 0.15 by $80, which is $12. This is the discounted amount. Finally, they subtract $12 from the original sweater price of $80. With the 15% discount, the sweaters cost $68.

    Example 2

    Forever Jewelers wants to run a promotion for its customers. They are offering a 10% discount on wedding bands with the purchase of a full-price engagement ring. The wedding bands vary in cost, so they use the price of their most popular wedding band, $1,000, to estimate how much the discounted price will be.

    First, they change 10% into a decimal of 0.10. They take 0.10 and multiply it by the original price of the wedding band, $1,000. This equals $100. Lastly, they subtract the discount from the original price, or $1,000 – $100. This equals $900. The discounted wedding bands will cost $900.

    • Home
    • Individuals
      • My Accounts
      • Treasury Securities
        and Programs
      • Research Center
      • Planning and Giving
      • Tools
      • Forms
    • Financial
      Institutions
      • Treasury Marketable Securities
      • Announcements, Data & Results
      • Auction Fundamentals
      • Statutes, Regulations, & Guidelines
      • Research Center
      • Savings Bonds
      • Forms
    • Government
      • Applications & Programs
      • Reports
      • Interest Rates & Prices
      • Charts & Analysis
      • Resources

    • How to figure out which ds to buy
    • How to figure out which ds to buy
    • How to figure out which ds to buy
    • How to figure out which ds to buy
    • How to figure out which ds to buy
    • How to figure out which ds to buy
    • How to figure out which ds to buy

    See below for shortcuts to popular pages

    • How to buy Series I
    • Interest rates for Series I
    • Tax FAQs
    • TreasuryDirect: Log in
    • Learn about TreasuryDirect
    • Find the value of your savings bonds (Calculator)
    • Search for Matured Bonds (Treasury Hunt)
    • Securities we sell
    • Cash paper savings bond
    • Interest rates for Series EE
    • How to buy Series EE
    • Gift savings bonds
    • More .

    • Treasury securities Overview
    • How Treasury auctions work
    • Treasury Securities Auctions Calendar
    • Auction Announcements and Results
    • Record-setting auction data
    • Auction Query
    • Data and resources for economic research
    • Resources for employers
    • Resources for financial institutions
    • Statutes, regulations & guidelines
    • More .

    • Public Debt Reports
    • Monthly Statement of the Public Debt
    • Federal Investments program
    • State/local government series (SLGS) securities
    • Agency borrowings
    • Liquidate your agency’s securities
    • Interest Rate Data
    • FAQs on the Debt
    • How to Make a Contribution to Reduce the Debt
    • More .

    • TreasuryDirect
    • FedInvest®
    • SLGSafe®

    Learn about opening a TreasuryDirect account.

    We are currently experiencing higher than usual call volumes. We sincerely apologize for the long wait times and are working to support our customers as quickly as possible. Our current call center hours are Monday-Friday 8am-5pm ET.

    Learn what intrinsic value means, how to calculate it, and why it matters in investing.

    What is a stock worth? You could simply go with the current stock price. But that price is subject to the market’s whims. Another alternative is to determine the stock’s intrinsic value. The intrinsic value of a stock is its true value. It refers to what a stock (or any asset, for that matter) is actually worth — even if some investors think it’s worth a lot more or less than that amount.

    You might think calculating intrinsic value would be difficult. That’s not the case, though. Not only can you determine the intrinsic value of a stock, but you can also use it to search for the best bargains in the market. Knowing an investment’s intrinsic value is useful, especially if you’re a value investor with the goal of buying stocks or other investments at a discount.

    Intrinsic value of stocks

    Just how easy is it to calculate the intrinsic value of a stock? It depends on which calculation method you use. Yep, there are multiple methods to pick from. We’ll look at three of the most popular approaches.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    The Motley Fool

    Discounted cash flow analysis

    Some economists think that discounted cash flow (DCF) analysis is the best way to calculate the intrinsic value of a stock. To perform a DCF analysis, you’ll need to follow three steps:

    1. Estimate all of a company’s future cash flows.
    2. Calculate the present value of each of these future cash flows.
    3. Sum up the present values to obtain the intrinsic value of the stock.

    The first step is the toughest, by far. Estimating a company’s future cash flows requires you to combine the skills of Warren Buffett and Nostradamus. You’ll probably need to delve into the financial statements of the business (unsurprisingly, previous cash flow statements would be a good place to start). You’ll also need to gain a decent understanding of the company’s growth prospects to make educated guesses about how cash flows could change in the future.

    Here’s the formula you can use to calculate an intrinsic value using discounted cash flow analysis:

    Intrinsic value = (CF1)/(1 + r)^1 + (CF2)/(1 + r)^2 + (CF3)/(1 + r)^3 + . + (CFn)/(1 + r)^n

    • CF1 is cash flow in year 1, CF2 is cash flow in year 2, etc.
    • r is the rate of return you could get by investing money elsewhere

    Let’s say you want to perform a discounted cash flow analysis for the stock of RoboBasketball, a fictional company that makes a remote-controlled drone that looks like a basketball (ticker: DUNK). You look at its current cash flow statement and see that it generated cash flow of $100 million over the last 12 months. Based on the company’s growth prospects, you estimate that RoboBasketball’s cash flow will grow by 5% annually. If you use a rate of return of 4%, the intrinsic value of RoboBasketball would be a little over $2.8 billion using discounted cash flows going out for 25 years.

    Analysis based on a financial metric

    A quick and easy way of determining the intrinsic value of a stock is to use a financial metric such as the price-to-earnings (P/E) ratio. Here’s the formula for this approach using the P/E ratio of a stock:

    Intrinsic value = Earnings per share (EPS) x (1 + r) x P/E ratio

    where r = the expected earnings growth rate

    Let’s say that RoboBasketball generated earnings per share of $3.30 over the last 12 months. Assume that the company will be able to grow its earnings by around 12.5% over the next five years. Finally, let’s suppose the stock currently has a P/E multiple of 35.5. Using these figures, RoboBasketball’s intrinsic value is:

    ($3.30 per share) x (1 + 0.125) x 35.5 = $131.79 per share

    Asset-based valuation

    The simplest way of calculating the intrinsic value of a stock is to use an asset-based valuation. The formula for this calculation is straightforward:

    Intrinsic value = (Sum of a company’s assets, both tangible and intangible) – (Sum of a company’s liabilities)

    What is RoboBasketball’s intrinsic value using this approach? Let’s assume the company’s assets totaled $500 million. Its liabilities totaled $200 million. Subtracting the liabilities from the assets would give an intrinsic value of $300 million for the stock.

    There is a downside to using asset-based valuation, though: It doesn’t incorporate any growth prospects for a company. Asset-based valuation can often yield much lower intrinsic values than the other approaches.

    Calculating the intrinsic value of options

    There’s a rock-solid way of calculating the intrinsic value of stock options that doesn’t require any guesswork. Here’s the formula you’ll need to use:

    Intrinsic value = (Stock price-option strike price) x (Number of options)

    Suppose a given stock trades for $35 per share. You own four call options that entitle you to buy 100 shares per call option for $30. What’s the intrinsic value of your options? The calculation is simple:

    Options that are not “in the money,” meaning that the strike price is greater than the current share price, have no intrinsic value and are trading only for time value (i.e., the potential that the stock price could increase and drive the option price higher).

    Why calculating intrinsic value is useful

    The goal of value investing is to seek out stocks that are trading for less than their intrinsic value. There are several methods of evaluating a stock’s intrinsic value, and two investors can form two completely different (and equally valid) opinions on the intrinsic value of the same stock. However, the general idea is to buy a stock for less than its worth, and evaluating intrinsic value can help you do just that.

    If you’re ready to begin your investing journey, check out the best online brokerages to get started today.

    Learn how to tell what generation your AirPods are using the AirPods model number or case.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    Sometimes it’s hard to know which AirPods you have just by looking at them, and the difference between AirPods gen 1 vs. AirPods gen 2 is even more difficult to spot. Learn how to find your AirPods model number on your iPhone or iPad and on the AirPods themselves and then how to tell what generation AirPods you have using that number.

    Jump To:

    • Which AirPods Do I Have? How to Find Your AirPods Model Number & Serial Number
    • How to Identify AirPods Without Using Your iPhone or iPad
    • How to Identify AirPods by AirPods Model Number (Model Number Lookup)
    • Identify AirPods Using the Charging Case

    Which AirPods Do I Have? How to Find Your AirPods Model Number & Serial Number

    The most reliable and efficient way to identify AirPods or AirPods Pro is to find the model number on your device. Once you have the AirPods model number, it’s easy to answer the question, which AirPods do I have. However, if you have over-ear style AirPods, you may not need to use this step, as the AirPods Max are the only over-ear Apple AirPods currently on the market.

    1. Open the Settings app.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    Select Bluetooth.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    Find your AirPods (Example: Elisabeth’s AirPods).

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    Tap the blue information icon next to the AirPods. The icon looks like a blue circle with the letter “i” inside it.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    You will see Model Name, Model Number, Serial Number, and Version. If you are currently using your AirPods, you may need to scroll down in order to view this information.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    Keep in mind that you may also see your Model Name on this screen and that can help, but by far the most accurate way is to look up your model number. Once you know your model number, click on it here to identify your AirPods:

    How to Identify Your AirPods without Using Your iPhone or iPad

    You’ll be looking very closely at your AirPods for this, so if you need visual assistance to read small text, be sure to grab your glasses or a magnifying glass.

    1. Look at your AirPods.
    2. If you have AirPods that are earbuds, look near the base of the stem of the earpiece. If you have over-ear headphones, look on the upper inside of the headphone, near where the over-ear piece connects to the headband. You will see some light gray numbers and text. The model number will be in the format A#### (an A with four numbers after it).

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    Image courtesy of Apple.com

    How to Identify Your AirPods by Looking Up the Model Number

    You can use your model number to identify the type of AirPods you have if you’re not able to identify them in some other way. Below is a list of model numbers and the year they came out. This will help you identify what type of AirPods you have and is the best way to answer the question how do I know if I have the AirPods First Generation or Second Generation?

    < if (sources.length) < this.parentNode.removeChild(sources[0]); >else < this.onerror = null; this.src = fallback; >>)( [. this.parentNode.querySelectorAll(‘source’)], arguments[0].target.currentSrc.replace(/\/$/, ”), ‘/public/images/logo-fallback.svg’ )” loading=”lazy”>

    How to figure out which ds to buy < if (sources.length) < this.parentNode.removeChild(sources[0]); >else < this.onerror = null; this.src = fallback; >>)( [. this.parentNode.querySelectorAll(‘source’)], arguments[0].target.currentSrc.replace(/\/$/, ”), ‘/public/images/logo-fallback.svg’ )” loading=”lazy”>

    < if (sources.length) < this.parentNode.removeChild(sources[0]); >else < this.onerror = null; this.src = fallback; >>)( [. this.parentNode.querySelectorAll(‘source’)], arguments[0].target.currentSrc.replace(/\/$/, ”), ‘/public/images/logo-fallback.svg’ )” loading=”lazy”>

    < if (sources.length) < this.parentNode.removeChild(sources[0]); >else < this.onerror = null; this.src = fallback; >>)( [. this.parentNode.querySelectorAll(‘source’)], arguments[0].target.currentSrc.replace(/\/$/, ”), ‘/public/images/logo-fallback.svg’ )” loading=”lazy”>

    6 Tips to Save Using the Most Popular Food Delivery Apps

    Investors often like dividend-paying stocks because they provide ongoing income opportunities. Companies pay periodic dividends to reward shareholders and to motivate ongoing investment interest. To calculate your dividend amount, multiply the periodic dividend the company declares per share by the total amount of shares you own.

    Quarterly Dividend Example

    Companies typically declare dividends by the quarter or year. If your stock pays $0.20 per share each quarter, and you own 2,000 shares, multiply $0.20 by 2,000 to compute your quarterly dividend. In this case, you would receive a $400 dividend on the payout date if you were a shareholder of record on the execution date.

    Annual Dividend Example

    Companies may declare dividends on an annual basis, but pay them quarterly or annually. For an annual dividend, just multiply the declared amount per share by your total shares as you do with a quarterly dividend. If the company indicates an annual dividend of $1, but it makes quarterly payments, it equates to $0.25 each quarter.

    • USA Today: Ask Matt — How Much Money Can I Make Off a Dividend?
    • Connect Group: Dividends
    • U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. “Dividend.” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Fidelity Investments. “What Are Dividends?” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Corporate Finance Institute. “Important Dividend Dates.” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Corporate Finance Institute. “Dividend.” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Fidelity Investments. “Preferred Stock.” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Rice University. “Record Transactions and the Effects on Financial Statements for Cash Dividends, Property Dividends, Stock Dividends, and Stock Splits.” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Corporate Finance Institute. “Special Dividend.” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Pennsylvania Department of Revenue. “Dividends.” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Corporate Finance Institute. “Dividend Payout Ratio.” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. “Form 10-K Coca Cola Co.” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Charles Schwab & Co. “Dividend Yield and Dividend Growth: Fundamental Value Analytics.” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Internal Revenue Service. “Publication 550 (2019): Investment Income and Expenses (Including Capital Gains and Losses),” Page 19. Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Value Line. “Dividends Come Out of Cash Flow, Not Earnings.” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Pillsbury Law. “SEC Disclosure Update and Simplification.” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Corporate Finance Institute. “Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP).” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • Robinhood. “What Is a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP)?” Accessed June 17, 2020.
    • U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. “American Financial Group Inc. – Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” Accessed June 17, 2020.

    Neil Kokemuller has been an active business, finance and education writer and content media website developer since 2007. He has been a college marketing professor since 2004. Kokemuller has additional professional experience in marketing, retail and small business. He holds a Master of Business Administration from Iowa State University.

    As you are browsing our vast catalog of custom eyeglass frames, you may be wondering how to place an order for RX glasses. While it may seem more complex on the surface, placing an order with us is as easy as buying anything else over the Internet.

    We know your first time may be a little daunting, so to help, we have developed a guide to help you start on the right foot. Check out our simple guide and discover how to place an order for RX glasses at EyeBuyDirect in just a few simple steps.

    1. Choose Your Frames

    Purchasing eyeglasses online starts with choosing your frames. This is usually the most time-consuming part of the process, as it involves the most personal choice. If you already have a frame in mind, you can type it in the search bar and find the color you want. If you don’t have a frame in mind, choosing your frames is a little easier when you keep the following things in mind:

    Frame Shape

    You are likely well aware of the most and least flattering clothing styles on your body. You can say the same thing about eyewear. Certain frame shapes will compliment your features, while others may emphasize the wrong attributes. The good news is you can usually predict the best frames for your face using your face shape.

    Frame Size

    A too-narrow frame will tend to make your face look wider, while a too-wide frame will make your face look narrower. While you may choose an over- or under-sized set of frames for stylistic reasons, it is generally best to find a pair of frames that fits you well. To this end, you will want properly sized frames. If you have an old pair of glasses, this will be fairly easy, all frames come with measurements one the temple arm.

    Frame Color

    Frame color is the last thing to consider when choosing a set of frames, but it can be one of the most important things in determining the style and overall look of your new eyewear. This is all up to your keen eye and deciding what looks best on you. Most frames come in several colors so you will never feel trapped in choosing one color on a frame you love.

    Filter your frames with our tab that lets you choose based on color, shape, material, even features. To see how a frame looks on you, use our virtual try-on to see how to shape and color compliment your face.

    2. How to Add a Prescription to Glasses

    Once you have selected the types of frames and lenses you want in your glasses, the next step is customizing your frames and lenses to your unique specifications with your prescription. To learn more, check out our video here.

    3. Choose Your Lenses

    While the look of your glasses is important, their functionality is crucial. The quality and features of your lenses contribute most to your satisfaction with your eyewear, and you should pay particularly close attention to the options available to you. The lens thickness you choose is an important first step. Check out our lens index page for more info on this. Some of the things to keep in mind when placing an order for RX glasses include:

    Visual Needs

    The most important part of choosing your lenses is selecting the right ones for your visual needs. Depending on your eyes and your personal needs, you may require single-vision or multi-vision lenses, as prescribed by your optometrist.

    Coatings

    Once you have determined the right lenses for your visual needs, the next step is choosing the right kinds of coatings for your lifestyle. Anti-scratch, anti-reflection, water-repellant, and UV protective coatings are just a few of the options available to you to protect your eyes and your glasses from the elements and your daily wear and tear. If you are buying sunglasses, there are even more choices such as tint, gradient and reflective lenses.

    4. Enter Your Payment

    Once you have everything selected and input, double-check all of the values one more time to ensure you are ordering the correct frame, lenses, coatings, etc. Once you are sure of your order, you can enter your payment information in the secure EyeBuyDirect checkout portal.

    We take care of everything beyond that point. With those simple steps, you will have a new pair of custom prescription glasses on your doorstep in seven to 14 business days!

    What happens next?

    For any questions that you may have feel free to reach out via:

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    Let’s talk about the basics of MOSFET and how to use them. This tutorial is written primarily for non-academic hobbyists, so I will try to simplify the concept and focus more on the practical side of things.

    However if you are into how MOSFET work, I will share some useful academic articles and resources at the end of this post. MOSFET has some advantage and disadvantage over BJT, so choose carefully base on your application.

    You can buy MOSFET’s for Arduino Projects on Amazon: http://amzn.to/2Gk6ruW

    MOSFET stands for metal-oxide semiconductor field-effect transistor. It is a special type of field-effect transistor (FET).

    Unlike BJT which is ‘current controlled’, the MOSFET is a voltage controlled device. The MOSFET has “gate“, “Drain” and “Source” terminals instead of a “base”, “collector”, and “emitter” terminals in a bipolar transistor. By applying voltage at the gate, it generates an electrical field to control the current flow through the channel between drain and source, and there is no current flow from the gate into the MOSFET.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    A MOSFET may be thought of as a variable resistor, where the Gate-Source voltage difference can control the Drain-Source Resistance. When there is no applying voltage between the Gate-Source , the Drain-Source resistance is very high, which is almost like a open circuit, so no current may flow through the Drain-Source. When Gate-Source potential difference is applied, the Drain-Source resistance is reduced, and there will be current flowing through Drain-Source, which is now a closed circuit.

    In a nutshell, a FET is controlled by the Gate-Source voltage applied (which regulates the electrical field across a channel), like pinching or opening a straw and stopping or allowing current flowing. Because of this property, FETs are great for large current flow, and the MOSFET is commonly used as a switch.

    Okay, let me summarize the differences between BJT and MOSFET.

    • Unlike bipolar transistors, MOSFET is voltage controlled. While BJT is current controlled, the base resistor needs to be carefully calculated according to the amount of current being switched. Not so with a MOSFET. Just apply enough voltage to the gate and the switch operates.
    • Because they are voltage controlled, MOSFET have a very high input impedance, so just about anything can drive them.
    • MOSFET has high input impedence.

    To use a MOSFET as a switch, you have to have its gate voltage (Vgs) higher than the source. If you connect the gate to the source (Vgs=0) it is turned off.

    For example we have a IRFZ44N which is a “standard” MOSFET and only turns on when Vgs=10V – 20V. But usually we try not to push it too hard so 10V-15V is common for Vgs for this type of MOSFET.

    However if you want to drive this from an Arduino which is running at 5V, you will need a “logic-level” MOSFET that can be turned on at 5V (Vgs = 5V). For example, the ST STP55NF06L. You should also have a resistor in series with the Arduino output to limit the current, since the gate is highly capacitive and can draw a big instantaneous current when you try to turn it on. Around 220 ohms is a good value.

    This page shows some detail explanation how a MOSFET works as a switch. This page shows some advanced usage of MOSFET.

    MOSFETs come in four different types. There are three main categories we need to know.

    • N-Channel (NMOS) or P-Channel (PMOS)
    • Enhancement or Depletion mode
    • Logic-Level or Normal MOSFET

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    N-Channel – For an N-Channel MOSFET, the source is connected to ground. To turn the MOSFET on, we need to raise the voltage on the gate. To turn it off we need to connect the gate to ground.

    P-Channel – The source is connected to the power rail (Vcc). In order to allow current to flow the Gate needs to be pulled to ground. To turn it off the gate needs to be pulled to Vcc.

    Depletion Mode – It requires the Gate-Source voltage ( Vgs ) applied to switch the device “OFF”.

    Enhancement Mode – The transistor requires a Gate-Source voltage ( Vgs ) applied to switch the device “ON”.

    Despite the variety, the most commonly used type is N-channel enhancement mode.

    There are also Logic-Level and Normal MOSFET, but the only difference is the Gate-Source potential level required to drive the MOSFET.

    I will try to explain it in the simplest way I can, for more detail or if you are in doubt, check the references and links I provide at the bottom of the post.

    MOSFET is a voltage controlled field effect transistor that differs from a JFET. The Gate electrode is electrically insulated from the main semiconductor by a thin layer of insulating material (glass, seriously!). This insulated metal gate is like a plate of a capacitor which has an extremely high input resistance (as high as almost infinite!). Because of the isolation of the Gate there is no current flow into the MOSFET from Gate.

    When voltage is applied at the gate, it changes the width of the Drain-Source channel along which charge carriers flow (electron or hole). The wider the channel, the better the device conducts.

    The MOSFET are used differently compared to the conventional junction FET.

    • The infinite high input impedance makes MOSFETs useful for power amplifiers. The devices are also well suited to high-speed switching applications. Some integrated circuits contain tiny MOSFETs and are used in computers.
    • Because the oxide layer is so thin, the MOSFET can be damaged by built up electrostatic charges. In weak-signal radio-frequency work, MOSFET devices do not generally perform as well as other types of FET.

    Where to put the load to a MOSFET? Source or Drain?

    Because load has resistance, which is basically a resitor. For N-channel MOSFET t he reason we usually put the load at the Drain side is because of the Source is usually connected to GND.

    If load is connected at the source side, the Vgs will needs to be higher in order to switch the MOSFET, or there will be insufficient current flow between source and drain than expected.

    Heat Sink connected to the Drain?

    Typically the heat sink on the back of a MOSFET is connected to the Drain! If you mount multiple MOSFETs on a heat sink, they must be electrically isolated from the heat sink! It’s good practice to isolate regardless in case the heat sink is bolted to a grounding frame.

    What is the Body Diode For?

    MOSFETs also have an internal diode which may allow current to flow unintentionally. The body diode will also limit switching speed. You don’t have to worry about it if you are operating under 1Mhz.

    A simple and effective method for understanding a stock’s value now and in the future.

    The price-to-earnings ratio, or P/E, is arguably the most popular method for valuing a company’s stock. The ratio is so popular because it’s simple, it’s effective, and, tautologically, because everyone uses it.

    Let’s go through the basics of valuing a company’s stock with this ratio and work out how this calculation can be useful to you.

    Calculating the value of a stock
    The formula for the price-to-earnings ratio is very simple:

    Price-to-earnings ratio = stock price / earnings per share

    We can rearrange the equation to give us a company’s stock price, giving us this formula to work with:

    Stock price = price-to-earnings ratio / earnings per share

    To calculate a stock’s value right now, we must ensure that the earnings-per-share number we are using represents the most recent four quarters of earnings. This is called the company’s trailing-12-month earnings per share, and it can be found for most all public companies with a quick Internet search.

    After looking up the company’s trailing-12-month earnings per share, next we need to look up the company’s P/E ratio. For the sake of understanding the ratio, you can use the P/E ratio listed on any of the many financial websites out there today, including Fool.com. Your broker should also have this information.

    Finally, with these two numbers in hand, simply divide the P/E ratio by the earnings per share number and you’ll have the company’s current stock price. It’s just that easy.

    Using this method to improve your investing
    If you use a company’s current trailing-12-month earnings per share and P/E ratio, you aren’t learning anything new about the stock. Your result will always match the stock’s current price, which doesn’t help you invest for the future.

    However, by analyzing a company’s future earnings potential and how the market values its competitors, you can use the P/E ratio to understand where you think the stock’s price could be in the future.

    For example, if the company has a major new product release coming next quarter, you could predict how that release may increase its earnings per share going forward. Most likely, your research will indicate a range of possible earnings per share predictions based on how well the product release goes.

    You could also analyze the company’s competitors to see how their current price-to-earnings ratio compare. If the competitor’s P/E ratios are higher or lower than your company, then you could investigate why that is and what could change to drive their ratios either closer together or farther apart. You may determine that the there are no significant reasons and predict that the company’s P/E ratio is likely to either rise or fall in the future to match the competition.

    After you’ve completed your analysis, you can use the results to create a matrix to show where the stock price would be under various P/E ratio and earnings per share combinations.

    Stock price matrix of possible P/E ratios and earnings per share

    EPS 13 13.25 13.5 14 14.25 14.5
    $1.00 $13.00 $13.25 $13.50 $14.00 $14.25 $14.50
    $1.10 $11.82 $12.05 $12.27 $12.73 $12.95 $13.18
    $1.15 $11.30 $11.52 $11.74 $12.17 $12.39 $12.61
    $1.20 $10.83 $11.04 $11.25 $11.67 $11.88 $12.08
    $1.25 $10.40 $10.60 $10.80 $11.20 $11.40 $11.60
    $1.30 $10.00 $10.19 $10.38 $10.77 $10.96 $11.15

    In the hypothetical example here, the first column shows the possible earnings per share numbers and the top row shows possible price-to-earnings ratios. The middle section of the chart shows what the stock price would be under each combination based on the aforementioned formula.

    For a real analysis, the first column would be based on your analysis of the company’s future earnings per share, and the top row would be based on your research of the competition.

    This matrix tells you not just what the stock price would be in the specific outcome your research predicts, but also the stock price for a range of other outcomes.

    It’s impossible to predict the future, so there is no guarantee that any stock will perform as you predict. However, using the price-to-earnings ratio to value a company’s stock in a variety of different situations is an effective way to understand the implications for all sorts of various outcomes. It’s an easy and quick exercise to include in your stock research practices to take your investing to the next level.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    When you’re planning a project involving landscaping rock, a key question is how much material you will need.

    Calculating accurately can save you money and headaches. You don’t want to order too little rock and not have enough to adequately cover your landscape. But if you order too much, you’ve wasted money—and wasted labor spreading it around.

    There are two factors to consider when calculating the amount of landscape rock to order for your project:

    • The size of the space you’re covering
    • How deep you want the coverage

    To calculate the size, measure the length and the width of your project area. Multiply those two numbers to come up with the square footage of your coverage area. So if your project is 18 feet long by 20 feet wide, your coverage area is 360 square feet.

    Next decide how deep you want your coverage. For most purposes, about 2 inches of material will be adequate. If you’re using materials that are themselves larger than 2 inches, then the depth will probably be the size of the rocks, that is, you’ll just want one layer of 3-8 inch rocks.

    The amount of landscaping rock you’ll need depends partly on what size of rock or gravel you want to use. This chart gives you some general estimates of how large an area 1 ton of several different types of material will cover.

    Applies to: Nintendo Switch Family, Nintendo Switch, Nintendo Switch Lite, Nintendo Switch – OLED Model, Nintendo Account

    In this article, you’ll learn how to change the email address associated to your Nintendo Account.

    Important: You may also find our information on changing the email address on your Nintendo Network ID (the account created on your Wii U or Nintendo 3DS family system) helpful.

    Complete these steps

    1. Go to the Nintendo Account website and sign in to your Nintendo Account.
    2. Select User info, then scroll down to the email section and click Edit.
    3. Click Send email to have a verification code sent to the email address on file.
    4. Enter the verification code from the email, then Submit.
    5. Enter the new email address, then click Submit.
    6. A verification code will be sent to the new email address that you entered.
    7. Enter the verification code from the email, then click Submit to confirm the change.
      • If you did not receive the verification emails, make sure that you are checking the correct email address and re-submit your request.

    Situation not resolved

    If you do not have access to the email address associated to your Nintendo Account, we will need to update your email address for you. If you need to have the email address updated, please contact us for support.

    1. How to Measure a Gemstone
    2. How to Buy Diamond Jewelry in Vietnam
    3. How to Tell If a Gem Is a Kunzite?
    4. How to Resize Palladium Rings
    5. What Is TDW Diamond?

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    If you have a diamond-studded family heirloom or are looking for the perfect engagement ring, knowing the carat size will help you determine the value of the diamond. Verify the size of the stone independently to avoid an overzealous jewelry dealer taking advantage of you. Find a jeweler who has a policy that allows you to purchase the diamond, get the size verified on your own, and return the diamond if the carat size given is incorrect. You can measure it yourself, but it is best to go to an appraiser.

    Use a tape measure. This is the least accurate way to determine measurement, but it will give you a general idea of your diamond carat weight. Find a tape measure that measures in millimeters. Set the diamond face up on a clean flat surface. You are measuring the diameter of the diamond at the widest point. This will be different depending upon the shape of your diamond, but generally it is the girdle area of the diamond. The girdle area is the widest point around the diamond, and typically separates the crown, or face, of the diamond that is visual in a jewelry setting from the part of the diamond that is not visible in a jewelry setting. Lay the beginning of the tape measure next to the diamond on one edge and stretch the tape measure tightly past the other end of the diamond. Measure to the very last edge of of the diamond. When you have a number, you can convert the millimeter measurement into carats using a conversion chart or online conversion tool. For example, a 4.1 mm diamond is .25 carats.

    Print out a carat size comparison chart. This is less accurate than a tape measure, but will give you a general idea your diamond’s carat size. You will find a size comparison charts on many diamond jeweler’s websites. Look for one that has chart sizes for the different shapes, such as the round brilliant cut and the square princess cut. Once you have printed out the chart, place a loose diamond directly on top of the visuals until you find the closest match. It will tell you the size of your diamond by millimeters and carat weight. If your diamond is in ring form this will be harder to do, so you will have to eyeball it more or less.

    Take your diamond to a diamond appraiser. This is the best way to know the exact size of your diamond. Diamond appraisers have been trained to measure diamonds and have special industry tools to give you the absolute, most accurate carat size. It is best to go to an independent appraiser who has no incentive for exaggerating about the size of your diamond, unlike a jewelry store. Go to an appraiser who has been verified by the Better Business Bureau and has a graduate gemologist diploma from a reputable gemology education institution, such as the Gemologist Institute of America.

    Discount is the amount deducted from the usual cost of something. The discount amount can be displayed in actual amount or as a percentage of the original amount; also known as percentage discount.

    Percentage discount is a percentage of the original amount (price/cost) deducted.

    Given the original amount (price) and the discounted amount, you can easily calculate the percentage discount using this percentage discount formula.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    From the formula above, you need the discount amount and the original price. You can also calculate the discount amount by getting the difference between the original price and the new price after discount.

    Example:

    A bottle of wine usually costs Sh.1000 at the local retailer. Since it’s Easter, there is a discount and now the bottle is selling at Sh.800. What is the percentage Discount?

    Discount Amount = Original Price – New Price After Discount

    = 1000 – 800

    = 200

    Now that we have the discount amount and the Original price, we can just feed the values into out formula to calculate the percentage discount.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    The percentage discount on the bottle of wine is 20%. Given, the percentage discount and the original price, it’s possible to calculate discount amount.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    Your debt-to-income (DTI) ratio is the percentage of your gross monthly income that goes toward paying your debt. It’s important not to confuse your debt-to-income ratio with your credit utilization, which represents the amount of debt you have relative to your credit card and line of credit limits.

    Many lenders, especially mortgage and auto lenders, use your debt-to-income ratio to figure out the loan amount you can afford based on your current income and the amount you’re already spending on debt.

    For example, a mortgage lender will use your debt-to-income ratio to figure out the mortgage payment you can handle after all your other monthly debts are paid.

    You can easily calculate your debt-to-income ratio to figure out the percentage of your income that goes toward paying down your debts each month.

    Total Your Monthly Debt

    You can calculate your debt-to-income ratio by dividing your gross monthly income by your monthly debt payments:

    DTI = monthly debt / gross monthly income

    The first step in calculating your debt-to-income ratio is determining how much you spend each month on debt.

    To start, add up the total amount of your monthly debt payments, including the following:

    • Mortgage or rent
    • Minimum credit card payments
    • Car loan
    • Student loans
    • Alimony/child support payments
    • Other loans or lines of credit

    Example:

    Let’s assume Sam has the following debt expenses:

    • Mortgage = $950
    • Minimum credit card payments = $235
    • Car loan = $355

    So, $950 + $235 + $355 = $1,540 total monthly debt payments

    You don’t need to include payments you make for car insurance, utilities, health insurance, groceries and other monthly expenses that don’t involve financing. As a general guideline, if it doesn’t show on your credit report, it’s not factored into your debt-to-income ratio by lenders.

    Total Your Monthly Income

    The next step to determining your debt-to-income ratio is calculating your monthly income.

    Start by totaling your monthly income. Add up the amount you receive each month from:

    • Gross income from a W-2 job or self-employment
    • Bonuses or overtime
    • Alimony/child support
    • Other income from various sources

    Example

    Remember, Sam spends $1,540 each month on debt payments. Each month, they receive income as follows:

    • Monthly gross income = $3,500
    • Child support = $500

    Sam’s total monthly income = $3,500 + $500 = $4,000.

    Note: Multiply a weekly income by 4 and bi-monthly income by 2 to calculate your total monthly income. Or, if you know your annual salary, divide by 12 to get to your monthly income.

    Doing the Simple Math

    Once you’ve calculated what you spend each month on debt payments and what you receive each month in income, you have the numbers you need to calculate your debt-to-income ratio. To calculate the ratio, divide your monthly debt payments by your monthly income. Then, multiply the result by 100 to come up with a percent.

    Example

    In our example, Sam’s monthly debt payments total $1,540 and their monthly income totals $4,000. So, divide $1,540 by $4,000 and then multiply by 100:

    $1,540 / $4,000 = 0.385 X 100 = 38.5%
    Sam has a debt-to-income ratio of 38.5%.

    What Your Debt to Income Ratio Means

    Your final result will fall into one of these categories.

    • 36% or less is the healthiest debt load for the majority of people. If your debt-to-income ratio falls within this range, avoid incurring more debt to maintain a good ratio. You may have trouble getting approved for a mortgage with a ratio above this amount.
    • 37% to 42% isn’t a bad ratio to have, but it could be better. If your ratio falls in this range, you should start​ reducing your debts.
    • 43% to 49% is a ratio that indicates likely financial trouble. You should start aggressively paying your debts to prevent an overloaded debt situation.
    • 50% or more is an extremely dangerous ratio. This means that more than half of your income goes toward debt payments each month. You should be aggressively paying off your debts. Don’t hesitate to seek professional help.

    Example

    In our example, Sam has a debt-to-income ratio of 38.5%. While this isn’t a bad ratio, it could become worse if Sam increases their monthly debt payments without increasing their income.

    Finding the Ratio Between Mass and Volume

    • Share
    • Flipboard
    • Email

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    Density is the measurement of the amount of mass per unit of volume. In order to calculate density, you need to know the mass and volume of the item. The formula for density is:

    The mass is usually the easy part while finding volume can be tricky. Simple shaped objects are usually given in homework problems such as using a cube, brick or sphere. For a simple shape, use a formula to find volume. For irregular shapes, the easiest solution is to measure volume displaced by placing the object in a liquid.

    This example problem shows the steps needed to calculate the density of an object and a liquid when given the mass and volume.

    Key Takeaways: How to Calculate Density

    • Density is how much matter is contained within a volume. A dense object weighs more than a less dense object that is the same size. An object less dense than water will float on it; one with greater density will sink.
    • The density equation is density equals mass per unit volume or D = M / V.
    • The key to solving for density is to report the proper mass and volume units. If you are asked to give density in different units from the mass and volume, you will need to convert them.

    Question 1: What is the density of a cube of sugar weighing 11.2 grams measuring 2 cm on a side?

    Step 1: Find the mass and volume of the sugar cube.

    Mass = 11.2 grams
    Volume = cube with 2 cm sides.

    Volume of a cube = (length of side) 3
    Volume = (2 cm) 3
    Volume = 8 cm 3

    Step 2: Plug your variables into the density formula.

    density = mass/volume
    density = 11.2 grams/8 cm 3
    density = 1.4 grams/cm 3

    Answer 1: The sugar cube has a density of 1.4 grams/cm 3 .

    Question 2: A solution of water and salt contains 25 grams of salt in 250 mL of water. What is the density of the salt water? (Use density of water = 1 g/mL)

    Step 1: Find the mass and volume of the salt water.

    This time, there are two masses. The mass of the salt and the mass of the water are both needed to find the mass of the salt water. The mass of the salt is given, but the only the volume of water is given. We’ve also been given the density of water, so we can calculate the mass of the water.

    solve for masswater,

    masswater = densitywater·volumewater
    masswater = 1 g/mL · 250 mL
    masswater = 250 grams

    Now we have enough to find the mass of the salt water.

    masstotal = masssalt + masswater
    masstotal = 25 g + 250 g
    masstotal = 275 g

    Volume of the salt water is 250 mL.

    Step 2: Plug your values into the density formula.

    density = mass/volume
    density = 275 g/250 mL
    density = 1.1 g/mL

    Answer 2: The salt water has a density of 1.1 grams/mL.

    Finding Volume by Displacement

    If you’re given a regular solid object, you can measure its dimensions and calculate its volume. Unfortunately, the volume of few objects in the real world can be measured this easily! Sometimes you need to calculate volume by displacement.

    How do you measure displacement? Say you have a metal toy soldier. You can tell it is heavy enough to sink in water, but you can’t use a ruler to measure its dimensions. To measure the toy’s volume, fill a graduated cylinder about half way with water. Record the volume. Add the toy. Make sure to displace any air bubbles that may stick to it. Record the new volume measurement. The volume of the toy soldier is the final volume minus the initial volume. You can measure the mass of the (dry) toy and then calculate density.

    Tips for Density Calculations

    In some cases, the mass will be given to you. If not, you’ll need to obtain it yourself by weighing the object. When obtaining mass, be aware of how accurate and precise the measurement will be. The same goes for measuring volume. Obviously, you’ll get a more precise measurement using a graduated cylinder than using a beaker, however, you may not need such a close measurement. The significant figures reported in the density calculation are those of your least precise measurement. So, if your mass is 22 kg, reporting a volume measurement to the nearest microliter is unnecessary.

    Another important concept to keep in mind is whether your answer makes sense. If an object seems heavy for its size, it should have a high density value. How high? Keep in mind the density of water is about 1 g/cm³. Objects less dense than this float in water, while those that are more dense sink in water. If an object sinks in water, your density value better be greater than 1!

    More Homework Help

    Need more examples of help with related problems?

    Your e-commerce store is almost all ready to go. You have orders coming in and a product waiting to be shipped. You just have one final step before you can fulfil your orders – finding the right size box to pack your product in.

    At first glance, this seems like a straightforward task. Find a box with the correct dimensions, and you’re done, right? But there are a few common questions and mistakes that can cause problems for new e-commerce businesses.

    In this short guide, we’ll walk you through the most important questions and help you find the perfect size box for your needs.

    What are you shipping? Is your product breakable?

    Start with the basics. What product are you shipping, and how big is it? Measure the item’s dimensions in this order: length, width, height. Is it a standard size and shape, or is it a speciality item that may not fit into a standard box? Can you turn your item to make it fit in a smaller box?

    Follow this golden rule: look for a box that is just large enough to fit your product – and maybe void fill – but not much larger. If you buy a box that is too big, you end up paying more for packaging materials and shipping (and your operation becomes less eco-friendly).

    Is your product self-supporting within the box, or does it need void fill or protective packaging to hold it in place? If you are shipping a product that isn’t fragile – like a book or a T-shirt – then you don’t have to worry about leaving space in the box for void fill. You can simply choose a box that fits your product snugly, no need for any protective padding.

    But if your product is breakable, you need to take extra care to prevent damage. You must leave a little bit of extra space around the product for void fill – kraft paper, tissue paper or bubble wrap – to keep the item from moving around inside the box. But while it’s tempting to err on the side of safety with protective packaging, don’t go overboard. Use just enough void fill or padding for your needs

    The right size box for a non-breakable product

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    The right size box for a breakable product

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    How are a box’s dimensions measured?

    A box’s dimensions always measure its internal measurements, not external, in order of length, width and height. For example, a single wall cardboard box with dimensions 381 x 248 x 127 mm is a box with an interior length of 381 mm, an interior width of 248 mm and an interior height of 127 mm.

    External dimensions, however, are important when sending parcels through the Royal Mail. Small, medium and large boxes must stay within these exterior measurements and weight limits.

    Royal Mail Size Weight Length Width Height
    Large Letter 0.75kg 353mm 250mm 25mm
    Small Parcel 2kg 450mm 350mm 160mm
    Medium Parcel 20kg 610mm 460mm 460mm

    To calculate the exterior measurements of DS Smith boxes for Royal Mail shipments, simply add the box thickness (x 2) to the length, width and height dimensions. Single wall cardboard boxes have a thickness of 3 mm, so you would add 6 mm to each dimension. Double wall cardboard boxes have a thickness of 5 mm, so you would add 10 mm to each dimension.

    Are you shipping multiple products at once?

    Since e-commerce businesses often sell diverse products and customers buy them in a variety of combinations, shipping orders can feel like constructing a 3-D puzzle. Get creative when you try to fit multiple items into one box, turning and nestling them in various ways to find the best arrangement. You may have to buy several different sizes of boxes to fulfil orders. Or you may find an adaptable option, like Made2Fit cardboard boxes, is better for your changing needs.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    Pay attention to customer shopping behaviours over time. Do people often buy certain items together? Do you offer incentives or discounts for customers to buy a specific quantity of products? Use this information to predict what size boxes will be most popular.

    With all of the different types of packaging on the market, you want to make an informed choice for your business. Give the DS Smith ePack cardboard box finder a try, to find the right size cardboard box for your products:

    See how much house you might be able to afford.

    Provide some of your financial situation to see if you’re looking in the right neighborhood, so to speak.

    Discover Home Loans does not offer a home purchase loan.

    Question answer section

    How much do I need for a down payment?

    It looks like you may be able to afford a home worth about 386,405 for a payment of about 1,300 per month /mo.

    $ 376,405 loan amount

    With a monthly payment of 1,300

    $ 386,405
    Home value

    Information and interactive calculators are made available as self-help tools for your independent use and are intended for educational purposes only. Any results are estimates and we do not guarantee their applicability or accuracy to your specific circumstances

    What does this possibly mean for me?

    Based on your income, expenses, and the loan you selected, the amount above represents the most you will likely be comfortably able to pay for a home. This assumes that your total costs for your loan payments (principal and interest), taxes, and insurance should not be higher than 45% of your monthly income. Also, remember that you’ll have additional homeownership costs that you may need to factor into your monthly budget, including insurance, association fees, and maintenance expenses. Mortgage insurance expenses—which you may have to pay if your down payment is less than 20%—are not included in this calculation. We suggest that all buyers get pre-qualified or pre-approved prior to starting their new home search.

    You selected an adjustable rate mortgage or ARM. Based on your income, expenses, and the loan you selected, the amount above represents the most you can comfortably afford to pay for a home*. This assumes that your total costs for your loan payments (principal and interest), taxes, and insurance should not be higher than 45%. Also, remember that you’ll have additional homeownership costs that you may need to factor into your monthly budget, including insurance, association fees, and maintenance expenses. Mortgage insurance expenses—which you may have to pay if your downpayment is less than 20%—are not included in this calculation. We suggest that for all buyers to get pre-qualified prior to starting their new home search.

    * The information above is based on the interest rate during the fixed rate period of the ARM you selected. For example, for a 5/1 ARM, the fixed rate period is 5 years, or 60 months. After the fixed rate period, your payment may change based on the change in the index used to calculate your interest rate.

    Legit Check Air Jordans
    Counterfeit vs. Real

    You can find fake Nike shoes in stores all around the world. A counterfeiting ring smuggled thousands of counterfeit Nike Air Jordan sneakers into New York and New Jersey! Five people are each expected to receive 20 years in prison for trafficking copy Air Jordans.

    How can you tell if Jordans are fake?

    Today we have two pairs of the Air Jordan 1 and we will have a good look at the small details that tell the big story of counterfeit Nikes. We will study the real Air Jordan shoe purchased directly from Nike and the counterfeit shoe imported from South China. You will learn how to tell if a Nike shoe is real or fake. The secret to making a real sneaker legit check is…quality shoemaking.

    The price is right?

    When shopping for real Nike shoes you should expect to pay real Nike prices. If you find a rare Air Jordan or a unique color at a price that is too good to be true… then it IS too good to be true. Low prices and beat up boxes are your first clue that you have a fake, counterfeit, or illegally smuggled-in B-Grade

    Make any mail-order or E-Bay purchases with trusted retailers. Remember, slightly used does not mean the shoes were real Nikes to start with.

    How To Spot Fake Nike Shoes: 10 Ways To Tell Real Nikes,
    How to Spot Fake Nikes, how to spot fake Jordan’s, sneaker legit check

    Air Jordan wings logo:

    Studying the real Air Jordan and the fake Air Jordan side-by-side, you can see the factory making copies did a nice job on the logo. The artwork on the fake shoe is correct, but the real Jordan 1 logo is still embossed a little deeper into the leather. In this case, it’s hard to tell the difference until you look at the Pattern

    How To Spot Fake Nike Shoes: 10 Ways To Tell Real Nikes,
    How to Spot Fake Nikes, how to spot fake Jordan’s, sneaker legit check

    The Jordan 1 heel strap stitching:

    The Air Jordan 1 has a tiny heel tab that covers the back seams of the Quarter Panel

    You can also see the centering guides on the red leather parts of the fake Jordan 1. The original Jordan does not show any assembly guides.

    Look at the “K”, if it is not touching the swoosh, it’s not real.

    How to Spot Fake Sneakers
    How to Inspect and Authenticate Air Jordan, Nike, Adidas, and Vans Sneakers

    How to Spot Fake Air Jordans

    Sneaker Inspection and Authentication Cheatsheets
    Learn how to Authenticate Air Jordans before you buy.
    The complete guide to sneaker inspection. Learn how to spot counterfeits and run a professional sneaker inspection.

    Start with sneaker authentication basics, then advance to professional footwear inspection techniques.

    The Jordan 1 outsole logo:

    If you look closely at the Nike logo on the Outsole

    You’ll need to know your PD if you want to order eyeglasses from EyeBuyDirect. Don’t worry if your glasses prescription doesn’t include your PD, we can show you how to measure it by yourself.

    PD, or pupillary distance, refers to the distance in millimeters between the center of one pupil to the center of the other. Having a correct PD on your glasses prescription ensures that you are looking through the ideal spot in your lenses. If this number was not provided on your prescription by your eye care professional, you can measure it yourself.

    Measure PD yourself

    👀What is ‘pupillary distance’?

    Your pupillary distance (PD) is the distance between the centers of your pupils. Your PD is an important part of your prescription because it shows exactly which part of the lens you look through.

    📏How do I measure my PD without a ruler?

    There are various mobile apps that can measure your PD using your phone’s camera. You can find EyeBuyDirect’s PD measurement tool by pressing the ‘i’ button in the PD section when entering your prescription.

    👓Can I find my PD on my glasses?

    You usually can’t find your PD number written on your eyeglasses. The numbers on the inside of the temple arms of some frames show the measurements for the frame itself. Your PD number should be written on your eyeglass prescription in the PD section.

    📐Does my PD have to be exact?

    Your PD should be exact. If your lenses aren’t centered correctly, they can cause discomfort and eye strain. A small margin of error might not cause problems, but it’s better to be as accurate as possible.

    📝Where is my PD on my prescription?

    Your PD number will be in the ‘PD’ or ‘pupillary distance’ section of your eyeglass prescription. This is often separate from the ‘grid’ section of your prescription – where the doctor writes out the main prescription information.

    😣What happens if my pupillary distance measurement is off?

    If your eyeglass lenses aren’t properly centered based on your PD number they can cause dizziness, headaches or blurred vision. Your vision is centered on a small section of the lenses, so a PD number is needed to shape the lenses to perfectly suit your needs.

    👓Does PD affect frame size?

    Your PD has no effect on the size of your eyeglass frame. The PD number influences the shape of your lenses, but not the frame.

    🤔Does PD change over time?

    A person’s pupillary distance will change when they are young as they are still physically growing. Once we reach maturity and stop growing, our pupillary distance will change very little, if at all.

    👓Is PD important for single vision glasses?

    The PD number indicates exactly which part of the lens you look through; therefore, the PD number is important for every type of prescription lens, including single vision glasses.

    👀What is the difference between ‘single’ and ‘dual’ pupillary distance?

    A ‘single’ pupillary distance number is the distance in millimeters between one eye’s pupil to the other eye’s pupil. A ‘dual’ pupillary distance number is the distance in millimeters from each eye’s pupil to the center of your nose. A single PD will be just one number, while a dual PD will have a number for each eye, marked ‘right’ and ‘left’. (Some prescriptions may have ‘OD’ for the ‘right’ eye, and ‘OS’ for ‘left’ eye.)

    See our latest collections & exclusive offers before the crowd!

    How to Calculate Acceleration: The 3 Formulas You Need

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    “Whoa, you really went from zero to sixty there!”

    Have you ever heard someone use the idiom “zero to sixty” like I did in the above example? When someone says something went from “zero to sixty,” they’re really saying that things accelerated very quickly. Acceleration is the amount by which the velocity of something changes over a set period of time.

    In this article, we’ll be talking all about acceleration: what it is and how to calculate it. Buckle up!

    What Is Acceleration?

    Acceleration is the rate of change of velocity over a set period of time. You need to have both velocity and time to calculate acceleration.

    Many people confuse acceleration with velocity (or speed). First of all, velocity is simply speed with a direction, so the two are often used interchangeably, even though they have slight differences. Acceleration is the rate of change of velocity, meaning something is getting faster or slower.

    What Is the Acceleration Formula?

    You can use the acceleration equation to calculate acceleration. Here is the most common acceleration formula:

    where $Δv$ is the change in velocity and $Δt$ is the change in time.

    You can also write the acceleration equation like this:

    In this acceleration equation, $v(f)$ is the final velocity while is the $v(i)$ initial velocity. $T(f)$ is the final time and $t(i)$ is the initial time.

    Some other things to keep in mind when using the acceleration equation:

    • You need to subtract the initial velocity from the final velocity. If you reverse them, you will get the direction of your acceleration wrong.
    • If you don’t have a starting time, you can use “0”.
    • If the final velocity is less than the initial velocity, the acceleration will be negative, meaning that the object slowed down.

    Now let’s breakdown the acceleration equation step-by-step in a real example.

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    How to Calculate Acceleration: Step-by-Step Breakdown

    Now we’ll breakdown the acceleration formula step-by-step using a real example.

    A race car accelerates from 15 m/s to 35 m/s in 3 seconds. What is its average acceleration?

    First, write the acceleration equation.

    Next, define your variables.

    $a$ = what we are solving for

    Now, plug your variables into the equation and solve:

    Let’s try another example.

    A cyclist traveling at 23.2 m/s comes to a complete stop in 1.5 $s$. What was her deceleration?

    First, write the acceleration equation.

    Next, define your variables.

    a = what we are solving for

    Now, plug your variables into the equation and solve:

    2 Other Common Acceleration Formulas

    Wondering how to calculate acceleration using a different formula? There are several other common acceleration formulas.

    Angular Acceleration Formula

    Angular acceleration is the rate at which the angular acceleration of a rotating object changes with respect to time.

    Here is the angular acceleration equation:

    Centripetal Acceleration Formula

    Centripetal acceleration is the rate of motion of an object inwards towards the center of a circle.

    Here is the centripetal acceleration equation:

    $a(c) $= acceleration, centripetal

    Key Takeaways

    Acceleration is the rate of change of velocity over a set period of time.

    You calculate acceleration by dividing the change in velocity by the change in time.

    What’s Next?

    Looking for other science explanations? We break down electrical energy and how to identify the different types of clouds with our expert guides.

    Working on a research paper but aren’t sure where to start? Then check out our guide, where we’ve collected tons of high-quality research topics you can use for free.

    Need help with English class—specifically with identifying literary devices in texts you read? Then you’ll definitely want to take a look at our comprehensive explanation of the most important literary devices and how they’re used.

    Need more help with this topic? Check out Tutorbase!

    Our vetted tutor database includes a range of experienced educators who can help you polish an essay for English or explain how derivatives work for Calculus. You can use dozens of filters and search criteria to find the perfect person for your needs.

    Have friends who also need help with test prep? Share this article!

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    Hayley Milliman is a former teacher turned writer who blogs about education, history, and technology. When she was a teacher, Hayley’s students regularly scored in the 99th percentile thanks to her passion for making topics digestible and accessible. In addition to her work for PrepScholar, Hayley is the author of Museum Hack’s Guide to History’s Fiercest Females.

    Student and Parent Forum

    Our new student and parent forum, at ExpertHub.PrepScholar.com, allow you to interact with your peers and the PrepScholar staff. See how other students and parents are navigating high school, college, and the college admissions process. Ask questions; get answers.

    Ask a Question Below

    Have any questions about this article or other topics? Ask below and we’ll reply!

    Some Nintendo 3DS features only work in certain areas

    • Tweet
    • Share
    • Email

    How to figure out which ds to buy

    • Tweet
    • Share
    • Email

    Similar to the newer Nintendo 3DS XL, the Nintendo 3DS is region locked. That means that the geographical region in which you buy your Nintendo 3DS is also the region in which you should buy your games.

    There are three versions of the 3DS hardware, according to Nintendo: Japanese, American, and European/Australian. The Japanese and European versions of the Nintendo 3DS are likewise region locked.

    Region Free vs. Region Locked

    Understanding the difference between a region free device and one that’s region locked, is best described with an example.

    Say you bought a Nintendo 3DS in North America. Since the 3DS is locked into the region in which it was purchased, it will not work with games downloaded from Japanese or European markets.

    The same is true for the opposite; a Japanese Nintendo 3DS works just fine for games in Japan but will not work correctly with games purchased from the US.

    Here’s how you can remember the difference between region locked and region free: if the Nintendo 3DS were region free, it would be free to use games from any region. Region locked means it is locked to only communicate with games from a specific region.

    Why Is the Nintendo 3DS Region Locked?

    Nintendo explained its reasons for region locking the 3DS in a statement it sent to video game website VG247 in January 2011:

    “Additionally we want to ensure the best possible gaming experience for our users and there is the possibility that Nintendo 3DS software sold in one region will not function properly when running on Nintendo 3DS hardware sold in another. Guidance will appear on every packaging of Nintendo 3DS hardware and the accompanying software. If you are in doubt, Nintendo recommends that you only purchase Nintendo 3DS software in the region where purchased your Nintendo 3DS system.”

    There are ways to hack the Nintendo 3DS to “convert” it to a region free device, but these methods are often unstable and thwarted by software updates.

    What About Other 3DS Devices?

    Not all of Nintendo’s 3DS devices are region locked. The 3DS’s older brothers, the Nintendo DS and Nintendo DS Lite, are region free. This means a person who owns a North American DS or DS Lite can purchase and play a Japanese or European game without being locked out or experiencing major technical problems.

    However, this excludes the Nintendo 3DS XL, Nintendo DSi, and Nintendo DSi XL, which are region locked.

    How to send money online

    Here are some of the best tools that we have available.

    Chris Smith

  • November 27, 2021
  • How to send money online

    The internet has given us so much power. It’s made it easier to find work, do business, shop, communicate, and be entertained, completely changing the way many of us live our lives.

    Being connected to the World Wide Web also provides us with a range of tools that can help us to manage our finances better and save money. Here are some of the best tools that we have available.

    Compare Prices

    Comparing prices in days before the internet used to be a real hassle. You’d either have to schlep from shop to shop or ring around different retailers to ask for their prices over the phone. Both options were time-consuming and put most people off.

    Thankfully, today, things are very different. You can compare prices for almost everything in just a few clicks.

    How to send money online

    Sites like Google Shopping and Kelkoo can help you find stores selling almost any item you want so that you can see which is the cheapest. Other services like MoneySuperMarket also exist for financial services like credit cards, savings accounts, and loans, giving you the ability to find the best interest rates and lowest fees.

    You can even compare prices over time. Most retailers vary the amount they charge depending on factors like the season, the weather, demand, how new the product is, and whether a more up-to-date version has been released.

    Tools like CamelCamelCamel let you see the price of a product over time on Amazon. For example, it allows you to see that the best time to buy a USB desk fan is outside of the summer months and it can be 50% more expensive in July than in November.

    Buy Your Contacts Online

    Three-quarters of us wear some form of vision correction, with many choosing contact lenses for at least some of the time. If you’re one of these people, then you know how pricey contacts can be when you’re buying from a high-street retailer.

    Switching to an online retailer can make a big difference, with some contact wearers saving up to 45%. A lot of people stick with what they know and continue to buy their lenses from a brick-and-mortar optician because they think the process can be complicated.

    This actually isn’t the case though as you can buy contacts without prescription verification right from your computer or smartphone. All you have to do is choose the brand and product you want, select what strength you need, and then checkout as you would with any other online store.

    Search for Vouchers

    How to send money online

    Vouchers and coupons have been used by frugal shoppers to help save money for centuries but, like many other parts of life, they’ve been brought into the 21st century by the internet.

    You can find vouchers for the vast majority of online retailers; you just need to know where to look. Some will send you a discount code just for signing up for their newsletter, so be sure to check for this on their website.

    You can also use sites like MyVoucherCodes and Vouchercloud to search for different retailers. Alternatively, the browser extension Honey can do all the legwork for you by automatically trying all the different options.

    Digital vouchers don’t just work in cyberspace either. Apps like CheckoutSmart, Shopmium, and Swagbucks give you a way to get discounts and even free products in brick and mortar stores simply by snapping a photo of your receipt after you’ve purchased them.

    Scannable vouchers are often available through retailers’ own apps, especially in stores like Boots. You just need to present the barcode on your phone’s screen to the cashier or scan it yourself on the self-checkout to get a discount applied.

    Have any thoughts on this? Let us know down below in the comments or carry the discussion over to our Twitter or Facebook.

    Published: 13:54 BST, 7 February 2022 | Updated: 14:02 BST, 7 February 2022

  • –> –> –>

    For many, working from home was a chance to save money as the regular expenses associated with commuting to an office work fell away.

    But as the return to WFH guidance ushered in to deal with the omicron Covid variant has now been lifted, more employers are asking staff to return to offices – and many workers are eager to get back to their desks.

    While most employers are bringing staff back to offices gradually and many plan to stick with having people working at home for part of the week, a few have told staff to return to the office full time.

    While you may look forward to catching up with colleagues, you could find yourself struggling to budget if you don’t make allowances for the expenses that you were used to incurring before the pandemic but have fallen out of the habit of paying now.

    To help people stay on top of their finances and save money as they return to the office, here are six expenses you should budget for and tips on reducing them.

    How to send money online

    Happy to be back in the office? Meet-ups with colleagues and treats at your desk could set you back around £1,700 a year according to Nationwide Building Society

    1. Commuting

    The cost of commuting will vary depending on where you live, where you work, and how you travel.

    According to price comparison site Confused.com, train commuters spend an average of £70 a week to get into work full time – and drivers £21 on petrol a week. Those who had to pay for parking were stung for extra costs, with rail commuters spending £20 on average and motoring commuters spending £13.

    The survey said people commuting by bus full-time spent an average of £30 per week.

    Train fares increased by 3.8 per cent at the start of 2022, so those who haven’t travelled to work in a while might be paying even more than they did before.

    National Rail’s online season ticket calculator can help you work out the new cost of your train journey, and point you to the best tickets based on your journey and working pattern.

    If you are only travelling to work two days a week or fewer, you could save money through National Rail’s new flexible season tickets. These allow eight days of travel in 28 days for a lower price than a full season pass.

    However, some commuters whose rail lines offered carnet tickets, bought at a 10 per cent discount in books of five or ten, such as on Thameslink, have complained the new flexible tickets are worse value. Carnets could be bought and used for more than two journeys per week, or last longer at 90 days for those commuting less.

    For some, not having a season ticket at all could work out cheaper.

    Jo Thornhill, money expert at MoneySupermarket, explains: ‘If you’re a season ticket user in normal times, you might also want to consider whether this will be necessary with your post-Covid working arrangements.

    ‘For example, if you’re only going into the office a couple of days a week and you’re allowed to travel at non-peak hours, buying yourself an individual tickets might help you save money.’

    Hybrid working may also have opened up the possibility of avoiding peak times, which could save you money.

    Alternatively, for those coming into London, ditching the Tube part of a commute and walking or cycling instead could save the £142 per month cost of a Zone 1 and 2 travelcard.

    How to send money online

    It may not be the most thoughtful of presents, but giving cash for Christmas at least allows the receiver the chance to buy what they actually want. However, sending cash in the post can be insecure. If you’re worried about sending money to children, family or friends, here are six quick and safe alternatives.

    Cheque

    Research by the Cheque and Credit Clearing Company (C&CCC) suggests cheques are a popular way of giving someone a gift in December. One of the benefits is if you post a cheque to someone and they don’t receive it, you can contact your bank to place a stop on it.

    Technically cheques don’t have an expiry date. They are valid for as long as the debt between the two parties (i.e. the person writing the cheque and the person they give it to) exists. That said, the usual practice is to cash them within six months as C&CCC says banks are unlikely to process them if they’re any older.

    Because of the cheque’s clearing process, after two working days the receiver starts to gain interest on the funds; after four working days they can withdraw the money and after six working days the cheque can’t bounce and the money is the receiver’s to keep. At this point, they’re protected from any loss, even if the cheque turns out to be fraudulent.

    Email

    If you don’t want to deal with the hassle of pin numbers and sort codes but you know the recipient’s email address, you may be able to send money this way, via an app.

    The Circle Pay app is primarily aimed at those who send, receive and request money in a social or functional context, such as splitting cab fares, dinner or rental bills, but it can also be used by those aged 18+ wanting to send money at Christmas.

    It lets you send money when you enter the email address of the recipient who also downloads the free app. They can then withdraw the money into their bank account by scanning their bank card to register the details.

    There are no limits on spending and receiving money through Circle Pay, but there is a limit on how much new customers can deposit into their accounts within a seven-day period (£300).

    Gift card or gift voucher

    A little less cold-hearted than cash, gift cards or vouchers can be bought to spend at a particular retailer or multi retailers. For instance, the One4all gift card is valid at 50,000 stores across the UK, from brands such as Argos, M&S, John Lewis and more.

    Gail Cohen, director general of the UK Gift Card and Voucher Association (UKGCVA), says gift cards are becoming increasingly popular year-on-year, as they can be redeemed in store or online.

    The vast majority don’t come with any fees so the receiver can use the full value of the gift, but in some cases, the issuers may apply administrative fees after a certain amount of time has passed so it may be best to spend them as soon as possible. The UKGCVA says it suggests an expiry date of around two years from the date of purchase, or from the most recent transaction, but it’s down to the individual retailer and they may offer a goodwill gesture if the card expires.

    One other reason not to wait to spend the gift card is in case the retailer goes bust. Cohen explains: “Whether or not gift cards and vouchers will be honoured after a retailer goes into administration or closes altogether is determined by regulations related to insolvency law, rather than any issues with the gift card or retailer itself.”

    If you’re going to buy a gift card, it may be best to do so using a credit card as if a retailer goes out of business, Section 75 of the Consumer Credit Act should enable you to get your money back, as long as it’s worth over £100.

    Mobile number

    The Circle Pay app, as above, also allows you to send money by simply clicking on one of your phone contacts and by instant messenger.

    Otherwise one of the most known mobile to mobile payment service, Paym, has more than three million people registered since launching just over three years ago. It allows users to send and receive money without needing a sort code or account number.

    Currently 15 UK banks and building societies offer Paym, including Santander, Lloyds and Nationwide. You need to register your mobile number to the current account you want to use via your existing mobile banking or payment app. You can then select a mobile number in your contacts or manually enter a mobile number, followed by the amount you’d like to transfer.

    As is typical with these apps, it also requires the recipient to register their mobile number with their bank or building society so check they bank with one of the participating lenders first. If you do send money to someone who isn’t registered to Paym, they’ll receive a text message with details of how to join and get the money.

    Online bank transfer

    One of the most established ways of transferring money is to do it online via your bank or building society. You can even do this on the go as long as you have an internet connection and recipient’s account number and sort code. It’s usually free to do.

    Your individual bank or building society may have limits on how much you can send. If you send it via Faster Payments, it can be received almost immediately, or can take up to two hours. You can add a specific date for the payment to be made and you can put a reference so you and the recipient know it’s from you, such as ‘Christmas gift, love aunt Amy’.

    Prepaid card

    A number of sites such as Nimbl, Osper and goHenry have launched in the last few years giving children a lesson in budgeting and responsibility when it comes to their money. With a prepaid debit card coupled with an app, children can see exactly what they’re spending and where. Plus there’s no overdraft facility so there’s no chance of your child spending more than they have and parents can set daily, weekly or monthly allowances, plus block any transactions. The cards can be used both online and in-store and are ‘age appropriate’ so for instance they can’t be used to buy adult goods.

    Parents set up an account and then load the card with money so if you’re a friend of the family or grandparent, you may need to transfer money to the parent or guardian, or give them cash to their hand, in order to give money to the child.

    Depending on the firm you go with, there may be annual fees so it’s best to compare first.

    Alastair Graham, of the Prepaid International Forum, said the prepaid accounts provide an alternative to a traditional ‘first account’.

    “They are becoming popular because they enable parents to help their children learn the value of money and how to manage it responsibly. Account features and terms of use vary from provider to provider, so it is important for parents to always check the terms and conditions for each account.”

    Sometimes you need to send money overseas urgently: it could be an unforeseen crisis, to pay a bill that is overdue, or for a loved one who is overseas and needs help. Whatever the case may be, if you need to send money instantly, there are plenty of options out there, but you will need to find the best provider for your needs. This helpful guide will take you through all the information you need to send money online instantly.

    • Are instant money transfers really instant?
    • Top fastest money transfer companies
    • How to make an instant money transfer online
    • Sending money instantly with your bank account
    • What to consider when making instant money transfer?
    • How much does it cost to make an instant money transfer?
    • How to speed up your money transfer
    • Can instant transfers be sent anywhere in the world?
    • Are instant money transfers reversible?
    • Can I send large amounts of money instantly?
    • Summary: How to send money instantly…

    Are instant money transfers really instant?

    There are money transfer companies that let you transfer money from one country to another instantly, but usually ‘instant transfers’ refer to an operation executed in minutes. While many companies offer way to send money online instantly, it does not mean all their transactions will be instant. It means they have access to the technology and systems required to initiate instant transfers, but the actual transfer speed of each unique remittance will depend on a variety of factors. But, how long do international money transfers take?

    If you want to make international money transfers, in most cases, the fastest way to send money to someone overseas is with a cash transfer. This allows you to send money online that will be available for collection, in cash, almost as soon as you have made the payment. Some companies offer the option of instant transfer to the recipient’s account as well, but this sort of transfer usually takes longer than cash transfers: hours rather than minutes. If both banks are on a network such as SEPA, instant bank account transfers may be possible and these will at least be considerably faster than regular international bank transfers.

    Top fastest money transfer companies

    Ranking Provider Transfer Speed Get Started
    🥇 Wise 1 – 2 business days in most cases Visit Wise
    🥈 Xe 1 – 4 business days Visit Xe
    🥉 Instarem 0 – 5 business days Visit Instarem
    #4 WorldRemit 2 – 3 days Visit WorldRemit
    #5 TorFX 1 – 3 days Visit TorFX

    How to make an instant money transfer online

    Finding the best way to send money online instantly is quick and easy. You can instantly send money online or pay cash to an agent at a service provider’s location. The exact online money transfer process will differ from one provider to another, but the basic steps to transfer money remain the same:

    1. Register: Sign up to a provider that supports instant money transfers. You’ll need to provide personal information such as your name and email address, and will often have to provide ID and evidence of your source of funds.

    2. Start the transfer process: Log in to your transfer provider’s online portal or visit the nearest agent location to arrange your transfer in person.

    3. Give the recipient details: Provide all the transaction details such as recipient’s name, address, account details and the currency they will collect the money in. The name you include at this stage must be exactly the same as that on the recipient’s bank account and ID.

    4. Fund your transfer: Pay for the transfer using any of the methods supported by your provider.

    5. Note the transaction number or PIN: If the recipient is making a cash collection, they will need to provide this PIN at the agent location. The recipient will also need to provide a valid ID to collect cash.

    Your money will arrive with your beneficiary instantly (or within a few minutes) and they will be able to access the money as soon as possible.

    With more ways to send and receive money in the app, it’s easier to connect with loved ones and causes you care about—locally or around the globe—any time, anywhere. 1

    How to send money online

    Our best way to send money

    For that last minute babysitter or friends’ night out, paying others back is fun and easy.

    Send money globally

    Deposit into bank accounts, or send for pickup or delivery in 130+ countries with our Xoom service, even if the recipient doesn’t have an account with PayPal or Xoom. 2

    Be the change

    Donate to support a cause or fundraiser that matters to you.

    Request money from friends and family

    Planning a vacation or managing household funds? Settle up the friendly way.

    Touch-free, stress free

    QR codes aren’t just for businesses. Use a friend or family member’s code to pay them back the hands-free way.

    PayPal.Me in a snap

    Make the everyday task of getting paid simple by creating a link as unique as your personality.

    Join over 400 million PayPal users

    Easily and securely spend, send, and manage your transactions—all in one place.

    Experience the new way to PayPal

    Download the app on your phone or sign up for free online.

    1 An account with PayPal is required to send and receive money.

    2 Fees and limitations apply. In addition to the transaction fees, Xoom also makes money when it changes your US dollars into a different currency. No PayPal or Xoom account necessary.

    • Help
    • Contact
    • Fees
    • Security
    • Apps
    • Shop
    • Enterprise
    • Partners
    • Feedback
    • About
    • Newsroom
    • Jobs
    • Investor Relations
    • Values in Action
    • Public Policy
    • Sitemap
    • © 1999–2022
    • Accessibility
    • Privacy
    • Cookies
    • Legal

    We’ll use cookies to improve and customize your experience if you continue to browse. Is it OK if we also use cookies to show you personalized ads? Learn more and manage your cookies

    Три простых способа отправить перевод

    Перевод с зачислением на банковский счет

    Отправляйте деньги на практически любой банковский счет.

    Отправка наличных

    Отправляйте наличные в тысячи партнерских точек обслуживания по всему миру.

    Обеспечьте доставку наличных

    Отправляйте средства с доставкой на дом.

    Почему вы делаете правильный выбор

    Получать обновления статуса

    Будьте в курсе, получая SMS-сообщения и уведомления по электронной почте, следите за информацией на сайте или звоните нашим специалистам службы поддержки круглосуточно и без выходных.

    Прозрачное и честное ценообразование

    С Xoom вы всегда сможете видеть свою точную комиссию и сумму, которую получит ваш получатель.

    Персональное обслуживание клиентов

    Свяжитесь с нами или посетите наш Справочный центр, чтобы получить необходимые вам ответы и сведения. Мы всегда рады помочь вам.

    Вы всегда можете рассчитывать на нашу поддержку!

    Мы стремимся обеспечить безопасность вашей операции, не раскрывая вашу финансовую информацию. Наши технологии шифрования и защиты от мошенничества позволяют защищать ваши операции круглосуточно. Просмотрите эти ссылки, чтобы узнать больше.

    Гарантия возврата денежных средств

    Мы гарантируем, что ваши средства поступят на указанный вами счет, или мы мы вернем вам ваш перевод в полном объеме.

    Нужна помощь? Перейдите в Центр разрешения проблем.

    Узнать

    • О сервисе Xoom
    • Карьера
    • Site Map
    • Калькулятор комиссии
    • News
    • Главная страница сервиса международных денежных переводов
    • Как это работает
    • Точки обслуживания переводов

    Безопасность и конфиденциальность

    • Центр безопасности
    • Отправляйте средства безопасно
    • Конфиденциальность
    • Конфиденциальность (США)
    • Юридические соглашения
    • Жалобы (UK)
    • Настройка файлов cookie

    Деньги Go Xoom:

    • Приложение для Android в Google Play
    • Скачать из App Store

    Xoom переводит ваши средства быстро, а ваша безопасность является нашей первостепенной задачей. Скорость денежных переводов зависит от многих факторов, включая:

    • Утверждение с помощью системы Xoom для защиты от мошенничества.
    • Доступ к средствам на расчетном счете отправителя (текущий счет, банковская карта)
    • Часы работы банков и доступность банковской системы в стране или регионе получателя.
    • Разница в часовых поясах, часы работы банков в выходные дни, включая местные праздники.
    • Часы работы принимающего представителя

    How to send money online

    Every now and then, we all have a desire to share gifts and random acts of generosity and kindness with others. And, as the old-school saying goes “true generosity is doing something for someone else expecting nothing in return.” And we’ve all internalized that to some extent. That’s why anonymous giving is considered an act of great virtue and it makes us feel good inside.

    Plus, sometimes it can be difficult for someone in a bad financial situation to accept help from others due to pride. That’s why it’s helpful to have platforms that allow you to send money anonymously online. Now you can start giving money anonymously to a friend or loved one in need without making them feel indebted to you or causing any awkwardness in your relationship.

    Most of the methods we have available to use today make it so much easier to send money to others with the swipe of a finger or the push of a button.

    Here are some tips on how to send money anonymously online.

    Why Make Anonymous Payments?

    How to send money online

    For the reasons outlined above and many others. For starters, it seems disingenuous when you take credit for helping someone out financially or otherwise. It can feel like you lack modesty and that’s why anonymous money transfers have become so popular.

    Not only are they easy and convenient but they allow you to contribute to charity anonymously. This way the cause you’re giving to takes the spotlight instead of you. On the other hand, you may want to purchase something online without giving away your personal details for reasons of privacy and security. The ability to wire money anonymously online comes with all these perks.

    Attention: Read before you continue

    Governments and ISPs across the world monitor their users online activities. If found streaming or browsing content on your Fire TV Stick, mobile or PC, you could get into serious trouble.

    Currently, the following information is visible:

    • Your IP:
    • Your Country:
    • Your City:
    • Your ISP:

    If this is your real information, you need to use a VPN to protect your identity.

    We strongly recommend you to get a good VPN and hide your identity so that your online experience doesn’t take a bad turn.
    We use IPVanish which is the fastest and most secure VPN in the industry. It is very easy to install on any device including Amazon Fire TV Stick. Also, it comes with a 30-day money-back guarantee. If you don’t like their service, you can always ask for a refund. IPVanish also runs a limited time offer where you can save 74% on your VPN and they allow you to use one account on unlimited devices.

    This is a flash sale that can expire at any time!

    Send money online from our website or mobile app, in just a few clicks.

    Many banks add 3% or more in hidden fees to the exchange rate — and it quickly adds up on large transfers. Worst of all, this fee is hard to spot unless you know to look.

    With Wise, the price you see is the price you pay. No hidden fees. We lower our percentage fee on large transfers too — so the more you send, the more you save.

    Over 13 million customers

    FCA regulated

    13 million customers

    Authorised by the FinCEN

    Global support

    Safeguarded at leading banks.

    We keep your money with leading financial institutions like JP Morgan Chase, Deutsche Bank, and Barclays.

    Dedicated support team.

    We know that sending large amounts can be stressful, so you can reach a specialist for support whenever you need it.

    Extra secure transactions.

    We use two factor authentication to protect your account. That means only you can get to your money.

    Compare the best money transfer rates

    At Wise, we never hide extra fees and charges in the exchange rate. We just use the exchange rate – independently provided by Reuters. That means fair, low-cost transfers, every time.

    Compare Wise exchange rates and fees with some of the biggest money transfer and remit services, such as Barclays, MoneyGram or WorldRemit.

    Send money online in 3 easy steps

    How to send money online

    Start your transfer.

    Pay in USD with your debit card or credit card, or send the money from your online banking.

    How to send money online

    Get the best rate out there.

    Wise always gives you the real and fair mid-market exchange rate.

    How to send money online

    Money is locally delivered.

    The recipient gets money in their currency directly from Wise’s local bank account.

    Online money transfer fees

    How much does it cost to send money online?

    To send money online with Wise, you will pay a small, flat fee and a percentage of the amount that’s converted. We will always shows you the total cost upfront – and you can rely that we won’t hide any further fees in the exchange rate.

    You can use our handy calculator to find out exactly how much will you pay for your transfer. The cost depends on where you will be sending money from and to, as well as on your chosen payment method.

    No big fees, hidden or otherwise. So it’s cheaper than what you’re used to.

    How to send money online

    How to send money online

    Delivery time for online money transfers from the USA

    How long will a money transfer take?

    On many popular routes, Wise can send your money within one day, as a same day transfer, or even an instant money transfer.

    Sometimes, different payment methods or routine checks may affect the transfer delivery time. We’ll always keep you updated, and you can track each step in your account.

    Wise is easy

    How to send money online

    Wise makes transferring money online a breeze.

    1. Just tap in how much, and where to.
    2. Then make a local payment to Wise, whether it’s with a wire transfer, ACH or your debit or credit card.
    3. And that’s it.

    Wise converts your money at the ‘inter-bank’ rate – the real rate – so you save big time (even versus the guys saying there’s ‘zero’ commission). On Wise, there’s no room for sneaky bank surcharges or creeping hidden charges.

    A simple way to quickly send money to family and friends almost anywhere in the world. 1

    Get the most out of every send

    Two-way messaging

    Exchange messages to make payments between friends more fun and less awkward.

    Fee-free options

    Use your PayPal Cash Card 2 , PayPal balance, or bank to send money online in the US.

    Speedy access

    When you send money, recipients can get it quickly. 1

    24/7 monitoring

    With encryption technology, we go the distance to help make sure your money transfers are secure.

    Send money with a splash of color

    Our animations, brightly-colored emojis, and range of themes means sending money doesn’t have to be so black and white.

    Friendly exchanges

    Personalize your send with an inside joke or simple thank you note, and get real-time responses from the recipient.

    Send money globally

    Transfer money using our Xoom service to 130+ countries, even if the recipient doesn’t have a PayPal or Xoom account. 3

    Send money online to friends and family in the US

    Find more ways to

    Send and receive money

    Join over 400 million PayPal users

    Easily and securely spend, send, and manage your transactions—all in one place.

    Experience the new way to PayPal

    Download the app on your phone or sign up for free online.

    1 An account with PayPal is required to send and receive money.

    2 The PayPal Cash Card is a debit card linked to your PayPal Balance account. The PayPal Cash Card is not a credit card. PayPal is not a bank and does not itself take deposits. You will not receive any interest on the funds in your PayPal Balance account. Cash funds held in a PayPal Balance account are not eligible for FDIC pass-through insurance coverage unless you have a PayPal Cash Card, or have enrolled in Direct Deposit, or have bought cryptocurrency. If your PayPal Balance account is eligible for FDIC pass-through insurance, PayPal will deposit your cash funds into one or more custodial accounts maintained for the benefit of eligible customers at one or more FDIC-insured banks. Funds in these custodial accounts are eligible for pass-through FDIC insurance coverage up to applicable limits. See the PayPal Balance Terms and Conditions for additional information.

    The PayPal Cash Mastercard (“PayPal Cash Card”) is issued by The Bancorp Bank pursuant to a license by Mastercard International Incorporated. Mastercard is a registered trademark and the circles design is a trademark of Mastercard International Incorporated. The Bancorp Bank is issuer of the Card only and not responsible for the associated accounts or other products, services or offers from PayPal. Card may be used everywhere Mastercard is accepted. The Bancorp Bank does not hold your PayPal Balance account funds.

    3 Fees and limitations apply. In addition to the transaction fees, Xoom also makes money when it changes your US dollars into a different currency. No PayPal or Xoom account necessary.

    Join over 3 million people who left their banks to send their money faster, cheaper, and easier than ever. At the real exchange rate. Every time.

    How to send money online

    How to send money online

    Sir Richard Branson invested in Wise. Learn why.

    42,000+ reviews on Trustpilot
    Customers love Wise

    From the same people
    that built Skype

    Fully authorised by the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA)

    How to send money internationally with credit card?

    How to send money online

    1. Create your free account.

    Click ‘Sign up’, then create your free account. It takes seconds. You can do it on our website or with our app.

    All you need is an email address, or a Google or Facebook account.

    How to send money online

    2. Set up your first transfer.

    Use our calculator to tell us how much money you want to send, and where you want to send it. You’ll see our fees upfront.

    We’ll tell you when your money should get there, too.

    How to send money online

    3. Tell us who you’re sending to.

    Yourself? Someone else? A business or charity? Pick your answer.

    Then we’ll ask you for some basic information about your recipient, including their bank details. They need a bank account, but they don’t need a Wise account. (Though we hope they’ll want one soon.)

    How to send money online

    4. Tell us a little about yourself.

    We’ll ask you if you’re sending money as an individual or business. We’ll also need your full name, birthday, phone number, and address. You know, the standard stuff.

    How to send money online

    5. Make sure everything looks good.

    We’ll show you a summary of your transfer. If everything looks good, click Confirm.

    You can also make any changes you need to.

    How to send money online

    6. Pay for your transfer.

    Would you like to pay by credit card? Debit card or bank debit? Wire transfer?

    Make your choice, and we’ll tell you how to do it. Each payment method has its own steps, but they’re all straightforward and should only take a few minutes.

    How to send money online

    7. That’s it.

    Once you complete that last step, the wheels are in motion. The money’s on its way.

    And since you used us, instead of a bank or traditional service, you saved a bunch of it.

    Better way to send money internationally

    Safe and speedy

    We’re regulated by authorities all over the world. That’s a lot of standards to live up to – so we have to be safe. And our smart tech moves your money faster than banks.

    Transparent Fees

    No hidden fees. No sneaky surprises. For one low, upfront fee, you get the real, mid-market exchange rate.

    Send money online with credit card

    Send money online on our website, or on the move, with our app. Wherever you are, and wherever they are, you’re good to go.

    What you’ll need for your online money transfer

    Wise makes international money transfers simple

    All you need is your recipient’s:

    • full name,
    • their local bank details.

    For example, you need an IBAN for Euro transfers, a SORT code and account number for the UK, a routing and account number for the US, and an IFSC code for India.

    International money transfer fees: How much do they cost?

    No big fees, hidden or otherwise. So it’s cheaper than what you’re used to.
    • You pay a small, flat fee + fixed percentage of the transfer amount (you’ll always see the total cost upfront)
    • Some payment methods have an added fee, but that’s usually tiny too
    • You always get the real, mid-market exchange rate, with no markup whatsoever

    Where can you transfer money internationally with Wise?

    Where can you transfer money internationally with Wise?

    Wise is safe and secure

    We’re trusted by 3 million people and counting

    Wise is an authorised Electronic Money Institution independently regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) in the UK.

    This means we’re required by law to keep your money safe by storing it in a low-risk financial institution – in Europe this is in our UK account with Barclays, in the US this is in our US account with Wells Fargo.

    People love sending money internationally with Wise. See what they have to say.

    For sure the best and easiest way to transfer money I’ve ever come across. Banks are completely out of the picture for me. Thank you @Wise 🙏🏽 💵 💶

    @Wise Thank you – that you make my job-life even smarter #borderless

    @Wise it’s lightning fast, account credited in just 7 minutes. Awesome. 🙂 #transferwise

    @TransferWise Incredible service! International transfers within one hour & real exchange rates. Thanks!

    Rockstar customer support

    When questions come up, there’s a team ready to help you

    Start saving money with Wise

    Send money at the best rate wherever you are. Join Wise for free today.

    Send money online from our website or mobile app, in just a few clicks.

    Many banks add 3% or more in hidden fees to the exchange rate — and it quickly adds up on large transfers. Worst of all, this fee is hard to spot unless you know to look.

    With Wise, the price you see is the price you pay. No hidden fees. We lower our percentage fee on large transfers too — so the more you send, the more you save.

    Over 13 million customers

    FCA regulated

    13 million customers

    FCA regulated

    Global support

    Safeguarded at leading banks.

    We keep your money with leading financial institutions like JP Morgan Chase, Deutsche Bank, and Barclays.

    Dedicated support team.

    We know that sending large amounts can be stressful, so you can reach a specialist for support whenever you need it.

    Extra secure transactions.

    We use two factor authentication to protect your account. That means only you can get to your money.

    Compare the best money transfer rates

    At Wise, we never hide extra fees and charges in the exchange rate. We just use the exchange rate – independently provided by Reuters. That means fair, low-cost transfers, every time.

    Compare Wise exchange rates and fees with some of the biggest money transfer and remit services, such as Barclays, MoneyGram or WorldRemit.

    Send money online in 3 easy steps

    How to send money online

    Start your transfer.

    Pay in GBP with your debit card or credit card, or send the money from your online banking.

    How to send money online

    Get the best rate out there.

    Wise always gives you the real and fair mid-market exchange rate.

    How to send money online

    Money is locally delivered.

    The recipient gets money in their currency directly from Wise’s local bank account.

    Online money transfer fees

    How much does it cost to send money online?

    To send money online with Wise, you will pay a small, flat fee and a percentage of the amount that’s converted. We will always shows you the total cost upfront – and you can rely that we won’t hide any further fees in the exchange rate.

    You can use our handy calculator to find out exactly how much will you pay for your transfer. The cost depends on where you will be sending money from and to, as well as on your chosen payment method.

    No big fees, hidden or otherwise. So it’s cheaper than what you’re used to.

    How to send money online

    How to send money online

    Delivery time for online money transfers from the United Kingdom

    How long will a money transfer take?

    On many popular routes, Wise can send your money within one day, as a same day transfer, or even an instant money transfer.

    Sometimes, different payment methods or routine checks may affect the transfer delivery time. We’ll always keep you updated, and you can track each step in your account.

    Wise is easy

    How to send money online

    Wise makes transferring money online a breeze.

    1. Just tap in how much, and where to.
    2. Then make a local payment to Wise, whether it’s with a bank transfer, swift or your debit or credit card.
    3. And that’s it.

    Wise converts your money at the ‘inter-bank’ rate – the real rate – so you save big time (even versus the guys saying there’s ‘zero’ commission). On Wise, there’s no room for sneaky bank surcharges or creeping hidden charges.

    How to send money through Western Union online

    Western union online is one of the easiest money transfer services you can ever depend on. It has its agent locations in unthinkable remotest part of the world. Its credibility over the years had made it a dependable choice for many users.

    You can now transfer money from the convenience of your home using the Western Union online transfer. The process is very easy and seamless that you do not need to visit agent locations anymore to effect this transfer.

    To send Western Union onlineyou will need to first of all register on Western Union portal at https://www.westernunion.com to get your western union online login, follow the instructions and you’ll be done in few minutes, your user ID and password will be sent to your e-mail. You can send up to 1000 EUR within a 3-day period for those outside the shores of Nigeria on western union send.

    In Nigeria you have the grace of sending $1000 once and could be sent in tranches till you meet the aforementioned threshold, however, you’re not expected to send more until after ninety days. Equivalent to once in a quarter should you decide to send $1000 at once.

    HOW TO SEND MONEY THROUGH WESTERN UNION ONLINE

    • Log in to your profile, if you do not have one please register. Refer to the above link.
    • Choose country of your beneficiary, amount you wish to send and delivery method which is mostly cash pick up around Africa and Nigeria.
    • Enter your receiver’s name exactly as it’s been written on their ID card. The first name, middle name and last name as the case may be. Avoid error in names/letters because your beneficiary will not get paid at his/her country’s agent location. Errors in names, transposition, and misplacement of letters are generally treated as exception.
    • Pay with your card, it’s an online transaction as such you’re required to effect your remittance with your card. You can pay with either debit or credit card
    • Once done you’ll get confirmation of payment by e-mail, alongside the tracking number or Money Transfer Control Number (MTCN) usually ten digits.

    WESTERN UNION ONLINE MONEY TRACKER

    You can actually track a western union online transfer to know its availability and destination before you access it if you so wished. Tracking is the process of using online means to ascertain the destination of an item being sent to you or another person from a different location other than where you are.

    To track your western union online money transfer kindly visit

    https://www.westernunion.com go to Menu and click on track a transfer, the below form will be displayed.

    Western Union online

    Western Union online

    ” data-medium-file=”https://i0.wp.com/financengr.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Screenshot_20180711-134829.png?fit=480%2C854&ssl=1″ data-large-file=”https://i0.wp.com/financengr.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Screenshot_20180711-134829.png?fit=480%2C854&ssl=1″ src=”https://i0.wp.com/financengr.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Screenshot_20180711-134829.png?resize=480%2C854&ssl=1″ alt=”Western Union online” width=”480″ height=”854″ data-recalc-dims=”1″ /> Western Union online

    Kindly type in your details as required including the security code and click on track transfer. You will get the exact destination of the fund as well if it’s still available for pick up.

    WESTERN UNION CUSTOMER CARE-

    Below are western union contacts

    01-8775732

    +1-720-332-1000

    WESTERN UNION ONLINE: WESTERN UNION DOLLAR TO NAIRA RATE TODAY-

    Exchange rate in Nigeria, there has been a stable exchange rate on western union in Nigeria per dollar rate which has been on N353 per dollar $.

    Conclusion:

    You can now send western union online at the comfort of your home, no more delays by money transfer operators or banks.

    Are you having any challenge transferring money via western union online, let’s here you out using the comment box below

    How to send money online

    Raphael Orji is a freelance writer, professional blogger and a content marketing consultant. I work with small businesses, startups and entrepreneurs in building their brand image with high quality blogging and content marketing strategy.

    In need of highly purposeful driven articles that will resonate with your audience,

    Want this kind of article that engages, converts and compels your readers to buy from you,

    If you want search Engines like Google, Bing and Yahoo to send and open the floodgates of readers to your website/blog on daily basis,

    Want to rank your website/blog

    Head over to my Hire Me page and see which of my services you’d like to have.

    Many or all of the products featured here are from our partners who compensate us. This may influence which products we write about and where and how the product appears on a page. However, this does not influence our evaluations. Our opinions are our own. Here is a list of our partners and here’s how we make money.

    If you’re making a money transfer abroad, car keys and bank visits aren’t necessary. You can send money online through providers that charge less in fees than big banks, whose fees average about $40.

    Below we provide a more detailed breakdown of five of the top providers for sending money to other countries online.

    Exchange rate alerts available

    Bank delivery as fast as a few minutes

    Cash pickup available

    Fast bank delivery

    Cash pickup worldwide

    BEST TRANSFER OPTIONS

    at Western Union

    Works in more than 200 countries

    Variety of payment and delivery options

    BEST CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE

    No markups on exchange rates

    Streamlined web experience

    Cheapest: OFX

    OFX , an online currency exchange platform previously known as USForex, focuses on sending transfers cheaply to 91 countries. It doesn’t charge any fees and has generally low markups on exchange rates. You can also target future rates, so a transfer will be sent when the market reaches your desired rate. Delivery takes three to four business days on average.

    Pros: Cheap; no maximum amount per transfer

    Cons: No same-day or next-day delivery; transfers require bank accounts on both ends; minimum amount per transfer is $150

    Fastest (tie): Xoom

    Xoom, owned by PayPal, focuses on speed for online and mobile transfers to 57 countries. Whether you pay with a bank account, debit card or credit card, funds can be delivered within minutes to a bank account or a cash pickup location such as a bank or retail store. Unlike other providers, Xoom can deliver money using bank accounts as fast as transfers using a debit or credit card — without charging extra for the speed. However, delivery times can be longer in some countries based on bank hours and other factors. Transfers usually aren’t cheap. Markups on exchange rates average between 1% to 3% above the midmarket rate, or the cheap rate that big banks use between each other. The average fee is about $15 for transfers of up to $1,000 using debit or credit cards.

    Pros: Fast, with same-day and next-day delivery; multiple ways to receive money

    Cons: More expensive than competitors; maximum amount is low, at $2,999 per transfer

    SendMoney24.com is a Fast, Secure and Low Cost money transfer service that lets you send money to over 160 countries

    Choose how to pay

    Pay for your money transfer with Bank Transfer, Debit or Credit card or by other alternative payment methods.

    A range of delivery methods

    Send money to any Visa or MasterCard, Bank Account or Cash Pick-Up location in over 150 countries worldwide.

    Money Back Guarantee

    We are confident of the reliability of our service. If your money doesn’t get there, we will refund it in full.

    Here”s what our customers say

    Awesome service SendMoney24!

    I travel much and this is the best way to receive money from my parents anytime and anywhere! Keep it up.

    Very Fast and Easy service!

    I send money to my family in Ukraine every month. It’s so quick and easy, my family receives the money within several minutes. Thank you for great customer service. Will recommend to all my frineds.

    151 Countries Available

    How to send money online

    Why SendMoney24.com?

    Low cost

    Save up to 70% on your money transfers abroad with our low fees and guaranteed exchange rates. No hidden bank fees or charges.

    Safe and secure

    We are regulated by the FCA and HMRC in the UK and use a proven secure technology to keep your data safe and secure which is our number one priority.

    Superior customer service

    We do our utmost to make it easy for our customers to send cash abroad, dealing speedily and efficiently with their enquiries.

    Some stats

    • Getting Started
    • Money Transfers
    • Send Money Abroad
    • International Money Transfer
    • Send Money Online
    • 24 Hour Money Transfer
    • FAQs
      • Send Money Now
      • How to Send Money
      • Required Documents
      • Fee Calculator
      • Cash Pick-Up Locations
      • Free 1st Money Transfer
      • Card to Card Transfer
      • Send Money to Estonia
      • Send Money to Latvia
      • Send Money to Lithuania
      • Send Money to Ukraine
      • Send Money to Uzbekistan
      • About Us
      • News
      • Terms & Conditions
      • Complaints
      • Privacy Policy
      • AML Policy
      • Contact Us

    The safest way to send money to Visa, MasterCard, Bank Account or Cash Pick-Up location in over 160 countries with SendMoney24 money sending service.

    Latest News
    • Offices closed on the 2nd of May Bank Holiday
    • Easter Holiday Opening Times
    • Christmas and New Year Opening Times
    • ©2011-2021 SendMoney24.com – owned and operated by Send Money 24 Ltd.
      Company Number: 07685129. FCA Registration Number: 58507​5, HMRC MLR Registration Number: 12670377.
      Address: Compass House, Vision Park, Chivers Way, Histon, Cambridge , CB24 9AD , England, UK.

      Recipient will be completely removed from your recipients list.
      Are you sure?

      When sending money by mail, use money orders as a safe alternative to cash and personal checks. U.S. Postal Service ® money orders are affordable, widely accepted, and never expire. Your money order receipt will help you track your payment and show proof of value in case the money order gets lost, stolen, or damaged.

      You can buy or cash postal money orders at any Post Office ™ location.

      How to send money online

      ALERT: Starting June 20, the Money Order Inquiry System will be temporarily unavailable as we upgrade to a new system. Read More ›

      How to Send Domestic Money Orders

      1. Decide on the money order amount. You can send up to $1,000 in a single order anywhere in the United States.
      2. Go to any Post Office location.
      3. Take cash, a debit card, or a traveler’s check. You cannot pay with a credit card.
      4. Fill out the money order at the counter with a retail associate.
      5. Pay the dollar value of the money order plus the issuing fee.
      6. Keep your receipt to track the money order.

      Money Order Fees

      Fees are based on the money order dollar amount.

      $0.01 to $500.00

      $500.01 to $1,000.00

      Postal Military Money Orders (issued by military facilities)

      Receiving Money Orders – How to Spot a Fake

      Before accepting a money order, make sure it’s real. There are several key things to look at to spot a counterfeit money order.

      Examine the Paper

      Real USPS money orders have specific marks and designs to prevent fraud. If you hold the money order up to the light you should see:

      • Watermarks of Ben Franklin on the left side repeat top to bottom (circle 1 on image).
      • On the right of the Franklin watermark, a vertical, multicolored thread with the letters “USPS” weaves in and out of the paper to (circle 2 on image).

      How to send money online

      Check the Dollar Amounts

      • If the dollar amount is discolored, it may have been erased, indicating fraud (circle 3 on image).
      • Make sure the dollar amount is imprinted twice (circle 4 on image).
      • See if the dollar value is too large.
        • Domestic money orders cannot be more than $1,000.
        • International money orders cannot be more than $700 ($500 for El Salvador or Guyana).

      Suspect a Fake?

      • If you suspect fraud, call the U.S. Postal Inspection Service at 1-877-876-2455.
      • If you think you’ve been given a fake money order, call the Money Order Verification System at 1-866-459-7822.

      How to Cash Domestic Money Orders

      Domestic money orders never expire and they do not accrue interest. Money orders are cashed for the exact amount on the order.

      You can cash a USPS money order at a Post Office for free. You can also cash them at most banks and some stores. Rural carriers may cash money orders if they have enough money on hand.

      Cashing a Money Order at the Post Office

      1. Do not sign the money order.
      2. Take a primary photo ID with the money order to any Post Office location.
      3. Sign the money order at the counter in front of a retail associate.

      See additional requirements for money orders made out to organizations, more than one person, and minors.

      Check the Status of a Money Order

      You can check the status of a money order you’ve purchased from the U.S. Postal Service at any time by visiting the Money Orders Application.

      Make sure you have the following information for the postal money order you want to check:

      • Serial number
      • Post Office number
      • Dollar amount

      Replacing Lost, Stolen, or Damaged Money Orders

      Lost or Stolen Money Orders

      You cannot stop payment on postal money orders, but a lost or stolen money order can be replaced.

      • Money order loss or theft may take up to 30 days to confirm.
      • Investigating a money order’s lost or stolen status may take up to 60 days.
      • There is a $6.95 processing fee to replace a lost or stolen money order.

      Requesting a Refund

      1. Take your money order receipt to any Post Office location.
      2. Talk to a retail associate at the counter to start a Money Order Inquiry.
      3. After starting the inquiry, you will be able to check the status of your money order and inquiry progress by visiting the Money Orders Application.
      4. When your money order is confirmed lost or stolen, we’ll issue you a replacement money order.

      Damaged Money Orders

      We’ll replace money orders that are defective or damaged. Take the damaged money order and your receipt to your local Post Office location to get a replacement.

      Money Orders between the USPS & Japan Post

      As of March 2020, the Postal Service ™ no longer sells international postal money orders destined for Japan or cashes international postal money orders issued by Japan Post. If you have not yet cashed a Japan Post-issued money order, please return it to the sender.

      • English
      • Deutsch
      • Español (ES)
      • Español (MX)
      • Français
      • Italiano
      • Magyar
      • Nederlands
      • Polski
      • Português (BR)
      • Português (PT)
      • Română
      • Tiếng Việt
      • 中文
      • 한국어
      • Зарегистрироваться
      • Отправить средства
      • Пополнить
      • Оплата счетов
      • Справка
      • Русский
        • English
        • Deutsch
        • Español (ES)
        • Español (MX)
        • Français
        • Italiano
        • Magyar
        • Nederlands
        • Polski
        • Português (BR)
        • Português (PT)
        • Română
        • Tiếng Việt
        • 中文
        • 한국어
      • Отправить средства
      • Пополнить
      • Оплата счетов
      Оплата с помощью Комиссия в USD
      Остаток на счете PayPal 4,99
      Банковский счет 4,99
      Дебетовая карта 5,99
      Кредитная карта † 5,99

      † Компания-эмитент вашей карты может взимать комиссию за выдачу наличных денежных средств.

      Отправка наличных в Иорданию

      Отправляйте средства в основные пункты выдачи наличных в Иордании, такие как Saudi Exchange.

      Все возможности PayPal со скоростью Xoom

      Xoom — это сервис PayPal. Мы являемся частью чего-то большего, что дает возможность более чем 250 миллионам клиентов по всему миру ежедневно совершать безопасные онлайн-операции. Можно ли найти лучший аргумент в нашу пользу? А главное, если у вас есть счет PayPal, вы можете начать отправлять средства в Иорданию прямо сейчас, используя любой доступный способ оплаты PayPal. Войти через PayPal

      Насколько быстро средства будут переведены в Иорданию?

      Ваши средства будут доступны в течение нескольких минут в одном из пунктов выдачи наличных в Иордании. ‡

      Как отправить средства в Иорданию?

      Xoom позволяет быстро и легко приступить к отправке средств. Шаг 1. Вы можете войти с помощью учетных данных PayPal или создать учетную запись Xoom, для чего потребуется ваше имя и адрес электронной почты. Шаг 2. Укажите получателя, введите сумму, которую хотите отправить, и место доставки в Иордании. Шаг 3. Оплатите отправку с помощью банковского счета, карты или счета PayPal. Зарегистрироваться и начать работу

      Как отправить средства в Иорданию для получения наличными

      Шаг 1. Введите сумму. Шаг 2. Укажите имя, адрес и номер телефона получателя. Шаг 3. Выберите пункт выдачи наличных, включая Saudi Exchange и Jordan Valley Exchange. Шаг 4. Оплатите с помощью счета PayPal, банковского счета или банковской карты. Просмотреть все пункты выдачи наличных

      Мы будем рады помочь вам.

      Получите личную поддержку реальных людей, которые хотят помочь вам. Наши центры обслуживания клиентов расположены на разных континентах с поддержкой на нескольких языках. Просто свяжитесь с нами или посетите наш Справочный центр для получения помощи и информации И наконец, мы гарантируем, что ваши деньги будут выданы получателю или мы вернем вам ваш перевод в полном объеме.

      Отправляйте средства и отслеживайте операции из любой точки мира с помощью приложения Xoom

      The Xoom app makes it even easier

      Conveniently send money to Jordan and track transactions right from your phone. The Xoom mobile app is equipped with biometric login and features our easy Slide-to-Send technology. Get the Xoom app

      How to download and use the Xoom app

      Step 1: Just open the App Store or Google Play. Step 2: Download the free Xoom app. Step 3: Start sending money and reloading phones to Jordan wherever you go with a few taps and slides right from your mobile device.

      Вы всегда можете рассчитывать на нашу поддержку!

      Мы стремимся обеспечить безопасность вашей операции, не раскрывая вашу финансовую информацию. Наши технологии шифрования и защиты от мошенничества позволяют защищать ваши операции круглосуточно. Просмотрите эти ссылки, чтобы узнать больше.

      Гарантия возврата денежных средств

      Мы гарантируем, что ваши средства поступят на указанный вами счет, или мы мы вернем вам ваш перевод в полном объеме.

      ‡ Переводы подлежат проверке и могут быть отсрочены или приостановлены в случае выявления проблем. Learn more

      Нужна помощь? Перейдите в Центр разрешения проблем.

      Узнать

      • О сервисе Xoom
      • Карьера
      • Site Map
      • Калькулятор комиссии
      • News
      • Главная страница сервиса международных денежных переводов
      • Как это работает
      • Точки обслуживания переводов

      Безопасность и конфиденциальность

      • Центр безопасности
      • Отправляйте средства безопасно
      • Конфиденциальность
      • Конфиденциальность (США)
      • Юридические соглашения
      • Жалобы (UK)
      • Настройка файлов cookie

      Деньги Go Xoom:

      • Приложение для Android в Google Play
      • Скачать из App Store

      Xoom переводит ваши средства быстро, а ваша безопасность является нашей первостепенной задачей. Скорость денежных переводов зависит от многих факторов, включая:

      • Утверждение с помощью системы Xoom для защиты от мошенничества.
      • Доступ к средствам на расчетном счете отправителя (текущий счет, банковская карта)
      • Часы работы банков и доступность банковской системы в стране или регионе получателя.
      • Разница в часовых поясах, часы работы банков в выходные дни, включая местные праздники.
      • Часы работы принимающего представителя

      How to send money online

      Cash App is the new kid on the block in the world of payment apps. This is your ultimate guide to transferring money using Cash App.

      If you’ve been on any social media platforms recently, you’ve heard of Cash App. It’s the instant money transfer service that Gen Z loves. Transferring funds to your roommates or sending your half of the check for a restaurant meal has never been so easy.

      Now with banking and investing abilities, Cash App users are riding the new wave of modern banking. Here is what you need to know about this payment processing newbie.

      Here’s What We’ll Cover:

      What Is a Cash App?

      Cash App is a peer payment app. It behaves like a bank account but not quite.

      It is similar to personal accounts in that you can order a Cash App debit card called a “Cash Card”. You can make in person purchases with your Cash Card at any time.

      Users can also buy and sell Bitcoin using their mobile app. Investing in stocks is simple too.

      All quite sophisticated for a peer money transfer app!

      So How Does Cash App Differ from Traditional Bank Accounts?

        There are no physical locations

      Cash App is a completely online money transfer app. There are no physical locations. You can only deposit money into your account using another external bank account. The plus side is you can access your account on multiple mobile devices.

      Cash App doesn’t charge fees (for most basic services)

      Cash App is free to use. There is no monthly charge, international transfer fees or operating fees. However, there is a transaction fee of 3% to transfer money using your credit card as a payment source. This is not uncommon.

      It does not have FDIC insurance

      FDIC insurance is what protects your money in the event of a financial crisis. If Cash App was to go out of business tomorrow, your money is not federally insured as it would be with the old school, brick-and-mortar banks.

      You can trade Bitcoin

      Though some banks do have an investment feature, few have ventured into cryptocurrency. Cash App’s ability to buy and sell Bitcoin using the app cements its status as forward-thinking and innovative.

      There are limits

      It’s not uncommon for debit cards to have limits – especially mobile money transfer apps. But Cash App’s limits are particularly low:

      You can spend maximum $7,000 can be spent on the Cash Card every day
      Maximum $10,000 over a 7 day period
      Maximum $25,000 over a 30 day period

      Withdrawals are capped at $1,000 per day & $1,000 per week

      Boosts are Cash App’s reward scheme. They have several merchant partners that offer exclusive discounts to Cash App users. Boost partners include Chick-Fil-A, Book Depository, Whole Food, Walgreens, USPS and many more.

      You can link more than one payment method

      You open your account by linking a debit card, but you can add other payment methods too. It is similar to PayPal or Venmo in that way. Cash App is the conduit for your payments.

      You get a bonus for friends you recruit

      Cash App is using the good old virality technique to grow its user base. You get a $5 bonus per friend that joins the app on your referral.

      How to Start Using Cash App Step by Step

      Setting up a Cash App account is very easy. All you need to do is:

      1. Download the app
      2. Enter your email address or cell phone number
      3. Connect an active debit card to connect your current bank account
      4. Enter your full name
      5. Choose a “$Cashtag”, which is unique to you
      6. Confirm your address

      Then you’re good to go! You can start by transferring funds into your account from your bank account to hold in your mobile wallet.

      Friends and even customers can easily transfer money to you using your $Cashtag or email address.

      How to Send Money Using Cash App

      1. Open your app on your smartphone
      2. Enter the amount of money you want to send
      3. Tap “pay” on the screen
      4. Enter the recipient’s email address, $Cashtag or cellphone number.
        If the payee doesn’t have a Cash App account, it will still send them a notification to let them know you are sending payment. They have a limited time to claim the amount by opening an account. It’s a sneaky way of recruiting new members but it works!
      5. Enter a reference or what the payment was for
      6. Tap “pay”

      Key Takeaways

      Cash App is low cost, simple and innovative. It is an ever-changing money transfer platform that has a lot of potential. Could it overtake Venmo and PayPal in the popular sphere? Only time will tell.

      Read more helpful articles and resources for your small business on our resource guide.

      Last Updated: 7th September, 2021

      Keeping this in view, can you send a money order electronically?

      Sending Online Money Orders There are numerous ways to send money online. You can use online money transfer services, such as PayPal, Venmo or Square’s Cash App. MoneyGram and Western Union also let you send money online using a bank account, debit card or credit card.

      Similarly, how do I pay a money order online? Method 2Paying Fees

      1. Purchase a money order from the bank. In general, banks charge the highest fees for money orders.
      2. Go to the post office.
      3. Use a remittance service provider.
      4. Pay for online money orders.
      5. Purchase multiple money orders if you need more than $1,000.

      Simply so, how do I send a money order?

      How to Send Domestic Money Orders

      1. Decide on the money order amount.
      2. Go to any Post Office location.
      3. Take cash, a debit card, or a traveler’s check.
      4. Fill out the money order at the counter with a retail associate.
      5. Pay the dollar value of the money order plus the issuing fee.
      6. Keep your receipt to track the money order.

      Can I buy a money order online with a debit card?

      Most checking accounts provide online bill payment and P2P payment services, plus you receive a debit card that you can use just like a credit card. You won’t need to pay for individual money orders or wait in line to purchase them.

      How to send money online

      There are times when you should give anonymously

      5 Ways to Send Money Anonymously

      1. Create an alter-ego email address on Paypal.

      2. Use money transfer services.

      3. Have a third party deliver cash.

      4. Contribute to a Gofundme anonymously.

      5. Get a blank check printed

      6. Go through a charity organization.

      Related Posts

      • Facebook 29
      • Pinterest 13
      • Email

      Reader Interactions

      Comments

      Really like idea 4. Your anonymous gift leveraged with that of others can go even further! Nice article.

      Jason Clayton says

      Giving anonymously can be easily done through the church if you have honorable leadership that will keep it anonymous and place the money where desired. As the treasurer of our church I see this happen all the time where people want to bless others in need, but don’t want to be identified.

      One thing to remember: It’s important to know that when doing this your gift is not tax-deductible under IRS rules for non-profits – so the church should not include it in your taxable giving when reporting back to you your yearly giving report.

      OBONDI DARIUS says

      The anonymous giving is a gift from the Lord.
      My former primary teacher paid his money to need children to clear their school fees and now the teacher is staying peacefully with his children who are all in good employment.He Is also operating a very good business liked by many.
      The book of mark 9:41 says that, whoever gives a cup of water to drink in the name of God because he belongs to to Christ surely will never by no means lose his reward.Amen.
      The Ruth Group in Kenya is requesting in the Name of the Lord to be assisted financially for it is poor and need.
      The Group started as away of assisting one another in providing themselves with basic needs and other provisions and disappearing from poverty.
      It contributes monthly among members and give a member the contribution at a time until each member gets in a circle.
      It also offers devotional Prayers in their member houses in the evenings.
      In the Name of the Lord i do believe and trust that, the Ruth Group will be assisted as a request in the Lord.Amen.

      How to send money anonymously?
      I found one way! You need have legit PayPal account! Then create another “fake” PayPal account, with fake name and info, then create NEW fake email, don’t provide any bank accounts or any legit PayPal accounts. Then after you created fake account transfer money from Original paypal to fake one, send as friend and family. Then send money from fake account to whoever you want.

      Doesn’t the recipient have to have a Paypal account?

      Whether your family needs support back home or you want to reimburse a friend, knowing how to wire money online is important. Wiring money online can be a great way to send larger amounts directly to your recipient’s checking account, as well. With the rise of online banking and digital money transfers, it’s also easier than ever.

      How to send money online

      What is a bank wire, exactly? To be clear, it’s either transferring funds from one bank account to another, or, making an electronic payment using a money transfer service. In that case, you may or may not be sending to a bank account.

      Getting started may seem confusing. Luckily, the steps are simple in most cases. This guide will break it down for you.

      Wiring money online safely

      Safety first. There are many wire transfer scams out there, and they often target immigrants, young adults, and the elderly. Fortunately, money transfer companies and banks are heavily regulated and follow standards to ensure safety. That said, it’s still important to take safety steps.

      The following tips will help:

      • Use two-factor authentication when sending with a mobile app.
      • Sign out of websites if you use a public computer.
      • Always use your own phone to wire money if using an app.
      • Use your own Wi-Fi or data connection if possible.
      • Make sure that your chosen service offers account security for sending money.
      • Don’t send payments to people you do not know.
      • Never share your account information with others.

      Learning how to wire money online is easy, and taking a few extra steps like this will ensure that all goes well.

      How to send money online

      Choose the right service

      Your reasons for wiring money will affect your choice. Whether you send a domestic wire transfer or an international wire transfer, for instance, changes your range of options.

      Financial services like Remitly, Western Union and MoneyGram are popular options for international transfers.

      Within the United States, payment apps like Venmo or Paypal are also quite common. Elsewhere, mobile wallets make it easy to transfer money to someone else with the same mobile wallet provider.

      You can wire money directly from your bank account, too, though this may be more expensive than app-based options.

      Look for the following qualities when selecting a wire transfer provider:

      • Same-day delivery availability;
      • Several payment methods available, from debit cards, to credit cards, to bank accounts, to mobile money;
      • Delivery methods your recipient prefers, whether a bank, cash pickup location, or mobile wallet;
      • Transfer limits that fit your needs, especially if sending large amounts;
      • Live chat and 24/7 customer service; and
      • Affordable transfer fees.

      How to send money online

      What about online wire transfer fees?

      We’ve put together a comprehensive guide to international money transfer fees for more detail on this topic.

      In general, check for additional fees as well as the exchange rate markup to get a full understanding of what your transfer will cost.

      NerdWallet offers a handy guide to the bank wire transfer fees of popular financial institutions like Bank of America, which could be helpful to consult before transferring money through your bank.

      At Remitly, we pride ourselves on low fees and good rates. You can check the specific rates for your country of choice by logging into the app or selecting your country on our homepage.

      What information will you need?

      If you’re sending domestically, you will need to sign up with your app of choice and add your payment method; the app will verify your details. After that, you probably just need your recipient’s account email or phone number.

      When sending internationally, you’ll need to provide basic information about yourself to verify your identity. Enter information exactly as it appears on your documents to make verification go faster.

      Gather the following information to send money internationally:

      • Your name as it appears on your ID.
      • Your phone number and address.
      • Your date of birth exactly as it appears on your ID.
      • The account or card numbers you’re using to send money.

      Sending the money: how it works

      After verifying your identity, you can proceed to send a transfer. Be sure to have these essential details available:

      • The recipient’s name. Use the exact name on their ID.
      • The recipient’s address. This should also match their ID.
      • The recipient’s phone number so they can get alerts when money has arrived.
      • The recipient’s bank account number and/or routing number (if sending money directly to their account).

      You will need to enter how much money you want to send. As mentioned, keep in mind that exchange rates can change frequently, so check current rates before sending. Learn more about how foreign currency values fluctuate in our exchange rate guide.

      Once you’ve entered the required information to send a transfer online, take a moment to review everything before clicking “send.”

      How to send money online

      The bottom line

      Sending money to friends and family members can be easy. As long as you choose a reputable provider and follow the correct steps, the recipient could receive their funds within a single day, or even minutes.

      For more tips on personal finance and money transfers, we have you covered. Find additional information on everything from building your credit score to understanding SWIFT codes on the Remitly blog.

      About Remitly

      If you need to send money to a different country, Remitly makes international money transfers faster, easier, more transparent, and more affordable. Our reliable and easy-to-use mobile app is trusted by over 3 million people around the world.

      Visit the homepage, download our app, or check out our Help Center for FAQs to learn more.

      Get 77.75 rupees per dollar on your first transaction. This rate won’t last, send today!

      Promotional FX rate applies to first $2,999 of transfer. Non-promotional rate applies to the remainder of transfer. New customers only. One per customer. Rates subject to change. See Terms for details.

      Send up to $30,000 in a single transfer
      Fast deposits and on-time delivery guarantee
      One fixed exchange rate for any amount
      Zero transfer fees for $1,000+, even when sending with a debit card

      Sending limit subject to banking partner limits and compliance requirements.
      Promotional exchange rates subject to transfer limits with the remainder of the transfer sent at Remitly’s non-promotional rate.

      Compare Remitly with Xoom

      We don’t charge fees when you send $1,001 or more. Compare our non-promotional rates and fees when sending from the United States to India

      Express or Economy? Our Express money transfers from the United States to India are available within minutes. Economy money transfers to India take 3-5 business days, but have an even better rate.

      When sending USD $1,001 or more via bank deposit. This information is based on rates shown on competitor websites as of 11/02/2021.

      Recent press for Remitly

      See what our customers say

      Money was transferred promptly and securely. I would definitely use their services again in the future.

      Nice and fast and so convenient! Excellent. Highly recommendable!

      I had such a great experience sending money to Mexico with Remitly. Money arrived fast. Will be doing it again.

      Read all of our reviews on

      Remitly gives you nationwide coverage in India

      Transfer money easily to 130+ banks including SBI, HDFC, Citi Bank, Axis Bank plus Recipients can now pick up their money at 100,000+ cash pick-up locations including Punjab National Bank, EbixCash, Weizmann Forex, Muthoot Fincorp, and more.

      Trademarks, trade names and logos displayed are registered trademarks of their respective owners. No affiliation or endorsement of Remitly should be implied.

      This article was written by Darlene Antonelli, MA. Darlene Antonelli is a Technology Writer and Editor for wikiHow. Darlene has experience teaching college courses, writing technology-related articles, and working hands-on in the technology field. She earned an MA in Writing from Rowan University in 2012 and wrote her thesis on online communities and the personalities curated in such communities.

      This article has been viewed 24,258 times.

      This wikiHow will teach you how to send money with Zelle, using the Zelle app. If your bank offers Zelle and you’ve already installed your bank’s mobile app, you can skip this article and instead use your bank app’s Zelle transfer tools.

      How to send money online

      I edited this screenshot of an iOS icon.\n

      I edited this screenshot of an Android icon\n

      July 28, 2021, 12:00 a.m. • News and Promotions|News and Promotions

      MoneyGram in the News

      Send international money transfers to someone’s bank account linked to their eligible Visa Debit Card quickly and reliably with MoneyGram ®

      Send wire transfers to someone’s bank account linked to an eligible Visa debit card, just enter your recipient’s eligible Visa Debit card number instead of their bank account details. It’s safe and simple, and they can access the funds in 30 minutes or less-24 hours a day, 7 days a week.* Best of all, they won’t need to go wait in line to get their money.

      Available in the following countries:

      • USA
      • Czechia
      • Spain
      • El Salvador
      • Nicaragua
      • Sri Lanka
      • Malaysia
      • Jamaica
      • Lithuania
      • Vietnam
      • Thailand
      • Russia
      • Greece
      • Poland
      • Costa Rica
      • Jamaica
      • Philippines
      • Dominican Republic

      *Actual fund availability depends on receiving financial institution and region.

      Follow Us on Social Media

      • About MoneyGram |
      • Privacy Notice |
      • Terms of Use |
      • ADA Website Accessibility Statement |
      • MoneyGram Consumer Site (US)

      Licensed as a Money Transmitter by the New York State Department of Financial Services. Massachusetts Check Seller License # CS0025, Foreign Transmittal License # FT89432, NMLS # 898432 ©2021 MoneyGram.

      Get the Mobile Banking app

      Get it on the App Store

      Before you leave our site, we want you to know your app store has its own privacy practices and level of security which may be different from ours, so please review their policies.

      Or we can text a download link directly to your phone

      By providing your mobile number you are consenting to receive a text message. Text message fees may apply from your carrier. Text messages may be transmitted automatically.

      Apple, the Apple logo, iPhone, iPad, Apple Watch and Touch ID are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.

      Get it on the App Store

      Before you leave our site, we want you to know your app store has its own privacy practices and level of security which may be different from ours, so please review their policies.

      Or we can send you a link by email

      Apple, the Apple logo, iPhone, iPad, Apple Watch and Touch ID are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.

      Get it on Google Play

      Before you leave our site, we want you to know your app store has its own privacy practices and level of security which may be different from ours, so please review their policies.

      Or we can text a download link directly to your phone

      By providing your mobile number you are consenting to receive a text message. Text message fees may apply from your carrier. Text messages may be transmitted automatically.

      Android is a trademark of Google Inc. Samsung is a registered trademark of Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

      Our mobile app isn’t available for all devices

      If you don’t see an app for your device, you may still be able to access our mobile website by typing bankofamerica.com in your mobile web browser.

      Get the mobile banking app

      Before you leave our site, we want you to know your app store has its own privacy practices and level of security which may be different from ours, so please review their polices.

      Continue Go back to Bank of America

      We’ve sent you a download link

      We sent an email with the download link to

      We sent a text message with the download link to

      We couldn’t send the link

      Your money, where you want it

      Distribute money across multiple accounts with minimal hassle

      Your money, where you want it

      Distribute money across multiple accounts with minimal hassle

      With the Bank of America Mobile Banking App,

      transferring money between your Bank of America accounts

      has never been easier.

      Just open the app,

      sign into your account,

      and select Transfer/Zelle.

      From there, tap Make Transfer

      and select the account you want to transfer money from

      and which account to transfer to.

      Enter the amount you want to transfer,

      Select the date you want the transaction to occur

      and tap Done once again.

      Finally, click Continue to review the details.

      Then, if everything looks good, select Schedule.

      You’ll receive a confirmation

      that the transfer was successful

      It’s banking made easier,

      with the Bank of America Mobile Banking App

      right at your fingertips.

      Make your next transfer using

      the Bank of America Mobile Banking App.

      Transcript

      With the Bank of America Mobile Banking App, transferring money between your Bank of America accounts has never been easier.

      Just open the app, sign into your account, and select ‘Transfer/Zelle.’

      On screen copy: Sequences shortened. Screen images simulated.

      From there, tap ‘Make Transfer’ and select the account you want to transfer money from. and which account to transfer to.

      Enter the amount you want to transfer, then tap ‘Done.’

      Select the date you want the transaction to occur, and tap ‘Done’ once again.

      Finally, click ‘Continue’ to review the details.

      Then, if everything looks good, select ‘Schedule.’

      You’ll receive a confirmation that the transfer was successful.. and that’s it!

      It’s banking made easier, with the Bank of America Mobile Banking App right at your fingertips.

      On screen copy: What would you like the power to do?

      Make YOUR next transfer using the Bank of America Mobile Banking App.

      On screen copy: Get to know the Mobile App today.

      On screen copy: The Zelle related marks are used under license from Early Warning Services, LLC. Mobile Banking requires that you download the Mobile Banking app and is only available for select mobile devices. Message and data rates may apply. Sequences shortened. Screen images simulated.

      *Fees may be waived if funded from an eligible account type.

      Transactions typically occur in minutes when the recipient’s email address or U.S. mobile number is already enrolled with Zelle ® .

      Same day for domestic wires

      1 – 5 business days (depends on country) for international wires

      Certain international countries

      Enrollment with Zelle ® through Wells Fargo Online ® or Wells Fargo Business Online ® is required. Terms and conditions apply. U.S. checking or savings account required to use Zelle ® . Transactions between enrolled users typically occur in minutes. For your protection, Zelle ® should only be used for sending money to friends, family, or others you trust. Neither Wells Fargo nor Zelle ® offers a protection program for authorized payments made with Zelle ® . Payment requests to persons not already enrolled with Zelle ® must be sent to an email address. To send or receive money with a small business, both parties must be enrolled with Zelle ® directly through their financial institution’s online or mobile banking experience. For more information, view the Zelle ® Transfer Service Addendum to the Wells Fargo Online Access Agreement. Your mobile carrier’s message and data rates may apply.

      Enrollment in Wells Fargo Online ® Wires is required, and terms and conditions apply. Applicable outgoing or incoming wire transfer service fees apply, unless waived by the terms of your account. Wells Fargo Online Wires are unavailable through a tablet device using the Wells Fargo Mobile ® app. To send a wire, sign on at wellsfargo.com via your tablet or desktop computer, or sign on to the Wells Fargo Mobile app using your smartphone. Your mobile carrier’s message and data rates may apply. For more information, view the Wells Fargo Wire Transfers Terms and Conditions.

      The first remittance sent under each service agreement must be completed in person at a Wells Fargo branch. Customers with an existing checking or savings account may be able to complete their first remittance by calling the Wells Fargo Phone Bank, subject to caller authentication requirements and additional fraud prevention controls. Additional remittances may be completed at a Wells Fargo branch, by calling the Wells Fargo Phone Bank, or through Wells Fargo Online ® at wellsfargo.com.

      The credit to account or the cash pick-up delivery methods for remittances may not be available at all Remittance Network Members or locations. When sending money to an account, we will need the beneficiary’s qualifying deposit account number at the Remittance Network Member. When sending money for cash pick-up, the beneficiary’s name provided by the sender must exactly match the beneficiary’s name on their government issued identification.

      In addition to the transfer fee, Wells Fargo makes money when it converts one currency to another currency for you. The exchange rate provided to you is set by Wells Fargo in its sole discretion, and it includes a markup. For additional information related to Wires and foreign currency, please see the Wells Fargo Wire Transfers Terms and Conditions.

      In addition to the transfer fee, Wells Fargo makes money when it converts one currency to another currency for you. The exchange rate provided to you is set by Wells Fargo in its sole discretion, and it includes a markup. For additional information related to ExpressSend and foreign currency, please see the ExpressSend Terms and Conditions.

      Zelle ® and the Zelle ® related marks are wholly owned by Early Warning Services, LLC and are used herein under license.

      Transfer money

      You can easily set up one-time or repeating transfers of money between accounts. Here’s how:

      1. Sign in to the Chase Mobile ® app and tap “Pay & Transfer”
      2. Tap “Transfer” and then choose “Account or Brokerage Transfer”
      3. Enter the amount
      4. Choose the accounts you want to transfer from and to
      5. Enter the transfer date and add an optional memo
      6. Tap “Transfer” and confirm

      Chase Mobile ® app is available for select mobile devices. Enroll in Chase Online℠ or on the Chase Mobile ® app. Message and data rates may apply.

      Follow us:

      • Facebook
      • Instagram
      • Twitter
      • YouTube
      • LinkedIn
      • Pinterest

      We’re here to help you manage your money today and tomorrow

      Checking Accounts

      Choose the checking account that works best for you. See our Chase Total Checking ® offer for new customers. Make purchases with your debit card, and bank from almost anywhere by phone, tablet or computer and 16,000 ATMs and more than 4,700 branches.

      Savings Accounts & CDs

      It’s never too early to begin saving. Open a savings account or open a Certificate of Deposit (see interest rates) and start saving your money.

      Credit Cards

      Choose from our Chase credit cards to help you buy what you need. Many offer rewards that can be redeemed for cash back, or for rewards at companies like Disney, Marriott, Hyatt, United or Southwest Airlines. We can help you find the credit card that matches your lifestyle. Plus, get your free credit score!

      Mortgages

      Home Equity Line of Credit

      You might be able to use a portion of your home’s value to spruce it up or pay other bills with a Home Equity Line of Credit. To find out if you may be eligible for a HELOC, use our HELOC calculator and other resources for a HELOC.

      Chase Auto is here to help you get the right car. Apply for auto financing for a new or used car with Chase. Use the payment calculator to estimate monthly payments.

      Planning & Investments

      Whether you choose to work with a financial advisor and develop a financial strategy or invest online, J.P. Morgan offers insights, expertise and tools to help you reach your goals. Check here for the latest J.P. Morgan online investing offers, promotions, and coupons.

      INVESTMENT AND INSURANCE PRODUCTS ARE:

      • NOT FDIC INSURED
      • NOT INSURED BY ANY FEDERAL GOVERNMENT AGENCY
      • NOT A DEPOSIT OR OTHER OBLIGATION OF, OR GUARANTEED BY, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES
      • SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT INVESTED

      Chase Private Client

      Get more from a personalized relationship with a dedicated banker to help you manage your everyday banking needs and a J.P. Morgan Private Client Advisor who will help develop a personalized investment strategy to meet your evolving needs. Contact your nearest branch and let us help you reach your goals.

      INVESTMENT AND INSURANCE PRODUCTS ARE:

      • NOT A DEPOSIT
      • NOT FDIC INSURED
      • NOT INSURED BY ANY FEDERAL GOVERNMENT AGENCY
      • NO BANK GUARANTEE
      • MAY LOSE VALUE

      Business Banking

      With Business Banking, you’ll receive guidance from a team of business professionals who specialize in helping improve cash flow, providing credit solutions, and on managing payroll. Chase also offers online and mobile services, business credit cards, and payment acceptance solutions built specifically for businesses.

      About Chase

      Chase Bank serves nearly half of U.S. households with a broad range of products. Chase online lets you manage your Chase accounts, view statements, monitor activity, pay bills or transfer funds securely from one central place. To learn more, visit the Banking Education Center. For questions or concerns, please contact Chase customer service or let us know about Chase complaints and feedback.

      Sports & Entertainment

      Chase gives you access to unique sports, entertainment and culinary events through Chase Experiences and our exclusive partnerships such as the US Open, Madison Square Garden and Chase Center.

      Other Products & Services:

      • Online Banking
      • Mobile Banking
      • Student Center
      • Deposit Account Agreements

      “Chase,” “JPMorgan,” “JPMorgan Chase,” the JPMorgan Chase logo and the Octagon Symbol are trademarks of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co.

      Investing involves market risk, including possible loss of principal, and there is no guarantee that investment objectives will be achieved.

      J.P. Morgan Wealth Management is a business of JPMorgan Chase & Co., which offers investment products and services through J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (JPMS), a registered broker-dealer and investment advisor, member FINRA and SIPC. Annuities are made available through Chase Insurance Agency, Inc. (CIA), a licensed insurance agency, doing business as Chase Insurance Agency Services, Inc. in Florida. Certain custody and other services are provided by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (JPMCB). JPMS, CIA and JPMCB are affiliated companies under the common control of JPMorgan Chase & Co. Products not available in all states.

      “Chase Private Client” is the brand name for a banking and investment product and service offering, requiring a Chase Private Client Checking account.

      Bank deposit accounts, such as checking and savings, may be subject to approval. Deposit products and related services are offered by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Member FDIC.

      • About Chase
      • J.P. Morgan
      • JPMorgan Chase & Co.
      • Media Center
      • Careers
      • Site map
      • Privacy & Security
      • Terms of use
      • Accessibility
      • AdChoices
      • Give feedback
      • Member FDIC
      • Equal Housing Lender

      © 2022 JPMorgan Chase & Co.

      You’re now leaving Chase

      Chase’s website and/or mobile terms, privacy and security policies don’t apply to the site or app you’re about to visit. Please review its terms, privacy and security policies to see how they apply to you. Chase isn’t responsible for (and doesn’t provide) any products, services or content at this third-party site or app, except for products and services that explicitly carry the Chase name.

      How to send money online

      Many or all of the products featured here are from our partners who compensate us. This may influence which products we write about and where and how the product appears on a page. However, this does not influence our evaluations. Our opinions are our own. Here is a list of our partners and here’s how we make money.

      The best transfer providers for sending money to Mexico charge low to no fees, offer delivery within minutes, or have huge cash pickup networks. Pick the best provider based on what’s most important for you.

      Best Ways to Send Money to Mexico Online of 2021

      OFX : Cheapest for bank deposits

      Remitly : Cheapest for cash pickup

      MoneyGram : Fastest (tie) and biggest network

      Xoom : Fastest (tie)

      Western Union : Runner-up for biggest network

      Scroll down to see further details on these providers.

      Cheapest for bank deposits

      Online provider has low exchange rate markups and no upfront fees.

      Cheapest for cash delivery

      Internet-based provider charges low to no fees and offers cash delivery.

      Fastest (tie) and biggest network

      Traditional transfer provider offers bank delivery within hours and cash pickup within minutes.

      About 43,000 cash pickup locations in Mexico.

      Online provider delivers as quickly as within a few minutes.

      at Western Union

      Runner-up for biggest network

      Traditional provider has over 35,000 locations for cash pickup in Mexico.

      Cheapest for bank deposits: OFX

      If cost is your main concern and if both you and your recipient have bank accounts, OFX beats the competition for a few reasons. This digital transfer platform charges no upfront transfer fees and has a low markup on exchange rates for U.S. dollars to Mexican pesos. In addition, you can set up rate alerts to send money when a rate is more favorable for you. Delivery takes from one to four business days. But OFX has some limits: The minimum you can send is $1,000, and transfers require bank accounts for sending and receiving money.

      » Need to send money somewhere other than Mexico? Check out our best ways to send money

      Cheapest for cash pickup: Remitly

      This online and mobile provider combines low transfer costs and a considerable network of cash pickup locations in Mexico. Remitly has competitive exchange rates, and its overall costs are lower if you choose to have your transfer delivered in three to five business days. A transfer delivered within minutes will cost you a little more, but both have a $3.99 fee if you’re sending less than $500 (it’s $0 if you’re sending more than that). You can also pay with a credit card for an extra 3%.

      You can send money to a bank account or to one of Remitly’s more than 21,000 cash pickup locations in Mexico. Customer service includes phone support in Spanish, available every day.

      Fastest (tie) and biggest network: MoneyGram

      MoneyGram sends money to Mexico quickly, but the speed depends on how you want the money to arrive. Transfers to a bank account take an hour or more, while transfers for cash pickup at one of about 43,000 locations in Mexico usually arrive in minutes. The timing can depend on the retail location or bank hours. You can pay with cash if you send money from U.S. MoneyGram locations.

      MoneyGram’s convenience comes at a price. You’ll pay at least $5 to send with cash, plus the exchange rate and markups. Sending from bank account to bank account is free aside from the markup.

      Fastest (tie): Xoom

      This PayPal-owned provider typically delivers money the same day it’s sent, regardless of how the transfer is funded. Delivery to cash pickup locations and some bank accounts can take minutes, but transfers are subject to retailer or bank hours. Using a bank account results in a flat fee of $3 for sending $299.98 or less (it’s $0 for amounts of $299.99 or more), while transfers with a credit or debit card cost from about $4 to about $76.

      How to send money online

      Prepaid cards are a great way to control your spending, as you have a designated amount on them to be used. You can’t go over this limit, so they’re a great way of stopping you from spending too much on your shopping trips!

      They’re also really handy if you’re in a different country and don’t want to use your regular bank card because of the international charges.

      At some point you might want to transfer money from your prepaid card to another card or bank account. If this is the case, you can do this easily and quickly with Paysend.

      How to transfer money from your prepaid card

      To transfer money from a prepaid card to a bank or card account, you’ll first need to download the Paysend Global Transfer app to your smartphone. Alternatively, you can head to paysend.com where you can also send money.

      Signing up takes just a few minutes. If you’re using the app, when you’ve signed up hit the ‘Send money’ button in the app, select which country your recipient is in, and then enter the recipient’s details.

      Next, enter the details of your prepaid card, review the details of the transfer and press ‘Send’. It might seem too easy to be true, but that’s just the simple beauty of the Paysend app!

      How much does it cost to send money from my prepaid card?

      WIth Paysend, you can send money from your prepaid card to over 80 countries globally. If you want to send money to a bank account from your prepaid card, there are no transfer fees!

      And if you want to send money directly to a card, that’ll cost you just £1, €1.5 or $2 (or equivalent amount, depending on where you are).

      When will my money arrive?

      Money sent with Paysend moves fast. Your money should arrive with your recipient a few minutes after you’ve hit ‘send’. The only thing that might slow it down is if your recipient’s bank’s processing time is slower than ours!

      So what are you waiting for? Money transfers with a prepaid card are fast and easy with Paysend. Download the app now to get started!

      Need to send money to the United States from overseas ASAP? Check everything you need to know so you can find the best option to send money to the USA.

      March 30, 2021 — 6 min read

      Are you working with clients based in the United States, or have you got friends and family in that country? Or maybe, you’ve got a kid studying in an American college? There are countless reasons you might need to send money to the United States, and whatever your reason is, it’s important to have a reliable way to do so.

      If you haven’t done it before, transferring money to the US can seem overwhelming. Things like fees and currency exchange rates may be enough to make you feel dizzy, especially if you don’t have much experience in making or receiving money transfers.

      Fortunately, someone here has almost 30 years of experience in the currency business. (Hint, hint, it’s us.)

      Interested in sending money to the United States? Here’s everything you need to know, from how it works to what you’ll need.

      How can I transfer money to the USA from abroad?

      If you do a quick Google search of that question, you’ll learn about several different money transfer options. You’ll get results from services such as:

      Online money transfers

      While each of these options will get your money to the United States in the end, they can vary greatly in terms of how much you pay, how long it takes, and the experience you’ll get.

      So… which mode of money transfer should you choose for sending an amount to someone in the US?

      Why send money to the United States with Xe?

      Cost

      Depending on the provider you use, the amount you have to pay to send the same amount of money to the United States could greatly vary. Some providers may add extra margins to their rates, while others may charge extra (and hidden) fees. Other providers will often send their transfers through intermediaries, which can add additional third-party fees.

      At Xe, we don’t charge any third-party fees. And our rates are competitive—in fact, for some currencies we’re currently offering our best rates ever.

      Speed

      In a rush? It would be better to send money with Xe than with traditional banks, which often take a longer amount of time to land the money in your recipient’s account (thanks to those trips to intermediaries).. That’s because these service providers make faster money transfers through sophisticated systems.

      At Xe, we don’t believe in wasting time. Not only is it quick and easy to initiate a transfer with us, but our transfers travel quickly. In fact, we can get money to some countries in minutes.

      Convenience

      Low costs are important, but don’t let convenience take the back seat! Select a money transfer mode that features a seamless user interface and is easy to use.

      On Xe, for instance, it only takes a few minutes to initiate a money transfer to someone in the United States. You can do it on our site, on our app, or over the phone, and you can do it any time of day, any day of the week.

      Support

      You should be able to contact the customer service of your bank or online money transfer app via phone or messages if something goes wrong or you have any questions. At Xe, our team of currency experts work around the clock to help you out with your transfers.

      What information do I need to send money to the US?

      Name. Please provide your full name, as well as that of the recipient. It’s also important to make sure that the names you provide match the names on the respective bank statements. For example, the recipient’s full name should be the same as that on the recipient’s bank statement.

      Address. You’ll need the recipient’s address in the US.

      Bank account details. Submit your bank name and ask for your recipient’s bank name, the full address of the bank, and the type of bank account (like savings or checking). In case you’re wiring money to the US, you’ll also require the recipient’s wire transfer routing number, International Bank Account Number (IBAN), and BIC/ SWIFT code.

      The transfer amount. How much money are you going to send to your recipient in the US?

      The currency. In which currency do you wish to transfer the money to the US? In this case, it’s always going to be US dollars (USD), since that is the country’s official currency.

      The reason why you’re sending the money. We’ll ask you to specify the reason for the money transfer (like property payment or remittances to your family). This helps you keep a record for future references.

      Phone number. Once the money is credited to the recipient’s bank account, he or she will get an SMS notification about it.

      Email address. Although this is optional, we’d suggest you provide your email address. So, even if you face issues in receiving SMS alerts, you can still get notifications about the transaction details.

      How much money can I transfer to the US?

      With Xe, you can send any amount up to $500,000 USD (or currency equivalent). If you need to transfer a greater amount than that, contact our currency experts! They’re here to help and can

      How long does it take to transfer money to the US?

      Our transfers will complete within 1-4 business days, though the majority will complete within 24 hours. We’ll be in touch with you every step of the way, and you’ll also be able to track the transaction status at every step if you’re in our app.

      How to send money to the United States with Xe

      Follow these steps to send money to the United States with Xe:

      Create a free account and submit your ID proof as well as your contact info.

      Choose the currency in which you’re sending the money to the US.

      Provide the recipient’s contact information and bank details (as mentioned above).

      Pay for the transaction via bank transfer, direct debit or card payment.

      Confirm the currency and the amount you’re transferring to the country, and you’re good to go!

      Track the status of your money transfer until your recipient in the US gets it.

      What’s the best way to send money to the United States?

      Without a doubt, Xe (we mean, we don’t have over 1 million users for nothing!). To send money to the United States, you can initiate a money transfer anytime, any day – and in most cases, you can be sure of a fast turnaround. So, for effortless, affordable, and cheap money transfers to the US, give it a try today!

    How to treat ulcers

    A peptic ulcer is an open sore in the lining of the digestive tract. The most common types are gastric ulcers, found in the stomach, and duodenal ulcers, located in the upper part of the small intestines.

    Video of the Day

    Peptic ulcer disease can lead to severe pain, bloating, a feeling of fullness, or a burning or gnawing sensation. Although diet does not cause ulcers, certain foods and beverages may worsen your pain, and a diet rich in fruits and vegetables may reduce the risk of ulcers and promote healing.

    The Ulcer Diet Myth

    Historically, ulcers were thought to be caused by stress or spicy foods, and a bland diet was a common treatment. It is now known that diet doesn’t cause peptic ulcer disease.

    In fact, most ulcers are caused by a bacteria known as Helicobacter pylori or long-term use of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), such as aspirin or ibuprofen.

    According to the American College of Gastroenterology, there is no specific diet to manage ulcers. However, it helps to limit or avoid any foods that appear to aggravate your symptoms.

    Irritating Foods

    Alcohol, coffee and other caffeinated beverages may be irritating to the stomach, although these beverages may not cause problems if consumed moderately or along with food. Spicy foods, including pepper and hot sauce, may cause gastrointestinal irritation in some people.

    If you also have acid reflux, and acidic stomach contents sometimes flow back into the esophagus, large or high fat meals may be problematic — particularly when consumed right before lying down. Since there are no universal food restrictions for ulcer management, limit any foods or beverages that worsen your pain or discomfort.

    Beneficial Foods

    Research is not available to support a beneficial role of specific foods or diet patterns in ulcer management. However, emphasizing fruits, vegetables, beans and whole grains is a good place to start, as a diet high in fiber is associated with low levels of gastric acid production and a reduced risk of duodenal ulcer disease.

    High-fiber foods are also high in polyphenols, which are plant chemicals that appear to protect and enhance healing of the mucosa, or the lining of the gastrointestinal tract.

    Preliminary research suggests the probiotics in fermented milk and yogurt may increase effectiveness of standard H. pylori treatment, although more research is needed to clearly understand their role in ulcer management.

    Warnings

    If you are diagnosed with an ulcer, your doctor will treat the H. pylori infection, if present, or advise you to remove the underlying cause, such as NSAID use. Medications may also be prescribed to reduce acid production, neutralize the stomach acid or protect the tissue as it heals.

    While most ulcers cause pain, some can progress to more serious problems which include bleeding, perforation or blockage. If you notice blood in your stool, if you vomit blood, or if you have severe pain or are unusually weak or dizzy, seek urgent medical attention.

    In this Article

    • What Causes Them?
    • Who Gets Them?
    • Symptoms
    • Diagnosis
    • Treatment
    • Prevention

    A venous skin ulcer is a sore on your leg that’s very slow to heal, usually because of weak blood circulation in the limb.

    They can last anywhere from a few weeks to years. You may hear a doctor or nurse call them “venous leg ulcers.”

    They can sometimes lead to more serious problems if you don’t have them treated. But there are steps you can take to prevent them from happening.

    What Causes Them?

    Venous ulcers happen when there’s a break in the skin on your leg, usually around the ankle.

    The veins in the leg, which should send blood back to the heart, might not be doing their job all that well. That’s often because the valves that stop the flow of blood back into the veins aren’t working like they should.

    This backflow of blood means increased pressure in the end of the limb. When that happens, it can weaken the skin and make it harder for a cut or scrape to heal. They often occur over bony areas, such as your ankle.

    Who Gets Them?

    About 1% of Americans have venous skin ulcers. They’re more common in older people, particularly women.

    You also may have a chance of getting one if you:

    • Have previous leg injuries
    • Have varicose veins
    • Smoke
    • Are obese
    • Have had other circulation problems such as blood clots or phlebitis, a painful swelling of the veins

    Symptoms

    A venous ulcer often feels itchy or burns, and the leg around it may be swollen. Other signs may include:

    • A rash or dry skin
    • Brownish discoloration
    • A foul-smelling fluid oozing from the sore

    An ulcer can also become infected. If that happens, you might notice:

    • A redness or swelling of the surrounding skin
    • Worsening pain
    • A fever
    • Pus

    Diagnosis

    If you have a wound that isn’t healing or you think is infected, you should see your doctor. Usually, all it takes is a quick examination of the sore and the skin around it to figure out whether you have a venous skin ulcer. Your doctor will ask you if you have a history of ongoing (or “chronic”) conditions, such as diabetes or hardening of the arteries.

    In some cases, however, your doctor might order other tests, such as an X-ray or a CT scan, to check out your veins and the area around the ulcer in more detail.

    Sometimes, an ulcer can lead to other problems, including serious skin and bone infections. And in rare cases, it can give rise to skin cancer.

    Treatment

    The most common treatment is a compression bandage or stocking. The pressure should improve the blood circulation in your leg, boosting your body’s ability to heal the sore.

    • You’ll probably be told to raise your leg for set lengths of time as well. This also helps circulation. Doctors typically recommend a half-hour at a time, 3 or 4 times a day.
    • If your ulcer is infected by bacteria, you’ll probably be given antibiotics to kill the infection. You might also be given a moist dressing to put over the ulcer to help it heal more quickly.
    • In some cases, your doctor might recommend surgery to improve the circulation in your legs. This can help your ulcer heal and could prevent similar problems later.

    Most ulcers heal after 3 or 4 months of treatment. However, some can take longer, and some may never clear up.

    Prevention

    There are a variety of ways you can prevent venous skin ulcers through lifestyle changes, diet or medication. You might:

    • Quit smoking
    • Lose weight
    • Control chronic conditions such as high blood pressure or diabetes
    • Take aspirin to prevent blood clots
    • Reduce the amount of salt in your diet
    • Exercise regularly
    • Wear compression stockings
    • Keep your legs elevated when you can

    Show Sources

    American Family Physician: “Diagnosis and Treatment of Venous Ulcers.”

    The Cleveland Clinic: “Lower Extremity Ulcers.”

    Johns Hopkins Medicine: “Venous ulcers.”

    The Circulation Foundation: “Leg ulcers.”

    National Health Service (UK): “Venous leg ulcer.”

    Agency for Health Care Research and Quality: “Chronic Venous Ulcers: A Comparative Effectiveness Review of Treatment Modalities.”

    Journal of the European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology: “Malignant transformation of leg ulcers: a retrospective study of 85 cases.”

    Articles On Peptic Ulcers

    • What Is a Peptic Ulcer?
    • Symptoms
    • Treatment
    • What a Stomach Ulcer Looks Like

    What Are the Treatments for an Ulcer?

    You shouldn’t treat an ulcer on your own without first seeing your doctor. Over-the-counter antacids and acid blockers may ease some or all of the pain, but the relief is always short-lived. With a doctor’s help, you can find an end to ulcer pain as well as a lifelong cure for it.В

    The chief goals of ulcer treatment are reducing the amount of acid in the stomach and strengthening the protective lining that comes in direct contact with stomach acids. If your ulcer is caused by bacterial infection, your doctor will also treat that.В

    Medications

    Medications are usually used to treat mild-to-moderate ulcers.В

    • Antibiotics. If your ulcer is caused by H. pylori bacteria, antibiotics can cure the ulcer. Usually, the doctor will prescribe triple or quadruple therapy, which combines several antibiotics with heartburn drugs.В
    • Triple therapy combines two antibiotics, such as amoxicillin and clarithromycin, with a proton pump inhibitor. The doctor can substitute metronidazole (Flagyl) for amoxicillin if you’re allergic to penicillin. If you’ve had repeated bouts of these antibiotics, or if you live in an area where there’s resistance to clarithromycin or metronidazole, quadruple therapy treatment with two antibiotics (like metronidazole and tetracycline) plus bismuth and a proton-pump inhibitor works best. No matter what the plan is, you should take all medications for 10-14 days.
    • Proton pump inhibitors. PPIs are acid reducers. These medications include esomeprazole (Nexium) and omeprazole (Prilosec).В
    • H2 blockers. These medicines are also called histamine receptor blockers or H2-receptor antagonists. They block a natural chemical called histamine, which tells your stomach to make acid. H2 blockers include cimetidine (Tagamet), famotidine (Pepcid), and nizatidine (Axid).
    • Bismuth. This medication covers the ulcer and protects it from stomach acid. It can also help kill H. pylori infections. Doctors usually prescribe it with antibiotics.В
    • Antacids. They may ease your symptoms for a short time, but they don’t treat ulcers. Taking an antacid can also keep antibiotics from working. Talk to your doctor before taking an antacid for peptic ulcer disease.В

    Surgery

    If you have a serious ulcer that keeps returning and doesn’t get better with medication, your doctor may suggest surgery.

    You’ll need emergency surgery if you have a bleeding ulcer (also called a hemorrhaging ulcer). The surgeon will identify the source of the bleeding (usually a small artery at the base of the ulcer) and fix it. You’ll need emergency surgery to close a perforated ulcer, or holes in the wall of your stomach or duodenum (the first part of your small intestine).

    Some people opt for surgery to lower the amount of stomach acid their body puts out. Before you do that, have an in-depth discussion with your doctor about the possible complications. Your ulcer could come back, it could cause problems with your liver, or you could get ”dumping syndrome,” which causes chronic abdominal pain, diarrhea, vomiting, or sweating after eating.

    Alternative treatments

    Although alternative therapies have been shown to aid in the relief of symptoms, you should only use them as supplements to conventional treatment.

    Tips for Living With Ulcers

    • If you have an ulcer, be careful when choosing over-the-counter pain relievers. Aspirin and other nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) like ibuprofen can irritate an ulcer and prevent a bleeding ulcer from healing. Avoid powdered headache medication, too. It usually contains powdered aspirin. Your best choice may be acetaminophen, which doesn’t cause or worsen stomach ulcers.
    • Don’t overdose on iron supplements. You may need them if you have bleeding ulcers, but taking too much can irritate your stomach lining and the ulcer. Ask the doctor how much iron you need.
    • Learn how to manage stress. Relaxation techniques like deep breathing, guided imagery, and moderate exercise can help ease stress and promote healing.
    • Avoid foods that irritate your stomach. Use common sense: If it upsets your stomach when you eat it, avoid it. Everyone is different, but spicy foods, citrus fruits, and fatty foods are common irritants.
    • Stop smoking. Heavy smokers are more likely to get duodenal ulcers than nonsmokers.
    • Practice moderation. Drinking lots of alcohol has been shown to contribute to ulcers, so keep your intake to a minimum.

    How Do I Know If I Have an Ulcer?

    Describing your symptoms may lead your doctor to suspect that you have a peptic ulcer, but it won’t likely help determine the type, because the symptoms of stomach and duodenal ulcers are so similar. The doctor will do tests like these to figure out which specific type of ulcer you have:В

    • Endoscopy. This is the most accurate diagnostic test to diagnose a peptic ulcer. The doctor puts a flexible tube down your throat to see inside your esophagus (the tube that connects your mouth and stomach), stomach, and duodenum. This allows the doctor to see the cause of bleeding and test for any bacterial infection. During this exam, your doctor may also do a biopsy to check for cancer.
    • Barium swallow. If you can’t have an endoscopy, this test, also called an upper GI series of X-rays, can help your doctor identify and locate the ulcer and determine its type and severity. The test requires you to drink a “barium milkshake,” which has a liquid that will show up on an X-ray. They may ask you to eat only bland, easy-to-digest foods for 2-3 days before the test. After drinking the chalky liquid, you lie down on a tilting exam table. This evenly spreads the barium around your upper digestive tract and lets the X-ray take pictures at different angles.

    Show Sources

    National institute of Diabetes & Digestive & Kidney Diseases.В

    American Gastroenterological Association.В

    American Academy of Family Physicians.В

    The Mayo Clinic.

    National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases: “Treatment for Peptic Ulcers (Stomach Ulcers).”

    Medscape: “Duodenal Anatomy,” “Esophagus Anatomy.”

    Who does not remember that sudden jerk of pain when eating anything spicy, sour, or salty? Looking at the mirror, you notice a red bump over the lips, in the cheek, and in a few cases, even in the throat. How to treat ulcers

    What is this red haloed sore, then?

    The painful and uncomfortable lesion formed in the mouth is a commonly occurring mouth ulcer. We have all endured the atrocities of it. But, are you completely aware of this lesion’s background?

    It is said the best way to treat any symptom is to know the cause of it! So let us know all about the mouth ulcers that are also called ‘, canker sores’ or ‘aphthous ulcers.’

    What are mouth ulcers?

    Almost every individual has been inflicted by mouth ulcers at least once in their lifetime. It is a typical mouth lesion that arises due to the loss of tissue inside the lining of the mouth.

    How to treat ulcers

    The onset of regular ulcers can be due to an underlying disease. Check with your dentist if you suspect any other problems.

    The lesion may be oval or round and found in the lips, cheek, tongue area. The color of the ulcers can vary from grey, white, yellow, or red. What is troublesome in the case of these ulcers is they provide a hindrance in the regular mastication movements.

    If you are suffering from one or multiple ulcers in the throat and mouth, all you must be thinking is how to get rid of them. Let us proceed further to solve your queries.

    Causes of mouth ulcers-

    • Trauma to the soft tissue due to biting.
    • Poor oral hygiene.
    • Oral thrush infection.
    • Brushing against mal aligned teeth.
    • Lacerations due to braces.
    • Underlying disease.
    • Lowered immunity
    • Vitamin B12 or iron deficiency.
    • Viral infection.

    What are the symptoms of mouth ulcers?

    The standard mouth ulcer symptoms include;

    • Painful sore
    • Irritation to the sore on consuming anything spicy.
    • Swollen skin
    • Having difficulty in brushing and eating. How to treat ulcers

    East ways to get rid of mouth ulcers-

    How to treat ulcers

    Natural remedies to cure mouth ulcers,” or

    How can you treat mouth ulcers yourself.” must be the only question lingering on your mind. Quite obvious! after the kind of vexation it is causing you.

    The recovery route to the ulcer is relatively quick since it is a self-limiting lesion. However, it is considered best to reach out to your dentist in case the lesion is not subsiding even after weeks. This is an indication of an underlying disease.

    Mouth ulcer symptoms can be managed quite effectively if a few guidelines are correctly followed.

    • Use of topical ointment or mouthwash to treat the ulcer.
    • Avoid spicy food till your ulcer does not heal.
    • Saline water rinses.
    • Apply antiseptic gel to the ulcer.
    • Oral hygiene is to be maintained rigidly.

    Food for mouth ulcers-

    The onset of mouth ulcers brings with it a lot of pain. Your ‘what to eat and what not to eat list’ can give you day stars. To ease your difficulty, here is a list of food choices that you should take care of while having mouth ulcers-

    • Have a healthy diet to work on your iron and vitamin B12 deficiency.
    • Be hydrated.
    • Avoid the consumption of fizzy beverages and alcohol.
    • Do not eat food that is too hot and food that is spicy.
    • Have your control in having sweet or sour foods.
    • Avoid food that is crispy and crunchy.

    These restrictions are for your healthy being and are temporary. Looking after your oral hygiene and putting a halt to unnecessary food intake will speed up your recovery process.

    Prevention of mouth ulcers-

    Mouth ulcers, in the majority of cases, are difficult to control. However, to hold the reigns of it, the following tactics can be applied;

    • Avoid spicy foods.
    • Choose appropriate toothpaste.
    • Avoid eating chewing gum.
    • Use a soft-bristled toothbrush.

    Questions to ask your dentist-

    Mouth ulcer is a reasonably common occurrence. But, it can be a painful and irritating experience altogether.

    To have consistent eruptions of aggressive-looking ulcers that are large or occurring in clusters, need the immediate notice of a dentist.

    Mouth ulcers can be a cause of cancer too! So be hyper-vigilant to the changes in your body.

    Large lesions may require a surgical removal from the dentist.

    Ask us if you are in any doubt regarding your mouth ulcers or any other oral health issues. At Cosmodentist, we try to ease our patients’ worry before giving them the best treatment.

    So next time there is a mouth ulcer, you know all you need to do to get rid of it, right?

    How to treat ulcers

    Cosmodontist helps in treating minor issues like mouth ulcers to grave problems that may come associated with it. Make an appointment at Cosmodontist by calling at 8368774211 and availing expert oral health advice from the top dentist in Gurgaon.

    How to treat ulcers

    What causes mouth ulcers? Mouth ulcers, also known as canker sores, are small and uncomfortable lesions that appear in your mouth and on your gums. Mouth ulcers can make drinking, eating, chewing, and talking a very painful experience.

    Although mouth ulcers aren’t contagious and usually disappear within one to two weeks, you need to see your dentist.

    It is necessary to mention that every time you notice something different in your teeth and mouth, you should always visit your dentist for a regular check-up and a diagnosis to avoid complications at a later point. Going to your dentist can help you prevent many dental problems that germs and bacterias can cause.

    Ulcers may appear on the tongue and the inner tissues of your mouth, such as inner cheeks, on your lips, and even your throat. These wounds are usually gray, white, or yellow, with a red border surrendering them.

    What Causes Mouth Ulcers?

    How to treat ulcersWhat causes mouth ulcers? Some of our bad habits cause most of the time ulcers with our oral health. Here are some of the common factors that produce them:

    • Bites inside your mouth
    • Hard brushing your teeth
    • Continuous rubbing to sharp teeth
    • Continues rubbing to braces
    • Constant rubbing against misaligned teeth
    • Poor oral hygiene
    • Burns caused by eating hot food
    • In women, hormonal changes can be a factor too
    • Emotional stress
    • Mouth bacterias
    • Toothpaste containing sodium lauryl sulfate

    Mouth ulcers are also related to more several health conditions, in which, medical observation and treatment are required; these are:

    • Viral infections such as chickenpox, cold sore virus.
    • Deficiency of iron vitamin
    • Deficiency of vitamin B12
    • Chron’s disease
    • Weakness immune system due to HIV and AIDs
    • Coeliac disease
    • Oral cancer

    Types of Mouth Ulcers

    How to treat ulcersThere are different types of mouth ulcers; there are three main types which include the following:

    1. Herpetiform ulceration (HU): Herpetiform ulcers are a subtype of aphthous ulcers. Their name is related to the sores associated with herpes, as they look alike. Unlike herpes, HU is not contagious. HU ulcers reappear very quickly, and it may give the impression that the condition never gets better.
    2. Minor ulcers: This type can range in size from about 2 mm up to 8 mm across. These ulcers can take you up to 2 weeks to recover, and they will only cause a little or no pain.
    3. Major ulcers : These types of sores are bigger than minor ulcers. They are most of the time in an irregular shape, and maybe raised, and penetrate deeper into the tissue than small ulcers. Major ulcers will take you more time to recover from them, and they usually leave scar tissue when they clear.

    Treatment for Mouth Ulcers

    Most of the time, mouth ulcers will disappear in a period of one to two weeks, depending on the care you give to your mouth. These are some of the recommendations to help you in case you get a mouth ulcer:

    • A soft toothbrush will work for your teeth: this will help you to avoid irritations to the ulcer
    • Use a toothpaste that does not contain sodium lauryl sulfate
    • Get OTC: this will help you to prevent irritation to the ulcer
    • Avoid the specific type of food like: spicy, hot, or hard: by doing this you will improve your treatment to act faster and that way you can recover more quickly from mouth ulcers
    • When drinking a cold beverage try using a straw
    • Drink a lot of liquids
    • Keep your mouth as clean as possible: this will help keep the area clean and avoid more infections, it can also provide you a sensation of pain relief
    • Rinse your mouth with salted water: this procedure will keep your mouth clean

    Patients can follow tips or some home remedies to try to recover from mouth ulcers. However, please take into account that it is always very important to have a consultation with a professional as mouth ulcers develop due to different causes

    If patients continue getting ulcers frequently, it will be necessary to keep a record and visit a professional to get a full analysis and discard it is something else in which an alternative approach will be required.

    Mouth Ulcers vs. Herpes

    How to treat ulcersMouth ulcers are little wounds that develop in your mouth. These lesions usually appear on the soft tissue and inner parts of the mouth, teeth, or the roof of the mouth.

    They often appear because of a nutritional deficiency or a weakness in the immune system. These wounds are not contagious, and they commonly go away on their own.

    Cold sores, which are sometimes known as oral herpes or fever blisters, are caused by the herpes virus. These are little sores that are observed on or around the lips.

    Two strains of herpes can cause a cold sore: HSV1 that usually happens in the mouth. However, HSV2, which is commonly found on the genitals, can also cause cold sores. So, different from ulcers, herpes is very contagious.

    Mouth Ulcers Prevention

    There are also some things you can do to prevent yourself from getting mouth ulcers. See below for some tips to reduce the risk of getting mouth ulcers:

    • Brush your teeth using a soft toothbrush; this way, irritation can be overcome.
    • Use a toothpaste recommended by your dental hygienist.
    • Avoid food that causes you ulcers like hot or spicy food
    • Reduce stress and anxiety
    • Include vitamin B12 in your daily diet

    Taking all considerations mentioned above can help you reduce the risk of getting mouth ulcers, which can later produce different oral health problems. Please do not take it as a common problem; remember that there are various reasons for getting them, and some of these are due to adverse health conditions. Make sure you keep your mouth clean and follow tips given to avoid them.

    Remember, it is imperative to visit your dentist and make a routine to avoid any complications and provide proper care to your teeth. The same way you take care of your body, you should do with your mouth and teeth.

    There are many health problems related to mouth and teeth, which can be prevented if we get a regular check-up by your dental hygienist. The sooner a problem is detected, the treatment can be less invasive and without pain.

    If you have any questions, ask our dentists and specialist, also if you feel or see something different in your mouth, do not wait for a long time and get an examination. Remember, you can contact our dental specialist, and we can get you the best treatment or help you solve any concerns.

    Venous ulcers are open sores that often occur in the legs. Like varicose veins and spider veins, this condition also happens when there are problems with the blood flow in your leg veins. This is a problem that many people have never heard of, even though around 1% of the population suffers from it.

    In Northern Europe and the United States, venous ulcers are especially considered a common chronic problem. That is why it is no longer surprising why there are so many vein doctors from big cities like New York to quaint areas like the vein clinic in Fort Worth. These clinics have become the go-to of these patients when it comes to treating their ulcers as well as preventing them.

    So to help you truly understand what venous ulcers are, we discussed what it is, what causes them, and how it is treated.

    What are venous ulcers?

    As mentioned earlier, the most common and simplest definition of venous ulcers is that it is open sores that appear in your legs. Think of it as an open wound. Rather than heal and close like they normally do, they remain open and without the scab.

    If your bodily function is working effectively, then it would simply be like a normal wound that closes eventually. However, since there are disruptions in your venous system and your legs are not pushing blood back to your heart, complications like ulcers start to arise.

    It is also worth noting that venous ulcers are included in the CEAP classification used by doctors and specialists to determine the severity of a venous disease. Though the classification is not a static classification nor should be considered as disease progression, you should still keep in mind that out of the six classifications, two are for venous ulcers with one being the worst out of all the six. The two mentioned classifications are (1) healed venous ulcers and (2) active venous ulcers.

    Active venous ulcer is the worst one out of the six because it is often accompanied by other symptoms aside from its unpleasant appearance. These symptoms can range from swollen ankles, discoloration or hyperpigmentation, leg pain, soreness, itchiness, tingling, and many more.

    What causes it?

    The leading cause of ulcers is venous insufficiency. This happens when you have too much pressure in the veins of your leg which in turn keeps your blood from flowing.

    According to UK’s National Health Service, here are the risk factors that make you more susceptible to venous ulcers

    • Excessive Weight
    • Difficulty in Walking
    • Previous condition of deep vein thrombosis
    • Varicose veins
    • Injury
    • Surgery effects
    • Increasing Age

    When you look at some of these factors, some are just completely unavoidable such as increasing age. So to get them treated and prevent them from worsening, let us now discuss some of the treatments available for venous ulcers.

    Treatment for Venous ulcers

    When left untreated, ulcers can worsen and quickly become infected. This, in turn, can be the cause of your gangrene or leg amputation.

    With that, here are the most popular treatments and remedies for venous ulcers.

    Compression Stockings

    Patients with venous insufficiency are already familiar with compression stockings. It is a common venous disease treatment that helps blood circulation and reduces swelling. Compression stockings can either be used to prevent ulcers or they can be used as a supportive treatment that can help speed up the healing process of your existing ulcer.

    Unna Boots

    Remember that an ulcer is like an open wound, so you have to treat it like one as well. That said, you can use Unna boots over normal plasters. This way, it can form a snug boot on your leg, which can help improve blood flow, fast-tracking the healing process.

    Hydrocolloid Dressings

    It is a special bandage that keeps the liquid, viruses, and bacteria out from the wound. What makes this dressing extra special is that it has a much breathable outer layer as well as an absorbable inner layer to drain the wound. Hydrocolloid dressings are also considered a debridement therapy because they also remove dead tissue as well.

    Debridement

    It is a surgical therapy that can either be an open procedure or a catheter-based intervention. Patients only need to undergo this surgery if their wounds become infected. Oftentimes, you can easily notice that there is persistent drainage from the wound or when you have a fever. These are often the heeding signs that you should go to the doctor and consult about debridement.

    Treating Venous Ulcers Must Be a Top Priority

    There are a lot of health issues that can affect our legs. Venous ulcers are one of the biggest issues. Fortunately, there are ways to mitigate these risks. This is just one of the many ways that the future of mobility is improving.

    Last Updated: 6th December, 2021

    1. Avoid spicy and sour foods until the ulcers heal.
    2. Drink plenty of fluids.
    3. Regularly rinse your mouth out with warm, slightly salted water.
    4. Keep your mouth clean.
    5. Take pain-relieving medication, such as paracetamol.
    6. Apply antiseptic gel to the ulcers.

    Then, what causes ulcers on the tongue?

    Triggers include hypersensitivity, infection, hormones, stress, and not getting enough of some vitamins. Also called aphthous ulcers, canker sores can show up on the tongue, cheek, even your gums. They usually last a week or two.

    Likewise, how do you get rid of a tongue ulcer at home? To help relieve pain and speed healing, consider these tips: Rinse your mouth. Use salt water or baking soda rinse (dissolve 1 teaspoon of baking soda in 1/2 cup warm water). Dab a small amount of milk of magnesia on your canker sore a few times a day.

    One may also ask, how long do tongue ulcers take to heal?

    Canker sores may hurt for 7 to 10 days. Minor canker sores heal completely in 1 to 3 weeks, but major canker sores can take up to 6 weeks to heal. Some people get another canker sore after the first sore has healed. Most canker sores heal without a scar.

    How do you cure an ulcer on your tongue?

    These include:

    1. using a rinse of saltwater and baking soda.
    2. placing milk of magnesia on the mouth ulcer.
    3. covering mouth ulcers with baking soda paste.
    4. using over-the-counter benzocaine (topical anesthetic) products like Orajel or Anbesol.
    5. applying ice to canker sores.

    How to treat ulcers

    What Happens When Stomach Ulcers Bleed: Stomach ulcers are a type of peptic ulcer that occurs in the lining of the stomach. The stomach is one of the most important organs in the body, and it is responsible for breaking down food. When a person eats, they chew their food and swallow it. The food then moves down into the stomach, where it gets mix up with gastric juices that break down proteins and carbohydrates into smaller molecules. These smaller molecules can then be absorbed by cells in other parts of the body.

    The lower part of the stomach has a thick layer called mucus which protects it from being damaged by acid. If this layer is damaged or worn away, acid can cause an ulcer to form on top of it. HCl (hydrochloric acid) is one kind of acid that can cause an ulcer, and another type of acid, called PH (phosphoric acid), can also cause an ulcer because it weakens the mucus layer.

    It is important that people approach the doctor to get the treatment as soon as possible. Well, if you are experiencing this gastric condition, reach out Dr. Shankar Dhaka. He is one of the best gastroenterologists in Jaipur you can approach.

    However, do know bleeding ulcer needs to take care otherwise, it can lead to major complications.

    Symptoms of a Stomach Ulcer that Bleeds:

    An ulcer is a sore on the lining of the stomach or duodenum. A person with an ulcer will have pain in their stomach, vomiting and blood in their vomit. The most common symptom of a stomach ulcer that bleeds is blood in the vomit.

    Along with that some other symptoms are:

    • Nausea and vomiting.
    • Abdominal bloating and gas.
    • Loss of appetite.
    • Weight loss.
    • Heartburn and indigestion.

    How to Treat Bleeding Stomach Ulcers?

    The first step in treating a bleeding stomach ulcer is to rule out the possibility of an ulcer. This can be done by taking an upper endoscopy, which is a camera that goes through the mouth and into the esophagus and stomach.

    If you are diagnosed with gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), your doctor will prescribe medications that reduce acid production in your stomach. The medications are antacids, proton pump inhibitors, or histamine-2 receptor antagonists.

    What Happens When Stomach Ulcers Bleed:

    In this section, we will discuss the common conditions that may take place when a stomach ulcer bleeds:

    1. Anemia:

    Anemia is a condition that occurs when the body does not have enough healthy red blood cells. There are many causes of anemia, but one of the most common is bleeding from a stomach ulcer. There are two types of anemia: Iron Deficiency Anemia (IDA) and Non-Iron Deficiency Anemia (NID). IDA is the most common type of anemia because it may happen by a lack of iron in the diet. NID can be caused by other things like a chronic disease.

    2. Death:

    Death is the final stage of life. It is the permanent cessation of all vital functions, including breathing and heartbeat. Death can be caused by many things, such as old age, an injury, or a disease.

    When someone dies from a stomach ulcer bleeding, they are bleeding internally and have lost too much blood to survive. The stomach ulcer is often caused by chronic inflammation of the stomach lining that has not responded to treatment with acid-reducing medicines such as proton pump inhibitors (PPIs).

    3. Fatigue:

    Fatigue is an overwhelming feeling of tiredness, exhaustion, or lack of energy. It can happen due to illness, physical or emotional stress, lack of sleep, or poor nutrition. A condition called fatigue happens when the stomach has been bleeding for a long time. The body is unable to produce enough red blood cells to carry oxygen around the body, and this leads to fatigue.

    4. Shortness of breath:

    Shortness of breath can be caused by various conditions, and one such condition is stomach ulcer bleeding. The stomach ulcer may have been present for a while, but it becomes fatal when it starts bleeding internally or externally. This bleeding causes the loss of blood supply to the lungs and makes breathing difficult.

    5. Pale skin:

    Pale skin is a condition that occurs after stomach ulcer bleeding. It is “hypochromic anemia”. The term “pale skin” refers to the appearance of the skin, which has a pallid and unhealthful look. One of the most common causes of this condition is chronic blood loss, which can happen due to various factors such as gastrointestinal bleeding or kidney disease.

    6. Heart palpitations:

    Heart palpitations are a condition that occurs after stomach ulcer bleeding. This is a condition that happens due to a number of different factors. One of the most common causes is when stomach ulcer bleeding causes blood to flow into the esophagus, which is then carried to the heart. Other causes include alcohol withdrawal, thyroid disorders, and certain medications such as beta-blockers or calcium channel blockers.

    This was all about the conditions that can take place during and after stomach ulcer bleeds. It is important for people to reach out to the doctor time to get the treatment. If they are ignoring it, there is a possibility some other problems may also take place!

    FAQ: What Happens When Stomach Ulcers Bleed

    Q. 1 What are the symptoms of stomach ulcers?

    Ans: The symptoms are often the same for both gastric and duodenal ulcers. Some of the most common symptoms include:

    • Pain in the upper abdomen, especially after eating or during digestion.
    • Nausea and vomiting.
    • Abdominal bloating and gas.
    • Loss of appetite.
    • Weight loss.
    • Heartburn and indigestion.

    Q. 2 What are the causes of stomach ulcers?

    Ans: Stomach ulcers may take place due to different factors such as smoking, stress, and alcohol abuse.

    Q. 3 What are the treatments for stomach ulcers?

    Ans: The treatment for stomach ulcers depends on the cause of the ulcer.

    • If the ulcer happens due to stress, doctors may prescribe a proton-pump inhibitor to reduce stomach acid production.
    • If the ulcer happens due to bacteria, doctors may prescribe antibiotics to treat it.
    • But, if the ulcer happens due to a medication that causes too much stomach acid, they may recommend a different medication to decrease it.

    Q. 4 How can I prevent stomach ulcers?

    Ans: To prevent stomach ulcers, one needs to avoid drinking alcohol and smoking. Also, you need to reduce your stress levels.

    Q. 5 What are the first signs of stomach ulcers?

    Ans: The first sign of stomach ulcers is when you experience pain in the abdomen. It is usually a burning sensation in the upper, middle, or lower part of the stomach. Pain may also be there in the back and around the navel.

    • Medical Reviewer: Dan Brennan, MD
    • Medical Reviewer: Poonam Sachdev, MD

    What is a mouth ulcer?

    How to treat ulcers

    Many people get mouth ulcers sometimes called canker sores or aphthous ulcers. These are a sore or blister that appears in the lining of the mouth and sometimes on the tongue. Mouth ulcers are not serious and usually clear up on their own.

    A mouth ulcer is a hole in the lining of the mouth that develops when the top layer of cells breaks down. Some may be red, but some can also turn white as dead cells and food get in the center. A blister can also appear as a raised sore filled with clear fluid.

    Symptoms

    Some symptoms of mouth ulcers include:

    • Blister or sore with a red border and white center
    • Found inside the mouth on the lips, cheeks, tongue, and roof of mouth
    • Pain even when you’re not eating
    • Pain when you eat certain foods like citrus fruits or spicy foods
    • Tingling, burning, or rough feeling as the blister develops
    • One sore or two or three together

    Mouth ulcers are often confused with cold sores. However, cold sores are caused by the herpes simplex virus and appear on the outside of the mouth around the lips.

    Causes of mouth ulcers

    Experts don’t know the exact reason why people develop mouth ulcers, but there may be some things that contribute. These may include:

    • Biting the inside of your mouth
    • Braces, rough fillings, or dentures that don’t fit well
    • Food allergy or intolerance
    • Brushing your teeth too hard
    • Toothpaste with irritating ingredients
    • Burns from hot drinks
    • Stress
    • Anxiety
    • Hormonal changes
    • Not enough vitamin B12
    • Not enough iron
    • Chronic diseases like celiac disease, Behçet’s disease, or ulcerative colitis
    • Medicines like beta blockers or non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
    • Genes
    • Smoking
    • Weakened immune system

    Who can get mouth ulcers

    Anyone can get mouth ulcers, but women are more likely to develop mouth ulcers, especially while pregnant or during the menstrual cycle. While children can develop a mouth ulcer, most people develop them for the first time as a teenager or young adult.

    People being treated with chemotherapy may develop mouth ulcers. It can range from some sores to severe inflammation, bleeding, and ulceration called mucositis.

    Diagnosis for mouth ulcers

    You may not need to see your doctor about a mouth sore unless they are persistent, you have other symptoms, or you are feeling very unwell. Your doctor will take your personal and medical history and do a physical exam to look at your sores.

    Your doctor may look to see if you have large white patches on the roof of your mouth to rule out an infection called thrush or for signs of other conditions.

    Your dentist can also examine your mouth and diagnose your mouth ulcers during annual checkups and cleanings.

    Remedies for mouth ulcers

    There are no quick fixes for mouth blisters as they need time to heal, but they will usually resolve on their own without treatment. The blisters may be sore for seven to 10 days. Minor blisters will heal in one to two weeks, but major canker sores can take up to four weeks.

    While mouth blisters usually heal on their own without treatment, you may be uncomfortable and feel pain. You can manage your mouth blisters at home with over-the-counter medications and self-care practices.

    What treatments can help?

    You can manage your symptoms with some over-the-counter medications, including:

    • Pain relievers like acetaminophen or ibuprofen
    • Antimicrobial mouthwash
    • Numbing mouth spray or gel
    • Corticosteroid lozenge

    If your canker sores are very uncomfortable, or persistent and don’t respond to home treatment, your doctor may prescribe steroid cream to rub on the blister or canker sore and a prescription mouthwash. They may also recommend vitamins if you are lacking vitamin B12 and iron.

    What are some natural home remedies for mouth ulcers?

    Managing your symptoms at home will help your blisters heal and ease your discomfort. There are some natural home remedies you can try, including:

    • Rinse your mouth with warm saltwater
    • Drink cold fluids instead of hot drinks like coffee or tea
    • Eat popsicles
    • Numb the sore with an ice cube or suck on ice
    • Eat soft, bland foods
    • Use a toothbrush with soft bristles
    • Apply a thin paste of baking soda and water to the blister
    • Apply hydrogen peroxide and water to the blister
    • Apply milk of magnesia to the blister

    What are some alternative therapies for mouth ulcers?

    Low level laser therapy can relieve mouth blisters in severe or chronic situations.

    Risks and outlook

    Mouth ulcers generally are not serious and heal on their own without treatment. However, you may need to see your doctor if:

    • You have trouble eating or drinking
    • They keep coming back
    • You are feeling very unwell
    • You have other symptoms
    • They don’t respond to treatment
    • They become more painful and red

    What causes and how do you treat a canker sore on your gums?

    Canker sores are ulcers that can appear in the mucous membrane lining of the mouth. Most often, they form inside the cheeks, but they can sometimes form on the roof of the mouth, tongue, or on the gums, too. There’s typically a burning or tingling sensation when one of these sores — also known as an aphthous ulcer — is forming. A minor canker sore is red, slightly raised, and usually, just a few millimeters wide, while major ones are much larger and more painful.

    Canker sores usually do heal on their own. It’s unknown why these non-contagious sores develop, so there’s no definitive treatment for them. But some preventative tips can help you avoid recurrent ones.

    Causes of canker sores

    Ultimately, it isn’t known why some people develop canker sores while others don’t. Some believe that predisposition to develop canker sores is hereditary while others believe certain factors influence how often someone gets them. A few suspected causes of canker sores include:

    • Trauma to the mouth lining: Whether it’s biting your cheek, a cut from your braces, or brushing your teeth too hard, any of these can cause a mouth ulcer to form.
    • Food sensitivity: Some ulcers are triggered by acidic foods found in citrus fruit, tomatoes, and even coffee.
    • Vitamin deficiencies: Having low levels of B-12, folic acid, iron, or zinc may cause mouth ulcers.
    • Kinds of toothpaste or mouthwash: Using toothpaste or mouthwash with sodium lauryl sulfate has been proven to irritate the mouth lining and gums.
    • Hormonal changes: This can affect how blood flows to gum tissue, but also how the body responds to toxins. Women are more prone to develop oral health problems and canker sores due to hormonal fluctuations.
    • Autoimmune disease: Conditions such as ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, or Crohn’s Disease may cause the onset of canker sores.

    How to treat ulcers

    Read Next

    How to treat ulcers

    Use Vinegar to Fight Toenail Fungus: Get Smooth and Healthy Nails
    • 46 shares
    • Facebook
    • Pinterest
    • Twitter
    • Email
    • WhatsApp

    An ulcer is an inflammation that can affect various parts of the body, like mouth, stomach, genitals, feet, etc. Though various medications are available for the treatment of ulcers, these strong medications might have some side effects, often resulting in diarrhea and headache. However, herbs for ulcers have been proclaimed as effective solutions too(1). There are a few beneficial home remedies which include a list of herbs that you could try.

    Here is a list of some natural herbs for ulcers.

    Herbs for Ulcers

      • Cranberry
      • Red Clover
      • Licorice Root
      • Mastic
      • Aloe Vera
      • Ginger

    1. Garlic

    Garlic(2) has many curative properties. So, it can be used not only as a herb for the ulcer but also for several health issues. It helps to cure ulcers as it has antibiotic, antimicrobial, and antibacterial properties. Interestingly, it might also help in preventing the growth of H.pylori, a bacterium which is one of the most common and primary causes of stomach ulcers.

    The best way to use garlic as a herb for ulcer is to include it in your daily diet. You could use it as a seasoning to your meals, which will also enhance the taste. You could roast garlic and consume it directly or grind to a paste use it as a spread on the bread. It is a tasty solution to your ulcer problem.

    You could add two cloves of garlic each to two meals every day. When you are using it as a spread, you could use one small bulb of garlic.

    2. Red Clover

    Red clover is a plant that is used to make medicines. It adds flavor to food and beverages. You can use red clover to heal indigestion, cough, bronchitis, asthma, and sexually transmitted diseases. Red clover is also used by women to help them deal with the symptoms of menopause and premenstrual syndrome.

    Red clover is a natural herb for ulcer. You can apply red clover paste on the skin.

    The quantity depends on your age, gender, and health condition. Pregnant and lactating women should avoid using it. It might also interfere with a few medications, so, you should take the advice of a doctor before trying red clover for sores. Alternatively, you could drink turmeric milk or use a paste of turmeric for ulcers.

    3. Licorice Root

    The licorice root is one of the oldest herbs known for its medicinal value. It has been in use for hundreds of years as traditional medicine. It is quite a beneficial herb for ulcer. Due to its constituents, it not only helps in curing ulcers but also in preventing them.

    Water infused with the dried licorice roots can be used as a tea. You could consume this licorice root tea to get relief from ulcers. However, do not use licorice candy as a substitute as it has high sugar content. You could take licorice supplements as a substitute for licorice tea instead.

    Consume 1-2 cups of licorice root tea every day as a preventive measure against stomach ulcers. Licorice tea could interfere with other medicines. Thus, do not have it simultaneously with other medications. Seek consultation with the doctor before adhering to the regime.

    4. Mastic

    Mastic is an age-old herb for ulcers. It is in use as a cure for stomach ulcers and other gut disorders since ages. Mastic is more commonly known as Arabic gum, Yemen gum, or tears of Chios. Mastic is believed to have antibacterial properties that help against Helicobacter pylori. Thus, it helps in getting relief from the associated symptoms of ulcers and aids in quick recovery.

    Mastic is a safe herb for ulcers. When eaten it turns into a gum which tastes like pine. Mastic is generally available as gum or as a supplement.

    Generally, mastic has a speedy effect on ulcers, though results may be different from person to person. 1 mg of mastic gum every day, if taken for two weeks, will help cure your peptic ulcer.

    5. Aloe Vera

    Aloe Vera is fast gaining popularity as a natural cure in the field of cosmetics and medicines. A study conducted on 60 patients suffering from chronic ulcers observed the effect of aloe Vera along with conventional treatment. This study found aloe vera gel to be a more beneficial and a cheaper option.

    Can Antibiotics Affect Your Pregnancy?

    Aloe Vera is generally considered safe to use. There are two ways of using aloe vera for ulcers. You could use it as a drink or as a gel.

    Aloe Vera gel can be applied twice daily for a few weeks to get relief from ulcers. Alternatively, you could intake aloe vera drink.

    6. Ginger

    Ginger has many curative properties. It can cure stomach ulcers due to its anti-bacterial and anti-oxidative properties. It also helps to relieve pain and acts as a natural sedative. You can also use it as a home remedy for various digestive problems such as bloating and constipation.

    You could chew a small slice of ginger for ulcers. You can also opt for ginger tea. You could prepare ginger tea by infusing a little slice of ginger in hot water. Apart from its curative effect, ginger tea has a strong aroma. You could add honey to it.

    Chew a small piece of ginger to get relief from an ulcer. You might find the taste too strong and spicy. Soak crushed ginger in eight ounces of water for five minutes. Strain and enjoy as tea. Do not consume more than six grams of ginger day. Overdoses may cause side effects.

    Ulcers are painful. But thankfully, apart from medications, there are many natural home remedies which can be used to cure ulcers. Since you are now aware of the useful herbs for ulcers, it is advisable to seek a doctor’s advice regarding the suitability and correct dosage of these herbs. Also, follow a healthy lifestyle. Eat a well-balanced diet, exercise regularly, drink enough water, stay away from alcohol, smoking, and stress. All these together could help you deal with your ulcer more effectively.

    1. Which are the most effective home remedies for an ulcer?

    The most effective home remedies for ulcers are:

    1. Herbs
    2. Honey
    3. Saltwater
    4. Coconut oil
    5. Clove oil
    6. Tulsi leaves
    7. Essential oils

    2. How licorice helps in treating ulcer?

    Licorice is a useful herb for stomach ulcers. Drinking licorice root tea every day not only helps to cure stomach ulcers but also prevents the occurrence of such ulcers. Apart from licorice, there are various other herbs for stomach ulcers like garlic, ginger, mastic, etc.

    • Total: 0.00
    • Home
    • Blog
    • How to Prevent or Treat Stomach Ulcers

    Stomach ulcers, known in the medical field as peptic ulcers, are a fairly common occurrence. According to one 2016 study, per cochranelibrary.com, about 10 percent of all people experience a peptic ulcer at some point in their lives. However, per mayoclinic.org, nearly 75 percent of people who develop some form of peptic ulcer never experience noticeable symptoms.

    What is a peptic ulcer?

    It is a sore that develops when stomach acid breaks through the mucous layer in the digestive system, where it eats away at the lining of the stomach or upper part of the small intestine. Peptic ulcers can be gastric (occurring in the stomach) or duodenal (occurring in the upper portion of the small intestine).

    Peptic ulcers are usually caused by the H. pylori bacteria, or the regular use of certain pain medicines such as aspirin or ibuprofen, per mayoclinic.com. They can present with a number of symptoms, including stomach pain (especially between meals), nausea, and bloating. Fortunately, there are a number of foods, supplements, and lifestyle factors that can reduce your chances of experiencing a peptic ulcer, or at least can alleviate a peptic ulcer you already have.

    Lifestyle Factors Relevant to Ulcers

    Stress: You might have heard that experiencing stress causes ulcers. That isn’t entirely true. Stress will not single-handedly cause you to develop an ulcer, but according to medicalnewstoday.com, it can contribute to hyperacidity in the stomach, which in turn can contribute to the development of an ulcer. But if you are not otherwise at risk for a stomach ulcer, stress is nothing to stress about.

    Caution When Using NSAIDs: Taking nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) such as ibuprofen and aspirin on a regular basis, especially in higher amounts, is a frequent cause of peptic ulcers. It is recommended that you take the lowest possible dose, or seek out alternative medications if needed regularly, in order to lower your risk of developing an ulcer.

    Avoiding Infection: The bacteria known as Helicobacter pylori (H. pylori) is also a frequent cause of peptic ulcers. Per medicinenet.com, many people possess the H. pylori bacteria without ever developing an ulcer, but those with the bacteria seem to be at risk. To avoid infections, namely H. pylori in this case, wash your hands regularly and be wary of people with whom you come in close contact.

    Foods and Supplements to Combat Peptic Ulcers

    Turmeric: This Asian spice is often touted for its medicinal properties. According to a 2013 scientific literature review cited at National Institutes of Health (NIH), turmeric is likely to help prevent stomach ulcers, and can be useful in treating existing ones. Turmeric is an anti-inflammatory, meaning it presents other health benefits as well.

    How to treat ulcers

    You always know when you’ve got a stomach ulcer. There’s a sharp burning sensation in your stomach that simply refuses to go away, making certain foods unbearable and eating in general a whole lot less enjoyable. If you’ve got a stomach ulcer, you want it gone fast.

    What are stomach ulcers?

    Stomach ulcers, more appropriately known as gastric ulcers, are sores or lesions that develop on the inner lining of the stomach. Think of your stomach lining as the non-stick coating on your frying pan. With everything going well, the non-stick coating remains unharmed and your food slides off easily and without sticking to the bottom. If you scratch the nonstick surface with something abrasive, however, the non-stick coating begins to flake off, exposing the vulnerable inner layer of the pan to food and, quite frankly, ruining your Sunday banana pancakes.

    Just another reason to stay well away from non-stick cookware!

    But back to the problem at hand. Your stomach lining is much the same. With a healthy gastrointestinal environment, the lining remains unmarred and is perfectly capable of containing its own corrosive gastric acid. But when something compromises the lining, such as an H. pylori infection or chronic stress , those gastric juices begin to corrode the more susceptible inner layers of your stomach. That explains that horrible burning sensation, then.

    Other major contributors to stomach ulcers include excessive use of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), a poor diet and smoking .

    Repeated stomach ulcers mean you’ve now got a case of peptic ulcer disease. According to the American Gastroenterological Association , this disease affects an estimated four million Americans every year, and is the most common form of stomach disease. If left untreated, stomach ulcers can result in bleeding or even a hole in the stomach or bowel. No thanks!

    How to treat a stomach ulcer naturally

    Rather than knocking back a handful of antacids every time you get a bout of stomach ulcers, there’s plenty of healthier ways to treat your problem. Here are three ways to treat stomach ulcers naturally.

    1. Bananas

    How to treat ulcers

    Yes, the humble and delicious banana has come to the rescue of your troubled tummy! Research shows that eating bananas, whether ripe or unripe, can protect the stomach from ulcers in multiple ways. First, bananas strengthen stomach mucosal resistance to ulcerogens via a natural flavonoid called leucocyanidin . Second, bananas promote healing by inducing cellular proliferation.

    A more recent study indicated that the plantain, banana’s close cousin (which I’m a huge fan of, by the way), is also very effective in both treating and preventing the development of stomach ulcers. However, researchers did note that, contrary to claims, plantains didn’t exhibit any direct activity against H. pylori .

    Because most of the studies were conducted on rats or mice, it’s hard to say exactly how many bananas you should consume to treat your stomach ulcer problem. My advice would be to start at one banana (or plantain) per day and increase the amount if you don’t see any improvement in symptoms within 12 hours.

    Several studies actually used banana powder to treat ulcers, so you might want to consider either buying some from your local health food store or making it at home by dehydrating the flesh of a banana then grinding it into a flour and drinking in a glass of water a few times a day.

    2. Capsaicin

    It seems a little counterintuitive to think that capsaicin, the active ingredient found in cayenne pepper, is an effective natural treatment for stomach ulcers. However, capsaicin actually soothes the mucosal lining of the stomach and increases the release of alkali, which can significantly ease your discomfort and even treat the ulcers themselves.

    A study published in the journal FEMS found that capsaicin supplementation or consumption (via cayenne pepper or, to a lesser extent, chili powder) inhibited the growth of H. pylori — the most common cause of stomach ulcers. Another study published in the Journal of Gastroenterology found that capsaicin treatment resulted in “gastric mucosal protection against ulcerogenic factors.”

    The mechanisms by which capsaicin helps to treat stomach ulcers are many, but they all suggest one thing: getting more cayenne pepper in your life, or perhaps just supplementing with a good capsaicin product daily, would be a very good idea, indeed.

    3. Cabbage

    Who would have thought that the simple cabbage would be one of nature’s greatest defenses against peptic ulcers? On account of its high lactic acid content, cabbage stimulates the production of an amino acid that promotes additional healing blood flow to the stomach lining. Not only does this promote faster recovery from stomach ulcers, it also improves the imperviousness of that mucosal lining and lowers your risk of future ulcer attacks.

    A study done way back in 1949 examined the effect of cabbage juice on patients with stomach ulcers. They found that those patients treated with the juiced cabbage healed seven times faster than those who underwent standard peptic ulcer treatments. And while standard stomach ulcer treatments have presumably improved markedly in the past seven decades, that’s still a very impressive result.

    A bit closer to the present, a 2011 study re-confirmed that much earlier research, concluding that cabbage “demonstrated good antiulcerogenic activities which justify the inclusion of this plant in the management of gastric disorders.”

    If you’d like to replicate those results, it looks like that cabbage and your blender have a hot date scheduled. Cut half a head of cabbage into chunks, throw it into a blender with a bit of water, and blend until it makes a sort of juice. Drink the fresh juice before each meal.

    I’d also be inclined to suggest another method: raw sauerkraut . Made from shredded and fermented cabbage leaves, raw sauerkraut should not only help with the peptic ulcers, but also balance your stomach acids and support a healthy gut microbiome, which is critical to overall gastrointestinal health. Enjoy!

    Last Updated: 17th October, 2021

    Beside this, how do you treat a foot ulcer?

    Treatment options for all ulcers may include:

    1. Antibiotics, if an infection is present.
    2. Anti-platelet or anti-clotting medications to prevent a blood clot.
    3. Topical wound care therapies.
    4. Compression garments.
    5. Prosthetics or orthotics, available to restore or enhance normal lifestyle function.

    Subsequently, question is, what does a diabetic ulcer look like? Blisters It’s rare, but people with diabetes can see blisters suddenly appear on their skin. You may see a large blister, a group of blisters, or both. The blisters tend to form on the hands, feet, legs, or forearms and look like the blisters that appear after a serious burn.

    Subsequently, one may also ask, how does a foot ulcer start?

    Foot ulcers are a common complication of poorly controlled diabetes, forming as a result of skin tissue breaking down and exposing the layers underneath. They’re most common under your big toes and the balls of your feet, and they can affect your feet down to the bones.

    Why is my foot ulcer not healing?

    Diabetic Foot Ulcers and Peripheral Artery Disease (PAD) Poor blood flow in the legs can make it harder for the body to heal from an injury. Many times, a nonhealing foot ulcer is a symptom of PAD. Symptoms of PAD can include: Nonhealing or chronic wounds and sores on feet.

    How to treat ulcers

    Steph Coelho is a freelance health writer, web producer, and editor based in Montreal. She specializes in covering general wellness and chronic illness.

    How to treat ulcers

    Cristian Zanartu, MD, is a licensed board-certified internist who has worked for over five years in pain and palliative medicine.

    Peptic ulcer disease is a condition in which there are one or more sores (ulcers) in the stomach lining or in the lining of the first part of the small intestine (the duodenum). In some cases, an ulcer can bleed. The bleeding can be minimal or severe. Treatment can help with symptoms and eventually cause the ulcer to go away.

    This article looks at the symptoms, causes, treatment, and complications of bleeding ulcers.

    ” data-caption=”” data-expand=”300″ data-tracking-container=”true” />

    Moyo Studio / Getty Images

    Symptoms

    Minor ulcers may not cause any symptoms. But some potential symptoms of ulcers may include:

    • Pain in the upper abdomen
    • Pain on an empty stomach
    • Difficulty staying hydrated
    • Feeling of fullness
    • Vomiting
    • Nausea
    • Fatigue
    • Weight loss
    • Heartburn
    • Bloating
    • Lack of appetite
    • Burping

    If an ulcer is bleeding, you may also experience:

    • Bloody or dark stools
    • Blood in vomit

    Often, people don’t know they have a bleeding ulcer. They might have extreme fatigue or other symptoms of anemia (a low number of healthy red blood cells). The anemia may be diagnosed before the ulcer.

    The pain from an ulcer tends to be dull and achy instead of sharp. It can last for hours or come and go.

    When to Seek Medical Help

    It’s important to see a healthcare provider if you’re experiencing several of the above-listed symptoms. An ulcer can lead to complications if left untreated.

    Get emergency treatment if you:

    • Experience sudden sharp pain in your abdomen
    • Develop a hard abdomen that hurts when you touch it
    • Are throwing up blood (this can look like coffee grounds)
    • Have blood in your stool
    • Experience symptoms of shock like sweating profusely or confusion

    Causes

    Ulcers can happen for several reasons. Some of the most common causes are:

    Helicobacter Pylori Bacteria

    Most people with stomach ulcers have a Helicobacter pylori (H. pylori) infection present in their gut. However, not everyone with this type of bacteria will develop stomach ulcers.

    This bacterium can damage the special mucous coating that protects the small intestine and stomach lining, allowing stomach acid to reach the lining and eat away at the tissue.

    Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs)

    Frequently taking nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs such as aspirin, Advil (ibuprofen), or Aleve (naproxen) can also elevate your risk of developing an ulcer.

    While NSAIDs can help with pain, fever, and inflammation, they also reduce the natural mucous layer that protects the stomach from its own acid. This can lead to ulcers, especially if you take NSAIDs regularly.

    Rare Tumors

    A rare condition (Zollinger-Ellison syndrome) results in tumors that produce the hormone gastrin. This stimulates the release of large amounts of stomach acid and leads to ulcers.

    Risk Factors

    You’re at higher risk for developing ulcers if you:

    • Drink excessively
    • Smoke regularly
    • Use chewing tobacco
    • Are experiencing high amounts of stress
    • Have recently undergone radiation therapy
    • Are very ill
    • Use NSAIDs regularly

    Treatment

    The first-line treatment for ulcers caused by NSAIDs involves medication such as:

    • H2 blockers such as Pepcid (famotidine) that inhibit the production of stomach acid
    • Proton pump inhibitors (PPI) such as Prilosec (omeprazole) that reduce stomach acid production and protect the lining of the stomach
    • Medications like Carafate (sucralfate) that protect the lining of the stomach and small intestine
    • Antacids

    If an H. pylori infection is causing your ulcer, a doctor will also prescribe antibiotics to kill any H. pylori bacteria in your digestive tract.

    In some cases, doctors may also need to treat excessive bleeding. They can address this complication by:

    • Injecting medication directly into the ulcer
    • Using heat therapy on the ulcer
    • Clipping the ulcer with metal clips
    • Performing surgery

    In cases where the bleeding is severe, a person may need a blood transfusion as part of treatment.

    Typically, healthcare providers perform surgery when an ulcer is bleeding profusely, and the bleeding doesn’t stop. You may also need surgery if the stomach or small intestine lining tears because the ulcer has eaten away at the tissue.

    Complications

    Left untreated, an ulcer can eventually lead to a tear in the stomach or small intestine lining and cause severe internal bleeding. The bacterium Helicobacter pylori (often associated with ulcers) is in itself a significant risk factor for stomach cancer.

    Outlook

    Proper treatment can get rid of an ulcer and prevent serious complications. However, ulcers often come back. If you continue to take NSAIDs frequently, for example, you may develop another ulcer.

    Summary

    A bleeding ulcer isn’t a symptom to ignore. Untreated ulcers can lead to complications like severe blood loss or perforation of the tissue lining your stomach. Thankfully, there are ways to treat ulcers and stop bleeding.

    If severe bleeding or treatment doesn’t stop or slow the bleeding, a healthcare provider may recommend surgery.

    A Word From Verywell

    If you have any symptoms of an ulcer, make an appointment with a healthcare provider to get a diagnosis and start treatment. Blood in your stool or vomit, along with severe abdominal pain, is a sign that you have internal bleeding that needs immediate attention.

    Ideally, you should receive treatment before an ulcer gets to this point. With treatment, most ulcers will heal and won’t lead to complications like severe blood loss.

    Frequently Asked Questions

    Because an ulcer is a wound inside your body, it won’t feel the same as a cut or scrape on the surface of your skin. You may not even have symptoms. If an ulcer starts to bleed heavily, though, you may feel light-headed or faint because of blood loss.

    Sometimes. However, ulcers tend to return on their own, too. Getting treatment increases the chances that ulcers won’t come back.

    This depends on the type and size of the ulcer. A large stomach ulcer, for instance, may take several months to heal.

    How to treat ulcers

    What are ulcers?

    An ulcer forms from a pooling of blood, a blockage of circulation, or nerve damage. This results in an open, painful sore that takes a long time to heal or may not heal at all. Ulcers are likely to reoccur.

    Most leg ulcers develop along with varicose veins, deep vein thrombosis, or trauma. Peripheral artery disease, or arterial ulcers, make up a smaller percentage of cases.

    How does diabetes increase the risk of leg ulcers?

    Neurotrophic ulcers, from nerve damage, affect diabetics who have high blood sugar levels.

    These ulcers form most often at pressure points on the bottom of the feet. The ulcer may be discolored, pink, red, brown, or black, and is an open wound. The surrounding skin is often discolored and calloused.

    Nerve damage to the legs or feet can cause symptoms such as a loss of feeling, changes to sweat glands, tingling, a burning or stinging feeling, and pain. These are predictive signs of a potential ulcer. Anyone with these symptoms should talk with a doctor and get checked.

    People with diabetes should check their legs and feet frequently. Make sure there are no calluses, scrapes, or cuts. Wear good, closed footwear, never walk barefoot, and keep your legs and feet clean.

    Prevention steps

    High blood sugar impairs proper circulation, especially to the legs and feet. The first step in prevention is working to keep sugar levels steady and under control through diet, exercise, care, and medicine if prescribed. Diabetics are at higher risk for nerve damage, peripheral vascular disease, and heart disease.

    The Cleveland Clinic recommends reducing your risk for an ulcer, whether you have diabetes or not, by doing the following:

    – Managing blood pressure and cholesterol

    – Limiting salt in your diet

    – Managing blood sugar

    – Exercising regularly, i.e. taking walks

    – Asking a doctor about preventing blood clots

    Treatment steps

    South Valley Vascular can perform tests such as ultrasound, ankle/brachial, and measuring blood flow to assess ulcers caused by nerve damage.

    Once there is an ulcer, good care can mean the difference between healing and stopping complications and a worsening issue.

    With an ulcer, it’s even more important to wash the area properly every day. Mild soap and lukewarm water are best. You need to remove dead skin and any debris or anything which could lead to an infection. It’s important to gently and fully dry your legs and feet.

    Examine your legs, feet, toes, and toenails each day. Check for redness, cuts, scrapes, calluses, or swelling. Check toenails and care for them to keep them safe and smooth.

    Your doctor may recommend that you use a lanolin cream daily to keep skin from becoming dry and cracked.

    More treatment steps for before, during, or after having a leg or foot ulcer include remaining well hydrated with healthy fluids and eating a healthy diet heavy in fruits and vegetables. Regular exercise is an excellent idea. It’s important to wear safe, closed shoes. Compression clothing, such as socks or sleeves, if recommended by a doctor, may help.

    If you have diabetes, you should see a podiatrist anyway. It’s more important if you have an ulcer or other factor.

    Trust South Valley Vascular’s expertise

    The medical experts at South Valley Vascular in Visalia, Porterville, and Hanford, California, specialize in the diagnosis, treatment, and management of diseases and conditions of the blood vessels. Our vascular surgeons will determine a treatment plan that provides the best benefits for your specific needs.

    Top Articles

    More Articles

    Have you ever developed a white painful sore with red borders inside your mouth? These are mouth ulcers. Although these lesions are common, the actual cause often remains unclear. A slight injury to the soft tissues in the mouth, ill-fitting dental appliances like dentures or braces, and even irritation from acidic foods are possible contributors. Luckily, mouth ulcers often heal by themselves within a couple of weeks. Still, there are some things that you can do to treat these and reduce pain and discomfort.

    What are Canker Sores?

    Canker sores are a type of mouth ulcer. They are painful sores that appear on the inside of the mouth—namely, the inner lip, cheeks, gums, tongue, or palate. They can have a white or yellowish appearance with a red outer layer. Unlike cold sores, mouth ulcers are non-contagious and will generally heal without scarring in about a week or two. If you experience severe canker sores that do not get better, you can always consult with a medical doctor or dentist. These are some of the early signs and symptoms of canker sores:

    • A tingling or burning sensation inside your mouth
    • White or grey sores forming inside the mouth
    • Feeling feverish
    • Feeling physically unwell or sluggish
    • Swollen lymph nodes

    At-Home Remedies

    Although mouth ulcers often go away on their own, they can make daily tasks like eating and toothbrushing uncomfortable. Common home remedies can help with pain relief. Here are a few care tips for treating mouth ulcers:

    • Place an ice cube over the affected area and allow for it to dissolve.
    • Rinse your mouth with saltwater. To make this at-home mouthrinse, simply mix a teaspoon of salt with a half cup of warm water.
    • Apply a small amount of milk of magnesia on your canker sores a few times a day.
    • Avoid acidic and spicy foods as these may further irritate the area.

    Over the Counter Mouth Ulcer Treatments

    Over-the-counter products can speed up recovery, reduce discomfort, and assist with more severe mouth ulcerations. You can use an antibacterial mouthrinse to soothe irritation or apply a mild topical paste to the affected area. If the sores don’t heal after 7-14 days or seem to be reappearing, you should consult with a doctor or dentist.

    Can Mouth Ulcers Be Prevented?

    Mouth ulcers can reoccur, but you can reduce how often this happens by:

    • Using a soft-bristled toothbrush to minimize soft-tissue irritation.
    • Avoiding acidic, hot, or spicy foods.
    • Avoiding biting or chewing your inner cheeks and lips.

    Mouth ulcers can be an unpleasant experience. Fortunately, you can recover from these mouth sores with minimal to no treatment. At-home mouth ulcer remedies can help with pain relief. You can also purchase an over-the-counter, antibacterial mouthrinse or topical numbing gels, creams, or pastes. Use these remedies to encourage faster recovery and soothe irritation while you wait to heal.

    Ulcers occur when the digestive juices used to process the fat, starch, and proteins in food begin to create erosions in the stomach or duodenal lining. Those that occur in the stomach are called gastric ulcers, while ulcers that are located in the duodenum are known as duodenal ulcers. A person suffering from both types is said to have peptic ulcer disease.

    Prescription treatments for ulcers can be expensive and have unpleasant side effects. Since the most common symptom is persistent abdominal pain, however, people diagnosed with this condition often find themselves in search of safe and effective home remedies for ulcers.

    There are many over-the-counter antacids available to treat ulcers. Pepto-Bismol®, a compound containing bismuth subsalicylate, is useful in the majority of cases. Antacids that contain magnesium are also helpful. However, products containing magnesium should not be used by people suffering from kidney problems.

    If you don’t like the taste of over-the-counter antacids, cayenne pepper capsules may be a useful alternative. Commonly used in European countries, cayenne pepper capsules are great home remedies for ulcers because they are soothing to the mucosal linings. They can be purchased at most health food stores and should be taken with your meals to achieve maximum therapeutic benefits.

    According to researchers, there are a number of dietary changes that can help relieve ulcers. Bananas have natural antacid effects that make them excellent home remedies. Honey is also said to treat ulcers by helping to reduce inflammation in the lining of the stomach. The taste may take some getting used to, but a juice concoction of carrots and raw cabbage is also considered by some to be a great ulcer home remedy.

    Although many people say that yoga, meditation, and other stress relief programs are good home remedies for ulcers, this is not entirely accurate. Stress does not specifically cause ulcers, but it can significantly aggravate the condition. Common causes of ulcers include bacterial infection, immune system abnormalities, alcoholism, and the use of Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDS) such as aspirin and ibuprofen.

    Home remedies work very well in most cases. However, if a patient notices symptoms such as unexplained weight loss, chest pain, or bloody stools, it’s best to seek immediate medical attention. An ulcer may have developed into a more serious problem that can’t be treated using home remedies.

    Dana holds a B.A. in journalism and mass communication from the University of Iowa. She has loved being part of the TheHealthBoard team ever since discovering the joys of freelance writing after her son was born. Dana also hones her writing skills by contributing articles to various blogs, as well as creating sales copy and content for e-courses.

    Dana holds a B.A. in journalism and mass communication from the University of Iowa. She has loved being part of the TheHealthBoard team ever since discovering the joys of freelance writing after her son was born. Dana also hones her writing skills by contributing articles to various blogs, as well as creating sales copy and content for e-courses.

    You might also Like

    Recommended

    Related Articles

    • What Is Mucosal Inflammation?
    • What Are the Most Common Famotidine Side Effects?
    • What is a Perforated Duodenal Ulcer?
    • What is a Perforated Peptic Ulcer?
    • What is a Duodenal Ulcer?
    • What Causes Tongue Ulcers?
    • What is a Bleeding Ulcer?

    Discussion Comments

    @fify– Yea, ginger is one of the holistic remedies for ulcers. My dad has ulcers and he was told by his holistic practitioner to mix honey and ginger powder or grated fresh ginger and eat a large spoonful in the mornings. He has been feeling slightly better since he started doing this.

    Ginger is a bit difficult to swallow, and honey is beneficial for ulcers so it’s great to mix them together. He also has a glass of warm milk with it and milk is good for the stomach as well. fify February 17, 2013

    Does ginger have any benefit for ulcers? ddljohn February 17, 2013

    Antacid medications do little for ulcers from my experience.

    The best home remedies are staying away from acid-causing foods, eating only bland things and aloe vera juice.

    I haven’t been drinking tea or coffee since I’ve developed ulcers. I also can’t have vinegar, lemon juice, ketchup, tomatoes, fried foods or spices. All of these foods give me terrible stomach aches.

    I stick to bland foods like grilled cheese, oatmeal, apple juice and applesauce, bananas and mashed potatoes.

    Recently, I’ve also discovered aloe vera juice as a home remedy for ulcers in stomach. It doesn’t taste all that great but it’s not too bad either. It’s very soothing for the stomach and reduces acid production. I bought a large bottle from the health food store and I drink a cup everyday. Clairdelune June 2, 2011

    @B707 – I disagree somewhat with your post. The actual cause of ulcers is probably not the excess acid in the stomach. The real cause is an infection, use of too much aspirin-like medicines or some problem with the immune system.

    These things start irritating the stomach lining.

    Then, too much stress, coffee, alcohol, soda, salt, and a poor diet bring on extra acid that irritate the sores in the stomach lining.

    I would try some of the home remedies first. Then, if they don’t work well, go to your doctor.

    The goal here is to heal up the stomach sores. Just making the pain go away for a short time, is only treating the symptoms.

    Most cases of stomach ulcers are caused by too much acid in the stomach. But, what causes this excess acid? One cause is that people use aspirin and ibuprofen too often, and the lining of the stomach becomes irritated.

    There are many home remedies for an ulcer. For example, diet is important. Don’t drink too much alcohol, soda, coffee, or salt. Eating plenty of fiber, cabbage, ginger, green vegetables and fruit can help.

    Don’t forget to live a calmer life. Often, the more stress you have, the more stomach acid is produced.

    Many people I know take prescribed medicine for ulcers, especially when home remedies don’t seem to work. Be sure to report any side effects to your doctor.

    The last resort is surgery, if your ulcer starts to bleed. I know of two people who had success with surgery, but the area took a long time to heal.

    How to treat ulcers

    What are ulcers?

    An ulcer forms from a pooling of blood, a blockage of circulation, or nerve damage. This results in an open, painful sore that takes a long time to heal or may not heal at all. Ulcers are likely to reoccur.

    Most leg ulcers develop along with varicose veins, deep vein thrombosis, or trauma. Peripheral artery disease, or arterial ulcers, make up a smaller percentage of cases.

    How does diabetes increase the risk of leg ulcers?

    Neurotrophic ulcers, from nerve damage, affect diabetics who have high blood sugar levels.

    These ulcers form most often at pressure points on the bottom of the feet. The ulcer may be discolored, pink, red, brown, or black, and is an open wound. The surrounding skin is often discolored and calloused.

    Nerve damage to the legs or feet can cause symptoms such as a loss of feeling, changes to sweat glands, tingling, a burning or stinging feeling, and pain. These are predictive signs of a potential ulcer. Anyone with these symptoms should talk with a doctor and get checked.

    People with diabetes should check their legs and feet frequently. Make sure there are no calluses, scrapes, or cuts. Wear good, closed footwear, never walk barefoot, and keep your legs and feet clean.

    Prevention steps

    High blood sugar impairs proper circulation, especially to the legs and feet. The first step in prevention is working to keep sugar levels steady and under control through diet, exercise, care, and medicine if prescribed. Diabetics are at higher risk for nerve damage, peripheral vascular disease, and heart disease.

    The Cleveland Clinic recommends reducing your risk for an ulcer, whether you have diabetes or not, by doing the following:

    – Managing blood pressure and cholesterol

    – Limiting salt in your diet

    – Managing blood sugar

    – Exercising regularly, i.e. taking walks

    – Asking a doctor about preventing blood clots

    Treatment steps

    South Valley Vascular can perform tests such as ultrasound, ankle/brachial, and measuring blood flow to assess ulcers caused by nerve damage.

    Once there is an ulcer, good care can mean the difference between healing and stopping complications and a worsening issue.

    With an ulcer, it’s even more important to wash the area properly every day. Mild soap and lukewarm water are best. You need to remove dead skin and any debris or anything which could lead to an infection. It’s important to gently and fully dry your legs and feet.

    Examine your legs, feet, toes, and toenails each day. Check for redness, cuts, scrapes, calluses, or swelling. Check toenails and care for them to keep them safe and smooth.

    Your doctor may recommend that you use a lanolin cream daily to keep skin from becoming dry and cracked.

    More treatment steps for before, during, or after having a leg or foot ulcer include remaining well hydrated with healthy fluids and eating a healthy diet heavy in fruits and vegetables. Regular exercise is an excellent idea. It’s important to wear safe, closed shoes. Compression clothing, such as socks or sleeves, if recommended by a doctor, may help.

    If you have diabetes, you should see a podiatrist anyway. It’s more important if you have an ulcer or other factor.

    Trust South Valley Vascular’s expertise

    The medical experts at South Valley Vascular in Visalia, Porterville, and Hanford, California, specialize in the diagnosis, treatment, and management of diseases and conditions of the blood vessels. Our vascular surgeons will determine a treatment plan that provides the best benefits for your specific needs.

    What is a leg ulcer?

    A leg ulcer is a chronic sore that can take months to heal. Leg ulcers are usually caused by underlying medical conditions like venous disease, lymphedema, deep vein thrombosis (DVT), peripheral arterial disease, or having had a leg ulcer before. Injury or surgery in the infected leg is another cause of leg ulcers.

    Here, we outline how to diagnose the cause of leg ulcers and what your treatment options are.

    How to treat ulcersHow to treat ulcers

    The photo above is a case of leg ulcers that would not heal. This was an 85-year-old patient with ulcerations of the left ankle, lower extremity edema. The patient was treated with a venogram and venous stenting of the left iliac vein. The after picture shows complete healing of the venous stasis ulcerations.

    Treatment

    Step-by-Step Guide to Treating a Leg Ulcer

    You should have a doctor or specialist perform an official diagnosis to start an effective treatment plan.

    Diagnosis

    There are a few common symptoms that may lead to a leg ulcer.

    • Swollen ankles
    • Discolored and darkened skin around the ulcer
    • Hardened skin that makes your leg feel hard
    • Itchy, flaky skin, also known as varicose eczema
    • Open sores to the area that are difficult to heal
    • A foul-smelling discharge from the leg ulcer

    A doctor will compare your symptoms and your pre-existing conditions to determine possible causes of the ulceration.

    Think you may have non-healing ulcers?

    Doppler Study

    Your doctor suggests performing a Doppler study on the arteries or veins in the legs to evaluate for the underlying cause of the ulcers. Your doctor will make this decision based on the appearance of the ulcer, other associated symptoms, and your risk factors for developing either venous and/or arterial disease.

    For the doppler study, an ultrasound probe is placed on top of the skin which allows the technologist to visualize blood flow patterns through your arteries or veins. If your doctor suspects arterial disease they may take the blood pressure readings at your ankles and arms and compare them.

    Depending on the severity of your pre-existing conditions, your doctor may refer you to a specialist for treatment, including but not limited to wound care management.

    Treatment Options

    There are a few leg ulcer treatment options. Some are non-invasive, while others are more medically involved. Your doctor will choose the best option based on the severity of your condition.

    Compression Bandages

    Unlike a regular Ace wrap, a compression bandage is made with a stretchy, elastic fabric that applies pressure to healing areas like legs. Compression bandages work to improve blood flow in the veins, prevent blood clots, and reduce fluid buildup in your leg.

    Your doctor or specialist will typically recommend a short compression bandage and stockings for a leg ulcer. These bandages do not increase pressure when you are resting, so some doctors recommend you sleep in them while healing. Although sleeping in compression bandages is not always recommended, so be sure to check with your doctor first.

    Your doctor, specialist, or nurse will apply compression bandages to your affected leg. This is a skilled procedure that is best performed by a specialist. It is essential to know that compression bandages are painful when first applied to a leg ulcer, but should dissipate after a week to a week and a half. If it does not, let your doctor know so they can determine if there is a need to cut off your compression bandage. Let your doctor know if you experience any of the following.

    • Extreme pain in your ankle
    • Extreme pain at the top of your foot
    • Discoloration and swelling of your toes

    If you cut your compression bandage off yourself, make sure to keep your leg elevated until you can see a doctor again.

    Dressing

    You should change the dressing on your ulcer as instructed by your doctor or wound care specialist. You should thoroughly clean it before re-dressing the wound. Frequent cleaning and dressing will prevent infection and allow for your leg ulcer to heal. Be sure to use a non-sticky dressing.

    While this process is relatively straightforward, it is best to change your dressing under the supervision of your nurse.

    Transparent Dressing

    This is a clear, plastic-like dressing that you apply over your sore. You should also wear a stocking with a transparent dressing to keep it in place and improve your leg and foot circulation.

    Hydrocolloid Dressing

    This special bandage has a breathable outer layer to prevent infection and an inner layer that absorbs drainage from your leg ulcer to promote healing. Hydrocolloid dressings also remove dead skin and tissue.

    Surgery

    If your leg ulcer is not healing through compression and dressing, you may need surgery to correct and improve blood flow in your leg.

    Shave Therapy

    Shave therapy involves removing dead or non-healing tissue and then skin grafting. A surgeon will shave down 0.3 to 0.4 mm of non-healing skin and tissue and then use a skin grafting machine to graft skin of the same thickness (usually from the affected leg) to the area they are working on.

    Your doctor or specialist will review your ulcer and history to determine if shave therapy is right for you.

    Debridement

    This type of surgery removes dead, damaged, or infected tissue from your leg ulcer to help the remaining tissue heal. A surgeon will use a scalpel not only to remove tissue but also to determine the depth of the sore and remove any foreign objects that may be lodged in your leg.

    Less invasive debridement involves applying gel or hydrocolloid dressings to your sore to remove damaged tissue by the medication.

    There are benefits to having surgery done as part of your leg ulcer treatment. Surgery can stimulate the edge of the wound to begin healing and reduce inflammation. It also removes dead skin and tissue, preventing infections that could eventually lead to amputation.

    Ready to speak with a vascular specialist about ulcers?

    Ulcers are open sores or tears that appear in the lining of internal organs, most commonly found in the stomach or intestines, but can be found in the esophagus as well. Peptic ulcers are open sores that start off as sore spots, then become reddened and inflamed, eventually breaking the surface of lining or skin. Ulcers that appear in the stomach are called gastric ulcers, the most common. Find relief and cure for a peptic ulcer by taking steps at home to heal and soothe the spot, and to avoid further irritation.

    Avoid drinking alcohol, as this irritates reddened, inflamed and open tissues and sores, much like pouring alcohol on an open cut on the skin. Alcohol also irritates the lining of the stomach and intestines and can cause not only inflammation but also bleeding. Avoid smoking, which increases stomach acids, which in turn irritate the stomach lining. Don’t take NSAIDs (nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs) pain relievers, but stick to acetaminophen, and avoid spicy or fatty foods that contribute to irritation, inflammation and pain.

    Use home remedies to help sooth pain, relieve inflammation and heal the ulcer. Determine if you have too much or too little stomach acid. Ingest 1 tbsp. of lemon juice. If your pain goes away, you have lower amounts of stomach acid. But if the pain grows momentarily worse, you have too much stomach acid, which leads to irritation and pain. Neutralize excess stomach acid by mixing 1 tsp. baking soda with 8 oz. of water to drink. This is a generations-old remedy for not only relieving the pain and burning of an ulcer, but also for treating upset stomach and indigestion.

    Avoid fried and greasy foods, as well as carbonated sodas, which all irritate the ulcer. Promote healing by eating small portions of easily digestible foods during flare-ups, such as vegetables, hot cereals, plain mashed or baked potatoes, yogurt, cream-based or broth-based soups, skinless chicken or turkey and custards or puddings.

    Purchase licorice root, which has been used for generations to treat both duodenal and gastric ulcers, while yarrow and white oak bark are effective in reducing irritation and inflammation caused by ulcers. Marshmallow root and slippery elm are known to offer soothing effects to membrane linings of the stomach and intestinal tract. Read the directions on the bottles of such remedies, which are found at your local health-food store. Or follow instructions in medical folklore books for brewing teas or ingesting such herbs.

    Looking for an answer to the question: How do you treat an ulcer in a cats eye? On this page, we have gathered for you the most accurate and comprehensive information that will fully answer the question: How do you treat an ulcer in a cats eye?

    Cause of Feline Herpes Conjunctivitis. Feline herpes eye infection is usually caused by feline herpesvirus-1 (FHV-1). This same virus is responsible for the illness known as rhinotracheitis, or cat respiratory flu.

    If your cat’s pink eye is the result of infection, your cat will need antibiotics, anti-fungals, or anti-virals to treat it. Eye drops or eye ointments may be prescribed. These must often be administered every few hours. If infection is severe, oral medications may be administered in addition to topical ones.

    Presently, there is no cure for Cat Eye Syndrome; the treatment is based on the presenting signs and symptoms. It requires the combined effort of healthcare providers from various specialties. The treatment is dependent on the severity and type of symptoms each individual presents with.

    Presently, there is no cure for Cat Eye Syndrome; the treatment is based on the presenting signs and symptoms. It requires the combined effort of healthcare providers from various specialties. The treatment is dependent on the severity and type of symptoms each individual presents with.

    Cause of Feline Herpes Conjunctivitis. Feline herpes eye infection is usually caused by feline herpesvirus-1 (FHV-1). This same virus is responsible for the illness known as rhinotracheitis, or cat respiratory flu.

    Why does my cat keep getting eye ulcers?

    Feline corneal ulcers have a wide variety of potential causes, including scratches that a cat can sustain in a fight; ingrown eyelashes; a piece of dirt that becomes trapped beneath the eye lid; exposure to caustic chemicals; and viral or bacterial infection.

    Can eye ulcers be cured?

    Corneal ulcers can also cause permanent scarring on the eye. In rare cases, the entire eye may suffer damage. Although corneal ulcers are treatable, and most people recover quite well after treatment, a reduction in eyesight may occur.

    Do eye ulcers hurt cats?

    A corneal ulcer is very painful. In response to this intense pain, most cats will rub the affected eye with a paw or on the carpet or furniture. To protect the eye, they will squint, blink rapidly or keep the lids tightly closed.

    What happens if an eye ulcer is not treated?

    If your cornea has lasting (permanent) scarring and damage, your vision can be impaired in the long term. If not treated right away, corneal ulcers can lead to permanent scarring. If your complications are serious, you may need more treatment.

    What is the home remedy for eye ulcer?

    Are There Home Remedies for a Corneal Ulcer? If you wear contact lenses, remove them immediately. Apply cool compresses to the affected eye. Do not touch or rub your eye with your fingers.

    How long does it take for a corneal ulcer to heal?

    A simple ulcer should heal in 3-7 days. Uncomplicated ulcers heal very quickly usually! An infected or complicated ulcer can take several weeks to heal with proper treatment. Some deep, infected or large ulcers may need surgery to strengthen the eye for this long healing period.

    How long does it take for a corneal ulcer to heal in cats?

    Corneal abrasions generally heal within three to five days. Medication is used to prevent bacterial infections (antibiotic ophthalmic drops or ointment) and to relieve spasms or pain (typically atropine ophthalmic drops or ointment).

    What happens if a corneal ulcer doesn’t heal?

    If left untreated they can persist for many months causing continuous irritation. In some cases the eye may develop a granulation tissue reaction, in which the surface of the eye becomes reddened and inflamed- this can lead to reduced vision.

    How do I know if my cat has an eye ulcer?

    When a cat has a corneal ulcer, the most-common signs and symptoms include:Squinting.Sensitivity to light.Film over the eye.Discharge from the eye.Red and inflamed eye.Eyes are kept closed.Pain in the eye.Pawing at the head or eye.

    What can cause an ulcer in a cats eye?

    Feline corneal ulcers have a wide variety of potential causes, including scratches that a cat can sustain in a fight; ingrown eyelashes; a piece of dirt that becomes trapped beneath the eye lid; exposure to caustic chemicals; and viral or bacterial infection.

    How do you heal a corneal ulcer fast?

    Corneal Ulcer Home CarePut cool compresses on your eye. . Don’t touch or rub your eye with your fingers.Limit the spread of infection by washing your hands often and drying them with a clean towel.Take over-the-counter pain medications such as acetaminophen or ibuprofen.Jun 15, 2020

    How long do cat eye ulcers last?

    Corneal abrasions generally heal within three to five days. Medication is used to prevent bacterial infections (antibiotic ophthalmic drops or ointment) and to relieve spasms or pain (typically atropine ophthalmic drops or ointment).

    Why is my cats eye ulcer not healing?

    Ulcers that do not heal well often have a buildup of dead cells at the ulcer edge. These dead cells prevent normal cells from the corneal surface from sliding over the ulcer edge and filling in the defect. If this appears to be part of the healing problem, the dead cells are removed from the edges of the ulcer.

    Can corneal ulcers heal on their own cat?

    A simple ulcer is likely to heal within a week, but a more serious ulcer can take several weeks of treatment to heal. An ulcer left without treatment is likely to be very painful, cause permanent damage and could even lead to loss of an eye.

    Can a cat eye ulcer heal on its own?

    A simple ulcer is likely to heal within a week, but a more serious ulcer can take several weeks of treatment to heal. An ulcer left without treatment is likely to be very painful, cause permanent damage and could even lead to loss of an eye.

    What does a cat eye ulcer look like?

    The clinical signs of corneal ulceration include inflammation of the tissue surrounding the cornea; seepage of discharge from the eye; clouding of the cornea; and apparent hypersensitivity to bright light. An affected cat may squint, rub its eyes, and behave as if it is having vision problems.

    Can a corneal ulcer heal on its own in a cat?

    A simple ulcer is likely to heal within a week, but a more serious ulcer can take several weeks of treatment to heal. An ulcer left without treatment is likely to be very painful, cause permanent damage and could even lead to loss of an eye.

    A diabetic ulcer is a wound or open sore on the foot, ankle or leg that can develop due to a number of factors, like the lack of blood flow caused by diabetes and sometimes by lifestyle choices. When a patient develops one of these sores, they should seek immediate diabetic foot ulcer treatment.

    There are 5 Main Ways to Treat an Ulcer Wound

    1. Use antibiotics if necessary
    2. Dress and wrap the wound according to the type of ulcer
    3. Schedule regular checkups and dressing changes
    4. Prescribe pain medication if needed
    5. Perform surgery if healing isn’t progressing

    Our podiatrists provide diabetic foot ulcer treatment in the following 5 ways:

    1. Use Antibiotics

    If the ulcer is infected, the podiatrist will first need to apply an antibiotic ointment to combat the infection. If the infection has penetrated to deeper skin layers or even to the bone, then the podiatrist will most likely prescribe stronger antibiotics that will be taken orally.

    2. Dress and Wrap

    After properly treating any infection that is present, the podiatrist will proceed to dress and wrap the ulcer wound to protect it.

    Before wrapping the wound, the podiatrist applies a dressing that will help the wound to heal. The type of dressing used will depend on the patient’s specific condition. Some examples of dressings that one of our podiatrists in Baltimore might use are:

    • Hydrogels
    • collagen wound dressings
    • antimicrobial dressing
    • Hydrocolloids
    • moist dressings
    • alginate dressings
    • debriding agents
    • composite dressings
    • synthetic skin substitutes

    Once the appropriate dressing is applied to the wound, the foot doctor will proceed to wrapping the wound.

    Wraps for Venous Ulcers

    Venous Ulcers or leg ulcers, which occur due to the improper functioning of venous valves, are often protected and treated through compression wraps. For proper diabetic foot ulcer treatment, podiatrists will often use multi-layer compression wraps, or wrap an ACE bandage from just above the toes on the foot to just below the knee. Compression wrapping of venous ulcers is important because it helps to minimize swelling or edema.

    Wraps for Arterial Ulcers

    For arterial ulcers, which tend to occur on the foot, ankle or lower part of the leg, the issue is due to an inadequate blood supply to the wound. For this type of ulcer, podiatrists will often use an Unna’s Boot (a wet zinc oxide bandage).

    3. Regular Checkups and Dressing Changes

    As well as healing the existing ulcer(s), it is important to prevent additional foot and leg ulcers from developing. The foot doctor will proceed to the next phase of diabetic foot ulcer treatment by changing the ulcer bandages during regular appointments, which need to be scheduled more frequently when the ulcer is the worst and then can be scheduled every so often once the ulcer is showing much healing progress.

    4. Pain Medication

    Changing the dressings can be quite painful at first, so the podiatrist may prescribe pain medication to help deal with any major discomfort. The type of medication will depend on each patient’s specific needs, diabetic foot ulcer treatment type, and medical history.

    5. Surgery

    The natural healing of foot and leg ulcers is always preferred, but sometimes due to the patient’s condition, surgery becomes necessary. Each patient’s situation is unique and may require any of a variety of approaches to ulcer surgery from regular debridement (or the removal of infected tissue to amputation in very serious cases.

    If you’re looking for diabetic foot ulcer treatment in Baltimore and the surrounding areas, then please don’t hesitate to schedule an appointment at one of our locations . Feel free to call our scheduling office to discuss your specific situation: (833) 500-FEET.

    Time to See a Podiatrist?

    If you have any of the issues described above, it’s time to consult an expert. Connect with Podiatry Associates for an evaluation. All of our doctors are board certified/qualified and we’re dedicated to preserving your foot health.

    Other Related Articles:

    • How to Prevent & Treat Diabetic Foot Ulcers
    • What is the Impact of Diabetes in Wound Healing?
    • The Key Role of a Podiatrist in Diabetic Foot Care
    • 9 Healthy Tips for Diabetic Foot Care
    • What is Diabetic Foot Pain?
    • What Diabetic Foot Care Treatments Are Best Left to Your Podiatrist?
    • Can a Podiatrist Perform Surgery? What Types?
    • When to See A Podiatrist
    • Everything You Need to Know About a Podiatrist
    • 11 Things Every Patient Should Know About Foot Surgery

    The best podiatrists in Bel Air, MD.

    Bel Air, MD 21014

    The best rated foot doctors in Columbia, MD.

    5500 Knoll N Dr #440

    Columbia, MD 21045

    The best podiatric surgery in Baltimore, MD.

    9105 Franklin Square Dr #206

    Baltimore, MD 21237

    The top rated foot and ankle doctors in Towson, MD.

    6569 N Charles St # 702

    Towson, MD 21204

    Note: GBMC Physicians Pavilion West

    The best rated foot doctors in Baltimore, MD.

    5601 Loch Raven Blvd # 400

    Baltimore, MD 21239

    The best board certified podiatrists in Baltimore, MD.

    9712 Belair Rd # Ll3

    Baltimore, MD 21236

    The highest rated foot doctors in Baltimore, MD.

    Baltimore, MD 21201

    The top rated foot doctors in Havre De Grace, MD.

    Peptic ulcers are often caused by an overproduction of gastric acid. Many treatment options focus on reducing or suppressing gastric acid production. If your doctor determines that you have an H. pylori infection, you will need treatment for that as well.

    The goal of treatment for peptic ulcer disease is to:

    • Relieve symptoms
    • Heal lesions
    • Prevent recurrences
    • Prevent complications

    Treatments for peptic ulcer disease include:

    • Medication
    • Surgery

    Sometimes, treatment leads to complications.

    Peptic Ulcer Disease Treatment: Medication

    Several different medication therapies are available to help reduce gastric acid and coat the ulcers:

    • Antacids neutralize gastric acid. The disadvantage is that you need to take a relatively large dose for them to be effective, and they can cause unwanted side effects like diarrhea.
    • Histamine (H2) blockers reduce gastric acid by blocking the H2 receptors. These medications decrease acid secretion and are a relatively safe treatment option.
    • Proton pump inhibitors (PPIs) are drugs that block the three major pathways for acid production. PPIs suppress acid production much more effectively than H2 blockers. PPIs are the gold standard in medication therapy of peptic ulcer disease.
    • Medications to protect and strengthen the mucous lining of the stomach
    • Antibiotics to treat H. pylori if it is detected

    Peptic Ulcer Disease Complications

    The three major complications of peptic ulcer disease treatment are:

    • Hemorrhage (excessive bleeding)
    • Perforation/penetration, due to the ulcer burning through the stomach wall
    • Gastric outlet obstruction, or pyloric stenosis, occurs when the pylorus narrows. The pylorus is the opening from the stomach into the small intestine.

    There are a number of options available to treat these complications, including endoscopic therapy.

    A peptic ulcer is a sore in the lining of your stomach or duodenum (the first part of the small intestine). Your ulcer is bleeding or at high risk of bleeding. This means that you need treatment right away. Treatment can include medicines. It may also include a procedure such as endoscopy, angiography, or surgery. Your provider will work with you to decide which treatments are best for you. Read on to learn more about each type of treatment.

    Treatment with medicines

    Medicines will be prescribed as part of your treatment. Combinations of medicines are needed. These can include:

    Antibiotics. These medicines kill the H. pylori (Helicobacter pylori) bacteria if it is present. An H. pylori infection is the most common cause of a peptic ulcer. You will have to take several antibiotics at the same time.

    Proton pump inhibitors. These block your stomach from making any acid.

    H2 blockers. These reduce the amount of acid your stomach makes.

    Bismuth subsalicylate. This helps protect the lining of your stomach and duodenum from acid.

    When taking medicines, be aware of the following:

    Each medicine has risks and side effects. Your healthcare provider will tell you more about these, based on the medicines that are prescribed for you.

    Treatment with antibiotics lasts about 7 to 14 days. You may need to take other types of medicines for a longer time. Be sure to take all of the medicines exactly as instructed. Don’t stop taking the medicines even if you are feeling better.

    During treatment, avoid nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), such as aspirin and ibuprofen. Also avoid blood thinners and anticoagulants. Overuse of these drugs is another possible cause of ulcers. Using them can make your symptoms worse. Note: If you take aspirin because of a heart condition, blood clot, or stroke, you must talk with your healthcare provider first before you stop taking aspirin.

    Your provider may also advise you to avoid cigarettes, alcohol, and caffeine. These may make your symptoms worse. They may also affect how well your ulcer heals.

    Treatment with endoscopy, interventional angiography, or surgery

    Along with medicines, your treatment may include endoscopy, interventional angiography, or surgery. Endoscopy is usually the first treatment used. Here’s what to expect with each treatment:

    Before the treatment

    You may be told to not eat or drink anything for at least 6 hours before the treatment.

    Tell your provider about any medicines you are taking. You will have to stop taking some or all of these medicines before treatment. This includes:

    All prescription medicines

    Over-the-counter medicines such as aspirin, ibuprofen, and other NSAIDs

    Herbs, vitamins, and other supplements

    Follow any other instructions from your provider.

    During the treatment

    A needle is placed in a vein in your hand or arm. It’s attached to an IV (intravenous) line. The IV line gives you fluids. It also gives you medicine to prevent pain. This may include medicine to make you drowsy (sedative) or sleep (anesthesia) during treatment. The provider will then treat your ulcer with one of the following:

    Endoscopy. This procedure uses a thin, flexible tube called an endoscope (scope). The scope has a tiny camera on the end. This lets the provider find the ulcer. First, your throat may be numbed with a spray or gargle. Then, the scope is put into your mouth and guided down into your stomach or duodenum. Air is used to expand the digestive tract. Once the ulcer is found, tiny tools are passed through the scope to stop any bleeding. These may include clips or devices that use heat or electricity. In some cases, medicine (epinephrine) is injected directly into the ulcer to help reduce bleeding. When the bleeding is stopped, the air is removed. The scope and any tools used are then also removed.

    Interventional angiography. A long catheter is thread into the arteries near the ulcer. A clot is put into the ulcer to stop the bleeding.

    Surgery. This can be done in 2 different ways:

    Open surgery. A cut (incision) is made in your belly (abdomen) to reach the ulcer. This lets the surgeon see and treat the ulcer directly.

    Laparoscopy. A few small cuts are made in your belly. A scope with a tiny camera is then inserted through one of the cuts. Pictures of the inside of your belly are sent to a screen. This lets the provider find the ulcer. Tiny tools are then passed through the other cuts to treat the ulcer. Nearby nerves, blood vessels, and parts of the stomach may also be treated. Once the surgery is done, the cuts are closed. Any tools used are removed.

    After the treatment

    You’ll be taken to a recovery room or ICU (intensive care unit). Nurses will watch your condition closely. You’ll be moved to a hospital room when you’re stable. You will be given medicines to help manage pain and to ease symptoms. Tests may be done to see if your ulcer is bleeding again. You’ll stay in the hospital until your provider confirms there are no problems.

    Before leaving the hospital, make sure you have all the prescriptions and home care instructions you’ll need. Also make sure you have a contact number for your provider or the hospital. This is in case you have problems or questions after treatment.

    New types of treatment are also being studied. Ask your provider about any new treatment options.

    Risks and possible complications of treatment

    A hole (perforation) in your upper digestive tract (this includes your esophagus, stomach, and duodenum)

    Risks of sedative or anesthesia used

    The ulcer coming back

    Hole (perforation) in a blood vessel

    Risks of sedative or anesthesia used

    The ulcer coming back

    Damage to nearby organs and blood vessels

    Long-term digestive problems such as irregular bowel movements

    Risks of anesthesia

    The ulcer coming back

    Follow-up

    Keep all follow-up appointments with your provider. These are needed to check your health and recovery progress.

    When to call your provider

    Call your healthcare provider right away if you have any of the following:

    Trouble breathing or chest pain (call 911)

    Fever of 100.4 ° F ( 38.0 °C) or higher, or as advised by your provider

    Increased redness, pain, swelling, bleeding, or drainage from any incisions

    Trouble swallowing or sore throat that doesn’t go away within 2 days

    How to become a private banker

    How to become a private banker

    Table of Contents

    • What Is a Personal Banker?
    • How to Become a Personal Banker
    • How to Be a Good Personal Banker
    • Personal Banker Job Description Sample

    What Is a Personal Banker?

    A personal banker is a financial planner and advisor for their customers, providing investment options and assistance in preparing long-term financial goals, estates, taxes and wills. Their responsibilities are calculating the risks and rewards of investments (like stocks and bonds), making recommendations, setting up educational and retirement funds, and offering or selling insurance. They service multiple customers, and may also offer tax preparation. A personal banker will meet with their clients to review financial records, update them on their investments, or change financial plans.

    How to Become a Personal Banker

    You need solid experience and education in finance, along with certification to become a personal banker. You must have a bachelor’s degree in finance, economics, law or a related field to start. Like many positions in a bank or financial institution, personal bankers may need licensure to work in their state, or they may need to register with the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, depending on the size of the firm in which they work. Each state has different regulations. Additional certification may be required if you plan to directly purchase stocks or bonds, or sell insurance to clients.

    How to Be a Good Personal Banker

    A positive indication that you are a good personal banker is the continued trust of your customers. You are responsible for their financial well-being, weighing the risks of potential investments and providing sound financial advice. Once you start your career as a personal banker, you will have to build up your client list, often by cold-calling or networking. Your interpersonal skills have to make your clients feel comfortable with your expertise and knowledge. Excellent communication skills are needed to talk with potential clients and sell your services.

    Personal Banker Job Description Sample

    With this Personal Banker job description sample, you can get a good idea of what employers are looking for when hiring for this position. Remember, every employer is different and each will have unique qualifications when they hire for a Personal Banker role.

    Job Summary

    A large, nationally-recognized bank brand seeks a bright, capable personal banker to work in a local retail bank branch. The personal banker is responsible for assisting customers with a variety of banking needs as well as the sale of additional bank products to current and prospective clients. The ideal candidate for this position is knowledgeable about banking products and processes, motivated and goal-oriented, and has an outgoing, warm, and friendly personality.

    Duties and Responsibilities

    • Advise current and prospective customers on bank products and services that are best suited to their needs (e.g. checking and savings accounts, credit cards, loans, etc.)
    • Understand and be able to clearly explain the products and services offered by the bank branch, including but not limited to: checking and savings accounts, mortgage loans, vehicle loans, certificates of deposit (CDs), money market accounts,retirement accounts; traditional and Roth IRAs (individual retirement accounts), college savings accounts and savings bonds, like the 529 plan, and personal loans
    • Assist clients with managing their bank accounts and finances; refer customers to in-house financial experts as needed
    • Identify potential clients to reach out to; present our financial products and sell them on our financial services
    • Build long-term relationships with clients as a foundation to cross-sell our products and services
    • Open bank accounts for current and new customers; oversee transactions and close accounts when necessary
    • Resolve problems and issues with banking services as they arise
    • Perform administrative duties, like recording client information and documentation, entering data into proprietary software, and other similar tasks
    • Greet customers as they enter the bank branch and direct them to the correct area of the bank to conduct their business

    Requirements and Qualifications

    • Proven experience as a personal banker is strongly preferred
    • Prior experience in sales and customer service are an advantage
    • Commitment to ethical conduct in all business endeavors
    • Self-motivated and determined in meeting targets
    • Tenacious problem-solving skills with a customer-oriented approach
    • Strong interpersonal communication skills; ability to build rapport within the community
    • In-depth knowledge of banking practices and regulations is a must
    • High school diploma required; Bachelor’s degree in finance, accounting, or related field is preferred
    1. All Jobs
    2. Personal Banker Jobs
    3. What Is a Personal Banker and How to Become One

    Get New Jobs Emailed to You Daily

    By clicking the button above, I agree to the ZipRecruiter Terms of Use and acknowledge I have read the Privacy Policy, and agree to receive email job alerts.

    Could not find any Personal Banker jobs within 25 miles of Rostov-on-Don, RU

    * Salary estimates (ZipEstimate) are not verified by employers; actual compensation can vary considerably. To learn more about Compensation Estimates, please see our FAQ.

    Get new jobs emailed to you daily

    You Already Have an Account

    We’re sending an email you can use to verify and access your account.

    If you know your password, you can go to the sign in page.

    How to become a private banker

    Private bankers work in the private banking divisions of large retail banks, in investment banks and in wealth management firms. They provide personalized financial services primarily to high-net-worth individuals (HNWIs). In essence, private bankers are personal financial advisors for the very rich.

    Below is a look at the field, what the work entails, and what the qualifications are to become a private banker.

    Key Takeaways

    • Private bankers work at large retail or investment banks, or wealth management firms, providing specialized services to the ultra-wealthy.
    • Private bankers define financial goals with clients, develop a plan to execute the goals with the firm’s other experts, then build and manage the client’s portfolio so as to try and reach those goals.
    • Many private bankers start as entry-level financial analysts or financial advisors before moving on to becoming private bankers.

    What Private Bankers Do

    Private bankers meet with clients to define investment goals and then work with financial analysts and other professionals in the firm to create individualized investment strategies to meet those goals.

    After defining a strategy, private bankers execute the strategies by selecting appropriate mixes of securities and investment products for the client portfolios, which they then manage and adjust on a continual basis.

    In addition to investment advising and portfolio management services, many private bankers oversee deposit and cash management services, credit and lending services, tax planning services, trust services, retirement products, and annuities and insurance products.

    Many private banking divisions in large banks handle virtually all aspects of clients’ finances. A private banker often works with relatively few clients to provide the focus and personalized service that private banking clients often demand. In some firms, private bankers focus on managing client portfolios while relationship managers handle other client needs.

    The largest private banks in the U.S. are Morgan Stanley, Bank of America Merrill Lynch, JPMorgan Private Bank, Citigroup, and Goldman Sachs.

    Career Path

    Many private bankers begin working in entry-level financial analyst positions in wealth management firms, banks, brokerages or other organizations in the securities industry. Many financial analysts study stocks, bonds, and other securities to produce financial plans, analytical reports, and recommendations for private bankers, portfolio managers, and other senior investment professionals in the firm. With experience and a record of high performance, a financial analyst specializing in investments can rise into a private banker position.

    Other professionals in the field begin working as personal financial advisors serving retail clients at banks and other financial services firms. Personal financial advisors do much of the same work that private bankers do, but they typically deal with clients who do not have the wealth to justify the cost of the highly personalized services private bankers typically offer. A record of success as a retail-level advisor can lead to a position as a private banker.

    $83,800 to $111,800

    According to Salary.com, $83,800 to $111,800 is the average range of annual base pay plus fees, bonuses, and commissions for an intermediate private banker.

    Educational Qualifications

    A bachelor’s degree in a business discipline or another relevant subject is a basic qualification to work as a private banker. However, in most cases, a bachelor’s degree must be combined with substantial work experience to qualify for a position in this field.

    Most employers prefer to hire experienced candidates with master’s degrees in business disciplines such as finance, accounting or business administration. Many employers also look for experienced job candidates who have graduate degrees in mathematics, statistics or law. Coursework in subjects such as taxation, risk management, investing, and financial planning are especially valuable to prospective private bankers.

    Other Qualifications

    Many employers seek private bankers with one or more professional certifications relevant to the field. The chartered financial analyst (CFA) designation, awarded by the CFA Institute, is one of the most widely respected professional certifications for investment professionals. It is available to candidates who have at least 4,000 hours of qualifying experience, completed in 36 months.

    The certified financial planner (CFP) designation, awarded by the CFP Board, is another highly regarded certification common among private bankers. The CFP designation requires 6,000 hours of qualifying professional experience or 4,000 hours of apprenticeship experience.

    The certified trust and financial advisor (CTFA) designation, awarded by the American Bankers Association, is designed for trust and wealth advisors. There are several paths to the CTFA designation; the shortest path requires three years of wealth management experience and completion of an approved training program. Each of these certifications requires candidates to pass one or more examinations.

    Private bankers typically must obtain appropriate licenses from the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), which is responsible for oversight of securities firms in the United States. Many private bankers require Series 7 and Series 63 licenses. Other licenses may be required, depending on the position. Private bankers who intend to deal with life insurance, variable annuities, and related products may also require appropriate licenses from their local state insurance boards.

    It is easy to become a Private Banker in a matter of a few days under a National Banking Association just like the Federal Reserve Banks N.A.! Private banking arrangements are typically structured to have a central point of contact (i.e., relationship manager) that acts as a liaison between the client and the bank that facilitates the clients’ use of the bank’s financial services to write and issue promissory notes to pay off debts under Federal Law, State Law, International Law and bankers Treaties and Common Law without being a Corporation among other banking needs.

    However, the Private Bankers National Banking Association, PBNBA, is a National Banking Association under Common Law, just like the Federal Reserve Banks under the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Laws, except PBNBA does not open checking accounts, makes loans, or none of the traditional banking institutions fraud, because we are authorized to write and issue notes, promissory notes, used to pay off debts just like the all mighty company dollar issued by Federal reserve Banks that you call money. You can also write and issue our preprocessed promissory notes that we process for you to pay off debts as a member of the Private Bankers National Banking Association, PBNBA.

    Typical products and services offered in a private banking relationship as Private Bankers include:

    • Domestic Promissory Notes
    • International Promissory Notes
    • Promissory Notes for debt payoff on the same par as the Federal Reserve Promissory Note Dollars (Money)

    Becoming a Private Banker Member is easy with the Private Bankers National Banking Association, PBNBA, Federal and Common Law National Banking Association. All you do is go to the www.PBNBA.com website and become a two (2) year member or a Lifetime Member to be authorized and able to write, by signing your signature, and issuing the preprocessed Promissory Note that banks and lenders must accept under Federal , International, Treaty, and Common laws. Our PBNBA E-booklet on site shows you these banking laws and a whole lot more so you can easily understand the value as a PBNBA Member.

    The Banks and Banking laws of the National Banking Association under the Federal Reserve Act and various Treaty and International Law state that a Private Banker is a Financial Institution; Unincorporated Banking Institution; and Financial Agency under Federal Law and Common Law pursuant to 31 U.S.C. §5312 and a Private Bankers National Banking Association, PBNBA, Bankers Acceptance Promissory Note under (U.C.C. §2-304) that states, “The price can be made payable in money or otherwise…”. This means that you can pay off your debts using the processed PBNBA promissory note issued by a Legal Common Law National Banking Association.

    This is how to become a private banker. To prove that you are a private banker in a National Banking association with the power to write promissory notes to pay off your debts, upon joining as a Private Banker Member, you will receive a Private Bankers National Banking Association, PBNBA registered Numbered Certificate that you can proudly display to banks and your friends and family.

    Join as a Private Banker today and be an equal to other bankers in the Federal Reserve and become a valuable part of the Private Bankers National Banking Association, PBNBA Family, because there is strength in numbers.

    Step 1: Understand the job description and responsibilities of a Private Banker

    What does a Private Banker do?

    A Private Banker manages a private banking portfolio of individuals with high-net worth using banking strategies, solutions, and advice that is customized to the client’s needs. Develops and maintains client relationships by engaging the resources of other parts of the organization to provide meaningful and personalized service. Being a Private Banker acts as advisor, providing financial research and information. Achieves deposit and loan volume goals, approves loans, and sells additional fee based services. Additionally, Private Banker typically requires a bachelor’s degree. Typically reports to a supervisor or manager. The Private Banker gains exposure to some of the complex tasks within the job function. Occasionally directed in several aspects of the work. To be a Private Banker typically requires 2 to 4 years of related experience.

    Often a private banker is referred a client from the bank manager or managers in other financial services departments of the institution.

    Keeping abreast of banking industry policies and procedures is also important to the success of a private banker.

    These institutions employ private bankers to provide an additional level of service for high and ultra-high net-worth (UHNW) clients.

    Private bankers are typically employed with a large financial institution, while financial advisors or wealth managers serve outside the banking environment.

    As mentioned above, private bankers work in many different parts of the financial services industry.

    Step 2: Learn best tips to become a Private Banker

    Best tips for those who want to become a Private Banker

    Here are some tips to become a Private Banker.

     Private bankers (also called as relationship managers, personal bankers, and personal financial advisers) offer specialized services and attention to select, are usually very wealthy clients.

     You must have at least an undergraduate degree in order to become a private banker.

     In order to practice as a private banker in many areas, you must be licensed by a regulatory organization.

    Integrity – A Happy Client Means a Happy Bank.

    Digital and Social Media Fitness.

    Step 3: View best colleges and universities for Private Banker

    Best colleges and universities for Private Banker

    • Florida Southern College
    • Colby College
    • Dartmouth College
    • University of Notre Dame
    • Western Washington University
    • Canisius College

    Step 4: Think about whether is it worth to be a Private Banker

    Is being a Private Banker Worth it?

    In private banking, clients are assumed to be ‘unsophisticated’ so you have to inform them abundantly well about risks or they can sue.

    Private bankers work in financial institutions and cater to high- and ultra-high net-worth individuals.

    Private bankers should have a great understanding about the banking industry, and good interpersonal and communication skills.

    As mentioned above, private bankers work in many different parts of the financial services industry.

    The most prevalent part of a private banker’s job is to manage their clients’ financial circumstances with a focus on maintaining a strong relationship between the client and the bank.

    Step 5: Prepare relevant skills for being a Private Banker

    What skills do you need to be a Private Banker?

    Management often looks to professional level roles for execution on their visions and goals, as such some specific skills are required. The workload of this role requires knowledge of: Cross-Selling, Customer Relationship Management (CRM), Portfolio Management, Wealth Management, Develop Referrals, Financial Advising. Sometimes for this role, knowledge of the following is helpful: Banking Software. If you highlight these skills during your interview process, you will be more likely to land the job!

    In addition to these general skills and personality traits, employers are seeking Private Banker candidates with the following skills.

    Sales/client experience in Private Banking or Wealth Management.

    Private bankers should have a great understanding about the banking industry, and good interpersonal and communication skills.

    The most prevalent part of a private banker’s job is to manage their clients’ financial circumstances with a focus on maintaining a strong relationship between the client and the bank.

    To help offset some tax liability, private bankers often suggest that clients consider the financial benefits of philanthropy.

    The private banker is the main interface between the private bank and the clients. The general function of a private banker is to manage the portfolio of clients and acquire new clients using referrals from within their network. They advise clients on investments and generate revenue based on management, execution and performance fees.

    As the main money makers for the bank, private bankers will have targets in place:

    Requirements for Private Bankers

    Candidates will need exceptional interpersonal and communication skills. They will need to be comfortable working under pressure and in a target-driven environment. Prior experience in private banking is usually necessary. An existing portfolio of wealthy clients and a track record of strong revenues and asset acquisition are highly desired. Not all private bankers have a background in the industry however.

    Candidates that have strong relationships with High Net Worth and Ultra-High Net Worth individuals don’t necessarily work in private banks and hires have been made from all of the following:

    • Corporate and Investment Banking
    • Real Estate
    • Private Equity
    • Commodity Trading
    • Boutique wealth management firms
    • Corporate Finance and Advisory

    Titles in the Industry

    A private banker may also be referred to as a ‘Relationship Manager.’ Some banks have their own titles. For example, Private Bankers at EFG are called Client Relationship Officers or CROs. Private Bankers at UBS Wealth Management are usually referred to a Client Advisors.

    In addition, they may hold typical corporate banking titles, such as Associate Director, Director, Executive Director and Managing Director.

    Net New Money (NNM) and Net New Assets (NNA)

    This refers to the amount of fresh assets that the private banker brings in to the bank, either from new or existing clients. A typical first year target can be anywhere from $30m to $100m, depending on the institution.

    Returns on Assets (ROA) – Private bankers are judged primarily on their ability to generate revenue, as ultimately this is the key to the profitability of the bank. This is highly dependent on the type of clients and their risk profile. For example, some clients might frequently trade equity options, which would command a higher fee than a mutual fund. It also depends on the offerings of the bank and the geographical market they occupy.

    Returns are measured in ‘basis points,’ or bps. One basis point is equivalent to one hundredth of one percent. Typical ROAs range between 0.5% and 1.5% of the total assets under management (50-150bps).

    New to Bank Clients (NTB)

    The private banker might be expected to acquire a certain amount of New To Bank clients per year. This means clients who do not have any existing account with the bank.

    Hunter and Farmer – Two examples of private banker are the Hunter and the Farmer. The role of the Hunter is to acquire new clients and assets for the bank. There is a heavy emphasis on new business development and networking. Hunters usually begin at a bank with the target of building their own portfolio from scratch.

    The Farmer focuses on client development, management and retention. They are usually given a portfolio when they join the bank, with the target of increasing revenues from existing clients who may be inactive. They may also be required to retain certain clients who are thinking of leaving the bank.

    The two can overlap and some Private Bankers inherit client accounts but are still mandated to increase the size of the portfolio.

    Table of Contents

    • What Is a Private Banker?
    • How to Become a Private Banker
    • How to Be a Good Private Banker
    • Is Private Banking a Good Career?

    What Is a Private Banker?

    A private banker provides banking and investment products to their clients. The clients of a private bank are typically very wealthy and need banking products and investment solutions that are more specialized than the needs of the general public. Private bankers work to protect their client’s wealth and help it grow. These bankers also help create retirement plans and strategies that allow their clients to pass their wealth on to future generations. The services that private bankers provide are similar to traditional investment bankers; however, private bankers typically deal with more extensive wealth portfolios.

    How to Become a Private Banker

    To become a private banker, you need a bachelor’s degree in a relevant business discipline and significant work experience in a financial services career. You also need to acquire a license issued by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) or the North American Securities Administrators Association (NASAA). The two organizations grant different kinds of licenses, depending on the type of banking you do, so research the requirements for your particular specialty. Most private bankers begin working for a retail bank as a personal financial advisor. Success as a retail bank associate can lead to a job as a private banker. Alternatively, many private bankers begin their career as entry-level financial analysts with a private bank or wealth management firm. After several years working in the field, these individuals may receive a promotion to become a private banker.

    How to Be a Good Private Banker

    Successful private bankers possess strong interpersonal and problem-solving skills. Each client they meet with has a unique set of needs and goals for their investments. Listen to your client’s long-term goals and develop a plan to achieve those goals. Since the responsibilities of a private banker vary from client to client, it can be helpful for a private banker to have a broad range of personal and professional experience to pull from to be successful.

    Is Private Banking a Good Career?

    Private banking is a good career option for individuals with a strong background in financial services, a desire to help others, and advanced analytical and problem-solving skills. A talented private banker helps to grow wealth for clients. This generates increased commission revenue. While becoming a private banker can be a stressful and demanding job, it can be a very lucrative career option for financial services workers.

    1. All Jobs
    2. Private Banker Jobs
    3. What Is a Private Banker and How to Become One

    Get New Jobs Emailed to You Daily

    By clicking the button above, I agree to the ZipRecruiter Terms of Use and acknowledge I have read the Privacy Policy, and agree to receive email job alerts.

    Could not find any Private Banker jobs within 25 miles of Rostov-on-Don, RU

    * Salary estimates (ZipEstimate) are not verified by employers; actual compensation can vary considerably. To learn more about Compensation Estimates, please see our FAQ.

    Get new jobs emailed to you daily

    You Already Have an Account

    We’re sending an email you can use to verify and access your account.

    If you know your password, you can go to the sign in page.

    How to Become a Banker

    Bankers help meet the financial needs of clients, individuals, and institutions. They often work with retail banks to maximize profits and limit risks. Bankers are individuals who are interested in personal finance, business, and math. The position provides various benefits and many opportunities for advancement.

    How to become a private banker

    What Is a Banker?

    Bankers assist clients with various tasks, such as online payments, in-person withdrawals, and loan recommendations. Bankers often have degrees in business management, finance, economics, or mathematics and can begin their career after graduating with a bachelor’s.

    There are several career paths within banking including investment banking, personal banking, wealth management, and bank management.

    What Does a Banker Do?

    Primarily, bankers assist with transactions, deposits, and investments. However, depending on the type of banker, their day-to-day responsibilities will vary. There are three main types of bankers: personal bankers, commercial bankers, and investment bankers.

    Personal bankers often work in small retail banking branches and assist clients with their financial requirements. The responsibilities of a personal banker include:

    • Opening checking and savings accounts.
    • Connecting clients with mortgage and auto loans.
    • Helping clients with banking investments.
    • Resolving customer concerns.
    • Offering ancillary products to account holders.
    • Selling Roth IRAs and traditional IRAs.
    • Assisting clients with retirement and college planning.

    Commercial bankers work at larger banking institutions and often have more room for growth. Commercial banks can offer larger loans to clients, making commercial banks a more profitable option to larger companies. The responsibilities of a commercial banker include:

    • All responsibilities listed for a personal banker.
    • Working with large companies to sell loans.
    • Evaluating risk levels when accepting large deposits.

    Investment bankers work with banks to help clients reach their financial goals by issuing debt and selling equity. Their responsibilities include:

    • Issuing debt and selling bonds.
    • Researching market conditions.
    • Implementing financial plans.
    • Searching for new business opportunities.
    • Negotiating new financial deals with clients.

    Whether working in personal, commercial, or investment positions, the main goal of bankers is to meet the financial goals of customers and clients while protecting the interests of the bank.

    What Certifications Does a Banker Need?

    Employers in retail and commercial banking don’t typically require certification; however, earning certifications may prove to employers that you have the necessary skills for the job. Retail bankers may consider earning a Certified Retail Banking Professional (CRBP) from the American Association for Investment and Financial Management (AAIFM).

    The CRBP demonstrates that candidates have mastered retail management skills, the code of ethics, and are committed to AAIFM core values.

    Investment bankers are required to have certifications to prove they can handle heavy workloads and understand the intricacies of markets, risk, financial modeling, and accounting.

    Certifications for investment bankers include:

    • Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA): Candidates must register with FINRA to work within a brokerage firm. After registering, candidates are also required to take several tests to prove they are qualified.
    • Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA): The CFA is a finance certification offered through the Chartered Financial Analyst Institute.
    • Financial Risk Manager (FRM): The FRM certification is a course that certifies that individuals are capable of assessing risk management and quantitative analysis.
    • Financial Modeling Certification (FMVA): The Financial Modeling and Valuation Analyst certification is a finance certification that ensures individuals can interpret financial accounts and assist clients in financial decisions.

    Those interested in investment banking will also need to pass several exams:

    • Series 79 exam: Also known as the Investment Banking Representative Exam, the Series 79 exam tests the competency of registered representatives.
    • Securities Industry Essential (SIE) exam: The SIE exam is a FINRA exam that tests the candidates’ knowledge of basic security information and procedures.

    Those interested in banking can take additional certification courses and exams as needed to prove their skills to their employer.

    To become a private banker, you need a bachelor’s degree in a relevant business discipline and significant work experience in a financial services career. You also need to acquire a license issued by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) or the North American Securities Administrators Association (NASAA). The two organizations grant different kinds of licenses, depending on the type of banking you do, so research the requirements for your particular specialty. Most private bankers begin working for a retail bank as a personal financial advisor. Success as a retail bank associate can lead to a job as a private banker. Alternatively, many private bankers begin their career as entry-level financial analysts with a private bank or wealth management firm. After several years working in the field, these individuals may receive a promotion to become a private banker.

    Table of Contents

    • What Is a Private Banker?
    • How to Be a Good Private Banker
    • Is Private Banking a Good Career?
    1. All Jobs
    2. Private Banker Jobs
    3. How to Become a Private Banker

    Get New Jobs Emailed to You Daily

    By clicking the button above, I agree to the ZipRecruiter Terms of Use and acknowledge I have read the Privacy Policy, and agree to receive email job alerts.

    Could not find any Private Banker jobs within 25 miles of Rostov-on-Don, RU

    * Salary estimates (ZipEstimate) are not verified by employers; actual compensation can vary considerably. To learn more about Compensation Estimates, please see our FAQ.

    Get new jobs emailed to you daily

    You Already Have an Account

    We’re sending an email you can use to verify and access your account.

    If you know your password, you can go to the sign in page.

    This article was co-authored by Michael McCutcheon, PhD. Dr. Michael McCutcheon is a career coach, psychologist, and award-winning public speaker who specializes in procrastination elimination, goal achievement, and increasing life satisfaction. With a background as a counseling psychologist, he guides clients toward becoming more aware of their desires and anxieties to break old patterns, create new habits, and achieve life-changing results. He also helps clients improve organization skills, embark on a new career, get promoted, get admitted into graduate schools, and transition from school to the working world. He is a published author and lecturer in graduate psychology courses at New York University (NYU), a position he has twice won the Teaching Award (2014 & 2019). His work has appeared in the press as a lifestyle and career expert for The Washington Post/The Associated Press, The New York Post, Scholastic, Lifehacker, and The Coca-Cola Company. He has served as a contributing writer for Out Magazine and featured panelist on National Public Radio (NPR).

    wikiHow marks an article as reader-approved once it receives enough positive feedback. In this case, 100% of readers who voted found the article helpful, earning it our reader-approved status.

    This article has been viewed 109,891 times.

    At all levels, commercial banking is about earning the trust of customers and providing them effective solutions for managing their money. To be a great banker, you have to be knowledgeable about all aspects of your work and project an image of professionalism and trustworthiness. This will require a dedication to customer service and consistent self-improvement. By embodying these qualities, you’ll soon be on your way to a successful and profitable career in banking.

    Elevate Your Banking Experience

    Alert

    We’re here for you: Important coronavirus updates. Learn more

    If you need to reach your relationship manager and are unable to, contact us at 1-877-646-8560 .

    With a dedicated private banker focused on your banking needs, our objective is to help simplify and enhance your entire financial picture. We take a holistic approach to your finances and invite you to discover an experience tailored to your financial goals.

    Cash management Solutions

    As a client of The Private Bank, you have access to a range of offerings that provide exclusive features, benefits, and relationship rates. Designed with your preferences in mind, through your dedicated private banker we offer:

    • Premium checking, savings, and certificate of deposit (CD) accounts, which include secure mobile and online banking to help you manage everyday cash flow and bill payments
    • Access to an array of sophisticated banking services through our Treasury Management solutions which offer advanced administrative control of your finances
    • Foreign exchange services in more than 100 currencies and currency risk management.

    Strategic credit options

    Whether you need a custom strategy to finance commercial real estate, private aircrafts, or life insurance premiums, a private banker can help you meet your financial goals every step of the way.

    Strategic borrowing may enhance your wealth plan by helping you:

    • Optimize cash flows and income
    • Increase tax efficiencies designed to help with preserving and growing your wealth
    • Finance purchases while avoiding depleting your cash reserves
    • Manage investment allocations to seek asset diversification and potentially help lower portfolio risk
    • Realize estate planning goals while focusing on preserving personal liquidity

    Real estate lending

    Few purchase considerations are as unique as real estate assets. When it comes to your need for a new residence or a commercial investment opportunity, your private banker can work with you to put together a strategy that makes the most sense for your specific needs.

    We can provide real estate financing options to help with:

    • A primary or secondary residence
    • Commercial investment or retail property
    • Interim and bridge financing

    Specialty Financing

    When traditional lending models are not adaptable enough to address the complexity of your situation, your private banker can offer alternatives. Specialized financing may enable you to:

    • Develop a customized strategy that’s built around your complex lending needs
    • Manage investment allocations and diversify your portfolio through Alternative Investment Secured Credit
    • Work towards estate planning goals through Life Insurance Premium Financing
    • Unlock the value of your fine art collection through Fine Art Secured Lending

    Dedicated services for law firms and partners

    Our experienced professionals are dedicated to serving the unique needs of attorneys – from custom credit options to investment management and beyond. Together we can create a comprehensive, custom wealth plan for your firm and your family. Our offering includes:

    • Industry research
    • Corporate Trust and Escrow Services
    • Employee Benefits

    Brokerage services are offered through Wells Fargo Advisors. Wells Fargo Advisors is a trade name used by Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC, and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC, Members SIPC, separate registered broker-dealers and non-bank affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.

    The Private Bank offers products and services through Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Member FDIC, and its various affiliates and subsidiaries. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is a bank affiliate of Wells Fargo & Company.

    Deposit products offered by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Member FDIC.

    Insurance products are offered through non-bank insurance agency affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company and are underwritten by unaffiliated insurance companies.

    Wells Fargo and Company and its Affiliates do not provide tax or legal advice. This communication cannot be relied upon to avoid tax penalties. Please consult your tax and legal advisors to determine how this information may apply to your own situation. Whether any planned tax result is realized by you depends on the specific facts of your own situation at the time your tax return is filed.

    The world of private banking often seems mysterious and exotic to those of us not in that high strata of the ultra-wealthy. To go behind closed doors and find out what private bankers actually do, TODAY spoke with Mr Cem Azak, senior managing director at Switzerland-headquartered EFG Bank, and Ms Stacy Swee, senior vice-president at Singapore-headquartered DBS Private Bank. Last week, we looked at what they do on a daily basis. This week, we’ll look at how they got to where they are and any unusual requests they’ve received.

    How to become a private banker

    People walk past office buildings in Singapore’s business district. Reuters file photo

    Richard Hartung

    The world of private banking often seems mysterious and exotic to those of us not in that high strata of the ultra-wealthy. To go behind closed doors and find out what private bankers actually do, TODAY spoke with Mr Cem Azak, senior managing director at Switzerland-headquartered EFG Bank, and Ms Stacy Swee, senior vice-president at Singapore-headquartered DBS Private Bank. Last week, we looked at what they do on a daily basis. This week, we’ll look at how they got to where they are and any unusual requests they’ve received.

    BECOMING A PRIVATE BANKER

    It takes time to become a senior private banker like Mr Azak or Ms Swee, and private bankers pursue a variety of paths on their way to their role.

    Mr Azak started his career in investment banking, working in Frankfurt and London. After a number of years, he thought he wanted to leave the banking industry. When he told his company, though, his mentor suggested he moved to private banking instead as he had the right technical skills. While it meant that he would have to start over and develop a new set of clients, he made the switch and became a private banker, first in London and then in Zurich.

    Although he started without any clients, some of his former investment banking clients helped out and became his private banking clients. Mr Azak said one of the hardest lessons he learned is that “they’re different with private money than with corporate money.” Moreover, “If you have wealth for several generations, family members become detached from their money and see themselves as guardians for the next generation.”

    After working in private banking in Europe for several years, he was recruited into a private bank in Singapore and found once again that clients are quite different, as Asian private banking clients are more often first generation wealthy who made their money recently and are more open to taking risks. After several years at the other bank, Mr Azak joined EFG Bank in 2015

    For young private bankers, Mr Azak said, it looks lucrative to invest in instruments where fees are high. The challenge is that that approach won’t help build a sustainable client portfolio, since bankers need to look out for their clients’ interests first. “You have to work hard to gain their trust.” While it is easy to lose that trust, clients who are served well become quite loyal clients. The biggest challenge, he said, is that while it may look easy and glamorous from the outside, it’s actually very hard work.

    Ms Swee started her career as a personal banker at a branch, where she gained her knowledge of basic products, and worked her way up through to private banking. She went through on-the-job training, leveraging her economics degree, so she could understand the markets and also learn how to sell. Every year, she goes through a variety of training and selects courses relevant to her job.

    UNUSUAL REQUESTS AND MIDNIGHT CALLS

    Mr Azak said he has received very few unusual requests, primarily because his clients see the bank as adding value to their income and protecting their wealth rather than as a concierge service. The most unusual request he received, he said was when one of his clients had two Lear jets and wanted financing to buy a third one. Mr Azak couldn’t understand why a person would need another jet, until he found that the client had talked to a friend who had a newer jet that went 75mph faster and wanted a faster jet too.

    His clients are quite considerate and he rarely receives a call in the middle of the night. A key reason, he noted, is that the bank works hard to make sure it has portfolios where clients can sleep well. Mr Azak also said he has learned not to work with prospective clients who seem likely to abuse the relationship.

    Ms Swee also doesn’t usually receive calls at odd hours. “I have really nice clients,” she said, so “I don’t get too much of calls at midnight.” If clients want to trade on exchanges in other regions or need other assistance in the middle of the night, they can call the bank’s night desk, though she will take calls if needed.

    Ms Swee also hasn’t had any really unusual requests from clients, though she does provide a variety of extra services. She’ll help clients apply for schools for their children or learn about neighbourhoods where they may want to live, for example, especially for clients who are new permanent residents settling down in Singapore.

    “They trust us for advice,” she said.

    What differentiates private banking from the service ordinary consumers receive, then, is the personal attention from an expert who works long hours to deliver exactly the services they need and looks ahead to the next generation.

    Each client has a different portfolio, Ms Swee said, and their investments are very customised. She sees it as a team effort, where she as well as investment counsellors support clients.

    Mr Azak said that everything EFG provides for its clients is tailor-made to achieve the client’s objectives. “We’re trying to be experts, fine practitioners of the craft of private banking.” While the bank is large and global, he said, “on a day-to-day basis the client only sees and interacts with you. It’s like a marriage. Choose your bank and your banker well.”

    How to become a private banker

    Banking jobs are an excellent fit for anybody interested in personal finance, business, and math. Banks typically provide excellent benefits, opportunities for advancement, and an office environment to work in. Plus, there are a variety of positions that include customer-facing roles and analytical duties. If you like the idea of working indoors and dealing with numbers, you may want to try a career in banking.

    How to Become a Banker

    Start by identifying the type of banking career that appeals to you most, and develop your skills to advance your career.

    Pick Your Path

    You can work in retail banks and credit unions nationwide, commercial bank divisions with a focus on business needs, investment banks that help firms raise capital, and other types of institutions.

    Develop Your Skills

    Before you get a job as a banker, it’s critical to be good with numbers. Study math, statistics, or business to build a strong foundation—but don’t ignore “soft” skills. If you can score an internship with a bank or an organization in financial services, you’ll gain valuable experience and meet people who can help you move forward. Customer service and sales skills are also helpful.

    Satisfy Requirements

    You can potentially work as a teller with a high school diploma or GED, but personal bankers typically need a college degree. For investment banking, loan origination, or financial planning, you may need advanced degrees, designations, or licenses to land a job or get promoted. That said, you can often begin in an entry-level position and meet those requirements through on-the-job training and employer-paid programs.

    Get Hired

    It’s easy to apply for open positions—and that’s an effective strategy for entry-level roles. But you can also try to create your own opportunities by contacting banks and credit unions that you think would be a good fit and asking about available positions. Go through the interview process with several potential employers to learn more about your career path and the industry in general. At the same time, you’ll sharpen your interviewing skills. For higher-level positions, use your network, if possible. Ask for informational interviews, which can potentially uncover opportunities that are not yet published in job listings.

    Move Up and Branch Out?

    There’s nothing wrong with becoming a personal banker and enjoying a long career in one place. But if you have the desire, you can move into management or director roles, regulatory compliance, or accounting. Taking on additional responsibilities typically leads to higher earnings.

    Retail Banking

    The household name banks you’re most familiar with are probably retail banks. Retail banks, located in almost every city, help individuals and businesses with essential financial needs like checking accounts, savings accounts, loans, and more.

    When you become a retail banker, you can find job opportunities nationwide. You’ll excel if you have customer service skills and you’re good with numbers.

    Tellers

    Retail banks and credit unions are an excellent place to start your career. You can start as a bank teller with a high school diploma or GED and continue your studies or move on from there. But you don’t have to move on—life as a teller can be a satisfying lifelong career. Tellers work with the local community and develop relationships with customers.

    Personal Bankers and Loan Officers

    With some work experience and a college degree, you can help customers with more complex needs.   You might promote bank products and services that help them manage their finances and assist customers with obtaining home and auto loans. You can also help local businesses with basic banking needs and financing.

    Sales Skills

    Becoming a personal banker requires more than just helping customers make deposits and withdrawals. You also need basic sales skills and the willingness to promote your bank’s services. You shouldn’t need to mislead or take advantage of anybody. Instead, you would learn to arrive at mutually beneficial solutions that truly help customers while bringing in profitable business.

    Your customers need banking services, and the goal is to help them satisfy that need.

    Commercial Banks

    Commercial banks focus on business needs. For example, you can help businesses accept credit cards and process other types of payments from customers. Companies also need guidance on managing their assets while limiting risk. You might even help organizations do business overseas or borrow money to expand operations.

    Useful Skills

    To become a commercial banker, it’s essential to understand how businesses work. A business degree is helpful, and an MBA might be even better. You need the ability to evaluate a business’ finances and determine what products and services might be a good fit. You also need to understand the mechanics of loans and when it makes sense for a business to take on debt. Sales skills are increasingly important for business bankers. Banks and credit unions need revenue from active businesses, and it may be your job to grow and retain business clients.

    Investment Banks

    Investment banks help businesses raise money in financial markets, and they may help coordinate mergers and acquisitions.   Becoming an investment banker is a demanding (and sometimes competitive) endeavor that requires serious commitment. These banks typically hire high achievers who thrive in high-pressure environments.

    Life of an Investment Banker

    Investment banks are traditionally most common in major metropolitan areas (New York City, for example) where potential clients are nearby. To work for the largest investment banks, plan to devote much of your waking life to your career. You need to arrange financing deals and complicated transactions with sophisticated counterparts. And you may need to get everything done quickly.

    Analytical Skills

    You need to have strong spreadsheet and analytical skills, and to advance at most firms, you may need graduate degrees and designations. For example, a master’s degree in finance or a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) designation is common with investment bankers.

    The career of an investment banker is extremely demanding, but successful bankers have the potential to earn high salaries and bonuses.

    Before you pursue a career as an investment banker, decide if you’re willing to put in extensive hours of analysis on high-pressure projects. Also, evaluate what’s most important to you in life—you may need to remind yourself of those goals during late-night work sessions.

    A person who wants to become a personal banker can benefit from a college degree, although this is not required. You will be expected to have banking experience, at the very least. Positions as personal bankers come with many possibilities for career advancement, and someone may be able to rise to a senior management position after serving in this role. Experience in such positions can also be used to explore a career as a personal finance or investment adviser.

    Also known as private bankers, personal bankers provide clients of a bank with personalized advice on how to handle their finances and manage their accounts. This personalized service includes managing funds transfers and other administrative tasks. While they primarily serve clients who are wealthy or who have special financial needs, ordinary banking clients may also periodically need to call on the services of a personal banker. You’ll need excellent communication skills and extensive knowledge of the banking industry to succeed in this job.

    One career path to pursue involves going to college for a degree in banking, accounting, finance, or a related field. Students who choose to go on to a master of business administration (MBA) degree will find many more available employment opportunities after graduation. Once someone has graduated, it may be possible to apply directly to become a personal banker. Some banks may require teller experience first, but the path to promotion is usually much shorter for tellers with degrees.

    A person who is not interested in going to college can still get a job in this field. Individuals without college degrees can apply to work as tellers and, after several years of experience, can pursue promotion into personal banking positions. The length of time required to become a personal banker through this route varies, depending on the bank. One advantage of becoming a personal banker through experience is that the banker will have an extensive knowledge of bank policy and real world financial operations.

    It is important to note that all bank employees are subject to regular and extensive employee evaluations. You should maintain flawless credit and a clean criminal history if you want to pursue this career. Avoiding interpersonal conflicts with bank personnel is another important aspect of succeeding in banking, as banks tend to avoid promoting employees who cause friction. A neat personal appearance and professional demeanor is also highly desirable from the bank’s point of view, as it can build trust with clients.

    Ever since she began contributing to the site several years ago, Mary has embraced the exciting challenge of being a PracticalAdultInsights researcher and writer. Mary has a liberal arts degree from Goddard College and spends her free time reading, cooking, and exploring the great outdoors.

    Mary McMahon

    Ever since she began contributing to the site several years ago, Mary has embraced the exciting challenge of being a PracticalAdultInsights researcher and writer. Mary has a liberal arts degree from Goddard College and spends her free time reading, cooking, and exploring the great outdoors.

    You might also Like

    Recommended

    Related Articles

    • What Does a Premier Banker Do?
    • How Do I Get Banking Work Experience?
    • What is a Standing Order?
    • What does a Personal Banker do?
    • What are the Different Banking Careers?
    • How do I Become an Investment Banker?
    • What is a Mortgage Banker?

    Discussion Comments

    I am a personal banker for chase bank. I can promise you that sales is the true nature of the position, and sales experience is the most important quality an applicant can posses.

    I have one year in automotive sales experience. That’s how I got this job. oasis11 yesterday

    @Latte31 – Sounds like an interesting job. The only complaint that I have is when I go to a new bank just trying to gather information, they always end up asking me for my Social Security number right off the bat without even trying to warm up to me.

    I never disclose that information and it sort of makes me feel a bit guarded when they start their presentation this way. Every now and then I will go to other banks to see what they are offering to see if there are better deals out there than what I currently have.

    I do think that some of the personal bankers need to learn how to develop a rapport with a customer before asking such personal questions. I have a friend that works in a bank as a personal banker and he tells me that they have a script that they have to learn when they first start and this is definitely not part of it.

    @Comfyshoes – I agree. I love hearing those financial advice shows on television and I could see myself doing that. I also had a friend that got into a personal banker position after successful evaluations as a teller.

    She told me that a personal banker’s salary starts at about $40,000 a year not including bonuses. The personal banker job description does include a considerable amount of sales and follow up with current customers especially if a customer mentioned that they might be in the market for a home equity loan, a mortgage, or a car loan.

    While the personal banker usually handles discussions regarding home equity loans and car loans, they will usually set up an appointment for their customer to speak with the bank’s mortgage advisor because they are the only ones that can discuss mortgages with the customers.

    Banks have strict rules about the information that they can disclose. Products such as investments and mortgages require that the representative be licensed. It is something that the personal banker can shoot for it the future because this position has many career paths. comfyshoes March 22, 2011

    I know that sometimes a bank will require that their personal bankers have prior sales experience because they will be selling the products and services of the bank to prospective customers.

    In the job ads that I have seen they usually require about one to two years of consultative sales experience. While having a finance degree or other banking experience is a plus, it is not necessary because the sales experience is what matters.

    The great thing about this position is that you can move up into a branch manager position or eventually a senior level executive with the bank. I think that I would actually prefer the opportunity to become a financial advisor.

    Here the bank offers you leads and as long as you have your series 6 and series 7 license you should be able to discuss investment options with potential clients and earn either a percentage of the portfolio or a commission of the portfolio. I think that this job would be the most fun and the most rewarding as well.

    RBC Wealth Management

    FREE – On Google Play GET — On the App Store

    Contact us Our businesses RBC Dominion Securities RBC PH&N Investment Counsel RBC Royal Trust RBC Private Banking Find an advisor Investment advisors directory Investment counsellors directory Private banker directory Sign in RBC Dominion Securities Online RBC PH&N Investment Counsel Online RBC Royal Trust Online RBC Online Banking Contact us Our businesses RBC Dominion Securities RBC PH&N Investment Counsel RBC Royal Trust RBC Private Banking Find an advisor Investment advisors directory Investment counsellors directory Private banker directory Sign in RBC Dominion Securities Online RBC PH&N Investment Counsel Online RBC Royal Trust Online RBC Online Banking

    RBC Private Banking provides comprehensive strategies to meet your unique wealth management needs.

    Generations of high-net-worth Canadian families have benefited from our preferred client care and exclusive privileges. Our commitment is to partner with you through all stages of your financial life and to help you achieve the goals you have for yourself, your family and your future.

    The RBC Private Banking difference lies in the extensive integration of our capabilities. As part of RBC Wealth Management, our tailored services and broad team of professionals provide you with local and global financial guidance and expertise.

    Is private banking right for you?

    As our client, you have the opportunity to build a trusted relationship with your own private banker. This experienced individual will lead a dedicated team of professionals in the ongoing management of all your financial affairs.

    Working with you and RBC professionals, your private banker will create and implement a comprehensive wealth plan that provides sophisticated solutions to address your needs today and in the future.

    Our client profile

    RBC Private Banking clients are typically business owners, entrepreneurs, wealthy families, corporate executives or other professionals with a minimum of $1 million in investable assets or an overall net worth of $3 million.

    RBC Private Banking solutions

    Our private banking teams work one-on-one with each client, drawing upon the full resources of RBC. This allows us to create sophisticated banking and high-end credit solutions for individuals and families with multiple income streams that require an integrated approach.

    Banking and borrowing

    Banking and cash management

    Take care of your daily banking with dedicated services and exclusive privileges that you and your family can enjoy.

    Credit and lending

    Access the additional capital you or your business needs to take advantage of new opportunities and help build your wealth.

    Cross-border banking

    Make banking in the U.S. as seamless as possible—whether for online purchases, travel needs or business expenses—with our U.S.-based solutions.

    Wealth planning

    Financial planning

    A personalized plan can help make it easier for you to manage your wealth, so you can focus on what’s important to you and your family.

    Estate planning

    From yesterday to today to tomorrow, your wealth tells a personal story. We’ll help you align your plans with your wishes and the legacy you envision.

    Tax planning

    Make the most of your wealth with strategies that can help you protect your assets and address your individual or family tax situation.

    Charitable giving

    Support the organizations and causes that matter to you by incorporating a charitable giving strategy into your overall wealth plan.

    Financial literacy

    Everyone can benefit from developing their financial literacy skills. Set all family members up for success with our financial education tools and resources.

    Funding education

    Help your loved ones put their best foot forward with strategies that focus on education savings. We’ve done the homework for you.

    Retirement income planning

    Enjoy the retirement you’ve envisioned with sound strategies tailored to your individual priorities and goals.

    Legacy planning

    Create an enduring family legacy, simplify your estate and pass down your wealth and values with personalized planning.

    Hosted by Kim Mason, join RBC’s John Stackhouse and Craig Wright as they discuss their insights about what’s ahead as we navigate a disruptive 2022 and beyond.

    It all starts with you

    We understand keeping track of “the big picture” can be hard when you’re leading an active life. That’s why your private banker takes the time to get to know you, your family, your needs and your ambitions. With that information, they can analyze your unique situation to create a customized plan.

    The RBC Private Banking model provides you with a private banker who’s backed by a manager, credit structures and a support team consisting of an advisor and associates. Each member of your team understands your complete financial picture and works with you to help achieve your goals.

    Our comprehensive approach

    As your primary point of contact, your private banker will draw upon the extended support of a diverse group of RBC professionals, including the specialized services of an investment advisor or a planning specialist.

    Diagram: How our approach brings everything together

    Private Banking client, Banking & cash management, US banking & credit capabilities, credit strategies, investment management, Estate & trust planning, Tax Planning, Business owner Planning, Financial Lieracy, Philanthropy

    Global insight and experience

    Your private banker can also draw upon the resources and expertise of our global wealth management team to provide you with an innovative range of products and services.

    How to become a private banker

    Private banking is the realm of the rich, with almost all banks stating a minimum amount clients must deposit to qualify.

    Of course, these vary from one bank to the next. With regulation, distribution of wealth and the increasing prominence of wealth management at private banking’s expense, banks have tweaked their requirements to match.

    Coutts, for example, one of Britain’s oldest and most famous private banks, increased their minimum criteria to £1m in investable assets from the previous level of £500,000 in 2011.

    There is a broad spectrum in the minimum amount required for private banking. Some banks are happy to take clients with six-figure sums, but some demand eight.

    How to become a private banker

    What role can private investors play in the US’s aviation rebound?

    How to become a private banker

    Wealth managers must speed up the digitalisation of their retirement services

    How to become a private banker

    Robotics hiring levels in the private banking industry rose in April 2022

    Not all institutions, understandably, make their standards known publicly. Here is a rundown of the some of the minimum amounts for private banking required by the major financial firms who do.

    The private banking cheaper set: Minimum amount $1m

    How to become a private banker

    Standard Chartered: $5m, increased from $2m in 2017.

    HSBC: $5m, as listed on the bank’s private banking website FAQs.

    The private banking heavyweights: Minimum amount $10 million

    How to become a private banker

    Bank of America: $10m. BofA have a lower bar for their wealth management offering but to qualify for a private banking account, $10m in investable assets is the standard.

    Goldman Sachs: $10m. The US bank’s private wealth management service typically requires clients to invest $10m to qualify.

    Citi Bank: $10m, added to which a client’s net worth must be at least $25m.

    Personal Finance Insider writes about products, strategies, and tips to help you make smart decisions with your money. We may receive a small commission from our partners, like American Express, but our reporting and recommendations are always independent and objective. Terms apply to offers listed on this page. Read our editorial standards.

    • Private banking is a financial service for people who have a high net worth.
    • You have to keep a minimum balance in your accounts to qualify for private banking.
    • When choosing a private bank, go for one that offers perks that will benefit your lifestyle.
    • See Insider’s picks for the best high-yield savings accounts »

    What is private banking?

    Private banking is an exclusive banking service for customers with a high net worth . The bank matches you with one or more private bankers to help you with your money. You’ll receive more personalized attention than most customers, and the bank may offer other perks, such as discounted loan rates or invitations to special events.

    Private bankers look at your bank accounts, mortgage, and other loans. Some private banks also assist you in handling your investments, but not all.

    Private banking is not the same thing as wealth management, but the terms are often used interchangeably. Not all private bankers focus on investments, whereas wealth management firms place a huge emphasis on building your investment portfolio. Wealth management also concentrates on financial planning and advising.

    With private banking, think of all the services you’d normally receive at a bank, but heightened.

    You probably won’t find a bank that only caters to private clients. Many big-name banks just have a separate private banking section of the company, with its own website.

    Who qualifies for private banking?

    Private banking targets high-net-worth clients, but the amount you need to be considered a “high-net-worth” client varies from bank to bank.

    For instance, you’ll need a minimum of $1 million in checking, savings, retirement, and investment accounts to become a private client with Citibank. However, PNC Bank only requires $50,000.

    Should you become a private banking client?

    The pros of private banking

    Specialized attention

    When you sign up for private banking, you’re assigned to a banker. You’ll speak with this person each time you need a service.

    Not only does this mean you won’t have to wait on hold over the phone to speak with the first available representative, but it also means the banker will become knowledgeable about your specific financial situation.

    Perks and discounts

    Each private bank includes its own perks for clients, such as large sign-up bonuses, discounted loan rates, or refunds on fees for ATM withdrawals or foreign transactions. Many private banks also throw exclusive events just for private clients.

    Business account perks

    If you’re a business owner, you may be able to open a personal and business account with the same private bank. Business accounts come with a private banker who is trained to work with businesses.

    The cons of private banking

    Low interest rates

    Private banks require you to keep a lot of money in a combination of accounts and investments. This means you’ll probably keep tens of thousands — if not hundreds of thousands — in a savings account.

    Many private banks pay low interest rates on savings. You could earn much more by keeping money in a high-yield savings account at bank that doesn’t offer private banking.

    The difference between 0.05% and 0.50%, for example, may not seem like a big deal to someone with a couple of thousand bucks in the bank. But if you keep a large amount in savings, you could be leaving thousands of dollars on the table by keeping cash in a low-rate account.

    Before opening a private bank account, consider whether the discounts you’ll receive on certain products will outweigh the amount you’ll be giving up by settling for a low interest rate.

    Management fees

    Private banking typically comes with higher management fees than regular banking. This may come in the form of monthly service fees for bank accounts (although some banks make it possible to waive these fees). Or a private bank may charge a percentage of your investments — which could come to handsome sum since you keep a good chunk of money with the institution. Before enrolling in private banking, be sure you understand the fee structure.

    Where should you open a private bank account?

    Many large, brick-and-mortar banks offer private banking services. Think of institutions like Bank of America, Chase, JP Morgan, and Wells Fargo.

    You might be wondering if the bank you currently use offers private banking. You may see your bank’s website has a menu option along the lines of “private banking” or “wealth management.”

    When searching for a private bank, find one that has a fee structure you’re comfortable with and offers perks that benefit you. For example, if you’re a frequent international traveler, you may want a private bank that reimburses foreign transaction fees. If you know you’ll be buying a house in the near future, you might go for one that offers discounted interest rates for private clients.

    Private banking may be for you if you’re comfortable keeping a large sum of money with a given bank, and if you feel confident it will save you money in the long run. Otherwise, you may want to look at other high-yield savings accounts and investment options.

    Are you interested in building a career in the finance industry? Do you want to become an investment banker even without experience? If YES, then I advice you read on. Investment bankers work with large corporations and smaller companies to develop deals, such as selling stock shares, finding investors, applying for corporate loans, and handling the transfer of ownership between two companies. They analyze markets and offer investment advice to their employers.

    While investment bankers are well paid because they are great assets to the businesses and organizations they work for, their job involves hard work. The job is extremely high pressure; investment bankers typically work beyond the 40-hour workweek. (So, if you are not ready for long hours of meticulous work, this job is not for you).

    Becoming an Investment Banker – Education requirements

    To become an investment banker, you need to obtain a Masters in Business Administration. Technically, all you need to enter the world of finance is a bachelor’s degree, but having an MBA will help you stand out in today’s highly competitive world of investment banking.

    However, you may apply as a college graduate to be an entry-level analyst—just to ascertain whether you would like to continue as an investment banker. While working as an analyst, you will have the opportunity to accompany your investment banking mentor to meetings with clients. You will also have the chance to observe pitches and learn how ideas are sold as your mentor visits clients to discuss about future sales and mergers.

    Becoming an Investment Banker – Required special skills

    A solid education is not all you need to become a successful investment banker. You need to have a combination of analytical and social skills that allow you to easily decipher financial information and relay it back to people in a non-condescending manner. In addition, you need to understand the power of contacts and the art of using contacts to your advantage.

    Contacts usually make the difference between successful and struggling investment bankers. Creative talent, high amount of communication and synthesizing skills, moderate amounts—at least—of sales ability and initiative, mathematical talent, and the ability to function well within a team are other skills that an investment banker must have to be successful.

    Bear in mind, however, that each investment company has different expectations for their bankers, so there might be slight differences in the required skill set.

    7 Easy Steps to Become an Investment Banker Without Experience

    If what you have read so far in this post increased your zeal to enter the world of investment banking. Then read on to know the actual steps involved in becoming an investment banker.

    1. Obtain your bachelor’s degree from an accredited and reputable college or university. This could be in any finance-related field, such as economics, marketing, banking/finance, business administration, accounting, mathematics, or any other. Bear in mind that “trivial” factors such as the reputation of the institution you studied as well as your grade may play a role in dictating your career prospects.

    2. Improve on your oral communication skills, analytical skills, sales skills, and other skills that you need to have as an investment banker. Also, you should learn how to speak confidently in public and in the presence of people you have never met. As an investment banker, you will make frequent presentation to clients in a bid to gain their business.

    3. Learn how to write compelling business proposals. This is necessary because, as an investment banker, you will be writing proposals to outline how a business deal will progress.

    4. Apply to an investment banking firm as a college graduate to be an entry level analyst. This will help you understand more about the role of investment bankers and gain solid work experience before starting out yourself.

    5. Read financial newspapers, journals, and blogs to follow trends in the investment banking industry and learn about current job openings. This can also help you know the environment and especially the history of investment banking companies that may turn out to be your employers in the future. Of course, investment banking firms are more than likely to hire candidates who know their history and understand their work environment.

    6. Continue your education. While a Master’s in Business Administration (MBA) is not absolutely necessary for every investment banker position, it highly recommended because it is now becoming a requirement for most highly sought-after jobs.

    Employment prospects

    Even after attending the best schools and bagging impressive grades, you can still find yourself struggling to get a job. According to recent data from the united states, approximately 20,000 investment banker positions are open every year, and close to 200,000 applicants vie for these slots.

    The industry’s competitive nature notwithstanding, you can easily get a job provided you have a solid network, and you have sterling credentials and a hungry ambition.

    Client-focused culture

    For more than 200 years, J.P. Morgan Private Bank has been helping individuals and families around the world and across each stage of their financial lives. We bring indispensable intelligence and personalized insights to help our clients. Our business is fast-growing, and it is truly an exciting time to join our team.

    Click below to see opportunities.

    Advice for generations to come

    Your contributions can have lasting implications on clients and the causes they support.

    World-class investment performance

    We manage $2.5 trillion in total client assets globally.

    Breadth and depth

    Our training and guidance focuses on combining big-picture concepts with precise solutions.

    What we do in the Private Bank

    Our teams of advisors help clients achieve their goals by delivering the right solutions and services across investments, credit and banking. Our dedicated specialists also provide industry-leading advice in financial planning, estate planning, tax planning and philanthropy. This individualized attention supports our clients’ unique goals and helps build, preserve and manage their wealth over time.

    Our Private Banking teams

    We’re located in more than 120 offices across 11 countries and 25 states. Guided by industry leaders, our teams deliver best-in-class service for our clients around the world. We’re proud to have been recognized as the 2017 Best Private Bank in North America and Latin America, 2017 Best Private Bank in Asia for Ultra-High-Net-Worth, and 2017 Best Private Bank for Ultra-High-Net-Worth in the United Kingdom.

    Our bankers and their teams are our nerve centers. Our concierges. Our maestros. They orchestrate the client relationships, pulling in the right specialists to meet individual client needs.

    They are exceptionally personable and exceedingly competent. Resourceful. Obsessed with responsiveness. They keep an eye on the big picture, while remembering all the details. They form close, long-lasting relationships with our clients. And grow to deeply understand their situations, goals and passions.

    How to become a private banker

    How to Start a Bank

    Banking is a highly competitive, highly regulated business that requires high start-up costs relative to other service-oriented businesses. As is the case with any new business, it’s not advisable to create a new bank, also referred to as a de novo bank, without having identified a genuine gap in the market that will create demand. Small banks typically don’t benefit from the large marketing campaigns associated with the largest mega-banks, and must compete on the basis of the attractiveness of the loans and investments they offer.

    Raising Capital

    Private banks raise capital through a private stock offering to accredited individuals who meet onerous financial requirements related to their net worth and annual income. While privately-held bank stock is not publicly traded, there often is a healthy secondary market for it, facilitated by boutique investment banks that specialize in small bank stocks and even new hedge funds that invest in de novo banks. Banks tend to earn high returns on assets and equity, and typically are managed conservatively by executives with strong ties to the business community. A small number of non-accredited investors, usually people with personal relationships with insiders, are allowed to participate in the stock offering as well.

    Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

    Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation membership must be obtained by all commercial banks, and all FDIC requirements must be met before the new bank begins operations. The bank must fill out and submit the Interagency Charter and Federal Deposit Insurance Insurance Application, which will be shared by the FDIC with all relevant regulatory bodies. Along with the application, the applying bank must submit a mission statement, a business plan containing three years of projected financial statements, and policy descriptions for loans, investments and other bank operations. Complying with these requirements can take hundreds of hours, and often requires engaging financial consultants with de novo bank experience.

    Obtaining Bank Charter

    Commercial banks with a national charter are overseen by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, while banks with state charters are overseen by their state banking commission. Savings banks are regulated primarily by the Office of Thrift Supervisions, all of which rely on the Interagency Charter and Federal Deposit Insurance Application for initial charter approval. In deciding which type of charter is appropriate for the new bank, there is a section on the application where you can indicate your decision.

    Regulators recommend that while the application is being processed by the various agencies, bank executives establish channels of communication within the agencies and obtain specific instructions related to the charter proposals. The regulatory agencies are particularly concerned regarding the applying bank’s managerial factors, financial factors, capital adequacy, and convenience and need. As a condition of membership with the Federal Reserve, new banks must purchase stock in their district’s Federal Reserve Bank amounting to 6 percent off the bank’s capital and surplus. The stock generates annual dividends and allows for some voting rights related to the election of certain directors of their Federal Reserve Bank.

    Bank Management

    The bank’s management begins with the Board of Directors, who appoint the bank’s executive management and oversee the regulatory compliance function. This requires monitoring capital adequacy levels and making sure that the bank does not deviate from the FDIC-approved business plan. If the bank’s directors want to make changes to the bank’s funding structure or expand lending activities, prior approval must be obtained from the FDIC. Regulators typically require that de novo banks exceed capital requirements, understanding that it often takes roughly three years for new banks to achieve profitability. Meanwhile, its capital requirements also are contingent on its location, growth prospects and risk profile, all of which the bank must demonstrate are being actively managed.

    How to become a private banker

    This question is becoming more and more prevalent today as people begin to realize that just owning or purchasing high cash value life insurance won’t make you any richer. Should you become your own banker to grow and protect your financial assets? It depends. Let’s take a closer look.

    Seems almost on a daily basis that someone calls to boast about how they paid off a mortgage, a car or some other lower interest loan by borrowing from their life insurance policy and transferring their debt to the life insurance company. Sadly, that loan against their life insurance is going to cost them more money than if they hadn’t transferred that debt at all.

    How to become a private banker57-page slide deck Many people are losing money with typical financial planning. Even people who were “set for life” are running out of money in retirement. Here’s an easy guide with 3 things you can do to become wealthier.
    Download here>

    “Becoming Your Own Banker”

    The theory of “ Becoming Your Own Banker ” was never based on individuals freely borrowing from their life insurance policy without proper knowledge of interest and loans. “ Becoming Your Own Banker ” is about leveraging the infinite banking concept to increase cash value. However, over time, the concept of becoming your own banker has been misused by certain insurance agents looking to profit off of some customer’s lack of financial understanding.

    So here’s the problem. Many life insurance agents who have heard about “ Becoming Your Own Banker ” (aka the Infinite Banking Concept) are using poor logic as they turn and use these concepts to sell high cash value life insurance just to earn higher commission. It baffles my mind how many people buy into some of the promotions. This is why we have so many people wondering if it’s a scam to be your own banker with this strategy . So contemplate the following statement very carefully, “ How can raising the interest rate on money you have to pay back to somebody else, even the life insurance company, ever be a good thing?” Here’s where things get interesting…

    “Borrowing from a life insurance policy only makes sense if the rate the insurance company is going to charge you will be lower than what you would have had to pay somebody else to borrow the same amount of money.”

    How to become a private banker Understanding the Infinite Banking Concept and How It Works In Our Modern Environment 31 page ebook from Life Benefits Order here>

    And by the way, whenever you borrow money always make sure that you can make more money than what you have to pay back for the loan, and if you can’t…don’t borrow the money. Making sure you can earn more money than what you have borrowed is called creating free cash flow. Free cash flow is far more critical to creating wealth than purchasing all the life insurance in the world. If you have questions about the validity of that statement, study Jeff Bezos, the founder of Amazon, and find out why he believes so strongly in free cash flow.

    The Power of High Cash Value Life Insurance

    That being said, never ever underestimate the power of owning and leveraging high cash value life insurance. Here are some good reasons/circumstances where “ Becoming Your Own Banker ” may help you achieve your financial goals:

    • You need quick money for a project, emergency or investment that surfaces in your life
    • You need to make a purchase, but don’t want to give up your returns or dividends
    • You want to have more control over the terms of your loan(s)
    • You have sporadic cash flow and need more friendly repayment schedule
    • You want to take advantage of the cash back, points or travel miles on your credit card, but never have to pay interest to the credit card company
    • You want to be able to spend all you make during your lifetime and still leave a legacy
    • You believe that contracts are more dependable than speculations and projections
    • You desire to keep more of what you make
    • You want to leverage money multiple times annually but only pay interest once annually

    And the list goes on.

    Take the Bull by the Horns

    But never get caught up in believing that simple purchasing high cash value life insurance is going to accomplish any of these wonderful things for you if you don’t take the bull by the horns and ascertain the power of the Perpetual Wealth Code™ and how, coupled with owning high cash value life insurance, you can bank on yourself and become wealthier than you possibly could be without owning participating whole life insurance.

    This is the missing link in many agents’ sales pitch. They just conveniently overlook the facts to make a sale. Now you know better and shouldn’t lose any money on rushing out to purchase a 7702 account, Indexed Universal Life insurance or any other hyperbole some agent or agents are trying to sell to make a higher commission.

    Become the Banker

    The fact is high cash value life insurance is a good thing to own, and it becomes more valuable if you apply the Perpetual Wealth Code™ in managing it. This begins with the design of your policy and extends to the use and management of each life insurance policy that you own.

    How to become a private banker57-page slide deck Many people are losing money with typical financial planning. Even people who were “set for life” are running out of money in retirement. Here’s an easy guide with 3 things you can do to become wealthier.
    Download here>

    It’s simple, but not easy. That’s why we work with our clients, helping them to better understand the Perpetual Wealth Code™ because once you grasp it, owning high cash value life insurance becomes much more logical in your overall financial portfolio. Without the Perpetual Wealth Code™ , owning high cash value life insurance can become just another expensive purchase that keeps you from reaching your financial goals.

    Do Not Stop Learning

    The career in banking has always been demanding day by day. Yes, there will be no such person who has not applied in the bank’s examination in his career. In fact, the job of the bank is always preferred in our society as a Respectful Job. But today we are going to tell you something related to a banking career. If you are thinking of making a career in the banking sector, then there are a very certain and unique set of qualities and skills that you’ll need in order to be successful. Here we are going to tell about some special quality which is necessary for a banking professional. If you have these Ten characteristics then banking career is best for you. You must have to learn about the qualities of a good bank employee and how to be successful in a banking career.

    1. Quick Learner:

    With the fast moving world, technology in the banking sector is also updated regularly. The dynamic banking sector needs employees who not only understand the updated technology quickly but also get adapted easily to the new functions so as to make sure the banking operations are carried out smoothly. This translates equally well to the problems that a candidate faces in bank exams. One needs to quickly grasp the most essential things one needs to learn from the syllabus and show quick learning ability.

    2. Analytical Skills:

    Regardless of which sector you are working in and the nature of your role, it’s a simple truth that you won’t advance very far in banking and finance unless you possess the analytical skills necessary to identify trends, patterns and definitive conclusions from the reams of data you’ll have exposure to.

    3. Awareness:

    Dealing with money matters is not an easy job. A bank job we must always be alert towards any threat to the financial system and should always be aware of the changes in the financial sector.

    4. Honesty:

    It is the most important quality one should nurture. As the bank job deals with finances, honesty is the essential quality needed. Every individual should try to incorporate all the above-mentioned qualities so as to define their personality in the banking sector.

    5. Confidence:

    The general perception of bankers isn’t a positive one, punctuated as it is by the image of brash, loud-mouthed and arrogant young males driven only by greed and excess. And while this isn’t necessarily a fair reflection of the full reality, it’s undeniable that to stay above water in such an environment, you need to be confident.

    6. Organized Personality:

    Banking professionals have to deal with tremendous pressure and numerous responsibilities. Thus, they need to be efficient in managing multiple operations and should have attention to details at the same time. Good organization skills help in maintaining and managing important records and documentation, which is very crucial for the organization.

    7. Leadership:

    Leadership is necessary for the banking sector. Hence, it is important to have exceptional leadership quality for a successful career graph in banking jobs.

    8. Technical Skills

    As with most industries in the digital age, the large majority of the decisions you make will be based on data analysis. Therefore, in order to access and process that data, to communicate with other stakeholders, to find information and to perform pretty much every other task that will be required of you in a normal working day, you’ll need to be technical solver.

    Bankers work with a lot of specialized Core Banking software, so take every opportunity you can during internships or placements to get to grips with as much of it as you can. In your spare time, learn everything you possibly can about MS Office especially Word, Excel, Pivot Table etc.

    9. Communication Skills:

    Banking is a public sector, therefore, banking communication requires better communication skill. Professionals here deal directly with the public, so it is not only necessary to have better communication, but if you want to make more progress in this profession, then it is important to have better conversation skills and written skills. A banking professional gets the trust of the customer from his communication skills so that he can easily make financial transactions in that bank.

    10. Co-operative and Professional Personality:

    As a bank job directly involves interaction with customers, clients, and stakeholders; cooperative and professional attitude is expected from them at the same time in this service sector industry.

    Every individual should try to incorporate all the above-mentioned qualities so as to define their personality in the banking sector. If you feel as though you possess these skills, though, and you have an academic inclination for mathematics, business or economics, then you should definitely consider a career in this lucrative and controversial but undoubtedly fascinating industry.

    If you’re thinking about studying business or finance, chances are that going into banking has crossed your mind, but how do you know if it’s really the right choice for you? While they come from many different backgrounds, all successful bankers share the five personality traits below. If you do as well, banking just may be your perfect career match.

    1. Passion for Numbers

    The world of finance turns on numbers. Whether it’s calculating interest rates, assessing the value of investments or preparing new loans, they make up most of what bankers do on a daily basis. If math has never been your strong suit in school, you might have a very hard time adjusting to the typical demands of a banker’s to-do list. That’s not to say that you need to be a master statistician to get started. If you like working with numbers and take an active interest in finance, a proper education and on-the-job training will help you refine the skills you need to build a rewarding career in the banking sector.

    2. Integrity

    Bankers are pretty important people. From providing financial advice to overseeing large-scale transfers and processing loan applications, they handle a variety of sensitive transactions that have a real impact on their clients’ everyday lives. With so much power comes great responsibility. In the wake of the financial crisis, clients are especially wary about putting their money and future stability into someone else’s hands. As a banker, it’s your job to show that you’re trustworthy, reliable and accountable enough to keep their best interests in mind at all times.

    3. Engaging and Friendly Personality

    While tellers take walk-ins for simple transactions like money orders, withdrawals and deposits, bankers handle more complex and ongoing tasks like maintaining loans and long-term accounts. That translates to a lot of one-on-one time with people who may at times be nervous, excited, rushed, angry or confused. Whatever the situation may be – and it can change quickly depending on who needs help next – great bankers always know how to make every client feel more comfortable and confident. Their customer service skills are expected to be on par with their positions as first-line representatives of their employers.

    4. Attention to Detail

    Mistakes can happen in any profession. The difference in banking is that one big error can cause devastating real-life consequences, among them financial losses and identity theft. Since no one can possibly be perfect all the time, there are safeguards in place to catch potential problems, but they’re more like emergency brakes than tools you can use every day. Responsible for managing a large number of high-profile accounts at any given time, bankers are held to a higher standard than other employees. To stay on track, they need to have a great eye for detail and be able to instantly spot inconsistencies.

    5. Good Judgment

    Bankers not only play an integral role in risk management, helping banks minimize losses by carefully screening accounts and analyzing investments, but they’re also on the frontlines of preventing fraud. Before the web, fraud protection involved digging through mountains of paperwork and making multiple phone calls to cross-check information. While digital data systems have now made most of these old practices obsolete, in some ways, preventing fraud today is more complicated than ever before. With identity theft and other computer crimes on the rise, bankers need to know how to find red flags before they can cause any damage.

    Despite the financial crisis, banking remains is one of the most desirable, prestigious and exciting careers in the financial industry. With new regulations firmly in place, it’s set to grow at a safer pace than in the past, so if you choose to join the industry, you can look forward to enjoying a secure career with plenty of opportunities for advancement.

    • ‘)” data-event=”social share” data-info=”Pinterest” aria-label=”Share on Pinterest”>
    • ‘)” data-event=”social share” data-info=”Reddit” aria-label=”Share on Reddit”>
    • ‘)” data-event=”social share” data-info=”Flipboard” aria-label=”Share on Flipboard”>

    How to become a private banker

    Related

    • What Licenses Do Bankers Have to a Sell Fixed Annuity?
    • The Starting Salary of a Certified Financial Planner
    • Getting Started in Commercial Real Estate
    • Independent Investment Broker Careers
    • License Requirements for Skip Tracers

    A private banker is an employee of a financial institution who works with a portfolio of high net worth clients. Some private bankers handle consumer accounts while others also work with small business owners. Specific responsibilities and educational requirements vary between employers but a high school diploma is among the prerequisites for these roles.

    Private Bankers

    Private bankers are responsible for marketing bank products such as checking accounts, certificates of deposit and credit cards to their clients. These individuals also partner with wealth management bankers who specialize in marketing securities and insurance products. Private bankers usually have to meet loan goals so they must work closely with mortgage originators and commercial lenders. Due to the nature of the work, anyone wishing to become a private banker must have prior banking experience and some knowledge of loans and securities.

    Education

    Many firms require private bankers to have college degrees. Firms tend to seek out candidates who have completed degree programs that are related to the job, such as finance, economics or accounting. Bankers need a good grasp of finance to help their clients make major financial decisions. Some banks also promote experienced loan or investment representatives into these roles even if these individuals have not completed college degrees. Bankers who regularly exceed sales goals may become eligible to apply for private banker roles.

    Investments

    Securities sales involving private banking clients are often transacted by wealth management bankers or investment representatives. However, private bankers have to be licensed even to discuss these products with their clients. Many firms require private bankers to obtain Series 6 and 7 securities licenses. The licensing process involves a series of classes and each one culminates in a written examination. Candidates who fail the exam may retake it after 30 days, but anyone who fails a securities exam three times must wait for 180 days before retaking it.

    Mortgages

    Private bankers who originate mortgages must be licensed with both state and federal mortgage licensing agencies. The licensing process involves classroom based or online instruction that includes a series of brief knowledge tests. Unlike the securities licensing process, mortgage licensing does not include a formal written examination. Candidates also have to pass a criminal background check; people who have been convicted of committing financial crimes such as fraud are usually ineligible to be licensed.

    Last Updated July 25, 2020

    Dateline: Warsaw, Poland

    One of the biggest challenges in the world of offshore strategies and flag theory is one that many other businesses face.

    The advent of the internet has allowed anyone, in any corner of the planet, to talk about topics as sophisticated and important as offshore banking. Of course, I’m all for freedom of speech, and I’m glad that more and more people are realizing the benefits of internationalizing their bank account.

    However, the reality is that there is an endless supply of shady characters out there promising everything from cheap diplomatic passports to totally secretive private bank accounts.

    If only you pay them, they’ll open some anonymous account for you at “Bank X” (they would love to tell you the real name, of course, but they really can’t due to whatever reason).

    Because of this confusion concerning different types of offshore bank accounts, it’s worthwhile to discuss exactly what a private bank account is, what it’s not, and why, how, and where you should or should not get one.

    What is Private Banking?

    For starters, private banking does not mean anonymous banking. In reality, the old Swiss-style numbered bank accounts no longer exist. In our day and age of common reporting standards and FACTA, you just can’t hide money anymore.

    The only way to find that kind of privacy for your bank account is to legally give up your tax-payer status at home and move somewhere that doesn’t care as much about what you do with your money.

    It isn’t an easy option, but if that’s the kind of private banking you’re looking for, it may be worth renouncing your citizenship and going where you’re treated best.

    But the private banking we’re discussing here refers to wealth management accounts held by affluent individuals who want banking with a higher level of customer service and hands-on management. Often, private banking relationships involve clients’ investments being made by bank officers.

    The origin of these types of private bank relationships dates back to the 16th or 17th century in both Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Even before the term existed, businessmen in Venice accepted and re-invested money from affluent families who wanted safekeeping for their wealth.

    The first private banks were unincorporated companies that made liabilities of the general partners’ personal assets in addition to the depositors’ assets in the bank.

    Over time, many of these banks became incorporated and began to look more like the banks we know today. In fact, the main differences between a private bank and a regular bank these days are simply the minimum deposit required and the services performed.

    How To Open a Private Bank Account

    The main barrier to entry to obtain a private bank account is a minimum deposit that the bank will then manage for you.

    For me, the lowest minimum deposit level to consider is around $250,000 (substitute “francs” or “euros” for “dollars” as appropriate). There are a few banks in Switzerland that offer decent service at that level, including one open to US persons so long as they’re living overseas.

    In the United States, JP Morgan has been pushing its way into the semi-private bank market through its network of retail banks with a $250,000 minimum (of course, Chase is about the worst bank if you want to go offshore).

    Similar to the exclusivity of platinum cards, the term “private banking” has been somewhat diluted. I have shared my story about HSBC Premier, which offers quasi-private banking services with a minimum of around US$100,000 in most countries.

    But service at HSBC Premier leaves much to be desired.

    While I have come to find HSBC rather unappealing and their level of service for that deposit level rather poor, you can’t expect private bank-level service in the low six figures.

    Once you reach the $1 million level, more options will open up to you. There are a few banks in Singapore with legitimate private banking at that level, although Asian banks are increasingly raising minimums.

    If you want to be accepted at virtually all private banks, you’ll need several million dollars. Offshore private banks often demand even more; HSBC Private Bank, for instance, demands $5 million in deposits at its offshore division in the Cook Islands or in countries like the United Kingdom.

    Where To Get Private Banking

    There is a growing number of banks offering “premier” and “private” bank accounts in countries ranging from Singapore to Switzerland to Monaco to the Middle East. You can also find private banks in more “offshore” locations such as CSB Bank in the Cook Islands.

    When researching private banks, it’s important to pay attention to customer service. How well is English spoken by bank employees? How well are you treated? It may seem obvious, but when you’re handing over a large sum of money, you want to be confident the bank will hold up its end of the bargain and not treat you like a mere number.

    One trend I see is that Asian banks are increasingly imposing higher minimums as more uber-wealthy Chinese flood into banks in places like Hong Kong. Private banking at the highly conservative local banks in Hong Kong is largely reserved for locals and HKID holders.

    With so much local demand, they don’t have much need for your money.

    Another big private banking destination is the Middle East, which actually has some of the strongest banks in the world. Again, there is so much wealth floating around there that many westerners may be surprised to know that their $500,000 is a drop in the bucket there.

    Do You Need A Private Bank Account?

    Whether you choose an offshore bank when “going private”, or you stick to your home country, a private bank account will come with the expectation that the bank will manage your money for you.

    Swiss banks, in particular, want to see minimal transactions in and out of the account. A private bank account isn’t what you need if you need to be receiving salary payments, taking business draws, or paying third parties.

    If, however, you have money that is sitting around – proceeds from the sale of a business, family wealth, or whatever else – a private bank relationship can provide you with better service and your own relationship manager at the bank.

    If you’re on the edge of qualifying for private banking, I would suggest opening a traditional retail account or even a priority banking account at the bank of your choice and then upgrading to a premier or private account later if you’re satisfied. The last thing you want to do is transfer all of your money to a bank you end up disliking.

    If you need help finding the right bank for you, feel free to reach out to our team so we can determine your best options as part of a personalized and completely legal offshore plan.

    High net worth individuals (HNWIs) tend to have complex financial portfolios and need special services to organize, manage and grow their assets. Services like these typically fall under the category of VIP private banking, which is a thriving industry. The top 25 private banks manage $16.2 trillion in client assets, according to the Scorpio Partnership Global Private Banking Benchmark 2018.

    Program benefits are designed to make customers’ lives easier — both in and out of the financial institution — and some of the best banks include everything from managing customer accounts to creating individualized, fantasy retreats for them.

    What Is Private Banking?

    Private banking gives clients the opportunity to work with dedicated private banker partners and specialists to provide them with custom banking strategies and solutions. Private banking clients receive individualized advice to help them meet their financial needs and goals, while getting access to a number of services including personalized credit strategies and solutions, deposit and cash management services, and competitive rates. Many major bank chains offer private banking, including Wells Fargo and PNC.

    Eligibility Requirements

    The VIP treatment is usually given to people with investable assets of at least $5 million, though thresholds vary by bank. For example, UBS’s minimum is $2 million, but Merrill Lynch’s minimum is $10 million.

    Private Banking Services

    If you meet the wealth requirements to become a private banking client, you can reap the benefits that come along with it. Here are some of the private banking services offered to VIP clients.

    1. Dedicated Account Manager

    HNWIs usually have their money spread out through various accounts handled by a single account manager — also called a relationship manager — who oversees their financial assets and provides them with comprehensive banking services. This personal banker might also coordinate with a team of financial planning professionals, including an investment analyst, wealth management specialist, portfolio manager, tax attorney, trust and estate advisor, insurance specialist or others.

    2. Concierge Service

    A private bank’s concierge service typically goes beyond providing customers with financial assistance. The concierge is there to make your life easier and add to your overall experience with the financial institution.

    A concierge is used to dealing with HNWIs and their needs. Concierge services vary by bank and can include helping with event planning and philanthropic endeavors, arranging wealth management seminars for heirs, or even renting a yacht or planning a vacation for a client.

    3. Specialty Asset Management

    Often referred to as “nonfinancial” or “real” assets, VIP services can go far beyond what you might expect. For instance, Bank of America Private Bank (formerly U.S. Trust) can manage oil, gas and mineral properties; real estate; and private business partnerships for its clients.

    Wells Fargo Private Banking can manage property reinvestment and rental income for customers, for example. In addition, it can assist clients with negotiating contracts and leases; conducting inspections; and dealing with legal, accounting and tax professionals.

    4. Premier Travel

    It’s always nice to have someone take care of the details when you travel for work or pleasure, and many VIP private banks offer concierge travel services. While you’re diving at Australia’s Great Barrier Reef, exploring ancient caves in Spain, hitting the slopes in Aspen or preparing for your business meeting in London, your travel specialist can make sure you have VIP access to everything you need as a traveler — financial and otherwise.

    The Chase Private Client program, for example, gives customers free debit card and ATM transactions abroad, free emergency card services, special credit options, 24/7 VIP assistance and special access to local arts and culture institutions.

    5. Mortgage Perks

    If you have a high net worth and purchase and hold a number of real estate assets, then your VIP banking services might include residential and commercial mortgage financing options. Private bank clients typically receive discounts on closing costs, reduced interest rates, senior underwriting support, direct access to customer service specialists and priority loan processing.

    Benefits and Challenges of Private Banking

    The main benefits of private banking are all the VIP services you get access to, but there are some cons to private banking. These include:

    • Fees: Some private banking providers charge a monthly fee to cover the customized services they provide. Be sure you are aware of these fees before signing on as a client, or opt for a bank that doesn’t charge fees.
    • Trusting someone else with your wealth: When you allow someone else to manage your money, you are trusting that they will make decisions with your best financial interests in mind. Make sure you choose someone who is trustworthy.

    More on Banking

    Gabrielle Olya contributed to the reporting for this article.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Whether you’re a recent graduate or someone considering a career change, career aptitude tests can offer unique insight regarding jobs best-suited for your skillset and personality.

    Best of all, the career aptitude tests are objective measures of your interests — so you can avoid awkward career conversations at family parties like, “My neighbor Bill is hiring for a financial analyst. I know you want to be a writer, but it’s a start.”

    Here, we’ve compiled seven of the best career aptitude tests you can take online for free, so you don’t waste time applying for jobs you wouldn’t enjoy. If you feel unfulfilled in your current role, or if you’re tired of hearing what you “should” be doing at family parties, read on.

    Best career aptitude tests

    1. 123 Career Test
    2. Princeton Review Career Quiz
    3. My Next Move O*NET Interests Profiler
    4. MyPlan.com
    5. MAPP Career Test
    6. Career Strengths Test
    7. PathSource

    1. 123 Career Test

    It’s important to find a job that suits your personality and makes you feel passionate about what you do. Occasionally, you might feel tempted to take a job for money or status, rather than truly considering if your personality would fit well in the work environment or job itself.

    123 Career Test is a simple, five-to-ten minute assessment of your career personality. You simply look at pictures of people doing work-related tasks, and choose “yes” or “no” in regards to whether you could see yourself enjoying that task. 123 Career Test is based on Holland Code personality types, and will tell you which work environments and occupations best suit your career personality.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    2. Princeton Review Career Quiz

    Similar to 123 Career Test, Princeton Review’s Career Quiz offers examples of people doing tasks, and asks you to choose which one you’d rather do. However, while 123 Career Test shows you pictures, Princeton Review’s test offers phrases such as “I would rather be a tax lawyer” or “I would rather be a newspaper editor”. If you’d prefer words over images, this test is the better option for you.

    The test consists of 24 questions. At the end of the test, you’ll be assigned a color based on your perceived interests and style — then, Princeton Review offers potential careers well-suited for people in your color category. While not as diligent as some of the others in this list, the results are nonetheless useful indicators of potential paths you might take.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    3. My Next Move O*NET Interests Profiler

    Sponsored by the U.S. Department of Labor, the O*NET Interests Profiler asks you 60 questions regarding various work activities. After you provide a level of interest for each task, ranging from “strongly dislike” to “strongly like”, the tool identifies your career interests and suggests potential career paths.

    Best of all, the O*NET Interests Profiler allows you to filter your career path search based on how much preparation is necessary, so you can find jobs for which you’re currently qualified.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    4. MyPlan.com

    A company is only a good fit if it matches your values — but sometimes, particularly if you’ve never worked in a corporate environment, it’s hard to identify those values. MyPlan.com offers a free values assessment that identifies your work values, which can help you narrow your search when it comes to both positions and companies.

    The test separates work values into six separate clusters. Once you’ve completed the test, you are assigned one of those clusters — then, you’re shown a list of 739 occupations, ranked by how well each position matches your personal values. If you’re unsure which industry best suits your values, this test might offer some useful initial insights.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    5. MAPP Career Test

    The MAPP Career Test (Motivational Appraisal Personal Potential) provides you with insights regarding your career motivations, and then offers you a list of ten industries best-suited for you. Additionally, the MAPP Test matches you with specific careers in their database of over 1,000 roles, helping you narrow your job-hunting scope.

    The MAPP test has been taken by over 8 million people since 1995, and is offered in six different languages. The test has undergone reliability testing by psychologists, and results are correlated to the Strong Interest Inventory®. While some of the other tests in this list offer general personality or value assessments, this one matches you with specific roles. If you’re interested in more literal or concrete advice, this is a good test to take.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    6. Career Strengths Test

    Searching for jobs requires a certain level of self-awareness, but oftentimes, it can be difficult to remain open-minded and unbiased when considering your own strengths and weaknesses. The Career Strengths test, a collection of assessments developed by the Johnson O’Connor Research Foundation for Oprah, evaluates your strengths when it comes to skills varying from numerical reasoning to concept organization.

    After completing the four quick tests, you’re given a list of multiple jobs that require your skills. This is a good test for identifying your job strengths, and limiting your career search to roles best-suited for your skills.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    7. PathSource

    PathSource created a free career assessment app for those of you who prefer using your smartphone over a desktop. Once you input personality characterists and interests, PathSource provides you with a list of potential career options, and includes information such as lifestyle and income expectations for each potential role. Additionally, the app offers 2,600 informational interviews, showcasing an insider’s view from people in various professions.

    PathSource also provides a database of careers related to various academic majors. If you’re a recent graduate and are unsure which career paths you can pursue with your major, this is a helpful tool.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Originally published Sep 18, 2018 7:00:00 AM, updated September 18 2018

    September 17, 2021

    Copy to Clipboard

    Career aptitude tests are a great way for individuals to get a better understanding of what types of jobs best fit their interests, personality and skills. These tests can provide clear ideas to guide the next step on your professional path. In this article, we list eight of the most popular free career aptitude tests for adults and explain what you can expect from each.

    What is a career aptitude test?

    Career aptitude tests are tests that provide career suggestions based on your personality, skills, interests and values. Whether you are just entering the workforce or are curious about what a change in career

    may look like for you, these tests can provide useful insights as to what type of job would best suit you. Career aptitude tests can also give you an idea of the type of work environment you would do best in and whether you would excel in a career that is people-oriented or more individual-based.

    Types of career aptitude tests

    There are many different types of career aptitude tests available. Each type will measure a different factor that can affect your career choice and overall job satisfaction. It’s often best to take multiple types of career aptitude tests to get a well-rounded idea of what kind of job you would do best in.

    Here are a few of the types of career aptitude tests you may find:

    Personality tests

    These tests base results on your unique personality

    . For example, how you make decisions and how well you work under pressure are all components of your personality that can influence what type of career you may enjoy.

    Skills

    Aptitude tests that evaluate your skills can help pinpoint vocations that are ideal for your unique skill set. For example, if you are an exceptional writer, you may be suggested to look into a job that involves producing content for a website or writing books for children.

    Values

    Understanding your values can be helpful when determining which career you want to pursue. A career test based on your values may suggest that you consider jobs that align with both your personal and professional values

    and cater to what motivates you in the workplace.

    Interests

    Many people find that they do best in a job that is related in some way to their unique interests. For example, if you are interested in animals, pursuing a career as a veterinarian may be a great idea for you. Career aptitude tests that analyze your interests can help provide you with suggestions of jobs suited to these interests.

    8 free career aptitude tests to help you find your next career

    There are several different career aptitude tests available that you can easily take on the internet. Many of these tests are free and only require a short time to take.

    The following are eight of the most popular free career aptitude tests you can take today:

    123 Career Test

    O * NET Interest Profiler

    Keirsey Temperament Sorter

    Princeton Review Career Quiz

    MAPP Career Test

    1. 123 Career Test

    123 Career Test is a simple and easy-to-use career aptitude test that helps identify careers that best match your personality. It also suggests which work environments would best suit your particular needs. This test requires you to select “yes” or “no” based on your preferences for various pictures of people performing work-related tasks. Then it suggests careers based on your results.

    2. O * NET Interest Profiler

    This test is supported by the U.S. Department of Labor and provides career suggestions based on your interest tendencies. The tendencies used in this test include investigative, social, enterprising, artistic, conventional and realistic. The O * NET Interest Profiler is based on your answers to 60 questions that have you rate various work activities from “strongly dislike” to “strongly like”.

    3. Keirsey Temperament Sorter

    The Keirsey Temperament Sorter helps to identify your specific temperament within the work environment as well as your personality type. Based on your results, this test will label your personality as either Guardian, Artisan, Rational or Idealist. You will be provided with a description of your temperament and personality profile with the option to pay for a complete report.

    4. Princeton Review Career Quiz

    This career aptitude test offers career suggestions based on your style and interests as it relates to the workforce. It is composed of 24 questions that have you choose between two work-related options. At the end of the quiz, you will be given a color based on your results. You are then provided with a list of potential careers that are best suited to people in your color group.

    5. Test Color

    In this test, you will go through a two-part selection process in which you will choose various colors. Based on the colors you select, you will then be given an initial analysis of your personality and career aptitude. You will have the option to purchase a more in-depth analysis of your results as well as further career suggestions based on them.

    6. Human Metrics

    Human Metrics combines methods from both the Typology Central Jung Personality Test and the Myers-Briggs Personality Type Indicator to rate your personality based on both test scales. This test will then provide you with various suggestions for your career, personal development and other business-related assessments.

    7. Pathsource

    Pathsource is an app for your mobile device that provides you with career options based on your personality and interests. This app also provides an extensive database of jobs based on academic achievements such as different types of degrees. You can also research colleges based on various factors such as financial aid and majors offered.

    8. MAPP Career Test

    The Motivational Appraisal Personal Potential (MAPP) Career Test is an assessment that provides career suggestions based on your personality. It also helps you determine where your career motivations lie and the top vocational categories you would likely excel in. This test takes only 22 minutes to complete and has been used by more than eight million people worldwide.

    The ultimate career guidance platform that will give your success story the boost it needs!

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Let Your

    Aptitude Soar!

    With Career Aptitude Test your abilities work for you!

    Grab your Copy of Comprehensive

    Career Opportunities Today!

    Thank you for contacting us, We will get back to you soon!

    TAKE YOUR TEST NOW!

    Corporates
    Institutes/ Schools
    Teachers/ Educators
    Students Tested
    It’s very simple. Just follow these steps!

    What is aptitude test?

    It basically refers to one’s ability to do certain kinds of work.

    Aptitude Test is utilized to outline one’s created or creating abilities and interests. Aptitude test assumes a vital part in choosing the right calling and setting oneself up for the equivalent. Online aptitude test and psychometric test is the most mainstream and tried and true appraisal led during the scholarly period and for corporate administration also.

    Career aptitude test helps in understanding the connection or connection between one’s psychological capacities, career fields and execution in a calling. The aptitude test will consistently give a profile where one would have the option to know the qualities and furthermore the regions where further development is required.

    Aptitude scores are a broadly favored strategy for understanding one’s appropriateness for a specific career. It is because of this that aptitude tests are managed for the individuals who are near the precarious edge of settling on their career decisions or need to improve their picked occupation. Utilizing the aptitude test is subsequently energetically suggested and pursued by all and fills in as an information point for career arranging and execution through career advising.

    These days it has gotten simpler to get to normalized aptitude tests. Children can get to online aptitude test and would not need to stand by quite a while to get the outcomes as they will get the outcomes in practically no time and it would be liberated from human mistake just as biasfree.

    BENEFITS OF APTITUDE TEST?

    Some aptitude tests are exceptionally explicit and directed to assess the competitors seriously for specific courses in school, proficient degrees (like business and law), and for enrollment and work in certain corporates. Be that as it may, one can show up for the thorough ones at the school level itself to follow future possibilities and grow as needs be. It has a few advantages including:

    • Helps Plan & Prepare for the Best Suitable Career for You
    • Performs a SWOT Analysis for You
    • Helps Parents, Guardians and Mentors comprehend the youngster better
    • Adjusts Personal Interests for Professional Growth
    • Gives instruments to vanquish snags in the ideal career way
    • Comprehends the requests of a specific occupation
    • Gives Educational Grooming
    • Offers a wide determination of careers and their necessary subjects

    Thus, understudies and corporate establishments the same utilize the aptitude test as it fills different needs like SWOT investigation, subject determination, career improvement and the sky is the limit from there. The Aptitude Test assesses the abilities and gifts that have been gained concerning the individual’s experience and standardized scores. The outcome additionally features the career decisions based on qualities yet doesn’t announce one to restrict themselves to their qualities. It urges one to chip away at all viewpoints to keep all career alternatives open.

    When to take an Aptitude Test?

    The Aptitude Test is accessible at different career directing and instructive guiding establishments.

    One can combine it with their DMIT Test and IQ Test examination (report) for cutting edge planning too. It is normal essential to be exceptionally exhaustive and clear while arranging future career ways and for the equivalent information on one’s qualities, aptitude, interests, intrinsic attributes and capacities are significant.

    What career best fits your personality? This free career aptitude test can give you insight into your job personality. Based on a characterization of your personality in terms of Holland Code personality types, you will learn what kind of work environments and occupations suit you best. The results of this career assessment test provide you with a list of professions and occupations that fit your career personality and will guide you on your career path.

    Choose a career that matches your preferences and you will increase your chances of being successful! Take this career quiz and get your results right now!

    (We also offer practice aptitude tests for assessment training if that’s what you are looking for.)

    Career test instructions

    It takes five to ten minutes to complete this free career test. You will see fifteen sets of four pictures that show specific work activities. You must choose only one work activity that appeals to you the most and one that appeals to you the least.

    Do not choose a work activity based on the status or money associated with it. Do not make your choice based on gender or race. Just imagine yourself performing the task shown and decide if you would like to doing it or not.

    If you like doing the activity, click the on the picture. If you do not like doing the activity, click the on the picture. You must choose a like and dislike for each set.

    Looking for an answer to the question: Where can i take a career aptitude test? On this page, we have gathered for you the most accurate and comprehensive information that will fully answer the question: Where can i take a career aptitude test?

    Employment Aptitude Tests. Cognitive aptitude, sometimes called general intelligence, is the single most accurate predictor of job performance. This is because employment aptitude tests assess qualities that are critical to almost all mid- and higher-level jobs.

    Both aptitude tests and personality assessments are designed to accurately evaluate an individual’s skill set and personality traits specific to that particular position in question. In this article, we will discuss in detail what aptitude tests and personality assessments are, the difference between the two and how you can ace them.

    Aptitude testing is one of three types of career tests. Aptitude tests are essentially the same as skill tests. They evaluate your ability to perform specific tasks. For the purpose of identifying your ideal career, we have found “interest” based career assessment tests to be much more powerful and accurate than aptitude based systems.

    Where can I take my career aptitude test?

    Best career aptitude tests123 Career Test.Princeton Review Career Quiz.My Next Move O*NET Interests Profiler.MyPlan.com.MAPP Career Test.Career Strengths Test.PathSource.Sep 18, 2018

    Is an IQ test an aptitude test?

    Generally speaking, IQ tests assess general intelligence, while aptitude tests evaluate intelligence in more specific areas like mental fitness, verbal ability, and mathematical skills.

    Do career quizzes actually work?

    But while they might not be a magic bullet, Kay admits that tests can be effective in giving people ideas of possible careers that might match their skills and interests, get them thinking about how well-suited they might be for a particular career, and measure their interests, skills or values.

    Are career aptitude tests accurate?

    But while they might not be a magic bullet, Kay admits that tests can be effective in giving people ideas of possible careers that might match their skills and interests, get them thinking about how well-suited they might be for a particular career, and measure their interests, skills or values.

    Are career aptitude tests reliable?

    Walsh explains that it’s important to choose a career aptitude test that is valid and reliable. ‘This usually means it has been developed, tested and researched by professional test developers and psychologists. ‘ Majority of career tests use Holland codes, developed by American psychologist Dr John L.

    Can you still get hired if you fail an aptitude test?

    Hiring managers have to take into account the results of failed pre-employment assessment tests, especially if they feel these candidates are a great fit and should still be considered. . When applicants fail these skills-based tests, they’re deemed incapable of performing well based on their execution.

    Do career aptitude tests actually work?

    ‘Career aptitude tests are usually only able to match to generic careers like teacher, nurse and police officer. . Self-awareness makes up the foundation for effective career decision making, so doing a career quiz can be a helpful tool in realising your skills, values, interests and motivations.

    Are career aptitude tests worth it?

    While realizing your dream job may be more than just a filled-out Scantron sheet away, career assessment tests can be extremely valuable in giving people a jump start in choosing career paths that fit their interests, best utilize their skills or match their personalities.

    Who has highest IQ ever?

    Marilyn vos Savant Writer Marilyn vos Savant (born 1946) has an IQ of 228, one of the highest ever recorded. Someone with a “normal” intelligence will score somewhere around 100 on an IQ test. To meet someone with an IQ approaching 200 is certainly impressive.

    Are career tests accurate?

    Career tests, like any good psychometric instrument, should be valid and reliable. That is to say, they should accurately and consistently predict whatever it is they purport to predict. . Not to mention that job satisfaction includes so many job-specific factors that might not be generalizable to a career.

    Are aptitude tests hard?

    An aptitude test is the best way for companies to test this in a short timeframe. Secondly, while being a slight contradiction to the initial statement, aptitude tests are not hard when you understand the structure of them, what is expected from you and you PRACTICE.

    How do I take an aptitude test?

    Aptitude Test AdviceTest Tip 1: Practice. . Test Tip 2: Know your test. . Test Tip 3: Don’t get your friends to help. . Test Tip 4: Make the most of online tests. . Test Tip 5: Realistic simulation. . Test Tip 6: Be alert and stay focused. . Test Tip 7: Ask for feedback. . Test Tip 8: Know when to move on.

    Is career test worth the money?

    While realizing your dream job may be more than just a filled-out Scantron sheet away, career assessment tests can be extremely valuable in giving people a jump start in choosing career paths that fit their interests, best utilize their skills or match their personalities.

    What is the best career test to take?

    Top 10 Career QuizzesMyers-Briggs Type Indicator. . Keirsey Temperament Sorter. . MyNextMove. . MyPlan.com. . CareerFitter. . Rasmussen College. . John Holland’s SDS Test. . MAPP Test.

    Why are career tests bad?

    There are three reasons why career tests don’t match you to personality. . The other reason career tests rarely match to personality relates to the first problem: it’s not necessarily face valid. We might want to be a CEO but are bad with people. We might want to be a doctor but can’t handle stress.

    Are career quizzes worth it?

    Self-awareness makes up the foundation for effective career decision making, so doing a career quiz can be a helpful tool in realising your skills, values, interests and motivations. ‘The insights offered by a career test are unlikely to be completely new or unexpected.

    What is a passing score on an aptitude test?

    If a perfect aptitude test score is 100% or 100 points, and your score is 80% or above, it is considered a good score. A minimum acceptable score is considered to be from 70% to 80%.

    Do career aptitude tests work?

    But while they might not be a magic bullet, Kay admits that tests can be effective in giving people ideas of possible careers that might match their skills and interests, get them thinking about how well-suited they might be for a particular career, and measure their interests, skills or values.

    Where can I take a free career aptitude test?

    10 Top Free Career Aptitude TestsCareerfitter Free Online Career Test (Our Pick) . Truity: Career Personality Profiler. . CareerHunter. . MAPP Test. . My Next Move: O*Net Interest Profiler. . Career Explorer: Career Test. . Myers-Briggs Type Indicator. . Rasmussen University Career Aptitude Test.

    A Career Assessment is a Tool to Help You Better Understand Your Interests, Skills, Values & Personality.

    Our advisors can provide initial career advisement, including Career Interest Inventory Interpretations.

    Type Focus

    Assesses your career interests, personality type, and values.

    Allows you to research careers and save them to a portfolio.

    We recommend meeting with an academic advisor to discuss your results. Please call (801) 422-3826 to schedule an appointment with an advisor. Appointments typically last one hour.

    Cost: Free for BYU students
    Time to complete: 35 minutes

    To Take TypeFocus:

    Click Here

    Strong Interest Inventory (SII) Request

    The Strong Interest Inventory assessment helps identify your interests in six broad areas: realistic, artistic, investigative, social, enterprising, and conventional (often referred to using the acronym RIASEC). It then breaks the RIASEC areas into 30 specific areas of interest that can be directly related to fields of study, careers, and leisure activities.

    In addition, it describes an individual’s personal style preferences in five areas: work style, learning environment, team orientation, leadership style, and risk taking. It will also rank suggested compatible occupations from a list of 260 specific jobs.

    You must meet with an academic advisor to receive your results. Please call (801) 422-3826 to schedule an appointment with an advisor. Appointments typically last one hour.

    Cost: $10.95
    Time to complete: 45 minutes

    To Request the SII:

    Click Here

    Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI)

    Through a series of questions, the MBTI assessment helps you identify your natural preferences in four areas of personality:

    Your natural preferences in these four areas sort you into one of 16 distinct MBTI personality types. Understanding these types gives you objective insight that you can use to enhance your professional and personal relationships, as well as your direction, focus, and choices.You must meet with an academic advisor to receive your results.Please call (801) 422-3826 to schedule an appointment with an advisor. Appointments typically last one hour.

    Cost: $19.95
    Time to complete: 45 minutes

    Our free career, personality, and work aptitude test is state-of-the-art and takes minutes to complete

    Individual custom matching to over 1000 well paying careers

    Measure your interests and personality traits so you can choose a perfect career

    Perform better at work by having a deeper understanding of your personality, communication, and management style.

    Career Match Interest Test

    Trusted By These Institutions

    Step #1 FREE CAREER TEST 10-15 minutes to complete.

    Step #2 CAREER RESULTS: The Career Match Interest Test is a comprehensive and scientifically proven career, personality, and work aptitude assessment. It measures your interests and personality traits so you can choose a perfect career.

    Perform better at work by having a deeper understanding of your personality, communication, team building, and management style.

    Our career aptitude test is state-of-the-art and you will be matched to a database of over 1000 well paying careers.

    Step #3 CAREER TEST INSTRUCTIONS: When answering the questions do not think whether you have the appropriate training or education to actually complete the work. Do not think about how much money you would earn doing the work.

    Choose Enjoy, Not Sure, or Not Enjoy based simply on how much you would enjoy or not enjoy doing the work. There are no right or wrong answers. Take your time. You can use the back button at any time. Enjoy our free career aptitude test.

    Join Thousands And Discover Your Ideal job.

    Test Reliability – Research & Development – Pilot Study Click Here

    , Career Analyst And Certified Career Coach

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Instructions: Download each of the tests listed below. Once you’ve completed a test, go to Page 2 to find out how you did—and what your results mean.

    Test #1: Step by Step
    Print the test
    What it measures: Concept organization, or the ability to break down complicated ideas and make them more easily understood.
    Jobs that require this skill: Engineers, computer programmers, editors.

    Test #2: Three of a Kind
    Print the test
    What it measures: Inductive reasoning, which means you can quickly see a common element among seemingly unrelated ideas.
    Jobs that require this skill: Research scientists, police detectives, lawyers.

    Test #3: Paper Folding
    Print the test
    What it measures: Structural visualization, or how well you can picture three-dimensional objects in your mind.
    Jobs that require this skill: Engineers, architects, physicians.

    Test #4: Number Series
    Print the test
    What it measures: Numerical reasoning, or the ability to decipher numerical patterns and concepts.
    Jobs that require this skill: Economists, financial analysts, accountants.

    Test #5: What Comes to Mind?
    Print the test
    What it measures: Foresight, or the ability to imagine lots of possibilities—and anticipate potential problems.
    Jobs that require this skill: Politicians, entrepreneurs, physicians, activists.

    At some point in your college career, you will likely come across a career aptitude test. The test, similar to ones you may have taken online to assess your personality type, is designed to determine the best career path for you based on your skills and interests. It can be as simple as this one developed by The Princeton Review, which briefly assesses your professional interests and work style, or it can be incredibly in-depth. When taking career aptitude tests, it can definitely feel like the pressure is on — after all, how do you know what path you’re destined to be on?

    It’s not uncommon to take this test in your junior or senior year of high school, as part of a career-advising plan at college, or even during the interview process for a new job. Like personality tests, career aptitude tests are often “right” about a lot of things, but you shouldn’t freak out if you feel like your results are completely off-base. Here are some reasons why you should consider taking a career aptitude test in college, and some factors to be wary of.

    if You have no idea what you want to do with your life

    Career aptitude tests can be excellent idea generators for students and young professionals who aren’t exactly sure what they should pursue. Danielle Radin, author of Become A Networking Ninja: How To Network Out-of-the-Box and Into Employment, says, “Many times, students don’t know what field of work they will like, especially if they majored in a more general topic like English, communication or even biology. Taking an aptitude test can help you determine what your best skills are. You can then match that up with your passions and hobbies to find the perfect career.” Radin adds that many women in her professional network found their dream careers after career aptitude tests helped them learn more about themselves.

    Whether you’re open to exploring new possibilities or you’re feeling unmotivated professionally, your test results could reveal a field of work you find thrilling but just haven’t considered before.

    when You want a better idea of your strengths and weaknesses

    A common misconception about career aptitude tests is that you must know everything about yourself beforehand, and that the testing algorithm will simply manipulate the data. The truth is, the test is designed to help you get a better understanding of yourself! It asks a series of questions that are meant to reveal more about your personality as you go along. This includes your strengths and weaknesses, both professionally and socially.

    Olatokunbo Famakinwa, MD, a board-certified internal medicine physician, says that career aptitude tests can be useful even if you already know what you want to do professionally. She tells Her Campus, “As a physician, I have had to take several of these and similar tests, including the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator test and, most recently, a medical specialty aptitude test. While the tests were not completely accurate, these assessments were helpful in allowing me to look at medical specialties that I had not considered previously and learn more about my work style.”

    Dr. Famakinwa explains that often, career aptitude tests can reveal what’s most important to you in a career, and which environments you’re most likely to thrive in. For example, a career aptitude test can determine whether you value independence in your workday or you prefer working as a part of a team. This information is crucial to your professional development.

    if You have doubts about your abilities and/or interests

    Career aptitude tests, if designed effectively, tend to reaffirm things you already know or suspect about yourself. For example, if you’re on the fence about taking your career in a different direction, a career aptitude test can relieve some of that hesitation by confirming that your new venture is actually perfect for you.

    Jude Miller Burke, PhD, a workplace psychologist, executive coach, and author of The Millionaire Mystique: How Working Women Become Wealthy and How You Can Too, recommends using these tests in conjunction with in-person sessions led by a certified clinician. She tells Her Campus, “Often, the test can confirm what has been said verbally and the interpretation of the results can be enjoyable for the client.” She explains that the printed reports generated by such tests are visually appealing and easy to read, giving a career coaching session more breadth and interest. You can actually learn a lot more than you realize!

    But be careful…

    Although taking a career aptitude test can help your personal and professional life in the long run, it’s important to realize that not all of these tests or experiences are created equally. Tim Bennett, co-host of workplace podcast The Focus Group, wisely recommends, “one measurement does not a successful career make.”

    The truth is that career aptitude tests can create a lot of the same problems as standardized tests (like the SATs). For example, Dr. Burke explains that those who are very emotional or distressed might react poorly to graphs and scales. Instead, she notes, “They would benefit more from an open dialogue since the emotionality of it all might keep them from absorbing the results.” So, here are two additional things to consider before taking a career aptitude test:

    Know what your test focuses on and how it formulates its results

    Career aptitude tests don’t all assess the same variables. For instance, Dr. Burke explains that some career aptitude tests evaluate personality traits, leadership sills, work-group strengths, professional interests, or factors like intelligence and psychopathology. It’s important to know which test is right for you and how to interpret your results.

    Pauline Delaney, a career coach at Resumegenius.com, says that some tests show disconnect between personality traits and interests. “Just because you may have a personality that is considered suitable for a certain profession doesn’t necessarily mean it aligns with your interests,” she tells Her Campus. According to Delaney, personality-based tests are often more useful in giving someone a general idea of which professional direction they might turn to.

    But, she adds, “It’s up to you to look at the specific job descriptions in that field and ask yourself if it sounds like something you would enjoy.” Her preference is interest-based testing like the O*Net’s Interest Profiler, which creates an interest profile for you based on your interest in actual job descriptions.

    Although useful to an extent, career aptitude tests should be considered more of an auxiliary tool rather than a rigid prescription for the course of your professional life. Different tests are appropriate for different people and different situations. If possible, talk to a career coach before deciding on which test is right for you.

    Are you wondering, “what should I study?” or “what should I go to college for?” It can be hard to work out what you should study and where.

    That’s where we can help. Our great career test for students asks you lots of questions and helps you answer those questions: “what should I study?” and “what should I go to college for?”.

    1,695,424 students have already taken this quiz!

    It does this by looking at your skills and interests, and then fitting those around a specific field to help you decide what you should become. Take our career test for students today and find out what you should study.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Looking for scholarships to make your dream of studying abroad possible? We’ve compiled 440+ scholarships available for international students!

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Win a $7,000 scholarship to study an MBA

    Planning on studying an MBA degree abroad? We can help.

    Like us?

    Leave a review on Facebook so we can help others like you find their perfect study abroad adventure!

    Related Articles

    How to take a career aptitude test

    What needs to happen to build resilience and improve mental health among junior doctors

    How to take a career aptitude test

    How to make a career leap and land it

    How to take a career aptitude test

    What’s it really like to be an architect?

    Choosing a career for yourself is rarely a simple decision. For some, the concept of pursuing a specific path is almost unfathomable, and the vast amount of options out there can turn the decision from exciting to overwhelming in a matter of minutes.

    A career test promises clarity to those tormented by the decision, but can you actually rely the answer it gives? According to Nina Walsh, a Career Consultant in the Graduate Employment Division at Deakin University, ‘there are a variety of different career assessments, and some are more helpful and accurate than others’.

    So, what is a career aptitude test?

    Let’s backtrack a little. Gavin Walker, the Manager of the Graduate Employment Division at Deakin University, says ‘career aptitude tests are designed to develop or enhance your awareness of your skills, values, interests and motivators. By asking questions, they aim to challenge your way of thinking, then recommend certain career types based on your responses.’

    Walsh elaborates: ‘different career tests take into account different things. Some are focused on a single factor, such as interests or values, while others may take into account several factors. This includes personality, skills, interests, values, motivators and personal preferences.’

    But despite a multitude of job quizzes existing, it’s your own input that ultimately determines the accuracy of the answer, Walker explains. ‘It’s the quality of the data that determines the quality of the results. Your responses are used to build your profile and identify particular interest clusters or traits, which are then compared and matched against the careers data,’ he says.

    Can you trust the science behind job quizzes?

    Walsh explains that it’s important to choose a career aptitude test that is valid and reliable. ‘This usually means it has been developed, tested and researched by professional test developers and psychologists.’ Majority of career tests use Holland codes, developed by American psychologist Dr John L. Holland, to match people with appropriate jobs according to their interests.

    • realistic
    • investigative
    • artistic
    • social
    • enterprising

    Each code relates to a general field of work, and Walsh notes this is something to keep in mind when reviewing your answers. ‘Career aptitude tests are usually only able to match to generic careers like teacher, nurse and police officer. They don’t typically include every career option, or even more specific or unusual professions.

    ‘They also can’t take into account or careers that haven’t been invented yet,’ she says. But none of this is to say you should completely disregard a career test. Walsh explains you don’t have to take the answers too literally: ‘Just because you might get “military” as a recommendation doesn’t necessarily mean you need to rush off and become a soldier. Instead, it might just be an indicator that you would enjoy working in a structured workplace, with clear leadership and directions.

    ‘That said, the insights offered by a career test are unlikely to be completely new or unexpected. They’re more likely to reaffirm and clarify what you already know about yourself,’ she says. Self-awareness makes up the foundation for effective career decision making, so doing a career quiz can be a helpful tool in realising your skills, values, interests and motivations.

    ‘The insights offered by a career test are unlikely to be completely new or unexpected. They’re more likely to reaffirm and clarify what you already know about yourself.’

    Nina Walsh,
    Graduate Employment Division, Deakin University

    However, Walsh says, ‘you would need to do further self-reflection and research into jobs, sectors, industries and the labour market before choosing a career path.’ Reiterating this, Walker notes, ‘the tests are a great tool for promoting or suggesting some alternative clusters or professions that might open up new ideas, but they should not be the source of truth for making a career decision.’

    Should you take a career aptitude test?

    Considering the facts, you might be inclined to think a career test is a waste of time.

    However, Walsh explains there are times when sitting down and taking a quiz can be extremely helpful. ‘Whenever you need some extra self-awareness, or when you’re feeling a bit stuck and could use some ideas about possible directions. The process of answering questions can be great to get you thinking, and a good place to start when it all feels overwhelming.’

    While constant reflection on your skills, values and interests can also prompt some great career thinking, Walker says: ‘It’s a good idea to look beyond the surface of your knowledge.

    ‘We are often guided by those around us; family, friends, teachers and our own life experiences, and this can limit the breadth and depth of your field of view,’ he explains. Walsh adds, ‘tests can be effective for giving you ideas about careers you might not have heard of or considered before.’

    They go beyond what you’ve already been exposed to, and might be able to inspire you to think of pursuing a path you didn’t even know existed.

    Don’t worry if you’re still struggling to choose

    ‘Take your time, be honest with yourself and ask yourself questions. What do you like learning about? What problem do you want to solve? What conversation topic never gets boring? Research how your interests could relate to potential careers,’ Walsh suggests if you’re struggling to choose a career. She also advises taking the pressure off yourself.

    ‘Career decision making is a process that is ongoing and evolves as your progress through your career.’ The Foundation of Young Australians released a report predicting that future workers will potentially have ‘17 different jobs over five careers in their lifetime’.

    ‘The world of work is changing and becoming more mobile,’ Walsh says. ‘The career you’re choosing now doesn’t necessarily have to be forever.’

    To start thinking about your skills, interests and strengths, take our quiz to find out which job cluster best suits you!

    CareerScope Assessment Portal – CareerScope® takes career and educational planning to a new level. The proven career assessment and reporting system from the Vocational Research Institute is a powerful, yet easy-to-use program. With over 50 years of experience developing world-class assessment programs, VRI has designed a self-administered system that measures both aptitude and interest through valid and reliable assessment tasks.

    Montgomery County, Pennsylvania

    CareerScope is a computerized aptitude test and interest inventory designed for use by individuals with low vision or learning or cognitive disabilities. Careerscope with Audio includes a friendly voice that slowly reads the login, orientation, instructions, practice items, and the Interest Inventory Items. For evaluees with reading disabilities, Numerical Reasoning and Word Meanings can be administered as untimed assessments, providing as much time as needed to finish the two tasks that emphasize reading comprehension. This assessment is also available as CareerScope English with Spanish and presents the Interest Inventory, Numerical Reasoning and Word Meanings items in Spanish. This feature assists evaluees whose Spanish language skills exceed their English language skills. The Interest inventory helps to target key areas of interest, measuring and identifying a user’s attraction to careers that correspond to the U.S. Department of Labor’s Interest Areas. These areas are: Artistic, Plants/Animals, Mechanical, Business Detail, Accommodating, Lead/Influence, Scientific, Protective, Industrial, Selling, Humanitarian, and Physical Performing. The results from the Interest Inventory are compiled into a comprehensive Individual Profile Analysis (IPA). The IPA objectively identifies each evaluee’s most significant interest area preferences.The aptitudes measured by CareerScope are the most critical for today’s high-growth and high replacement rate occupations, as well as for the emerging careers of the 21st century. The aptitudes measured are: General Learning Ability,Verbal Aptitude, Numerical Aptitude, Spatial Aptitude, Form Perception, and Clerical Perception. The program can also incorporate physical performance scores, including motor coordination, finger dexterity, and manual dexterity. COMPATIBILITY: For use on IBM and compatible computers. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: Individual workstations require a minimum Pentium 90 megaHertz (MHz) processor (133 MHz or higher recommended) and Pentium 350 MHz or better for the Multimedia Introduction; Microsoft Windows 98, 2000, ME, XP or NT 4.

    Video advice: What is assessment?

    Remember! This is just a sample.

    You can get your custom paper by one of our expert writers.

    121 writers online

    How to take a career aptitude test

    When you are choosing a career or thinking about changing your career, it might be a good idea for you to take an aptitude test. An aptitude test will measure your abilities in certain areas and be able to match you up with a job that will be satisfying and fulfilling and that you will be good at. Many companies use aptitude tests to match employees with specific areas of the company so they have the best people in the right positions.If you are choosing a career path, taking an aptitude test will provide you with options you may have never thought of before or it can confirm a career path that you’ve always wanted to explore. They are available online for you to take often for free and can be very valuable tool in your career search.Aptitude tests help you figure out what your natural preferences are when it comes to working. Would you be happier in the detail-filled legal field? Does helping people allow you to enjoy your work more? Are you more of a lone wolf when it comes to productivity?

    Career assessment testing can help pinpoint where your strengths lay and how to apply them professionally. While no guarantee of success or happiness, career interest tests can be an extraordinarily useful tool in narrowing down your best career choices. The key objective of a career aptitude test is to help you understand your own natural or acquired abilities and identify the career choices that best match your aptitudes. While no guarantee of success or happiness, assessment tests can be an extraordinarily useful tool in narrowing down your best career choices. The key objective of a career aptitude test is to help you understand your own natural or acquired abilities and identify the career choices that best match your aptitudes.

    Choosing a career is a huge decision, so you will want to do so carefully armed with as much information as you can possibly can which is why taking an aptitude test should be high on your list of priorities. You spend a majority of your life at work unfortunately. Keeping that in mind, you should be working where you are happiest. So whether you are making a career change or starting out fresh, using an aptitude test in choosing your career path is a great move all the way around.

    Remember: This is just a sample from a fellow student.

    450+ experts on 30 subjects ready to help you just now

    You may be wondering why you are even worrying about your career path as a high school sophomore. You still have plenty of time to figure that out, right? Wrong. But don’t stress. Since you are reading this and already interested in taking a high school career assessment test, you are one step ahead of the rest of the pack. Planning long-term career goals will ensure that you are successful whether or not you decide to go to college, trade school, or jump right into a fulfilling career after graduation.

    People of all skill levels and ages take career assessment tests, from middle and high school students, to college graduates and professionals who already have 20 years of experience. These tests shouldn’t be stressful, and you don’t even need to study for it, aside from considering what you would like to do after you graduate. Most of the tests take less than 30 minutes to complete and will ask you questions regarding your personal attributes; for example, your interests, values, preferences, motivations, and skills.

    Types of Tests

    Find Scholarships

    Need money for school? Find a scholarship now.

    Start Your College Search Now.

    Make sure you sign up for a free account, and get started finding your dream college!

    There are a number of different career tests issued through public schools and private companies. The most common four tests that you will see include:

    • Myers Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) – includes online assessment, one hour phone appointment, and reading materials
    • Motivational Appraisal of Personal Potential (MAPP) – includes test, list of 20 careers that fit your skills, and a narrative explaining the results
    • Careerkey – includes online quiz and assessment
    • Kolbe Corp. – includes a number of different assessment tests for all ages

    Each have their own pros and cons, and are able to explain different things about your skills and how they may point you in the right direction towards a rewarding career. So, as you begin to speak about your career goals with your parents and loved ones, be sure to have them help you contact each of the career assessment test givers and school counselors to find the best fit.

    Being able to wake up in the morning and enjoy going to work five days a week is one of the most important elements to leading a stress-free and happy life. By taking a career assessment test early on during high school you will be able to plan out what college or trade school to go to, what types of classes you should take, and have the confidence that you will find a high-paying, worthwhile career.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    A great tool to help all kind of people interested in career and personal development.

    The RichardStep Strengths and Weaknesses Aptitude Test (RSWAT) is a tool to help you get a better look at who you really are and how much you could grow. That acronym is about as ugly as it comes so let’s just call it the “Strengths Test,” okay?

    The aptitude tests here have simple, straight to the point questions that I’m sure you’ve never thought about before.

    This awesomely helpful quiz will get your brain running at 1,000 MPH and you’ll win in the end. I know, I know – this sounds super-cheesy, but this type of comment was shared with me by several past test-takers.

    Are you interested in finding out what you need to focus on for your future growth?

    Yes, I Want to Take The Test Now

    Why Should I Take This Test?

    The ‘why’ is important when it comes to career or personal development. It isn’t until you have a better understanding of the ‘why’ that you finally begin to start caring about the ‘what,’ ‘how,’ and ‘what’s next?’

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Waiting for a sign to get started? Here’s your sign – now get going!

    Internal motivation is one of the hardest skills to come by and build for folks that don’t into many self-help books on a regular basis.

    As a matter of fact, knowing what motivates you is something you need to know before you can use your strengths best. There’s a self-motivation quiz here on this site, if you’re interested. But let’s get back to your aptitudes and weaknesses, okay?

    Once you have your rocket fuel in place, you’re able to blaze a trail along the tracks to finding what really matters inside to you most. Or are you?

    Keep reading to see if this really is the best thing for you in your current state in life.

    Is This Test Really For Me?

    Consider taking this test if any of these match you:

    • You’re looking for your strengths and weaknesses
    • You’re looking for self-awareness, self-help, or life direction
    • You’re looking for career or job ideas and direction
    • You’re just curious or having some fun

    No matter your reason, I can guarantee you are on your way to finding out some very interesting things about yourself and how you work inside. We spend so much time thinking about things happening on the outside – it’s time to really figure out what’s going on inside.

    What Should I Expect?

    Chances are, there are a bunch of things running through your head right now about what to expect with this test. For instance:

    • “Are there going to be more questions or tests before I get to see my results?”
    • “Will the results really help or is this just more fluffy self-help junk?”
    • “Is this just a waste of my time and I’m not going to get anything useful out of it?”

    And to that end, I kindly ask you to relax.

    This is only a test. 🙂

    How to take a career aptitude test

    It’s not just about helping people – we’re partners in growing the world.

    I’m very passionate about helping people grow. I want to help you grow, too. Every step you can take to make your life better helps not only your future but the future development of all of the folks around you, too.

    Yes, I admit to having some very lofty goals. But I firmly believe that if I only help 1 person with the tools here, then I’ve done more than I could ever hope to do.

    Okay so now you’ve waited long enough… here’s the nitty-gritty details of what to expect with the Strengths Test:

    • Only 1 page of questions that should take less than 10 minutes
    • You get your top 3 strengths and bottom 1 weakness
    • You can take the test as many times as you like
    • You can take the basic test for free

    I’m Ready to Take the Test!

    If you’re ready to get your strengths and weaknesses and how they’ll impact your life, career, and relationships, please click the link below.

    Your Country

    We have specific assessments for the following countries.

    Please select your preference from the list below and then click on the button to start the assessment.

    How to take a career aptitude test How to take a career aptitude testHow to take a career aptitude test

    Take our free, 5-minute, 45 question career personality assessment and find out what careers best fit your personality and strengths. You’ll get:

    1. Free Career Strengths Report – Get a free summary report of your unique combination of career-based strengths.
    2. Top Careers Report – Get your top 3 career matches based on our unique “Job Fit” technology.
    3. Best Paying Career Report – Find out what your earning potential might be for your best fitting career option.

    Free Career Test

    What Job Fits Me has developed a modern career personality assessment to help you become your full potential.

    The career test is a 5-minute, 45-question personality assessment based on accepted “Big 5 Theory”,that measures you against 6 common career traits and uses that data to accurately match you to over 100 different types of careers.

    Other career finder quiz sites ask you obvious “interest” based questions to match you against generic career titles. Our career test is actually built on a psychometric model of who you are, what your strengths are and matches you against career and salary data that we collect from multiple sources.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Career Strengths Report

    Get a free summary report of your unique combination of career-based strengths.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Top Careers Report

    Get your top 3 career matches based on our unique “Job Fit” technology.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Best Paying Career Report

    Find out what your earning potential might be for your best fitting career option.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Job Match Tools

    Use our free job match and email alert tools to search for and apply for jobs.

    3 Career Reports You Get For FREE

    Simply complete the brief online assessment to access these three unique reports

    • Career Strengths
    • Top Careers
    • Best Paying Careers

    Your Strengths

    A summary report of your unique combination of strengths.

    Interview Question Tip

    An interview question you can ask your prospective employer to make sure the job is a good fit for you.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Your Top Career Matches

    A summary report of your top 3 career matches and your worst career match score.

    Job Description Profile

    A summary of what each of your career matches involves.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Your Best Paying Careers

    A summary of your top 3 best paying career options.

    Your Worst Paying Career

    A summary of your worst paying “job fit” match.

    First of all, a career is a journey. Not a destination. Contrary to popular belief, it is not a choice that you make once and you have to be saddled with forever. But, given that we are training our children to equip themselves for life, a choice of career is a critical choice and it needs to be an informed one.

    How does Career Guidance Help Students?

    The world has opened up, for your children. Today, all parents with children on the threshold of choosing career paths have a shared reality – an experience of something that is a mixture of wonder and bemusement. “When we were of the age that our children are at now, we had far fewer options.” “Our lives and our choices were nowhere near as complicated.” “How do we know what options are available for our kids today?” “How can I help my child to make the right career decision?” These are questions that resonate with parents across all cross-sections of society today.
    It is more important now than ever before to be well-equipped with information regarding the career choices available to your children. But perhaps, even more important than that, is the pursuit of insights that will help you to be a powerful ally of your child; a partner, not only a parent. In order to do that, you need to deep dive into the nuances of job vs career, interest vs aptitude, opportunity vs ability.

    Career planning and development

    And why are these deliberations so important? Well, that’s because far too many young lives are disrupted because of ill-informed parental inputs. For example, robotics might be a field that is ‘upcoming’. And there may well be many opportunities for quick and exponential growth in that field. A child may also have secured more than enough marks for a course in robotics. On the surface, all the factors may be coming together famously. But, and this is a big but, has anyone actually spent time on figuring out whether the child has explored all possibilities, tried to align her interests and her abilities? Has the child been exposed to a world of choice? Has the child been given access to experts? Or has there been only a perfunctory ‘interest and aptitude test’? Even if such a test has been undertaken, have the results been analysed by experts? Do we know what the graphs mean? Do we understand, as parents, what options are best suited for our children basis the results of their interest and aptitude tests?

    This is the gap. Fortunately, it is one that can be easily bridged. Seekhlo is a platform that empowers parents and children alike to work together to embark on a journey called ‘career’. Because when you think about it, that’s what a career really is – it is a process of working on one’s inherent strengths, employing them in rewarding ways in areas where opportunities abound and thereby living an enriched, empowered life. And as parents, is that not what we really, really want for our children? With Seekhlo you can avail of the best expert advice on what careers are best suited for your children, how they can prepare to excel in them, what options are available to your child, and how you, as a parent, can play a key role in giving your child the best career guidance and career planning assistance. This is a key aspect of parenting today – learning to be an ally of your child in making decisions about career choices that were simply not available to you. And like in anything that is new, this needs some study. Our advice? Seekhlo!

    With Seekhlo you can avail of the best expert advice on what careers are best suited for your children, how they can prepare to excel in them, what options are available to your child, and how you, as a parent, can play a key role in giving your child the best career guidance and career planning assistance. This is a key aspect of parenting today – learning to be an ally of your child in making decisions about career choices that were simply not available to you. And like in anything that is new, this needs some study. Our advice? Seekhlo!

    Hate your job but a career change idea holds you back? Take second career tests, if you really want a new career.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Hi, my name is Paul. I’d like to share my struggles and successes in making a career change so you’ll get hands-on tips for securing a new, more meaningful work.

    Getting a second career at 40 or 50 is doable. I know it’s true because I did it.

    My situation is not a unique one. Many career changers have faced situations you’re experiencing right now. And some have managed to get a perfect career.

    That won’t be easy. But for long-term joy and job satisfaction, it’s well worth the effort.

    What are Second Career Tests?

    Career choice tests are a common tool for students and fresh graduates to find ideal work options. Fortunately, the use of assessments is not limited to those seeking their first careers.

    Current job holders who are looking for a new direction will also benefit from second career tests.

    Scientifically validated work tests allow you to learn about yourself and appealing careers to choose from. If you want a different direction at mid-life the survey results can show you the best career, like a compass shows true north.

    Good Reasons to Take Second Career Tests

    Entering a new career is a serious business. In fact, changing course isn’t for the faint of heart.

    The road to a new work is tough and full of obstacles. Only those who search the true meaning of work in their life find it worth pursuing.

    For that reason, you don’t want to plunge into a new career, if it’s not the best one. It means you will take different career tests that reveal your aptitudes, interests, personality and values.

    • Interest inventories aim to discover occupations you are passionate about.
    • Personality profiling reports show you how you behave in work.
    • Aptitude surveys tell you how good you do specific tasks.
    • Value assessments help determine your work values.

    Each of the assessment tools reports how you react to work situations. It also offers a list of recommended careers, including reasons why they are great for you.

    If you take the career tests you’ll gain two benefits. First, you can check whether you’re following the right career path. Second, if the career test results strongly direct you to another path then you’ll know your options.

    Get the Right Career Change Advice

    Ready to take the challenge? If so, start learning how to take career tests and choose the best career field. Instead of just searching for another job, you will

    • Take second career tests and select the best career.
    • Do a thorough self assessment and set career goals.
    • Search a perfect career with part-time jobs, freelance projects and volunteering.
    • Learn job hunting skills starting from resume writing to interviewing.
    • Find the right job training and career education.
    • Be aware of other critical elements of career transitions.

    Want to start right away? Follow these career change steps and the process will be less stressful and enjoyable for you.

    How I Took Second Career Tests and Got a New Career

    This site grew from my own experience in taking career path tests. I used the reports to collect key findings and began my midlife career change journey.

    I really, really wanted to change career and ended up taking 3 tests. Interestingly, the results directed me to 3 possible careers: interior designer, entrepreneur and technical writer. And I decided to go with an entrepreneur career.

    I had to start at a much lower-income than my last salary. Giving up some luxuries, hobbies and other lifestyles are just one of the consequences. Until today, I believe not many people can afford to make those sacrifices when they have a family to take care of.

    There were many more struggles down the road, but now I enjoy the fruits of my labor.

    That is my short story (the longer story is here).

    I hope you also take your second career tests and get a perfect career. And if you want to get motivated in searching a new career and getting one, make sure to get email updates using the form you can find below.

    How to take a career aptitude testCareer aptitude tests are standardized career tests for making a natural career choice based on strong aptitudes. The assessments check how you perform on tasks or react to different situations. The test results report your talents or natural abilities, in term of relative scores to others who have taken the tests.

    Many employers rely on aptitude and work personality tests in their hiring processes. They use pre-employment tests along with interviews and other relevant examination tools to select the best candidate for a job opening.

    NB: It’s amazing how the test taking tips help improve your chances of getting the right career so I suggest you read thoroughly and take action !

    Reasons to Take Aptitude Tests

    1. Know your career aptitudes. Students use the assessments for discovering their first careers. But working adults who are looking for a second carer may also benefit from the test reports.

    2. Validate your work interests. Validating work interests with strong tendencies is a good idea for taking aptitude-based tests. You want to make sure that you have the right aptitudes for your work interests –your aptitudes support your interests.

    3. Practice a pre-employment test. Some people take aptitude practice tests as preparations for a real pre-employment test. When you’re in the market for a new job, taking practice tests can help you pass your next employment tests. This is especially true if you’ve been invited to an employment test.

    4. Get a professional certificate. If your prospective employer requires a proof of abilities you will want to get a certificate from a relevant certification program. For this purpose, you will need to take specific training and pass an exam to get that certificate. The tests differ from the other mentioned tests in a sense that you will need to get specific training before taking them.

    Types of Aptitude Tests for Choosing Careers

    There are many online career aptitude tests and the career tests are available on just about every topic. There are general and vocational aptitude assessments you can take online. As you may have guessed from the name, general aptitude tests only report major aptitudes.

    If you’ve narrowed down your career choices and you want a specific and deeper report, vocational aptitude tests can help.

    These are aptitude tests for accounting, dental, computer, management, writing, differential, military, sales, electrical, music, flight, police, clerical, language, nursing, programmer, fire fighter, and many more. You can learn about your strong career aptitudes using some of the tests.

    Ways to Take Online Career Aptitude Tests

    1. Sign up with some online career test providers such as Brainbench and practice their free aptitude tests, including tests for mechanical aptitude.

    2. Be honest with the information you put in through your tests’ responses. This way you can believe that every career suggestion aligns with your true-self.

    3. Make sure you take at least two online aptitude tests. First, you want to compare different test reports to understand your strengths and weaknesses, natural abilities and disabilities, better. Second, you want to improve the accuracy level of the reports –a better sense of jobs that might be a good fit for you.

    4. Finally, you’re the master of your own career. Results of several career aptitude tests are only a tool than offers career guidance. But you are responsible for choosing your own career and for taking actions to get it.

    – This article helps you understand the importance of a “CAREER CHOICE TEST” and how it can help you find your perfect career.

    – FIND THE CAREER YOU LOVE – Start one of our career planning programs. They are 100% free.

    CAREER MATCH
    INTEREST TEST

    Want To Take A 20 Minute Career Aptitude Test?

    • Individual matching to over 1000 well paying careers

    • Understand your interests and personality traits so you can choose a great career

    • Perform better at work by understanding your personality, communication, and management style.

    CAREER PLAN
    IN 15 DAYS

    Need Help Choosing A Specific Lifetime Career You Love?

    On Day 15 Of “Career Plan In 15 Days” you will:

    • Step 1 – Career Purpose – Picked your career goal

    • Step 2 – Valuable Skill – Picked your valuable and marketable skill

    • Step 3 – #1 Dream Career – Picked your dream career

    • Step 4 – Career Plan – Developed your multi-year career plan

    NEW JOB
    IN 90 DAYS

    Need Help With Your Job Search?

    • Step-by-step, fun, no-pressure system

    • Get hired in a new job or career in 90 days or less

    • Meet with “Career Mentors” using LinkedIn messaging/email

    • Learn about new careers

    • Create a great resume and LinkedIn profile

    NEW CAREER IN LESS
    THAN A YEAR

    Need New Career Training To Land That Great Job?

    • 50+ online career trainings you can complete in less than 1 year

    • 5 organizations that will provide you free career coaching

    Trusted By These Institutions

    Career Choice Test- Reasons Why I Should Take a Career Quiz

    by

    Wikipedia describes a career as a journey through life whose importance is based on its ability to provide sustenance for families through the provision of income. What influences your career direction? It could be one or more factors.

    Factors influencing a career choice

    • Skills – individuals select careers based on their aptitude, hands-on skills, level of training, and academic qualification.
    • Values – people select careers that align with beliefs, culture, and ethical values.
    • Goals and ambitions – an individual is inspired to choose a career that will enable them to achieve their heart’s desires such as settling down in relationships or reaching high levels at work. Additionally, an entrepreneur may have a reliable retirement plan as a goal. One may choose a career that involves a lot of traveling to achieve an ambition of visiting different places. Some people choose a career similar to that of a person they desire to emulate.
    • Opportunities – high levels of unemployment have left people with fewer options when seeking jobs. Some individuals now select careers from the available positions in the local job market.
    • Constraints – the environment can influence a career due to available resources and historical factors. Financial constraints can push an individual into jobs with seemingly higher pay than others to meet financial needs.
    • Health status – in many cases, individuals have to work in positions that take into consideration their medical ailments. This applies to those with chronic conditions like asthma and arthritis as they have to avoid stuffy and cold workplaces respectively. The physically disabled are often limited to working in specific careers that do not subject them to physical strain.
    • Personality – this determines individual motivations and is undoubtedly an essential element when making a career choice. Whereas introverts keep to themselves, they are usually prevention-focused, anticipating and learning how to manage risks well. Their analytical skills and thoroughness allow them to produce accurate and reliable work. Introverted individuals are open-minded and plan their time well. Their downside manifests itself in its inability to embrace change. Extroverts, on the other hand, are spontaneous at work, love traveling, have numerous ideas and options to propel their growth up the career ladder. Such people readily take risks, are super creative, and usually overly optimistic about their careers.

    NOTE: If you are enjoying this content – you might also like this article that contains a completely different career test. The article discusses 15 reasons why you should take a career quiz to help you find the career you love – Best Job For Me Quiz

    Career choice test

    The primary objective of a career choice test is to determine if a career is in line with your beliefs, skill set, personality, ambitions, market trends, opportunities, career marketability, job availability, and acceptability. In this era, characterized by a dynamic job market, a career choice has to be well informed.

    According to Wikipedia, a career assessment is a very important tool for matching a person’s attributes to his or her dream career. It has been utilized by individuals, corporations, career counselors, and rehabilitation counselors among others.

    As Susan Bernstein of the Huffington Post puts it, there are two main paths to follow when choosing a career; the “Should” path and the “Want to” path. Current market needs drive the “Should” path and require the application of skills, abilities, and talents. The “Want to” path is driven by your gut instincts, passion, and curiosity for a given career.

    Your Career. Your College. Your Choice.

    Do you know what you want to major in during college?

    Most college freshmen enter college without a clear vision for what they want to study and how they want to apply that degree to an ultimate career goal. That can cost them in years and semesters of tuition as they take longer than four years to graduate.

    CollegeChoiceToday’s Step 2 assessment helps students line up with a field of study, degree and career path fitting their skills and interests.

    Determine your Career and College

    We understand that many high school students don’t have the answers to questions like:

    • What kind of career do you want?
    • How will you prepare for that future?

    That To help answer these questions, CollegeChoiceToday developed a powerful online career assessment tool that helps students find their “sweet spot”—where passion, personality, skills & ability intersect.

    In Step 2 of our college coaching program, students are provided an online career aptitude assessment – NOT a test.

    The results of the assessment are a comprehensive and customized package that makes it easy for students and their families to make the best, informed decisions on career goals, field of study and college.

    How Does the Career Aptitude Assessment Work?

    First, the student answers questions. The series of questions take about 30 minutes to answer. Note that the average career aptitude test can take 90 to 120 minutes!

    Our online assessment tool measures a student’s:

    • Behavioral traits: Based on the work of respected psychological principles, we know that observable behavior provides a reflection of the many elements that make up a person’s personality. We therefore incorporate this understanding into our assessment process.
    • Occupational interests: Another element of our online career assessment looks at the theory behind vocational choice developed by John Holland. Holland’s person-environment typology theory states that one’s motivation for work can be associated with various categories. The effectiveness Holland’s work has been recognized by the U.S. Department of Labor Employment and Training Association, which has been implementing this work since its inception.
    • Thinking style: We know that an individual’s learning style is unique and an important factor to consider when it comes to selecting a field of study. Therefore, we utilize Cognitive Learning Theory, which identifies learning style based on other cognitive processes.

    We then run the student’s assessment results against databases, including the U.S. Department of Labor’s Occupational Information Network – the country’s primary source of occupational information.

    We also pull data from the National Center for Education Statistics and the Institute of Education Sciences, so in addition to collecting important input and information from you, our assessment tools pull information and data from trusted, up-to-date sources.

    The result: a package of recommendations for career, college, major and financial options custom tailored to your passion, personality, skills & abilities.

    Identifying Interests and Aptitude

    Defining a student’s personal interests and aptitudes involves more than posing the online interview questions of Step 1 around SAT scores and college lifestyle and location preferences.

    In Step 2, the CollegeChoiceToday online career assessment measures a student’s interests and abilities in the following areas among others:

    • Language and math
    • Leadership
    • Interaction with others
    • Building things
    • Scheduling and organization

    These results of the career aptitude assessment allow you to make informed decisions about what fields of study to pursue, what career goals to keep in mind, and what college would provide the best fit based on interest, aptitude, and budget constraints. We designed our entire process around you, with the single goal of finding the right school, career and major at an affordable price.

    Not sure what to major in?

    A 30-minute online career test matches your interests and skills against job information databases from the Dept. of Labor and more. Get a personal college coach for just $495.

    By Maryn Liles Parade

    More by Maryn

    • 50 Brilliant Closet Organization Ideas That’ll Tame the Chaos At Last
    • 105 Patriotic Memorial Day Quotes, Messages and Sayings To Honor Our Nation’s Veterans
    • These 50 Inspirational Family Caregiver Quotes Will Get You Through Tough Days

    Whether it’s time for a career change, or you’re looking for your first job after school—or the coronavirus crisis has you fighting at-home boredom—figuring out which type of jobs or career path would suit you best can be a struggle. But the good news is there’s an easy to way to get help if you’re currently struggling with this big decision: Enter career aptitude tests and career personality tests.

    Free career aptitude tests you can take online will help decode your personality and identify your greatest strengths (and weaknesses). Then, generally these tests will compare your results to hundreds of other people across a variety of fields who say they’re happy and fulfilled with the careers they’ve chosen.

    And, based on how well your personality traits and strengths and weaknesses line up with people who have high rates of job satisfaction, these free career aptitude aptitude tests will guide you toward specific jobs and career fields that they predict you’ll be especially happy with—all based on tried-and-true data.

    So if you’re feeling lost and don’t know what types of jobs to look for, taking one (or more!) of these 15 free career personality tests online can help you get some much-needed clarity and, ultimately, help you choose a career that’ll make you happy for the long-run.

    15 Free Career Aptitude Tests

    Interpersonal skills are essential when you’re looking to making a career change. This questionnaire will show you what skills you excel at and some helpful hints to improve your weak areas.

    At the end of this quick exam, Sokanu will match you with careers that are interesting and personalized to you. Best of all, it won’t have to cost you a cent!

    Sponsored by the US Department Labor, this test encourages you to tell them what you like and don’t like to do to make a paycheck. All it takes is 30 questions and 5 minutes of your time!

    Emotional intelligence is key for being a great people person. This quiz will show you different facial expressions to gauge your emotional readability.

    This test takes the game “Would You Rather” to a whole new level. Simply, make a decision between two choices and see what happens.

    This free, in-depth quiz uses systems like the Big 5 to measure your career aptitude and show you the best jobs that will match your strengths.

    This test will ask you about your skills, interests, work style, values, and minimum requirements to find the career that is best for you. All in under 5 minutes!

    The values assessment can really help you flesh out your underlying work needs and motivations to help you really succeed in a career. Your results will appear in clusters, showing how each value is important to you.

    This quiz will help you find out what your true interests are and how they relate to the work world. The outcome is multiple career paths you may want to explore.

    This quiz presents you with scenarios that you may want to learn more about. The end result is 6 major job areas that you will want to explore.

    This career quiz is perfect if you’re feeling burnt out or unsatisfied by your current job. Not only will they highlight your vocational areas, but the MAPP team will also match you with over 1,000 careers they have in their database.

    This exam is perfect for the student who is about to graduate and get out into the real world. This survey lets you rate what school subjects you like as well as your personal qualities.

    For the hiring managers out there, this is a great tool to asses your potential team’s personalities. It is also a great way to improve your managerial techniques!

    Parade Daily

    This top-rated quiz is used by companies like Fairygodboss, Psychology Today, and now– you! Answer 60 questions to see what ideal work environment is best for you.

    Not only does this quiz match your personality to the right career, but it also helps you figure out how much you should earn a year to match your lifestyle needs. They also have a video library filled with over 2,500 informational interviews so you can gain useful insights into the career path of your choice!

    Now, get it done! Here are 155 hustle quotes to keep you motivated.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Instructions: Download each of the tests listed below. Once you’ve completed a test, go to Page 2 to find out how you did—and what your results mean.

    Test #1: Step by Step
    Print the test
    What it measures: Concept organization, or the ability to break down complicated ideas and make them more easily understood.
    Jobs that require this skill: Engineers, computer programmers, editors.

    Test #2: Three of a Kind
    Print the test
    What it measures: Inductive reasoning, which means you can quickly see a common element among seemingly unrelated ideas.
    Jobs that require this skill: Research scientists, police detectives, lawyers.

    Test #3: Paper Folding
    Print the test
    What it measures: Structural visualization, or how well you can picture three-dimensional objects in your mind.
    Jobs that require this skill: Engineers, architects, physicians.

    Test #4: Number Series
    Print the test
    What it measures: Numerical reasoning, or the ability to decipher numerical patterns and concepts.
    Jobs that require this skill: Economists, financial analysts, accountants.

    Test #5: What Comes to Mind?
    Print the test
    What it measures: Foresight, or the ability to imagine lots of possibilities—and anticipate potential problems.
    Jobs that require this skill: Politicians, entrepreneurs, physicians, activists.

    Test #1: Step by Step
    Story
    Publish
    Print Online
    Magazine Book

    What it measures: Concept organization, or the ability to break down complicated ideas and make them more easily understood.
    Jobs that require this skill: Engineers, computer programmers, editors.

    Test #2: Three of a Kind
    1. Basketball, globe, grapefruit (spheres)
    2. Conch, lobster, eggs (shells)
    3. Saxophonist, speakers, trumpet (loud sounds)

    What it measures: Inductive reasoning, which means you can quickly see a common element among seemingly unrelated ideas.
    Jobs that require this skill: Research scientists, police detectives, lawyers.

    Test #3: Paper Folding
    1. I
    2. H
    3. D

    What it measures: Structural visualization, or how well you can picture three-dimensional objects in your mind.
    Jobs that require this skill: Engineers, architects, physicians.

    TEST #4: Number Series
    1. 18 (+3)
    2. 16 (+1+2+3+4+5)
    3. 7 (+3-4)
    4. 68 (1st+2nd= 3rd)
    5. 61 (-1×3-5×7-9)

    What it measures: Numerical reasoning, or the ability to decipher numerical patterns and concepts.
    Jobs that require this skill: Economists, financial analysts, accountants.

    TEST #5: What Comes to Mind?
    If you wrote a dozen things each time, you see lots of possibilities. You can envision long-term goals and see beyond immediate obstacles to complete educational or career goals.

    If you wrote just a few things, you are more literal and immediate in your thinking. You would prefer living in the present, perhaps getting what you want right now. To set goals, breaking them down into short-term, more attainable steps will be to your advantage.

    What it measures: Foresight, or the ability to imagine lots of possibilities—and anticipate potential problems.
    Jobs that require this skill: Politicians, entrepreneurs, physicians, activists.

    The choice for a profession is often a hard one to make. A lot of people have difficulty with the abundance of choices and an excess of interests. We then notice that we do not know ourselves as well as we think, which sometimes makes it hard to determine what really suits us.

    Luckily career choice tests help you make a choice. They cover your interests, talents and personality and determine what would be the best profession for you.

    Kinds of tests

    Often career choice tests are based upon statements. For each statement you indicate how much it suits you. Sometimes you will also have to choose activities that appeal to you the most. By doing so, these tests determine whether you are creative, technical or more analytical.

    Free career choice tests

    Different career choice tests are available, not all of them equally good. A lot of the free tests are very short and sometimes rather amateuristic. It is impossible to base an advice on just a couple of questions, simply because a few questions cannot tell enough about your talents and preferences. Sometimes the tests were not made by professionals and the results are very predictable, you could have guessed them yourself. A lot of them are clearly targeted at saving your personal details or presenting you with advertisements.

    Nonetheless, there are free career choice tests that can give you an insight in the career choice that suits you the most. Even though these tests do not give you a detailed result, they give you an indication of what suits you and which direction you should explore further.

    Professional career choice tests

    Paid career choice tests are more professional, extensive and provide a better understanding of your result. These tests were made by professionals that often have a psychological background, resulting in questions that were asked so that they actually say something useful about what suits you. You can try a professional career choice test. This test is valid and reliable, although free.

    Besides career choice tests, there are also interests tests, which will help you find out more about those things you look for in a job.

    Recommended tests

    • Career aptitude test
    • Competency test
    • Team roles test
    • Work values test

    123test is an independent European company and your privacy is guaranteed. These tests are right on target!

    How to take a career aptitude test

    If you’ve served in the armed forces for a while, it might be a challenge to determine what kind of career best suits you when you leave the military. Or maybe you’re interested in shifting gears, and taking on a civilian career that’s different than the types of jobs you had in the military. In helping to narrow down your job search, a career assessement can be a valuable tool.

    An assessment focuses on specific areas that apply to your career, including skills, interests, or values. When you take an assessment, you will answer questions about what you like, don’t like, what’s important to you, and what your strengths are. Experts recommend that you take more than one assessment to broaden your ideas before you make a decision.

    A typical career assessment would cover areas such as these:

    • Your interests: What subjects do you like? Do your interests include Economics? Business? Health? Law enforcement?
    • Your skills: What activities are you good at, or comfortable doing? Choices will run the gamut and include a wide range of activities, including “Operating and maintaining machines” or “working as a member of a team.”
    • Your values: These questions measure your personal qualities. For example, are you a planner? A creative problem solver? Self-reliant? Curious? Someone who pays attention to details?

    How can a career assessment help?

    • Learn about occupations that are a good match for you
    • Pinpoints areas where you need more training or experience
    • Identify the skills and talents you can bring to a job
    • Helps you write more specific, useful resumes and cover letters
    • Identify careers you may not have considered

    Career Assessment Tips

    1. Assessments can help guide you, but they’re not the final word. If an assessment tells you something about yourself that you don’t think is accurate, then take it with a grain of salt.

    2. Keep an open mind. Take a few different assessments, and see if a “pattern” emerges for particular career paths. If it’s something you haven’t considered before, give it some thought rather than just dismissing the option out of hand.

    3. Make use of other resources. Don’t just rely on assessments in choosing your career path. Take advantage of career counselors and coaches, friends, and trusted advisors.

    CareerScope

    In addition to Career Counseling, the Department of Veterans Affairs provides an interest and aptitude assessment tool known as CareerScope at no cost. With CareerScope you will be provided with an assessment of your interests and aptitudes, and given recommendations about which careers you may enjoy and be successful doing, and what courses or training programs you should focus on to pursue those careers.

    For more on CareerScope, visit the VA website.

    More Career Assessment Resources

    Employability Checkup Get a snapshot of the likelihood that you can obtain employment for a specific occupation at your desired wage and location.

    MyNextMove Interest Profiler Take a personalized questionnaire to determine what jobs will be a best fit for you based on your interests and education.

    O*NET Skills Search Find occupations based on your skills.

    Skills Profiler Identify your skills and find occupations related to those skills.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    Kendra Cherry, MS, is an author and educational consultant focused on helping students learn about psychology.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    James Lacy, MLS, is a fact-checker and researcher.

    How to take a career aptitude test

    An aptitude test is designed to assess what a person is capable of doing or to predict what a person is able to learn or do given the right education and instruction. It represents a person’s level of competency to perform a certain type of task.

    Aptitude tests are often used to assess academic potential or career suitability and may be used to assess either mental or physical talent in a variety of domains.

    Examples of Aptitude Tests

    People encounter a variety of aptitude tests throughout their personal and professional lives, often starting while they are children going to school.

    Here are a few examples of common aptitude tests:

    • A test assessing an individual’s aptitude to become a fighter pilot
    • A career test evaluating a person’s capability to work as an air traffic controller
    • An aptitude test is given to high school students to determine which type of careers they might be good at
    • A computer programming test to determine how a job candidate might solve different hypothetical problems
    • A test designed to test a person’s physical abilities needed for a particular job such as a police officer or firefighter

    Aptitude Tests in School

    Students encounter a variety of aptitude tests throughout school as they think about what they might like to study in college or do for as a career. High school students often take several aptitude tests that are designed to help them determine what they might want to study in college or pursue as a career.

    These tests can sometimes give a general idea of what might interest students as a future career. For example, a student might take an aptitude test suggesting that they are good with numbers and data. Such results might imply that a career as an accountant, banker, or stockbroker would be a good choice for that particular student.

    Another student might find that they have strong language and verbal skills, which might suggest that a career as an English teacher, writer, or journalist might be a good choice.

    Unlike achievement tests, which are concerned with looking a person’s level of skill or knowledge at any given time, aptitude tests are instead focused on determining how capable of a person might be of performing a certain task.

    Aptitude Tests Versus Intelligence Tests

    So what exactly makes an aptitude test different from an intelligence test? Many intelligence tests are designed to measure what is known as general intelligence, or an underlying global mental capacity that affects performance in all areas.

    Intelligence encompasses many different abilities including problem-solving, reasoning, memory, knowledge, and ability to adapt to a changing environment.

    Aptitude tests, on the other hand, are designed to measure a much narrower range of abilities than IQ tests do. However, some aptitude tests might have a very narrow focus that limits what they are able to predict. Other tests that look at multiple domains are much more similar to intelligence tests.

    Special Aptitude Tests

    Special aptitude tests are designed to look at an individual’s capacity in a particular area.   For example, a business that is looking to hire a computer programmer will consider a candidate’s work history and interview performance, but they might also want to administer an aptitude test to determine if a person possess the necessary skill to perform the job.

    In this case, the special aptitude test is designed to look at a very narrow range of ability: how skilled and knowledgeable the candidate is at computer programming.

    Multiple Aptitude Tests

    Multiple aptitude tests are designed to measure two or more different abilities.   In some cases, such tests may even resemble intelligence tests in terms of their focus and scope. The Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT) that high school students take during their senior year is a good example of a multiple aptitude test.

    The SAT measures aptitudes in areas including math, reasoning, and language and is often used by colleges and universities to determine if an applicant is prepared and has the ability to do well in college.

    The Graduate Requisite Exam (GRE), as well as the specialized tests required in order to get into medical (MCAT), law (LSAT), and business graduate programs, are also examples of multiple aptitude tests.

    A Word From Verywell

    Aptitude tests can help you get an idea of what you are good at or what you might be good at given the right training. However, these tests cannot tell you everything. Consider your results carefully and evaluate other factors such as your interests and experiences. Then, use this information to explore career options.

    Quicklinks

    Online Career Inventories

    Not sure what you want to do “when you grow up?” Undecided about your major or minor? We offer free career assessments and inventories for OU students. These will help narrow down certain career interests based on your aptitudes, skills, values, and interests.

    If you have any questions regarding these career assessments, please email the Center for Major Exploration, or call (405) 325-1684.

    SuperStrong Assessment

    Is your future career plan SuperStrong? The SuperStrong® assessment is derived from the Strong Interest Inventory® assessment, one of the most widely used career tools in the world. The SuperStrong helps students identify their interests and extends their understanding of how interests can support academic and career success with up-to-date data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), and Occupational Information Network (O*NET). Using the same career theory and research behind the Strong Interest Inventory, the SuperStrong is readily accessible to all members of the OU community. The assessment takes 5-10 minutes and can be taken via computer, cell phone, tablet, or any other electronic device.

    To access the SuperStrong Assessment, follow the steps below:

    1. Go to https://vitanavis.com/uofoklahoma
    2. Click “Sign Up” and use access code uofoklahoma-sooners to create a new account. This account will allow you to access your results anytime.
    3. After creating an account, the system will prompt you to begin the assessment.
    4. You will immediately see your results after completing the assessment.
    5. Follow up with a Major & Career Exploration Coach if you have additional questions!

    Strong Interest Inventory

    The Strong Interest Inventory (SII) is used by more than 70% of U.S. colleges and universities and is the world’s most widely respected and frequently used tools for education and career planning. It is easy to complete and is backed by unparalleled reliability and validity. The SII personalized report is designed specifically for college students and suggest majors, careers, student groups and classes that are a good match for your areas of interests, preferences and personal style. Since this report is so in-depth, it requires a meeting with a Major & Career Exploration coach to help you interpret it!

    Here’s how to take the Strong Interest Inventory:

    How to Take an Assessment Test

    How to take a career aptitude test

    The upside to a down employment market can be the push it gives organizations to make an inventory of their assets – not the least of which is their human capital. To do this they employ a wide range of sophisticated assessment tools that can highlight strengths and identify areas for professional development in their managers. However, research has told us that the typical interview – even when conducted by a well-trained professional – can only reveal a person’s leadership style (what he or she does to influence others). Simulation based assessments, on the other hand, can go a little deeper and determine a person’s thinking style, how he or she makes decisions “when the door is closed.”

    However, when asked to take an assessment, many job seekers are hesitant. After all, many people dislike tests – especially when they’re designed to identify personal strengths and weaknesses. An algebra test only tells you how much algebra you know (or don’t know), but an assessment exposes the insecurities and flaws you’ve tried to conceal your whole career, right? Well…Not exactly. Here are some recommendations from experienced executive recruiters on how to easily “ace” an assessment test:

    Even chief executives can feel intimidated by the assessment process. But it’s important to remember that there are, in fact, no right or wrong answers. Advanced assessment methodologies use business case studies that are hard to game, so what’s most important is to be yourself and respond candidly and authentically.

    Give yourself plenty of time.

    An assessment test typically lasts 45 to 60 minutes, and is conducted via an online survey, paper questionnaire or, for some organizations, over the phone. Remember that ultimately the purpose of the test is to raise or clarify questions, rather than provide 100% foolproof answers about your abilities.

    More News From WSJ.com/Careers
    Job Losses Slow as Rate Drops
    Impact of Employee Perks in Recession
    When Scandal Rocks a Resume

    Be open to receiving feedback.

    Once you’ve finished, the administrator may walk you through the results, asking more questions to get a clearer picture of your strengths and weaknesses, such as: Does this sound familiar? When are you more likely to use this style? How has it helped you? Does it ever get in your way?

    This is a chance to not only learn more about yourself, but also to put your behavioral patterns into perspective and demonstrate a high degree of self-knowledge.

    Help the assessor understand your own interpretation of the results.

    Doing this can help shed more light on what you bring to the table, as well as how you apply your unique style to a variety of situations. This is especially important if your assessment scores look different from what the hiring manager expected. In such cases, another interview might be arranged to address areas of concern. If everything checks out, they will continue to move you forward in the process, and may even recommend specific coaching once you are hired to fill any gaps.

    As a stand-alone, assessments are not sufficient for making hiring decisions. However, when combined with all the information that is available about you, the data they provide are an excellent supplement and can add an important dimension toward understanding who you are. They can also offer another level of confidence that you will thrive in a new position. This process not only helps to maximize the hiring organization’s investment in top talent, but also helps you to maximize your talent to perform at your best, even when the job market is struggling.

    • ‘)” data-event=”social share” data-info=”Pinterest” aria-label=”Share on Pinterest”>
    • ‘)” data-event=”social share” data-info=”Reddit” aria-label=”Share on Reddit”>
    • ‘)” data-event=”social share” data-info=”Flipboard” aria-label=”Share on Flipboard”>

    Related

    • Careers for Renaissance Souls
    • How & Where Do I Find My Life’s Calling in a Job I Am Passionate About?
    • Career Choosing Activities for Youth
    • Pharmacy Technician Study Tools
    • Artistic Career Personality Test

    Career aptitude tests for high school students are regularly administered throughout the country, and students anxiously await the results. Students who know what they want to be when they grow up want to see whether the results conform with their stated ambitions. And those with no clue about what they want to do hope for some guidance. The purpose of a career aptitude test for high schoolers is to provide students with an overview of their skills and begin to give them some direction for the future.

    Tests Function as Career Finders for High School Students

    Career aptitude tests come in multiple forms. Some tests offer a series of statements about interests and emotions. Students indicate how well the statements relate to them. Other tests have students answer a series of multiple choice questions and use their areas of strengths and weaknesses to determine potential careers. Tests such as the ACT Plan and ACT Explore contain both knowledge-based questions and interest-based questions and use those skills and interests to determine potential careers.

    Other tests, such as the Kuder Assessments, have students rank their skills and interests to determine their ideal career path. Kuder’s mission may hearten indecisive students in particular: “To help people discover and achieve what they want to be.”

    And if you didn’t think it would be possible to enjoy taking any type of test, the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator ® (MBTI ) career aptitude test has been known to change many opinions. Or maybe it’s the results people relish since it’s a “personality tool” designed to provide personal as well as professional insights.

    Administrators Take the Tests Seriously

    Some career aptitude tests, such as the ACT Plan, Explore and Kuder assessments, are formally administered by a proctor. Students take the exams during their freshman or junior year in high school and receive a formal analysis of the results. The results may then be placed in a student’s record and discussed with school counselors or during parent conferences.

    To some people, freshman year may sound a bit early to probe students about their future, but the testing experts at Peterson’s say the timing can help students plan:

    • “By taking a career assessment test early on during high school, you will be able to plan out what college or trade school to go to, what types of classes you should take and have the confidence that you will find a high-paying, worthwhile career.”

    Also, career aptitude tests for high school students may be administered more than once to determine how students’ interests and skills change over time. In fact, some students could benefit from taking the test once a year, particularly if they’ve taken a watershed class – marketing, website design, entrepreneurship – that has planted seeds about a future career path.

    Expect Less from Free Online Tests

    The accuracy of a career aptitude test depends on multiple factors, the main one being how seriously a student takes the test. Students who have a blasé attitude about the test and fly through it, giving little thought to the questions, often will not get reliable results. Tests that provide a range of results or that group results into career clusters are more accurate than tests that pinpoint one or two specific careers. Free online tests typically offer more generalized — and less accurate — results than professionally produced and administered tests, so it pays to assess the choices carefully.

    Students whose career results do not match up with their ideal careers can identify areas to improve on or begin to set new career goals. In the end, the focus of a career aptitude test is not to tell a student what to be when he grows up. Instead, it is designed to help him make educated decisions about his future and guide him to a career where he is more likely to experience success and enjoyment than failure or burnout.

    How to do a wells fargo wire transfer

    How to do a wells fargo wire transfer

    Need your money to get there quickly and securely?

    The way to send money when faster is better

    Around the globe

    With Wells Fargo Online Wires, you can send money to both personal and business accounts in the U.S. and 200+ countries. Additional fees may apply.

    When timing is key

    Domestic and International Wire Transfers sent through Online Wires are typically sent the same business day if they are submitted by 2:00 pm Pacific Time. Otherwise, they will be sent the next business day. Easily access your online wires history through Wells Fargo Online.

    Convenience matters

    With online wires, you can:

    • Add a recipient once – we’ll save the details for next time
    • Set your mobile language preference to Spanish

    When currency counts

    • In Foreign Currencies
    • In U.S. dollars

    How to set up and send online wires

    • Sign on to Wells Fargo Online.
    • Select Wire Money in the Transfer & Pay menu.
    • Add recipient details.
    • Send the wire (You must have a valid U.S. Mobile number or secure ID device to wire money).

    Frequently asked questions

    How do I send an online wire?

    • Sign on to Wells Fargo Online, go to Transfer & Pay, and enroll in Online Wires to get started.
    • Add your recipient, select funding account and amount (along with any additional details required for certain countries).
    • Review and send your payment.

    You must have a current residence in the United States to send an online wire. Customers living in U.S. territories (American Samoa, Guam, Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands) or other countries can’t send wires online.

    How much money can I send with Wells Fargo Online ® Wires?

    For your security, we restrict the amount of money you can send to recipients online. You will be able to review any limits before completing your wire transfer in online banking. To request higher limits for online wires, please visit your local branch.

    What information do I need to wire money through Wells Fargo?

    To send a wire, you will need:

    • The name and address of your recipient
    • The name of your recipient’s bank
    • A valid U.S. mobile number or RSA SecurID device

    To send a domestic wire, you will also need:

    • The routing (ABA/RTN) number for your recipient’s bank. If you don’t know your routing number, we can look it up for you on the Add Recipient screen.
    • Your recipient’s account number

    To send an international wire, you will also need:

    • The SWIFT/BIC for your recipient’s bank. A SWIFT code or Bank Identification Code (BIC) identifies the bank that will receive your wire transfer. If you don’t know this, contact your recipient’s bank.
    • Your recipient’s International Bank Account Number (IBAN). An IBAN identifies specific bank accounts at international banks. Depending on the country, we may ask you to provide an IBAN when you send an international wire transfer.

    Certain countries require additional codes as follows:

    • Australia: Australian Branch Code (BSB)
    • Canada: Canadian Payment Routing Number
    • Great Britain: U.K. Sort Code
    • India: IFSC Code
    • Mexico: CLABE
    • New Zealand, Cook Islands, Niue, Pitcairn and Tokelau: New Zealand Clearing Code
    • Some countries also require you to provide a purpose of payment

    Enrollment in Wells Fargo Online ® Wires is required, and terms and conditions apply. Applicable outgoing or incoming wire transfer service fees apply, unless waived by the terms of your account. Wells Fargo Online Wires are unavailable through a tablet device using the Wells Fargo Mobile ® app. To send a wire, sign on at wellsfargo.com via your tablet or desktop computer, or sign on to the Wells Fargo Mobile app using your smartphone. Your mobile carrier’s message and data rates may apply. For more information, view the Wells Fargo Wire Transfers Terms and Conditions.

    In addition to the transfer fee, Wells Fargo makes money when it converts one currency to another currency for you. The exchange rate provided to you is set by Wells Fargo in its sole discretion, and it includes a markup. For additional information related to Wires and foreign currency, please see the Wells Fargo Wire Transfers Terms and Conditions.

    How to do a wells fargo wire transfer

    Need your money to get there quickly and securely?

    The way to send money when faster is better

    Around the globe

    With Wells Fargo Online Wires, you can send money to both personal and business accounts in the U.S. and 200+ countries. Additional fees may apply.

    When timing is key

    Domestic and International Wire Transfers sent through Online Wires are typically sent the same business day if they are submitted by 2:00 pm Pacific Time. Otherwise, they will be sent the next business day. Easily access your online wires history through Wells Fargo Online.

    Convenience matters

    With online wires, you can:

    • Add a recipient once – we’ll save the details for next time
    • Set your mobile language preference to Spanish

    When currency counts

    • In Foreign Currencies
    • In U.S. dollars

    How to set up and send online wires

    • Sign on to Wells Fargo Online.
    • Select Wire Money in the Transfer & Pay menu.
    • Add recipient details.
    • Send the wire (You must have a valid U.S. Mobile number or secure ID device to wire money).

    Frequently asked questions

    How do I send an online wire?

    • Sign on to Wells Fargo Online, go to Transfer & Pay, and enroll in Online Wires to get started.
    • Add your recipient, select funding account and amount (along with any additional details required for certain countries).
    • Review and send your payment.

    You must have a current residence in the United States to send an online wire. Customers living in U.S. territories (American Samoa, Guam, Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands) or other countries can’t send wires online.

    How much money can I send with Wells Fargo Online ® Wires?

    For your security, we restrict the amount of money you can send to recipients online. You will be able to review any limits before completing your wire transfer in online banking. To request higher limits for online wires, please visit your local branch.

    What information do I need to wire money through Wells Fargo?

    To send a wire, you will need:

    • The name and address of your recipient
    • The name of your recipient’s bank
    • A valid U.S. mobile number or RSA SecurID device

    To send a domestic wire, you will also need:

    • The routing (ABA/RTN) number for your recipient’s bank. If you don’t know your routing number, we can look it up for you on the Add Recipient screen.
    • Your recipient’s account number

    To send an international wire, you will also need:

    • The SWIFT/BIC for your recipient’s bank. A SWIFT code or Bank Identification Code (BIC) identifies the bank that will receive your wire transfer. If you don’t know this, contact your recipient’s bank.
    • Your recipient’s International Bank Account Number (IBAN). An IBAN identifies specific bank accounts at international banks. Depending on the country, we may ask you to provide an IBAN when you send an international wire transfer.

    Certain countries require additional codes as follows:

    • Australia: Australian Branch Code (BSB)
    • Canada: Canadian Payment Routing Number
    • Great Britain: U.K. Sort Code
    • India: IFSC Code
    • Mexico: CLABE
    • New Zealand, Cook Islands, Niue, Pitcairn and Tokelau: New Zealand Clearing Code
    • Some countries also require you to provide a purpose of payment

    Enrollment in Wells Fargo Online ® Wires is required, and terms and conditions apply. Applicable outgoing or incoming wire transfer service fees apply, unless waived by the terms of your account. Wells Fargo Online Wires are unavailable through a tablet device using the Wells Fargo Mobile ® app. To send a wire, sign on at wellsfargo.com via your tablet or desktop computer, or sign on to the Wells Fargo Mobile app using your smartphone. Your mobile carrier’s message and data rates may apply. For more information, view the Wells Fargo Wire Transfers Terms and Conditions.

    In addition to the transfer fee, Wells Fargo makes money when it converts one currency to another currency for you. The exchange rate provided to you is set by Wells Fargo in its sole discretion, and it includes a markup. For additional information related to Wires and foreign currency, please see the Wells Fargo Wire Transfers Terms and Conditions.

    How to do a wells fargo wire transfer

    Adam Rozsa

    Wire transfers are one of the fastest ways to send and receive money internationally or within the US.

    This is especially true when you’re an American expat and want to send international wire transfers to friends and family overseas.

    This post will guide you through each step of wire transfers with Wells Fargo.

    You’ll also learn how long it takes and the fees you can expect to pay when wiring money online.

    How to do a wells fargo wire transfer

    Wells Fargo wire transfer

    Wells Fargo offers customers multiple ways to send money using the Wells Fargo Online program. With this service, you can send domestic wire transfers to 200+ countries worldwide online or by using the Wells Fargo mobile app.¹

    Wells Fargo domestic wire transfer

    If you are planning on sending money to someone within the US, Wells Fargo might seem like a good idea, as they offer online options. Much like sending a check, Wells Fargo Zelle allows you to transfer money to someone using their email address or phone number.

    Depending on your recipient’s bank, they could receive the money in just a few minutes. Plus, transaction fees are currently waived for customers who make Wells Fargo Zelle transfers. This is much more streamlined and less expensive than the traditional wire transfer route.²

    💡 Want to find out more about Zelle? Get your full guide here.

    Wells Fargo wiring instructions

    If you prefer to wire money anyway, there ar